Anda di halaman 1dari 1921

PCDMIS4.

2ReferenceManual
Windows2000andXPVersion

ByWilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Copyright19992001,20022007HexagonMetrologyandWilcoxAssociatesIncorporated.All rightsreserved. PCDMIS,DirectCAD,TutorforWindows,RemotePanelApplication,DataPage,andMicro MeasureIVareeitherregisteredtrademarksortrademarksofHexagonMetrologyandWilcox Associates,Incorporated. SPCLightisatrademarkofLighthouse. HyperViewisatrademarkofDundasSoftwareLimitedandHyperCubeIncorporated. Orbix3isatrademarkofIONATechnologies. IDEASandUnigraphicsareeithertrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofEDS. Pro/ENGINEERisaregisteredtrademarkofPTC. CATIAiseitheratrademarkorregisteredtrademarkofDassaultSystemesandIBMCorporation. ACISiseitheratrademarkorregisteredtrademarkofSpatialandDassaultSystemes. 3DxWareiseitheratrademarkorregisteredtrademarkof3Dconnexion. lp_solveisafreesoftwarepackagelicensedandusedundertheGNULGPL. PCDMISforWindowsversion4.0andbeyondusesafree,opensourcepackagecalledlp_solve (orlpsolve)thatisdistributedundertheGNUlessergeneralpubliclicense(LGPL).
lpsolvecitationdata Description:Opensource(MixedInteger)LinearProgrammingsystem Language:Multiplatform,pureANSIC/POSIXsourcecode,Lex/Yaccbasedparsing Officialname:lp_solve(alternativelylpsolve) Releasedata:Version5.1.0.0dated1May2004 Codevelopers:MichelBerkelaar,KjellEikland,PeterNotebaert Licenseterms:GNULGPL(LesserGeneralPublicLicense) Citationpolicy:GeneralreferencesasperLGPL Modulespecificreferencesasspecifiedtherein Youcangetthispackagefrom: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/lp_solve/

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TableofContents
GettingStarted:AnOverview................................................................................1 Overview:Introduction.......................................................................................1 VersionEnhancements .....................................................................................1 OrganizationofManual .....................................................................................4 Conventions...................................................................................................6 CADLinks .........................................................................................................9 UsingaMouseorMotionController ................................................................10 ConfiguringaSpaceBallorSpaceMouseDevice ........................................10 SpaceBall/SpaceMouseModes .................................................................12 AutomatingPCDMIS ......................................................................................13 SoftwareConfigurations ..................................................................................13 ComparisonofOffLineandOnLineVersions ............................................15 PCDMISVision...........................................................................................15 PCDMIS/NC...............................................................................................15 PCDMISLaser............................................................................................15 PCDMISGear.............................................................................................16 PCDMISIP .................................................................................................16 GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial.......................................................................17 ASimpleTutorial:Overview ............................................................................17 GettingStartedwithaSimpleTutorial .............................................................18 Step1:CreateaNewPartProgram ............................................................18 Step2:DefineaProbe ................................................................................19

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents iii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Step3:SettheView ....................................................................................20 Step4:MeasuretheAlignmentFeatures ....................................................21 Step5:ScaletheImage..............................................................................22 Step6:CreateanAlignment........................................................................22 Step7:SetyourPreferences.......................................................................24 Step8:AddComments................................................................................26 Step9:MeasureAdditionalFeatures...........................................................27 Step10:ConstructNewFeaturesfromExistingFeatures ...........................27 Step11:CalculateDimensions....................................................................29 Step12:MarktheItemstoExecute.............................................................30 Step13:SettheReportOutput....................................................................30 Step14:ExecutetheFinishedProgram ......................................................30 Step15:PrinttheReport .............................................................................31 MeasuringFeatures ........................................................................................31 FeatureGuessing ........................................................................................32 MinimumRequiredHitsforaFeature ..........................................................32 DeterminingThicknessofSheetMetalFeatures .........................................34 UsingDifferentProbeOptions.........................................................................34 UsingaProbeOnline .................................................................................35 UsingaProbeOffline .................................................................................35 UsingHardProbes ......................................................................................35 RepresentingaPartGraphically......................................................................37 WorkinginManualorDCCMode....................................................................37

iv TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

NavigatingtheUserInterface..............................................................................39 NavigatingtheUserInterface:Introduction .....................................................39 TheScreenAppearance .................................................................................39 TheMenuBar..................................................................................................41 File...............................................................................................................41 Edit ..............................................................................................................41 View.............................................................................................................41 Insert............................................................................................................41 Operation.....................................................................................................42 Window........................................................................................................42 Help .............................................................................................................42 TheToolbarArea ............................................................................................43 TheGraphicsDisplayWindow ........................................................................43 TheStatusBar ................................................................................................44 DialogBoxDescription ....................................................................................44 EditBox: ......................................................................................................46 ListBox: .......................................................................................................46 DropDownListBox .....................................................................................48 CommandButtons: ......................................................................................48 CheckBoxes:...............................................................................................51 OptionButtons: ............................................................................................51 DialogBoxTabs: .........................................................................................51 AccessingDialogBoxes ..............................................................................51

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents v

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MovingDialogBoxes ...................................................................................51 ScrollingtheEditWindow ............................................................................52 CustomizingtheUserInterface .......................................................................52 ToRestoretheDefaultUserInterface .........................................................52 ToCustomizeUserInterfaceFonts .............................................................53 CustomizingMenus .....................................................................................53 CustomizingToolbars ..................................................................................56 CustomizingShortcutKeys..........................................................................59 UsingBasicFileOptions.....................................................................................61 UsingBasicFileOptions:Introduction.............................................................61 CreatingNewPartPrograms...........................................................................61 OpeningExistingPartPrograms .....................................................................62 SavingPartPrograms .....................................................................................65 SaveAs .......................................................................................................65 PerformingFileOperations..............................................................................66 Mirror ...........................................................................................................66 Copy ............................................................................................................67 Delete ..........................................................................................................68 Rename .......................................................................................................68 ChangingtheLanguage ..................................................................................68 PrintingtheGraphicsDisplayWindow ............................................................69 SettingOutputandPrinterOptionsfortheGraphicsDisplayWindow .........69 PreviewingthePrintJob ..............................................................................70

vi TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PrintingtheEditWindow .................................................................................70 PrintingtheInspectionReport......................................................................72 PrintingtheInspectionReport .........................................................................72 SettingOutputandPrinterOptionsfortheEditWindow ..............................72 LaunchingLegacyApplications.......................................................................79 ClosingorQuittingPartPrograms...................................................................79 ExitingPCDMIS .............................................................................................80 UsingAdvancedFileOptions..............................................................................81 UsingAdvancedFileOptions:Introduction .....................................................81 ImportingCADDataorProgramData.............................................................81 Merge/Replace ............................................................................................82 ImportingaCADFile ...................................................................................83 ImportingaCATIAFile ................................................................................84 ImportingaCATIA5File:.............................................................................86 ImportingaDESFile....................................................................................86 ImportingaDXF/DWGFile ..........................................................................87 ImportingaGDXFile ...................................................................................87 ImportinganIGESFile ................................................................................88 UsingtheIGESDataDialogBox .................................................................88 Make3D ......................................................................................................89 ImportinganIGES(Alternate)File...............................................................89 ImportingaPro/ENGINEERFile..................................................................90 ImportingaSTEPFile..................................................................................91

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents vii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ImportinganSTLFile ..................................................................................91 ImportingaUnigraphicsorParasolidsFile ..................................................92 ImportingSTEP,VDAFS,andDXF/DWGFiles ...........................................92 ImportingaVDAFSFile ...............................................................................93 ImportinganXYZIJKFile.............................................................................94 ImportingaChorusNTProgram...................................................................96 ImportingDMISFiles .................................................................................101 ImportinganAVAILorMMIVProgram ......................................................106 ImportingaTutorProgram.........................................................................108 ImportingaDirectCADFile .......................................................................111 ExportingCADDataorProgramData...........................................................111 ExportingtoAIMS......................................................................................112 ExportingtoaBASICFile ..........................................................................113 ExportingaDESFile .................................................................................113 ExportingtoDMIS......................................................................................114 ExportingtoanIDEASDCIModelFile .....................................................116 ExportinganIGESFile ..............................................................................118 ExportingaSTEPFile ...............................................................................118 ExportingaVDAFSFile.............................................................................119 AlteringtheImported/ExportedImageDisplay ............................................119 AlteringDisplayofImportedCAD ..............................................................120 AlteringtheDisplayofExportedCAD ........................................................124 SettingImportOptions...................................................................................125

viii TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExecutingPartPrograms..............................................................................126 Execute......................................................................................................127 ExecuteFeature ........................................................................................127 ExecuteFrom ............................................................................................128 ExecuteFromCursor.................................................................................128 ExecuteBlock ............................................................................................128 ExecuteFromStartPoints' ........................................................................128 AnyOrderExecution..................................................................................128 UsingtheExecutionModeOptionsDialogBox .........................................129 Jump ..........................................................................................................131 SettingYourPreferences..................................................................................133 SettingYourPreferences:Introduction..........................................................133 SelectingPCDMISSetupOptions................................................................134 SetupOptions:Generaltab .......................................................................134 EditBoxesfortheGeneraltab...................................................................134 CheckBoxesfortheGeneraltab...............................................................139 SetupOptions:Part/Machinetab ...............................................................153 SetupOptions:Dimensiontab ...................................................................159 SetupOptions:IDSetuptab ......................................................................166 SetupOptions:NC100Setuptab .............................................................170 ModifyingReportandMotionParameters .....................................................171 ParameterSettings:Dimensiontab ...........................................................172 ParameterSettings:ClearPlanetab ..........................................................175

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents ix

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:Probingtab................................................................178 ParameterSettings:Motiontab .................................................................180 ParameterSettings:RotateTabletab........................................................183 ParameterSettings:Accelerationtab ........................................................185 ParameterSettings:OptionalProbetab ....................................................186 ParameterSettings:ProbeTriggerOptionstab .........................................190 ParameterSettings:NC100Parameterstab ............................................194 ParameterSettings:I/OChannelstab .......................................................196 SettingUptheEditWindow...........................................................................197 DefiningEditWindowColors .....................................................................198 DefiningtheEditwindowLayout................................................................201 SettingUptheReadoutWindow ...................................................................202 MachineCoordinateSystem(MCS)..........................................................203 ProbePosition ...........................................................................................203 LastHit.......................................................................................................203 ShowCurrentProbePositiononScreen ...................................................203 DistancetoTarget .....................................................................................203 DistancetoTargetwithAutoZoom............................................................203 DisplayErrorofLastMeasuredFeature ....................................................203 UsePolarCoordinates...............................................................................204 AlwaysTrackFOVCenter .........................................................................204 PromptHistory ...........................................................................................204 SettingupMultipleArms...............................................................................204

x TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefiningtheRotaryTable..............................................................................204 CalibrateRotaryTable...............................................................................205 SettingUpProbeChangerOptions...............................................................208 Type...........................................................................................................209 Comm ........................................................................................................210 Calibrate ....................................................................................................211 MountPoint................................................................................................214 Slots...........................................................................................................215 ManagingMultipleProbeChangers ..............................................................218 BackgroundonTP2.......................................................................................218 BackgroundonACR1....................................................................................218 BackgroundonTP20andTP200 ..................................................................218 BackgroundontheSP600AnalogProbe......................................................219 ConfiguringMultipleRacks............................................................................219 SP25Probe/StylusChangesystem ..............................................................220 UnderstandingtheARC1Rack..................................................................221 UnderstandingtheARC1withaTP20StylusChanger..............................221 UnderstandingtheSP25RackSystem......................................................221 LoadingtheActiveProbe ..............................................................................224 SettingUptheMachineInterface ..................................................................224 AssigningtheMachineAxes......................................................................225 GeneratingaDebugFile............................................................................226 OITCommunication...................................................................................228

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents xi

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PH9Communication..................................................................................228 RotaryTableSettings ................................................................................229 SettingtheCommunicationProtocol..........................................................230 SettingtheAxesScaleFactor....................................................................230 WristConfiguration ....................................................................................231 AxilaInterface ............................................................................................231 BacktalkInterface ......................................................................................232 BrightInterface ..........................................................................................233 LeicaInterface ...........................................................................................233 DeaInterface .............................................................................................240 ElmInterface..............................................................................................243 EmbboardInterface ...................................................................................243 FaroInterface ............................................................................................244 FederalInterface........................................................................................245 GOMInterface ...........................................................................................246 JohanssonInterface ..................................................................................246 LeitzInterface ............................................................................................247 LKDriverInterface......................................................................................250 LKRS232Interface ....................................................................................252 ManmitiInterface .......................................................................................254 ManmoraInterface.....................................................................................254 Metrocom/MetromecInterface ...................................................................255 MetrologInterface......................................................................................257

xii TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MitutoyoInterface ......................................................................................257 MoraInterface............................................................................................259 MZeizzInterface ........................................................................................259 NumerexInterface .....................................................................................260 OmnitechInterface ....................................................................................262 ReflexInterface..........................................................................................262 RenishawInterface ....................................................................................263 RomerInterface .........................................................................................263 SharpeInterface ........................................................................................264 SheffieldInterface......................................................................................266 Tech80Interface........................................................................................268 TheodoleInterface.....................................................................................269 WenzelInterface........................................................................................270 ZeissInterface ...........................................................................................270 ZssGPIBsInterface....................................................................................271 CompensatingforTemperature.....................................................................272 UsingSTPFiles .........................................................................................272 AvailableInputParameters........................................................................273 TEMPCOMPCommandintheEditWindow.............................................277 ControllerSupport......................................................................................277 LocalTemperatureSettings.......................................................................278 SpecifyingExternalDirectoriestoSearch .....................................................278 SearchFor .................................................................................................278

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents xiii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SearchCurrentDirectory ...........................................................................279 SearchCurrentDirectoryFirst ...................................................................279 SearchSpecifiedDirectory ........................................................................279 BrowseButton ...........................................................................................279 DesktopSettings........................................................................................280 ChangingOpenGLOptions ...........................................................................281 Options ......................................................................................................281 Tessellation................................................................................................282 SettingImportOptions...................................................................................283 Understandingthe.DATFiles .......................................................................284 EditingtheCADDisplay....................................................................................289 EditingtheCADDisplay:Introduction ...........................................................289 SettingUptheScreenView...........................................................................289 ChangingLayoutandViews ......................................................................290 Displaying,Creating,andManipulatingLevels ..........................................292 ManagingandPositioningOnScreenElements ...........................................294 SwitchingBetweenCurveandSurfaceModes..............................................295 DrawingSurfaces ..........................................................................................295 HighlightingSurfacesandCurveswiththeMouse ........................................295 RepaintingtheScreen...................................................................................296 ChangingScreenModes...............................................................................296 TranslateMode..........................................................................................296 2DRotateMode.........................................................................................297

xiv * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

3DRotateMode.........................................................................................299 ProgramMode ...........................................................................................300 TextBoxMode...........................................................................................300 ChangingScreenColors ...............................................................................302 Background................................................................................................303 Highlight.....................................................................................................304 MouseOverHighlight ................................................................................304 3DGrid ......................................................................................................304 VisionFOV.................................................................................................305 ScalingtheDrawing ......................................................................................305 RotatingtheDrawing.....................................................................................306 ChangingRotationandOtherMotionOptions...............................................307 ShowingandHidingGraphics .......................................................................310 WorkingwithAssembliesofParts .................................................................311 MakingCAD3DbyUsingtheCreateLevelsWindow ...................................312 CreateLevelsFilemenu .............................................................................314 CreateLevelsViewmenu ...........................................................................314 View|Change...........................................................................................315 View|ScaletoFit ......................................................................................315 View|Rotate.............................................................................................315 View|CADInfo.........................................................................................315 View|ScreenColor ...................................................................................315 CreateLevelsLevelmenu...........................................................................316

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xv

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Level|New ................................................................................................316 Level|Select .............................................................................................316 Level|Deselect .........................................................................................317 Level|Create ............................................................................................317 Level|Position ..........................................................................................317 AdditionalLevelManipulations ..................................................................319 ViewingCADInformation ..............................................................................320 VerifyingCADInformation.............................................................................320 UsingScreenCapturesoftheGraphicsDisplayWindow..............................324 SendingScreenCapturestotheClipboard................................................324 SendingScreenCapturestotheReport ....................................................324 SendingScreenCapturestoaFile ............................................................324 EditingScreenCaptures............................................................................324 EditingCAD...................................................................................................325 FeatureTypes............................................................................................326 NumberofSelectedFeatures ....................................................................326 EditColor ...................................................................................................326 ChangeName............................................................................................327 ChangeColor.............................................................................................327 SetasPriority ............................................................................................328 ShowName ...............................................................................................328 Deselect.....................................................................................................328 NameboxforCADElements.....................................................................329

xvi * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EditingCADVectors......................................................................................329 ApplyingLightingandMaterialstotheCADDisplay .....................................330 LightingTab ...............................................................................................332 ArchiveTab................................................................................................334 MaterialTab...............................................................................................335 ClipPlanesTab .........................................................................................339 SelectingFeaturesUsingtheGraphicsDisplayWindow...............................342 SelectingFeaturesusingtheID(s).............................................................342 SelectingFeaturesUsingMetaCharacterMatching .................................343 SelectingtheLastID(s) .............................................................................345 BoxSelectingID(s) ....................................................................................345 SelectingFeaturesOnLine .......................................................................346 EditingaFeatureID...................................................................................346 EditingDimensionColors ..............................................................................346 EditingFeatures ............................................................................................349 FeaturesOptionsarea ...............................................................................351 TextLabelOptionsarea ............................................................................352 ShowingandAnimatingPathLines...............................................................353 AnimatingthePath ....................................................................................353 RegeneratingthePath...............................................................................354 DetectingCollisions ...................................................................................354 DeletingCAD.................................................................................................356 FeatureTypes............................................................................................356

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xvii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

NumberofSelectedFeatures ....................................................................357 NumberofDeletedFeatures......................................................................357 DeleteCAD................................................................................................357 UndoDeletedCAD ....................................................................................357 Deselect.....................................................................................................358 DeletingFeatures ..........................................................................................358 DeletingusingtheDeleteFeaturesDialogBox .........................................358 DeletingusingtheDelete[Feature]MenuOption ......................................359 DeletingDimensions .....................................................................................359 DeleteDimensions.....................................................................................360 UndoDeletedDimensions .........................................................................360 ClearList....................................................................................................360 TransformingaCADModel ...........................................................................360 WorkingwithCADCoordinateSystems ........................................................364 CheckingandFixingPointNominalDeviation...............................................365 EditingaPartProgram......................................................................................369 EditingaPartProgram:Introduction .............................................................369 UsingStandardEditCommands ...................................................................369 Undo ..........................................................................................................369 Redo ..........................................................................................................370 Cut .............................................................................................................370 Copy ..........................................................................................................370 Paste.........................................................................................................370

xviii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Delete ........................................................................................................370 SelectAll....................................................................................................371 EditingPatternsofFeatures..........................................................................371 Pattern .......................................................................................................371 PastewithPattern......................................................................................372 FindingandReplacingText...........................................................................373 Find............................................................................................................373 Replace......................................................................................................375 EditingDataFields ........................................................................................378 JumpingtoSpecifiedLineNumbers..............................................................379 JumpingtoandfromReferencedCommands ...............................................379 EditingNominalandTargetValues...............................................................380 OverridingGuessedFeatures .......................................................................381 OverridingFoundNominals...........................................................................381 UnderstandingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBox ...................................382 UsingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBoxinLearnmode:........................383 UsingFindNomsOverrideinExecuteMode: .............................................385 UsingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBoxfromtheEditwindow: ..............386 MarkingCommandsforExecution ................................................................386 Mark...........................................................................................................386 MarkAll......................................................................................................387 ClearAll .....................................................................................................387 ParentMode ..............................................................................................387

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xix

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ChildMode.................................................................................................388 NewAlignmentMode.................................................................................388 CreatingandExecutingMarkedSets ............................................................388 UsingBreakpoints .........................................................................................391 ToggleBreakpoint......................................................................................392 InsertDefaults............................................................................................392 RemoveDefaults .......................................................................................392 RemoveAll ................................................................................................392 SettingStartPoints........................................................................................393 UsingBookmarks ..........................................................................................394 ToggleBookmark.......................................................................................394 NextBookmark ..........................................................................................394 ClearAllBookmarks ..................................................................................394 ChangingFontsandColors...........................................................................394 EditingExternalObjects ................................................................................395 UsingtheEditWindow......................................................................................397 UsingtheEditWindow:Introduction..............................................................397 UnderstandingCoreConcepts ......................................................................398 NavigatingtheEditwindow........................................................................398 UnderstandingtheDefaultEditWindowColorsandFormatting ................399 InsertingCommands..................................................................................402 EditingValues............................................................................................402 SelectingCommands.................................................................................402

xx * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

RepositioningCommands..........................................................................403 DeletingCommands ..................................................................................403 AccessingDialogBoxes ............................................................................403 ModifyingHeadersandFooters.................................................................403 WorkinginSummaryMode ...........................................................................406 Layout........................................................................................................406 EditingaPartProgramfromSummaryMode ............................................408 SummaryModeKeyboardFunctions.........................................................410 WorkinginCommandMode ..........................................................................411 ConstructedFeatures ................................................................................412 Dimensions................................................................................................412 StatisticalData...........................................................................................413 Alignment...................................................................................................414 MeasuredFeatures....................................................................................414 Hits ............................................................................................................414 MotionCommands.....................................................................................415 MoveCommands.......................................................................................416 SheetMetalMeasurements .......................................................................417 Probe .........................................................................................................417 Comments .................................................................................................418 TraceFields ...............................................................................................420 Expressions ...............................................................................................420 ScreenCaptures........................................................................................420

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxi

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GlobalCommands .....................................................................................420 CommandModeKeyboardFunctions .......................................................425 WorkinginDMISMode.................................................................................427 WorkingwithUserDefinedGroups ...............................................................427 InsertingGroups ........................................................................................429 EditingGroups ...........................................................................................429 RemovingGroups......................................................................................430 UsingMultipleArmModewithGroups.......................................................430 PerformingOperationsonGroups .............................................................431 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools ........................................................433 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools:Overview ....................................433 UsingtheReportWindow..............................................................................433 UsingtheBasicScriptEditor .........................................................................434 BasicScriptEditorToolbar ........................................................................434 FileMenu ...................................................................................................436 EditMenu...................................................................................................437 ViewMenu .................................................................................................439 RunMenu ..................................................................................................439 HelpMenu .................................................................................................439 UsingtheFormEditor ...................................................................................440 ViewinganInspectionReport........................................................................440 UsingtheQuickStartInterface......................................................................441 QuickStart:MeasureToolbar ....................................................................446

xxii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

QuickStart:ConstructToolbar...................................................................451 QuickStart:DimensionToolbar .................................................................453 QuickStart:AlignToolbar..........................................................................456 QuickStart:Calibrate/EditToolbar ..........................................................457 UsingtheSettingsWindow............................................................................458 ChangingSettingsWindowOptions ..........................................................463 UsingthePreviewwindow............................................................................464 PreviewWindowOptions...........................................................................464 SizingthePreviewwindow ........................................................................466 UsingtheMarkedSetsWindow ....................................................................466 UsingtheVirtualKeyboard............................................................................466 UsingtheProbeReadoutwindow .................................................................475 SizingtheProbeReadoutsWindow ..........................................................476 MultipleArmModeandtheProbeReadoutWindow .................................476 UsingtheStatusWindow ..............................................................................477 UsingtheProbeToolbox...............................................................................478 WorkingwithContactPathProperties .......................................................482 WorkingwithContactSampleHitsProperties ...........................................486 WorkingwithContactAutoMoveProperties..............................................497 WorkingwithContactFindHoleProperties ...............................................498 UsingtheDimensionsColorsWindow(DimensionsColorBar) ....................503 ViewingPathLines........................................................................................505 UsingToolbars..................................................................................................507

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxiii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingToolbars:Introduction..........................................................................507 GraphicsModesToolbar ...............................................................................507 GraphicViewToolbar....................................................................................509 GraphicItemsToolbar...................................................................................510 SettingsToolbar ............................................................................................511 ProbeModeToolbar......................................................................................513 EditWindowToolbar .....................................................................................515 DimensionToolbar ........................................................................................518 ConstructedFeaturesToolbar.......................................................................519 AutoFeaturesToolbar...................................................................................520 GuessingAutoFeatures ............................................................................520 MeasuredFeaturesToolbar ..........................................................................523 FileOperationsToolbar.................................................................................524 MacroPlay/RecordToolbar...........................................................................524 VirtualKeyboardToolbar...............................................................................526 TouchScreenModeToolbar.........................................................................527 WizardsToolbar ............................................................................................527 PortableToolbar ........................................................................................529 ActiveArmsToolbar ......................................................................................531 ActiveRotaryTableToolbar..........................................................................531 WindowLayoutsToolbar...............................................................................531 DefiningHardware ............................................................................................535 DefiningHardware:Introduction ....................................................................535

xxiv * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefiningProbes.............................................................................................535 ProbeFileName........................................................................................536 UserDefinedCalibrationOrdercheckbox.................................................536 UseWristMapIfAvailablecheckbox........................................................537 ActiveTipList ............................................................................................537 ProbeDescription ......................................................................................539 Measure.....................................................................................................543 AddTool ....................................................................................................554 EditTool.....................................................................................................557 DeleteTool ................................................................................................557 ListofAvailableTools................................................................................558 Edit ............................................................................................................558 AddAngles ................................................................................................561 Results.......................................................................................................566 MarkUsed .................................................................................................566 GlobalUsed ...............................................................................................567 FileFormat.................................................................................................567 UseUnitCalibrationData ..........................................................................567 AvailableTipTypes ...................................................................................568 CollisionTolerance ....................................................................................568 ProbeSetup...............................................................................................569 PrintList.....................................................................................................571 FaroProbeCalibrationUtilities................................................................571

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxv

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SP600CalibrationInformation ...................................................................574 SP600CalibrationProcedures...................................................................576 AutoCalibrateProbe ..................................................................................579 DefiningHardProbes ....................................................................................580 DefiningStarProbes .....................................................................................581 BuildingtheStarProbe..............................................................................581 DefiningMachines.........................................................................................585 CreatingaNewMachineforDisplay..........................................................585 DisplayingExistingMachinesintheGraphicsDisplayWindow.................587 RemovingtheAnimatedMachinefromtheGraphicsDisplayWindow ......587 InsertingQuickFixtures.................................................................................588 UsingExistingQuickFixtures ....................................................................590 DefiningProbeChangers ..............................................................................591 CalibratingtheFCR25ProbeChanger ......................................................591 Step9ReviewCalibrationResults ..........................................................607 ShowinganAnimatedProbeChanger ..........................................................608 WorkingwithRotaryTables...........................................................................609 CreatingAutoFeatures.....................................................................................611 CreatingAutoFeatures:Introduction.............................................................611 QuickWaystoCreateAutoFeatures ............................................................612 BoxSelectingtoCreateMultipleAutoFeatures ........................................612 'SingleClicking'AutoFeatureCreation .........................................................619 TheAutoFeatureDialogBox.....................................................................623

xxvi * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IDbox ........................................................................................................624 FeaturePropertiesarea.............................................................................624 MeasurementPropertiesarea ...................................................................634 AutoFeatureToggleBar............................................................................643 ExtendedSheetMetalOptionsarea ..........................................................650 ExtendedSheetMetalVectorDiagrams.......................................................652 AdvancedMeasurementOptionsarea ......................................................655 FeatureLocatorarea .................................................................................658 AnalysisArea.............................................................................................659 AutoFeatureFieldDefinitions .......................................................................661 ExtendedSheetMetalVectorDiagrams.......................................................677 CreatinganAutoVectorPoint .......................................................................680 MeasuringaVectorPoint...........................................................................680 CreatinganAutoSurfacePoint .....................................................................683 MeasuringanAutoSurfacePoint ..............................................................683 CreatinganAutoEdgePoint.........................................................................686 MeasuringanAutoEdgePoint ..................................................................686 CreatinganAutoAnglePoint ........................................................................689 MeasuringanAutoAnglePoint .................................................................689 CreatinganAutoCornerPoint ......................................................................691 MeasuringanAutoCornerPoint................................................................692 CreatinganAutoHighPoint..........................................................................694 MeasuringanAutoHighPoint ...................................................................694

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxvii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CreatinganAutoLine....................................................................................702 LineFieldDefinitions .................................................................................702 MeasuringanAutoLine.............................................................................703 UsingSurfaceDataontheScreenforaLine.............................................705 CreatinganAutoPlane .................................................................................707 MeasuringanAutoPlane...........................................................................707 CreatinganAutoCircle .................................................................................709 MeasuringanAutoCircle...........................................................................710 CreatinganAutoEllipse................................................................................712 MeasuringanAutoEllipse .........................................................................712 CreatinganAutoNotchSlot..........................................................................714 MeasuringanAutoNotch ..........................................................................714 CreatinganAutoRoundSlot.........................................................................719 MeasuringanAutoRoundSlot ..................................................................720 CreatinganAutoSquareSlot........................................................................721 MeasuringanAutoSquareSlot .................................................................722 CreatinganAutoCylinder .............................................................................724 MeasuringanAutoCylinder.......................................................................724 CreatinganAutoCone..................................................................................727 MeasuringanAutoCone ...........................................................................727 CreatinganAutoSphere...............................................................................729 MeasuringanAutoSphere ........................................................................730 SettingUpRelativeMeasure(RMEAS).........................................................733

xxviii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefaultRMEASMode................................................................................734 LegacyRMEASMode...............................................................................734 CreatingMeasuredFeatures ............................................................................737 CreatingMeasuredFeatures:Introduction ....................................................737 UnderstandingtheCommandFormat ...........................................................737 BasicMeasurementFormatforaPoint .....................................................738 BasicMeasurementFormatforaLine.......................................................739 BasicMeasurementFormatforaPlane ....................................................739 BasicMeasurementFormatforaCircle ....................................................740 BasicMeasurementFormatforaSphere ..................................................740 BasicMeasurementFormatforaCone .....................................................741 BasicMeasurementFormatforaCylinder.................................................741 BasicMeasurementFormatforaRoundSlot ............................................742 BasicMeasurementFormatforaSquareSlot ...........................................742 InsertingaMeasuredFeature .......................................................................743 GuessingaMeasuredFeatureType .........................................................743 ToForcetheInsertionofaCertainMeasuredFeatureType .....................744 EditingaMeasuredFeature ..........................................................................744 MeasuredFeatureDialogBoxDescription ................................................745 MeasuredHitsDialogBoxDescription ......................................................748 OverridingaGuessedMeasuredFeature .....................................................749 CreatingMeasuredFeatureSets ..................................................................749 ConstructingNewFeaturesfromExistingFeatures..........................................753

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxix

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ConstructingNewFeaturesfromExistingFeatures:Introduction..................753 UnderstandingtheGeneralCommandFormat..............................................754 AccessingtheDialogBox ..........................................................................755 DecimalPlacementConventions ...............................................................755 SpecifyingFeatureTheoreticals....................................................................756 ConstructingaPointFeature.........................................................................758 ConstructingaCastPoint ..........................................................................760 ConstructingaCornerPoint.......................................................................761 ConstructingaDropPoint..........................................................................761 ConstructinganIntersectPoint..................................................................762 ConstructingaMidPoint............................................................................763 ConstructinganOffsetPoint ......................................................................764 ConstructingaPointattheOrigin ..............................................................764 ConstructingaPiercePoint .......................................................................765 ConstructingaProjectedPoint ..................................................................766 AutoPointConstruction .............................................................................766 ConstructingaCircleFeature........................................................................768 In/OutCircle.............................................................................................771 AutoCircleConstruction ............................................................................772 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensateCircle ..........................772 ConstructinganIntersectCircle.................................................................774 ConstructingaCastCircle .........................................................................775 ConstructingaProjectedCircle .................................................................776

xxx * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ChangingtheDirectionofaCircle .............................................................777 ConstructingaTangentCircle ...................................................................777 ConstructinganArcfromPartofaScan...................................................780 ConstructingaCircleataScan'sMinimumPoint ......................................781 ConstructingaCirclefromaCone.............................................................786 ConstructinganEllipseFeature ....................................................................788 In/OutEllipse ...........................................................................................790 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensateEllipse.........................790 ConstructinganIntersectEllipse ...............................................................791 ConstructingaCastEllipse........................................................................791 ConstructingaProjectedEllipse ................................................................792 ChangingtheDirectionofanEllipse..........................................................792 AutoEllipseConstruction...........................................................................792 ConstructingaSphereFeature .....................................................................793 In/OutSphere ..........................................................................................795 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensateSphere........................795 ConstructingaCastSphere.......................................................................796 ConstructingaProjectedSphere ...............................................................797 ChangingtheDirectionofaSphere...........................................................797 AutoSphereConstruction..........................................................................797 ConstructingaLineFeature ..........................................................................798 Variations...................................................................................................801 AutoLineConstruction ..............................................................................801

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxxi

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ConstructinganAlignmentLine .................................................................803 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensateLine ............................803 ConstructingaCastLine............................................................................805 ConstructinganIntersectLine ...................................................................806 ConstructingaMidLine .............................................................................806 ConstructingaParallelLine .......................................................................807 ConstructingaPerpendicularLine.............................................................808 ConstructingaProjectedLine....................................................................808 ChangingtheDirectionofaLine................................................................809 ConstructingaLinefromPartofaScan ....................................................809 ConstructinganOffsetLine .......................................................................811 ConstructingaConeFeature ........................................................................814 In/OutCone .............................................................................................816 Variations...................................................................................................816 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensateCone...........................816 ConstructingaCastCone..........................................................................817 ConstructingaProjectedCone ..................................................................818 ChangingtheDirectionofaCone..............................................................818 AutoConeConstruction.............................................................................818 ConstructingaCylinderFeature....................................................................819 In/OutCylinder.........................................................................................821 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensateCylinder ......................821 ConstructingaCastCylinder .....................................................................823

xxxii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ConstructingaProjectedCylinder .............................................................823 ChangingtheDirectionofaCylinder .........................................................824 AutoCylinderConstruction ........................................................................824 ConstructingaPlaneFeature........................................................................825 ConstructingaPlanefromanAlignment...................................................828 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensatePlane ..........................829 ConstructingaCastPlane .........................................................................830 ConstructingaHighPointPlane ................................................................831 ConstructingaMidPlane...........................................................................831 ConstructinganOffsetPlane .....................................................................832 ConstructingaParallelPlane.....................................................................835 ConstructingaPerpendicularPlane ..........................................................836 ChangingtheDirectionofaPlane .............................................................837 AutoPlaneConstruction ............................................................................837 ConstructingaSlotFeature...........................................................................838 In/OutSlot................................................................................................839 ConstructingaCircleSlot ..........................................................................839 ConstructingaBestFitorBestFitRecompensateSlot .............................840 ConstructingaCurve.....................................................................................841 ConstructingaDependent/IndependentCurve........................................842 ConstructingaSurface..................................................................................844 ConstructingaDependent/IndependentSurface .......................................845 ConstructingaSetofFeatures......................................................................848

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxxiii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingaRangeofHitsfromaScanasInputs ............................................849 ConstructingaFilterSet................................................................................850 Linearoption ..............................................................................................851 Polaroption................................................................................................852 FilterTypelist ............................................................................................852 FilterWidthbox..........................................................................................854 CutoffWavelengthbox ..............................................................................854 CutoffFrequencybox ................................................................................855 SmoothingParameterbox .........................................................................855 RemoveOutlierscheckbox.......................................................................855 StandardDeviationMultiplebox ................................................................855 ConstructinganAdjustedFilter .....................................................................855 CreatingGenericFeatures................................................................................859 CreatingGenericFeatures:Introduction .......................................................859 DescriptionofGenericFeatures ................................................................859 PurposeofGenericFeatures.....................................................................859 GenericFeatureCommandFormat...............................................................859 CreatingaGenericFeature...........................................................................860 ToAddaGenericFeature .........................................................................860 DescriptionoftheConstructGenericFeatureDialogBox .........................861 CreatingaReadPointfromtheProbe'sPosition ...........................................863 CreatingandUsingAlignments.........................................................................865 CreatingandUsingAlignments:Introduction ................................................865

xxxiv * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AlignmentCommandFormat.........................................................................865 DescriptionoftheAlignmentUtilitiesDialogBox...........................................867 AlignmentID ..............................................................................................868 ActiveAlignmentList .................................................................................869 DropDownAxes ........................................................................................870 Level ..........................................................................................................870 Rotate ........................................................................................................870 SetOriginOffsetDistance .........................................................................872 Origin .........................................................................................................872 Recall.........................................................................................................873 Iterative......................................................................................................873 BestFit.......................................................................................................873 AutoAlign ..................................................................................................873 CADEqualsPart........................................................................................874 Creatinga321Alignment............................................................................874 Step1:MeasuretheAlignmentFeatures ..................................................875 Step2:Level,Rotate,andTranslatetotheFeatures ................................875 Step3:CompletingtheAlignment .............................................................875 CreatingaBestFitAlignment........................................................................876 UnderstandingBestFitAlignments............................................................876 ToCreateaBestFitAlignment..................................................................881 DescriptionoftheBestFitAlignmentDialogBox.......................................882 CreatinganIterativeAlignment .....................................................................886

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxxv

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UnderstandingIterativeAlignments ...........................................................887 ToCreateanIterativeAlignment ...............................................................889 DescriptionoftheIterativeAlignmentDialogBox ......................................890 SavinganAlignment.....................................................................................894 ToSaveanAlignment...............................................................................894 DescriptionoftheSaveAlignmentDialogBox...........................................896 RecallinganExistingAlignment ....................................................................897 ToRecallanAlignment..............................................................................897 UsinganAlignmentInsideLoops..................................................................898 EquatinganAlignment ..................................................................................899 DescriptionoftheEquateAlignmentDialogBox .......................................900 EquatingCADtoMeasuredPartData...........................................................901 PerformingaLeapfrogOperation ..................................................................901 MeasureOptions .......................................................................................902 NumberofHits...........................................................................................903 HalfRelocation ..........................................................................................903 DatumProgramFile...................................................................................903 AvailableandUsedLists............................................................................903 MeasureMarked........................................................................................904 MeasureAll................................................................................................904 Resultsarea...............................................................................................905 Accept........................................................................................................905 Reset .........................................................................................................905

xxxvi * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

OK.............................................................................................................905 ChangingAlignmentNominalValues ............................................................906 CreatingaBundleAlignment.........................................................................906 AddingandRemovingStations..................................................................906 SettingFitOptions .....................................................................................907 BundleAlignmentSetup ............................................................................909 BundleAlignmentResults..........................................................................910 BundleAlignmentCommandText .............................................................911 DimensioningFeatures .....................................................................................913 DimensioningFeatures:Introduction.............................................................913 DimensionCommandFormat........................................................................914 Conventions...............................................................................................915 AccessingtheDialogBox ..........................................................................915 PrintingDimensionstotheInspectionReport................................................916 CommonDimensionDialogBoxOptions ......................................................917 MaterialConditions ....................................................................................917 DisplayDimensionInfo ..............................................................................918 EditDefaultDimensionInfo .......................................................................918 Units ..........................................................................................................920 AnalysisSettings .......................................................................................920 OutputTo...................................................................................................923 DimensioningLocation ..................................................................................924 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheLOCATIONOption: ............................924

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxxvii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefaultAxesforLocationDimensions .......................................................926 SheetMetalAxes.......................................................................................927 LocationOptions........................................................................................927 TolerancesforLocationDimensions..........................................................928 ISOLimitsandFits ....................................................................................930 DimensioningTruePosition...........................................................................931 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheTRUEPOSITIONOption: ...................932 ToApplyTruePositiononaGroupofCirclesorCylinders........................933 UsingDatums ............................................................................................933 DefaultAxesforTruePositionDimensions................................................934 Deviation....................................................................................................935 AxialFeatures............................................................................................936 TolerancesforTruePositionDimensions ..................................................937 DimensioningDistance..................................................................................938 ToDimensionaDistanceUsingtheDISTANCEoption:............................938 TolerancesforDistanceDimensions .........................................................939 GeneralRulesfor2Dand3DDistanceDimensions ..................................940 RelationshipforDistanceDimensions .......................................................941 OrientationforDistanceDimensions .........................................................942 CircleOptions ............................................................................................943 DimensioningAngle ......................................................................................943 ToDimensiontheAngleBetweenTwoFeatures:......................................944 TolerancesforAngleDimensions ..............................................................945

xxxviii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AngleType.................................................................................................945 RelationshipforAngleBetweenDimensions .............................................946 DimensioningConcentricity...........................................................................946 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheCONCENTRICITYOption: .................947 ToleranceforConcentricityDimensions ....................................................947 DimensioningCoaxiality ................................................................................948 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheCOAXIALITYOption:..........................948 PlusToleranceforCoaxialityDimensions..................................................949 ProjectedDistanceforCoaxiality ...............................................................949 DimensioningCircularity................................................................................949 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheCIRCULARITYOption:.......................950 PlusToleranceforCircularityDimensions .................................................950 DimensioningCylindricity ..............................................................................951 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheCYLINDRICITYOption.......................951 DimensioningStraightness............................................................................952 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheSTRAIGHTNESSOption: ...................952 PlusToleranceforStraightnessDimensions .............................................953 DimensioningFlatness ..................................................................................953 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheFLATNESSOption: ............................953 PlusToleranceforFlatness .......................................................................954 DimensioningPerpendicularity ......................................................................954 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingthePERPENDICULARITYOption:...........954 PlusToleranceforPerpendicularityDimensions .......................................955

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xxxix

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ProjectedDistanceforPerpendicularityDimensions .................................955 DimensioningParallelism ..............................................................................955 ToPerformaDimensionUsingPARALLELISM:.......................................956 PlusToleranceforParallelismDimensions................................................956 ProjectedDistanceforParallelismDimensions .........................................957 DimensioningTotalorCircularRunout..........................................................958 UnderstandingRunout...............................................................................958 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheRUNOUTOption: ...............................960 PlusToleranceforRunoutDimensions .....................................................961 DimensioningSurfaceorLineProfile ............................................................961 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheSurfaceProfileOption: .......................961 ToDimensiona2DFeatureUsingtheLinePROFILEOption: ..................963 TolerancesforSurfaceProfileDimensions................................................964 TolerancesforLineProfileDimensions .....................................................965 ControlOptionsforSurfaceProfileDimensions.........................................965 ControlOptionsforLineProfileDimensions ..............................................966 BestFitOptionsforSurfaceProfileDimensions ........................................966 BestFitOptionsforLineProfileDimensions..............................................967 DimensioningAngularity................................................................................968 ToComputetheAngularityErrorbyUsingtheANGULARITYOption: ......968 ReferenceAngle ........................................................................................969 PlusToleranceforAngularityDimensions .................................................969 ProjectedDistanceforAngularityDimensions...........................................970

xl * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DimensioningSymmetry...............................................................................970 ToDimensionaFeatureUsingtheSYMMETRYOption: ..........................971 PlusToleranceforSymmetry.....................................................................972 DimensioningthroughKeyboardInput ..........................................................972 ToAddDimensionsUsingtheKEYINOption: ..........................................972 Nominal......................................................................................................973 Actual.........................................................................................................973 TolerancesforKeyboardCreatedDimensions ..........................................973 DimensioningVariables.................................................................................973 UsingFeatureControlFrames..........................................................................977 UsingFeatureControlFrames:Introduction..................................................977 WhatisaFeatureControlFrame? ................................................................978 CreatingaFeatureControlFrameDimension ...........................................979 DefiningDatums............................................................................................980 TheGD&TDialogBox...................................................................................981 GD&TDialogBoxFeatureControlFrametab .........................................982 GD&TDialogBoxAdvancedtab .............................................................986 UsingFlatnessPerUnitArea.....................................................................989 FeatureControlFrameCommandBlock.......................................................990 FeatureControlFrameTrihedron ..............................................................994 SimultaneouslyEvaluatingFeatureControlFrames.....................................994 ReportingTruePositionFeatureControlFrames ......................................996 CreatingaSymmetryFeatureControlFrameDimension..............................996

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xli

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

FeatureControlFrameReportingTables....................................................1001 ScanningYourPart.........................................................................................1003 ScanningyourPart:Introduction .................................................................1003 WorkingwithCADSurfaces ........................................................................1003 LocatingPointsinaScan............................................................................1004 IntroductiontoPerformingAdvancedScans ...............................................1005 CommonFunctionsoftheScanDialogBox................................................1006 ScanType................................................................................................1006 Basic/Advancedbuttons ........................................................................1006 BoundaryPointsarea ..............................................................................1007 DirectionTechniqueareas.......................................................................1012 BodyAxisTechnique ...............................................................................1012 VariableTechnique..................................................................................1013 NullfilterTechnique ..................................................................................1013 Max/Minboxes.......................................................................................1014 ScanConstructionarea(forPerimeterScan) ..........................................1015 SectionLocationarea(forSectionScan) ................................................1016 InitialVectorsarea ...................................................................................1017 SelectCenter(forRotaryScan)...............................................................1020 CenterPointandRadius(forRotaryScan)..............................................1020 IJK(forRotaryScan) ...............................................................................1020 UVScanSettingsarea ............................................................................1021 ExecutionTab..........................................................................................1022

xlii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GraphicsTab ...........................................................................................1031 ControlPointsTab ...................................................................................1033 PathDefinitionTab ..................................................................................1035 SplinePatharea ......................................................................................1038 SettingsTab.............................................................................................1040 PerformingaLinearOpenAdvancedScan..............................................1041 PerformingaLinearClosedAdvancedScan ...........................................1043 PerformingaPatchAdvancedScan ........................................................1046 PerformingaPerimeterAdvancedScan..................................................1049 PerformingaSectionAdvancedScan .....................................................1052 PerformingaRotaryAdvancedScan.......................................................1055 PerformingaFreeformAdvancedScan...................................................1057 PerformingaUVAdvancedScan ............................................................1059 PerformingaGridAdvancedScan ..........................................................1061 PerformingBasicScans...........................................................................1063 IntroductiontoPerformingBasicScans ......................................................1063 CommonFunctionsoftheBasicScanDialogBox ......................................1064 PerformingaCircleBasicScan...................................................................1069 PerformingaCylinderBasicScan...............................................................1073 PerforminganAxisBasicScan ...................................................................1076 PerformingaCenterBasicScan .................................................................1079 PerformingaLineBasicScan .....................................................................1082 IntroductiontoPerformingScansManually.................................................1086

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xliii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CommonFunctionsoftheScanDialogBox................................................1087 AdditionalManualScanOptions..............................................................1087 RulesforManualScans...........................................................................1087 PerformingManualScanswithaTouchTriggerProbe ...............................1090 PerformingManualScanswithaHardProbe..............................................1091 PerformingaFixedDistanceManualScan..............................................1091 PerformingaFixedTime/DistanceManualScan...................................1092 PerformingaFixedTimeManualScan....................................................1094 PerformingaBodyAxisManualScan .....................................................1095 PerformingaMultisectionManualScan ..................................................1096 InsertingMoveCommands .............................................................................1101 InsertingMoveCommands:Introduction.....................................................1101 InsertingaMovePointCommand ...............................................................1101 OffsetMove .............................................................................................1103 InsertingaMoveIncrementCommand.......................................................1104 InsertingaClearancePlane ........................................................................1105 InsertingaMoveClearPlaneCommand.....................................................1106 InsertingaMoveCircularCommand ...........................................................1106 InsertingaMoveSyncCommand...............................................................1107 InsertingaMoveSweepCommand............................................................1107 InsertingaMoveAllCommand ...................................................................1108 InsertingaMoveRotaryTableCommand ...................................................1109 InsertinganExclusionZoneCommand.......................................................1109

xliv * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefiningtheExclusionZone ....................................................................1110 BranchingbyUsingFlowControl....................................................................1113 BranchingbyUsingFlowControl:Introduction............................................1113 UsingControlPairs .....................................................................................1113 If/EndIf ..................................................................................................1113 ElseIf/EndElseIf ..................................................................................1114 Else/EndElse ........................................................................................1116 While/EndWhile ....................................................................................1117 Do/Until..................................................................................................1118 Select/EndSelect ..................................................................................1120 Case/EndCase......................................................................................1122 DefaultCase/EndDefaultCase .............................................................1122 CreatingGenericLoops ..............................................................................1123 EndNumber.............................................................................................1124 StartNumber ...........................................................................................1124 SkipNumber ............................................................................................1124 AxesandAngleOffset .............................................................................1124 LoopIds...................................................................................................1125 VariableID...............................................................................................1126 EndLoop .................................................................................................1126 EndingGenericLoops.................................................................................1126 CreatingLabels ...........................................................................................1126 JumpingtoaLabel ......................................................................................1127

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xlv

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

JumpingtoaLabelBasedonConditions ....................................................1128 BranchingonaCMMError..........................................................................1129 SupportedInterfaces ...............................................................................1130 BranchingwithSubroutines.........................................................................1131 CreatingaNewSubroutine......................................................................1132 UnderstandingtheSubroutineCreationDialogBox ................................1133 EditinganExistingSubroutine .................................................................1135 UnderstandingtheArgumentEditDialogBox..........................................1135 EndingaSubroutine ................................................................................1136 CallingaSubroutine ................................................................................1136 UnderstandingtheCallSubroutineDialogBox........................................1138 CodeSampleofaSubroutine..................................................................1139 EndingaPartProgram................................................................................1141 TrackingStatisticalData .................................................................................1143 TrackingStatisticalData:Introduction .........................................................1143 UsingTraceFields ......................................................................................1143 Options ....................................................................................................1144 SendingCurrentStatstoaFile ...................................................................1144 UsingtheStatisticsOptionsDialogBox ......................................................1145 StatsOptions ...........................................................................................1145 DatabaseOptions ....................................................................................1147 UpdateDatabaseNow.............................................................................1152 ReportingMeasurementResults.....................................................................1155

xlvi * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ReportingMeasurementResults:Overview ................................................1155 ReportingChanges .....................................................................................1155 MigratingLegacy(HyperView)Reports.......................................................1158 ReportGenerationSequence......................................................................1158 AbouttheReportWindow ...........................................................................1159 ReportingToolbar........................................................................................1160 ChangingtheReportWindow'sContents ................................................1161 UsingTooltipsintheReportWindow ..........................................................1168 UsingStandardReports ..............................................................................1168 ModifyingStandardTemplates....................................................................1170 ModifyingtheReport'sHeader ....................................................................1170 AbouttheReportingandFormEditors ........................................................1171 MenuBarfortheFormandReportingEditors .........................................1171 TheFontBar............................................................................................1174 TheObjectBar.........................................................................................1175 ActiveXObject .........................................................................................1176 ArcObject ................................................................................................1178 AnalysisObject ........................................................................................1178 BorderObject...........................................................................................1180 BitmapObject ..........................................................................................1181 ButtonObject ...........................................................................................1182 CadReportObject .....................................................................................1184 TheLabelLayout Wizard.........................................................................1186

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xlvii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CommandTextObject ...............................................................................1191 CheckbuttonObject .................................................................................1192 ComboBoxObject....................................................................................1193 DimensionColorKeyObject....................................................................1194 EditBoxObject .........................................................................................1195 EditDblBoxObject....................................................................................1196 EditLongBoxObject .................................................................................1196 EllipseObject...........................................................................................1197 FrameObject ...........................................................................................1198 GaugeObject...........................................................................................1198 GraphObject ...........................................................................................1202 HistogramObject .....................................................................................1205 GridControlObject ....................................................................................1206 LabelObject.............................................................................................1211 LeaderLineObject ..................................................................................1213 LineObject...............................................................................................1214 ListBoxObject..........................................................................................1215 MultiEditBoxObject.................................................................................1216 OLEObject ..............................................................................................1216 PointerObject ..........................................................................................1222 PolylineObject.........................................................................................1223 RadiobuttonObject ..................................................................................1224 SelectObject ...........................................................................................1225

xlviii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SliderObject ............................................................................................1231 SpinnerObject .........................................................................................1233 TextReportObject.....................................................................................1234 TextObject ..............................................................................................1236 TextVarObject.........................................................................................1236 TheLayoutBar ........................................................................................1237 WorkingwiththeGrid ..................................................................................1241 AboutObjectProperties ..............................................................................1243 WorkingwithUserAssignedProperties...................................................1252 ClearingTemplateAssociatedData ........................................................1256 AboutEventsandVisualBasicCode ..........................................................1256 EventExample1:CallingCodeonanEventClickEvent .........................1258 EventExample2:ModifyObjectPropertiesonTriggeredEvent .............1259 AccessObjectMethods ...........................................................................1260 UnderstandingtheReportTemplateEditor..............................................1261 AboutSections.........................................................................................1263 AbouttheLabelTemplateEditor .............................................................1264 AbouttheCustomReportEditor ..............................................................1266 UnderstandingtheFormEditor................................................................1267 CreatingCustomTemplates........................................................................1268 AboutReportsandReportTemplates .....................................................1268 TutorialCreatingaReportTemplate .....................................................1269 ApplyingorRemovingaReportTemplate ...............................................1277

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * xlix

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SharingReportTemplates.......................................................................1279 AboutLabelsandLabelTemplates .........................................................1279 TutorialCreatingLabelTemplates.........................................................1279 UsingLabelswithReports .......................................................................1287 ArrangingLabelsintheReportWindow ..................................................1289 UsingtheTableFormatCommand ..........................................................1290 AbouttheRuleTreeEditor..........................................................................1290 DefiningaRuleintheRuleTreeEditor ...................................................1291 ImportingandExportingRules.................................................................1294 CopyingandPastingRules .........................................................................1295 ClearingRules.............................................................................................1296 UsingtheTableFormatPropertiesDialogBox........................................1297 ChangingaTemplate'sPreviewThumbnailIcon........................................1300 CreatingCustomReports ............................................................................1301 TutorialCreatingaCustomReport ........................................................1302 CustomReportGeneration ......................................................................1309 PositioningReportObjects ......................................................................1309 DraggingandDroppingInformationintoaCustomReport ......................1310 UsingRules .............................................................................................1316 WorkingwithMultiplePages....................................................................1317 ViewingandPrintingCustomReports .....................................................1317 DeletingCustomReports.........................................................................1318 UsingaCustomReportfromanotherPartProgram ................................1318

l * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AboutForms................................................................................................1318 TutorialCreatingForms .........................................................................1319 UsingFormswithReports........................................................................1327 AboutReportExpressions...........................................................................1327 FunctionsandOperators .........................................................................1328 ChangingaString'sTextColor ................................................................1334 UsingDataTypestoFindaReportExpression .......................................1336 AListofAvailableDataTypes.................................................................1337 UsingaTypeIndextoDisplaySpecificData ...........................................1370 PredefinedConstants ..............................................................................1371 ExpressionsUsedinStandardTemplates...............................................1372 EmbeddingReportsorTemplatesintoaPartProgram...............................1373 InsertingReportCommands ...........................................................................1377 InsertingReportCommands:Introduction...................................................1377 InsertingCommandsRelatedtotheAnalysisWindow ................................1377 Analysis ...................................................................................................1378 ShowAllArrows.......................................................................................1379 ViewWindow ...........................................................................................1379 FileMenu .................................................................................................1380 ViewMenu ...............................................................................................1380 ShowMenu..............................................................................................1381 OptionsMenu ..........................................................................................1381 InsertingDimensionInfoBoxes...................................................................1387

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * li

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DisplayOptions........................................................................................1388 GraphOptions .........................................................................................1389 GraphicOptions.......................................................................................1390 DimensionInfoFormat............................................................................1390 LocationAxes ..........................................................................................1392 TruePositionAxes...................................................................................1393 DeleteInfos..............................................................................................1394 DIMINFOCommand ................................................................................1394 InsertingPointInfoBoxes...........................................................................1396 PointInfoFormat .....................................................................................1397 HitList......................................................................................................1398 FeatureListArea .....................................................................................1399 DimensionListArea.................................................................................1399 DeleteInfos..............................................................................................1399 POINTINFOCommand............................................................................1399 GraphicOptions.......................................................................................1401 Filters.......................................................................................................1401 InsertingProgrammerComments...............................................................1402 Operator...................................................................................................1403 Report......................................................................................................1404 Document ................................................................................................1404 Input.........................................................................................................1405 Yes/No ...................................................................................................1406

lii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Readout ...................................................................................................1407 CommentText .........................................................................................1408 EmbeddingReportsorTemplates...............................................................1409 InsertingExternalObjects ...........................................................................1409 InsertingaPrintCommand..........................................................................1409 InsertingaFormFeedCommand................................................................1412 DefiningandSavingaViewset....................................................................1413 RecallingaSavedViewSet .........................................................................1413 InsertingaFORMCommand.......................................................................1413 InsertingScreenCaptures .......................................................................1415 UsingFileInput/Output .................................................................................1417 UsingFileInput/Output:Introduction .........................................................1417 UnderstandingBasicFileI/OConcepts.......................................................1417 UsingtheFileI/ODialogBox ......................................................................1418 OpeningaFileforReadingorWriting .........................................................1419 ClosinganOpenedFileafterReadingorWriting ........................................1420 ReadingaCharacterfromaFile .................................................................1421 ReadingaLinefromaFile ..........................................................................1423 ReadingaBlockofTextfromaFile ............................................................1426 ReadingTextuptoaDelimiter ....................................................................1428 WritingaCharactertoaFile........................................................................1430 WritingaLinetoaFile.................................................................................1432 WritingaBlockofTexttoaFile...................................................................1434

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * liii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PositioningaFilePointerattheBeginningofaFile ....................................1435 SavingaFilePointer'sCurrentPosition ......................................................1437 RecallingaSavedFilePointer'sPosition ....................................................1438 CopyingaFile .............................................................................................1440 MovingaFile ...............................................................................................1442 DeletingaFile .............................................................................................1443 CheckingforaFile'sExistence ...................................................................1445 DisplayingaFileDialogBox........................................................................1446 CheckingfortheEndofaFileortheEndofaLine .....................................1447 UsingExpressionsandVariables ...................................................................1449 UsingExpressionsandVariables:Introduction ...........................................1449 UsingExpressionsinaPartProgram..........................................................1449 ViewingExpressionValues......................................................................1449 KeepingExpressionValuesOnly.............................................................1449 UsingExpressionswithBranching...........................................................1450 UsingExpressionswithFileInput/Output ..............................................1450 CreatingExpressionswiththeExpressionBuilder ......................................1450 UsingVariableswithExpressions ...............................................................1453 AssigningValuestoVariablesbyUsingtheAssignmentDialogBox.......1454 UnderstandingExpressionComponents .....................................................1454 Literals .....................................................................................................1455 References ..............................................................................................1455 Variables..................................................................................................1461

liv * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Structures ................................................................................................1463 Pointers....................................................................................................1465 Arrays ......................................................................................................1466 OperatorsforExpressions .......................................................................1472 Precedence..............................................................................................1474 Functions .................................................................................................1474 FunctionsList...........................................................................................1474 FunctionExamples ..................................................................................1494 ExampleofaLineFeatureCreatedfromaScanSegment.....................1497 OperandCoercion ...................................................................................1498 IDExpressions.........................................................................................1500 AccessingaReport'sObjectProperties ......................................................1502 AddingExternalElements...............................................................................1505 AddingExternalElements:Introduction ......................................................1505 InsertinganExternalCommand ..................................................................1505 InsertingBASICScripts...............................................................................1508 PassingVariablesToandFromBASICScripts .......................................1509 AttachinganExternalPartProgram ............................................................1510 UsingaPointertoReferenceData ..........................................................1511 InsertingExternalObjects ...........................................................................1512 CreateNew..............................................................................................1512 CreatefromFile .......................................................................................1513 DisplayasIcon ........................................................................................1513

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lv

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ObjectTypeList.......................................................................................1514 MarkingExternalObjectsforExecution...................................................1514 DisplayingFilesinaDifferentWay ..........................................................1516 UsingMultipleArmMode ................................................................................1517 UsingMultipleArmMode:Introduction........................................................1517 SettingupaMultipleArmCMM...................................................................1517 Step1:InstallPCDMISonAllComputers...............................................1517 Step2:DeterminetheMasterSystem .....................................................1518 Step3:MatchtheCMMAxesforEachArm ............................................1518 Step4:ConfigureProbeHeadMountOrientation ...................................1518 Step5:SetuptheMasterandSlave ........................................................1519 Step6:ConnecttheComputers...............................................................1520 Step7:EnterMultipleArmMode .............................................................1521 Step8:CalibratetheMultipleArmSystem ..............................................1521 Step9:CalibratetheMultipleArmProbeFiles ........................................1527 Step10:SettheMultipleArmOrigin........................................................1528 CreatingaPartProgramUsingMultipleArmMode.....................................1529 AssigningaCommandtoAnArm............................................................1529 MultipleArmProgramExecution .............................................................1531 SettingStartPointsforMultipleArms ......................................................1531 CausinganArmtoWaittoPreventCollision ...........................................1532 UsingTemperatureCompensationwithMultipleArmCalibration............1533 RunningaMasterPartProgramontheSlaveArm .....................................1533

lvi * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

NavigatingandDisplayingMultipleWindows..................................................1535 NavigatingandDisplayingMultipleWindows:Introduction .........................1535 SwitchingBetweenOpenPartPrograms ....................................................1535 ArrangingOpenWindows...........................................................................1535 GivingOpenWindowstheProgramFocus.................................................1536 WorkinginOfflineMode ................................................................................1537 WorkinginOfflineMode:Introduction ........................................................1537 Prerequisites ...............................................................................................1538 IGESEntitiesSupported..........................................................................1538 DXFInput.................................................................................................1539 DESInput ................................................................................................1539 XYZASCIIFile.........................................................................................1539 OfflineProbes ............................................................................................1539 SettingProbeDepth ....................................................................................1540 SettingApproximateProbeDepth ...........................................................1540 SettingProbeDepthonaFeature ...........................................................1540 KeyinginProbeDepth.............................................................................1542 MeasuringFeaturesOffline........................................................................1543 AutomaticMeasurements ........................................................................1543 DiscreteMeasurements ...........................................................................1544 EndingaMeasurement............................................................................1545 ExecutingandDebuggingPartProgramsOffLine......................................1545 Path .........................................................................................................1545

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lvii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TranslatingDOS/AVAILintoPCDMIS ...........................................................1547 TranslatingDOS/AVAILintoPCDMIS:Introduction ...................................1547 TranslateaPartProgramFile .....................................................................1547 DOStoWindows .....................................................................................1547 Avail/MMIVtoWindows ...........................................................................1547 ImportingaPartProgramFile .....................................................................1547 DOS,AvailandMMIVFiles .....................................................................1548 UsingaWristDevice.......................................................................................1551 UsingaWristDevice:Introduction ..............................................................1551 Installation ...................................................................................................1551 TipCalibration .............................................................................................1552 NewProbeFile ........................................................................................1552 CalibratetheUnitforInfiniteWristDevices .................................................1552 WristCalibration ......................................................................................1554 QualificationCheck .....................................................................................1555 HometheUnit .............................................................................................1555 UsingtheWristinaPartProgram ...............................................................1556 Option1 ...................................................................................................1556 Option2 ...................................................................................................1556 Option3 ...................................................................................................1557 Option4 ...................................................................................................1557 CalibratingLessCommonProbes ..................................................................1559 CalibratingLessCommonProbes:Introduction ..........................................1559

lviii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CalibratingOTM3SeriesLaserProbes.......................................................1559 CalibratingNC100VideoProbes ...............................................................1559 CalibratetheTouchTriggerProbe:..........................................................1560 CalibrateNC100VideoProbe..................................................................1566 WorkingwithPortableDevices .......................................................................1567 WorkingwithPortableDevices:Introduction ...............................................1567 LaunchingPCDMISPortable .....................................................................1567 UsingMouseMode .....................................................................................1568 ConvertingHitstoPoints.............................................................................1569 ScanningforAutoFeatureSampleHits ......................................................1569 UsingPulledHits .........................................................................................1570 ConfiguringtheRomerInfiniteArmwithaPerceptronContourSensor...1571 RomerInfiniteArmSetup.........................................................................1571 SettingWinRDSEnvironmentVariables..................................................1572 InstallPCDMISforRomer ......................................................................1572 ConnectthePerceptronSensorControllerBox .......................................1573 ConfiguretheNetworkCard ....................................................................1573 AttachYourContourSensor ....................................................................1574 CompletethePCDMISConfiguration .....................................................1574 WorkinginOperatorMode..............................................................................1577 WorkinginOperatorMode:Introduction......................................................1577 FileOpenOptions .......................................................................................1577 OperatorModeMenuOptions .....................................................................1578

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lix

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

File...........................................................................................................1578 Edit ..........................................................................................................1579 View.........................................................................................................1579 Window....................................................................................................1579 Help .........................................................................................................1579 UsingtheMarkedSetsWindowinOperatorMode......................................1580 ExittoFileManager.................................................................................1580 PrintFullReport.......................................................................................1580 CalibrateTips...........................................................................................1580 MeasuringAutoFeatureswiththeNC100VideoProbe ................................1583 MeasuringAutoFeatureswiththeNC100VideoProbe:Introduction ........1583 CommonDialogBoxFunctionsSpecifictoNC100VideoProbe................1583 Capturebutton .........................................................................................1583 VideoSetupbutton ..................................................................................1584 FeatureTypelist ......................................................................................1584 Indentboxes ............................................................................................1584 Heightbox................................................................................................1585 VectorPointwithNC100 ............................................................................1586 MeasuringaVectorPointwithNC100....................................................1587 EdgePointwithNC100 ..............................................................................1588 MeasuringanEdgePointwithNC100....................................................1590 CharacteristicPoints ...................................................................................1591 MeasuringaCharacteristicPoint .............................................................1593

lx * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Circle,Pin,orBaricenterwithNC100.........................................................1595 MeasuringaCirclewithNC100 ..............................................................1597 SquareSlot/Gap&FlushwithNC100 ........................................................1598 MeasuringaSquareSlotwithNC100.....................................................1600 DepthforaGap&FlushwithNC100 .....................................................1601 Depth2foraGap&FlushwithNC100 ...................................................1601 GapforaGap&FlushwithNC100 ........................................................1601 FlushforaGap&FlushwithNC100 ......................................................1602 Type=RIGHT/LEFTforaGap&FlushwithNC100 ............................1602 FeatureTypeforaSquareSlotandGap&FlushMeasurementswithNC 100...........................................................................................................1602 RoundSlotwithNC100..............................................................................1603 MeasuringaRoundSlotwithNC100......................................................1604 UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus ......................................................1607 UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus:Introduction ..............................1607 ShortcutKeysReference ............................................................................1607 ShortcutMenusReference..........................................................................1609 ShortcutMenusinStandardWindowsDialogBoxes ...............................1610 ShortcutMenusontheToolbarArea .......................................................1610 ShortcutMenusintheGraphicsDisplayWindow ....................................1612 AutoFeaturePathLinesShortcutMenu..................................................1621 ShortcutMenusintheEditWindow .........................................................1622 ShortcutMenusintheReportWindow ........................................................1629 ErrorCodes.....................................................................................................1633
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual TableofContents * lxi

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ErrorCodes:Introduction ............................................................................1633 MLBErrorInformation .................................................................................1633 MLB001MPInternalsyntaxerror ...........................................................1634 MLB003Communicationserror ..............................................................1635 MLB004Numericerror ...........................................................................1635 MLB005Communicationserror ..............................................................1635 MLB006Outputmasklogicaltranslationerror........................................1636 MLB007Outputunavailable ...................................................................1636 MLB010UnidentifiedFCS ......................................................................1636 MLB011Firstrecordinskipfileisinvalid................................................1637 MLB012Invalidrecordinskipfile ...........................................................1637 MLB013Skipfileaccesserror ................................................................1637 MLB014Nestedcodeblocks ..................................................................1637 MLB015Missingbeginblock ..................................................................1638 MLB016Nestedskipsequence ..............................................................1638 MLB017Invalidendskipblockfunction..................................................1638 MLB018Impropertolerancingmode......................................................1639 MLB019Improperparameter..................................................................1639 MLB020Noparameterpermitted ...........................................................1639 MLB022Secondparameterinvalid.........................................................1640 MLB023Thirdparameterinvalid.............................................................1640 MLB024Fourthparameterinvalid ..........................................................1640 MLB025Invalidparameterspecified ......................................................1640

lxii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MLB026Invalidtipspecified ...................................................................1641 MLB027Excessiveangulardeviation.....................................................1641 MLB028Insufficientnumberofparameters............................................1641 MLB029Dimensionalarrayvaluesoutofrange .....................................1642 MLB030Featurestackdoesnotcontainrequiredfeatures ....................1642 MLB031Firstparameterspecifiesinvalidtype .......................................1642 MLB032Secondparameterspecifiesinvalidtype ..................................1643 MLB033Planeisinvalidtype..................................................................1643 MLB034Cannotintersectconcentriccircles...........................................1643 MLB035Lineperpendiculartoworkingplane.........................................1644 MLB036Invalid(null)featureaddressed ................................................1644 MLB037Invalidfeaturetype ...................................................................1644 MLB038Cannotintersectlineparallelwithcylinderaxis ........................1644 MLB040Summationarraydoesnotcontainenoughfeatures................1645 MLB041Pointsdonotdefinethefeature ...............................................1645 MLB042Summationsinvalid ..................................................................1645 MLB043Segmentationinprogress ........................................................1646 MLB044Segmentationnotinitialized .....................................................1646 MLB045Commandcannotbeskipped...................................................1646 MLB050RCUnotavailable ....................................................................1647 MLB060Rotarytablenotavailable.........................................................1647 MLB061Rotarytablecounternotavailable............................................1647 MLB062Notallowedonrotarytablewithcounter ..................................1647

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lxiii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MLB063Notallowedonerrorcorrectedrotarytable ..............................1648 MLB064NotallowedonaHirthcouplingtable .....................................1648 MLB070Referencenotsaved ................................................................1648 MLB071Featurestorageoverflow..........................................................1648 MLB072Featurenotfound .....................................................................1649 MLB080Improperprobeinstalled...........................................................1649 MLB088RCUDrivebuttonusedwithQU...............................................1649 MLB089RCUReturntoscreenbuttonusedwithQU ............................1649 MLB090DCCnotavailable ....................................................................1649 MLB091Contactnotmadewithpart ......................................................1650 MLB092Insufficientclearance................................................................1650 MLB093Remoteautonotconfigured .....................................................1650 MLB094Remoteautointerlocknotengaged..........................................1651 MLB095Servopowerfailedtoengage...................................................1651 MLB096UnabletoselectAutomode .....................................................1651 MLB100Probeheaddatumerror ...........................................................1652 MLB101Probeheadobstructionerror....................................................1652 MLB110Tip0notcalibrated...................................................................1652 MLB111Sphericalcalibrationfixturerequired ........................................1653 MLB112Temperaturechangeinvalidatedtip0calibration.....................1653 MLB113Negativeprobediameterinvalidatedcalibration.......................1653 MLB114Excessiveprobeoffsetsinvalidatedcalibration ........................1654 MLB115Fileerroronfeatureorprobestorageoperation.......................1654

lxiv * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MLB116Notoncircleatbeginningofcircularmove...............................1654 MLB120Partimproperlyalignedorscaled.............................................1655 MLB130Operatorabort..........................................................................1655 MLB131Electroniclevelnotavailable ....................................................1655 MLB132Electroniclevelinterfacetimeout..............................................1655 MLB140Pointnotavailable ....................................................................1656 MLB150APCracknotconnected...........................................................1656 MLB151APCfirmwareorinterfacenotpresent .....................................1656 MLB152APCracknotcalibrated............................................................1657 MLB153APC/MPcommunicationerror..................................................1657 MLB154APCracktimeoutorlockfailure ...............................................1657 MLB155APCrackovertravel .................................................................1657 MLB156Safepositionnotdefined..........................................................1658 MLB157Noextensionsloaded...............................................................1658 MLB158Toomanyextensionsloaded ...................................................1658 MLB160Firmwareentitynotfound.........................................................1659 MLB161APCrackcouldnotbelowered ................................................1659 MLB162APCrackcouldnotberaised...................................................1659 MLB164Insufficientanalogprobedeflection ..........................................1659 MLB166Notacircle ...............................................................................1660 MLB168Unexpectedtouch ....................................................................1660 MLB169Unexpectedendoftravel .........................................................1661 MLB170Touchprobewillnotrearm.......................................................1661

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lxv

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MLB173PH9probeoverload .................................................................1661 MLB190Toomuchprobedeflection.......................................................1662 MLB191Cameoffsurface ......................................................................1662 MLB505UserKeyUnknown...................................................................1662 MPErrorInformation ...................................................................................1663 MP001Badcommandmessagesyntaxerror.........................................1665 MP002DestinationnotpresentorMPruntimesystemerror ..................1666 MP003Resourceshortage .....................................................................1666 MP004Numericerror .............................................................................1667 MP007CPUEPROMchecksumerror....................................................1667 MP008CPUEPROMchecksumerror....................................................1667 MP013MPtoHostbufferoverflow.........................................................1667 MP015MPforegroundtobackgroundbufferoverflow ...........................1668 MP018MPinternalcountererror............................................................1668 MP019MPandDCCfirmwareincompatibility ........................................1668 MP021AtlasY2counterfault .................................................................1668 MP022AtlasY3counterfault .................................................................1669 MP023AtlasY2beamblockerror ..........................................................1669 MP024AtlasY3beamblockerror ..........................................................1669 MP025AuxiliaryXaxisA/Dconversionerror .........................................1670 MP026AuxiliaryYaxisA/Dconversionerror .........................................1670 MP027AuxiliaryZaxisA/Dconversionerror .........................................1670 MP028SP600+12voltfuseblown.........................................................1670

lxvi * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MP029SP60012voltfuseblown..........................................................1671 MP030SP600+5voltfuseblown...........................................................1671 MP031Probeovertravelfault .................................................................1671 MP032Counterhardware/configurationmismatch.................................1671 MP033Waxiscounterfault....................................................................1672 MP034Xaxiscounterfault.....................................................................1672 MP035Yaxiscounterfault.....................................................................1673 MP036Zaxiscounterfault.....................................................................1674 MP042TemperatureCompensationhardwareabsent ...........................1674 MP043TemperatureCompensationhardwarefailure ............................1675 MP045ExcessiveMPhardwaretemperatures.......................................1675 MP046TemperatureCompensationorDigitalI/Oboardfailure .............1675 MP047TemperatureCompensationD/Afailure .....................................1675 MP048TempComporLasersystemconfigurationerror ........................1676 MP055SP600interfacecardA/Dconversionfailure..............................1676 MP059Renishawemergencystoperror.................................................1676 MP060DCCtoMPacknowledgetimeout...............................................1677 MP064APLchecksumerror...................................................................1677 MP077Waxisbeamblockerror ............................................................1677 MP078Xaxisbeamblockerror .............................................................1678 MP079Yaxisbeamblockerror .............................................................1678 MP080Zaxisbeamblockerror..............................................................1678 MP081Laseroffortotalbeamblockerror..............................................1678

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lxvii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MP082Laserlockerror ..........................................................................1679 MP083Lasernotstableafterwarmuptimelimit....................................1679 MP090APCUARTinputerror................................................................1679 MP091APCdatainputbufferoverflow...................................................1679 MP092APCGOmessagetimeout .........................................................1680 MP093APClockerror............................................................................1680 MP094APClidtimeouterror ..................................................................1680 MP095APCexcessiveentryspeed .......................................................1680 MP105HosttoMPcommunicationinterrupted ......................................1681 MP108MPtoRCUcommunicationserror..............................................1681 MP109RCUtoMPcommunicationserror..............................................1682 MP111HosttoMPcommunicationerror................................................1682 MP117Waxisservoamplifieroverheat .................................................1682 MP118Xaxisservoamplifieroverheat ..................................................1683 MP119Yaxisservoamplifieroverheat ..................................................1683 MP120Zaxisservoamplifieroverheat ..................................................1683 MP121Waxisservoamplifierfault ........................................................1683 MP122Xaxisservoamplifierfault .........................................................1684 MP123Yaxisservoamplifierfault .........................................................1684 MP124Zaxisservoamplifierfault .........................................................1685 MP127Piezotoucherror........................................................................1685 MP129WaxisHirthcouplinglockfailure ...............................................1686 MP130Operatorabort............................................................................1686

lxviii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MP131WaxisHirthcouplingunlockfailure ...........................................1686 MP142Waxisisbound..........................................................................1686 MP143Servochassispowersupplyfault ...............................................1687 MP146Waxisrunaway..........................................................................1687 MP147Xaxisrunaway...........................................................................1687 MP148Yaxisrunaway...........................................................................1688 MP149Zaxisrunaway ...........................................................................1688 MP151D/Aupdateswerelateormissing...............................................1689 MP158Xaxisexcessivebias .................................................................1689 MP159Xaxisboundup .........................................................................1689 MP160DCCboardinoperative...............................................................1690 MP161RCUinoperative.........................................................................1690 MP162Yaxisexcessivebias .................................................................1690 MP163Yaxisboundup .........................................................................1691 MP164Waxisoverspeed.......................................................................1691 MP165Xaxisoverspeed........................................................................1692 MP166Yaxisoverspeed........................................................................1692 MP167Zaxisoverspeed........................................................................1693 MP168Unexpectedtouch ......................................................................1693 MP169Unexpectedendoftravel ...........................................................1694 MP170Touchprobewillnotrearm.........................................................1694 MP171MPtoPH9/PH10communicationerror ......................................1694 MP172PH9/PH10toMPcommunicationerror ......................................1695

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lxix

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MP173PH9probeoverload ...................................................................1695 MP174PH9/PH10toMPbufferoverflow................................................1695 MP175Zaxisexcessivebias .................................................................1695 MP176Zaxisboundup..........................................................................1696 MP177MPfrontpanelkeyboarderror....................................................1696 MP178MPconfigurationdatachecksumerror.......................................1696 MP179Probechecksumerror ................................................................1697 MP180MicroprocessorEnhancedAccuracy(MEA)checksumerror .....1697 MP181InvalidMEAdata ........................................................................1697 MP182Optionalinterfaceerror...............................................................1697 MP183Probechangerrackdisconnected..............................................1698 MP184Probechangerovertravelerror ..................................................1698 MP186InvalidWaxisMEAdata ............................................................1698 MP310Invalidfrontpanelkeystrokecombination ..................................1699 MP320Invalidfunctionselected .............................................................1699 MP330Keystrokebufferoverflow...........................................................1699 MP340Offsetangleerror .......................................................................1699 MP501MPCPUBoardRAMfailure .......................................................1700 MP502CPUInterruptchipfailure ...........................................................1700 MP503NonexistentI/OdeviceorRAMfailure ......................................1700 MP504Realtimeclockfailure ................................................................1701 MP505Twomillisecondclockinterruptfailure........................................1701 MP506Controlboardread/writefailure ..................................................1701

lxx * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MP507ControlboardRCUinterfaceUARTfailure.................................1701 MP508ControlboardRCUinterfaceUARTinterruptfailure...................1701 MP510Interruptsnotoperating ..............................................................1702 MP511ControlboardRCUinterfaceinterruptfail ..................................1702 MP512Interruptpriorityfail.....................................................................1702 MP515IEEE488initializationfailure......................................................1702 MP516Frontpaneldecodefail...............................................................1703 MP517MPpanelswitchstuck................................................................1703 MP519EPROMchecksumerror ............................................................1703 MP521EPROMdirectoryerror...............................................................1704 MP522D/Aboardconversionfailure ......................................................1704 MP523RS232hostinterfacefailure......................................................1704 MP524RS232PH9/PH10interfacefailure............................................1704 MP525RS232Probechangerinterfacefailure .....................................1705 MP526RS232electroniclevelinterfacefailure .....................................1705 MP527SMP400FLASHmemoryerror .................................................1705 MP528SMP400FLASHmemoryerror .................................................1706 MP529SMP400FLASHmemoryerror .................................................1706 MP530SMP400FLASHmemoryerror .................................................1706 MP531SMP400RAMmemoryerror.....................................................1706 MP532SMP400RAMmemoryerror.....................................................1707 MP533Noamp/check/divideboardpresent ...........................................1707 MP534Amp/check/divideboardfailure ..................................................1707

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lxxi

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MP535NoDCCboardpresent...............................................................1707 MP536DCCboardfailure.......................................................................1708 MP537DCCboardfailure.......................................................................1708 MP538DCCboardfailure.......................................................................1708 MP539DCCboardfailure.......................................................................1709 MP540NoTempCompboardpresent....................................................1709 MP541TempCompboardfailure............................................................1709 MP542TempCompboardfailure............................................................1709 MP543TempCompboardfailure............................................................1710 MP544TempCompboardfailure............................................................1710 MP545TempCompboardfailure............................................................1710 MP546TempCompboardfailure............................................................1710 MP547Processorboardfailure ..............................................................1711 MP548Processorboardfailure ..............................................................1711 MP550InsufficientRAM .........................................................................1711 MP551Toomanysoftrategroups .........................................................1711 MP560Processorboardfailure ..............................................................1712 MP561UARTinterruptfailure.................................................................1712 MP562UARTinterruptfailure.................................................................1712 MP563UARTinterruptfailure.................................................................1713 MP564UARTinterruptfailure.................................................................1713 MP565UARTinterruptfailure.................................................................1713 MP566UARTinterruptfailure.................................................................1713

lxxii * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MP601DCCRAMfailure........................................................................1714 MP619DCCEPROMchecksumerror....................................................1714 MP621DCCEPROMdirectoryerror ......................................................1714 MP650InsufficientDCCRAM ................................................................1714 MP651ToomanyDCCsoftwarerategroupspresent ............................1715 MP697Servooffpushbuttonstuck.........................................................1715 MP698Estopcircuitopen......................................................................1715 DCCErrorInformation.................................................................................1715 DCC132millisecondssincelastD/Aupdate..........................................1716 DCC232millisecondssincelastMPupdate ..........................................1717 DCC3DCCtoMPinterruptnotacknowledgedfor32milliseconds ........1717 RCUErrorInformation.................................................................................1717 RCU003Resourceshortage...................................................................1718 RCU700RCURAMfailure .....................................................................1718 RCU701RCU6802RAMaddressfailure...............................................1718 RCU702RCU2114RAMfailure ............................................................1719 RCU703RCU2114RAMaddressfailure...............................................1719 RCU704RCUEPROMchecksumorversion#error..............................1719 RCU705Stuckkeyerror.........................................................................1719 RCU706RCUEPROMAchecksumerror ..............................................1720 RCU707RCUEPROMBchecksumerror ..............................................1720 RCU708RCUEPROMCchecksumerror..............................................1720 TempCompErrorInformation......................................................................1721

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lxxiii

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TempComp200TempCompnotavailable ..............................................1721 TempComp201Absolutetemperaturelimitexceeded............................1721 TempComp202Gradienttemperaturelimitexceeded ............................1722 TempComp203Transienttemperaturelimitexceeded ...........................1722 TempComp204Lasercompensationisinactive .....................................1723 TempComp205Probecalibrationdatamaybeinvalid ...........................1723 TempComp206Rotarytablecalibrationmaybeinvalid .........................1723 MiscellaneousTopics ..................................................................................1723 AKAutomaticTracking ..........................................................................1723 ASAutomaticScanning.........................................................................1725 BBBeginBlock......................................................................................1727 BeginBlock...............................................................................................1728 BFTurnSoftProbeOff..........................................................................1728 BRTurnSoftProbeOn..........................................................................1729 EBEndBlock.........................................................................................1730 EndBlock..................................................................................................1730 ILInitializeLibrary..................................................................................1730 KDSetnominalsoftprobedeflection ....................................................1733 KSSetTracking/ScanningSpeed .......................................................1734 RNReturnScanData............................................................................1735 SBScanTarget .....................................................................................1736 SNScan ................................................................................................1737 TFTouchModeOff ...............................................................................1739

lxxiv * TableofContents

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TNEnableTouchProbe ........................................................................1740 ModifyingRegistryEntries ..............................................................................1741 ModifyingRegistryEntries:Introduction ......................................................1741 Glossary..........................................................................................................1743 Index ...............................................................................................................1767

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

TableofContents * lxxv

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GettingStarted:AnOverview
Overview:Introduction
Theterm"PCDMIS"is derivedfromtheacronym "DMIS"whichstandsfor: DimensionalMeasuring InterfaceStandard. PCDMISforWindowsisafullfeatured,geometricmeasurement package.Ittranslatesthehighlevelcommandsrequiredto measurepartsintothedetailedstepsnecessarytodrivea CoordinateMeasuringMachine(CMM).PCDMISforWindows incorporatesMicrosoft'sWindowsinterfacetocreate,aswellas executepartprograms.Theusercaneasilybeginthe measurementprocessbytakingadvantageofthedropdown menus,dialogboxes,andicons.TheversatilityofPCDMIS's interfacealsoprovidesaneasywaytocustomizethesoftwareto meetindividualspecifications.

TheprimarygoalsdrivingthedesignofPCDMISforWindowswereflexibilityanduser friendliness.Tomeetthesegoals,PCDMISprovidesaflexibleenvironmentallowingforrealtime errorcorrectionasopposedtothelong,tediousdebuggingprocesscharacteristicofother geometricsoftwarepackages.Itisdimensionorientedtoreducetheneedtoanalyzeandinterpret theresultsofCMMmeasurements.ThetechniquesusedforpartprogrammingonaCMMare straightforwardand,withpractice,systematic.This manualdoesnotattempttocompletely describethedimensionalinspectionprocess.Ifadditionalinformationisneededonthe fundamentalsofdimensionalinspections,pleasecontactyoursoftwarerepresentative. Themaintopicsinthischapterinclude: VersionEnhancements OrganizationofManual CADLinks UsingaMouseorMotionController AutomatingPCDMIS SoftwareConfigurations

Note:This manualcontainsthecoredocumentationneededtooperatePCDMISforWindows. However,duetoPCDMIS'smodularnature,additionalmanuals maybeinstalledonyour computersystem.ClicktheContentstabonyourhelpfiletoviewtheotherfilesinstalled.

VersionEnhancements
Thereadme.txtfileinyourPCDMISinstallationdirectorylistsallthebugfixesandenhancements madeinthisversion.Themajorenhancementsfromthattextfilearelistedherewithlinkstothe topicsthatdescribethemwhereapplicable: CorePCDMISEnhancements ReportingEnhancementsSeethe"ReportingMeasurementResults"chapter. o Newcustomreportsthatarecreatedbasedonthepartprogramandstoredin thatpartprogram. o DraganddropcapabilityofEditWindow'sSummaryModewithcustomreports.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:An Overview * 1

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

Abilitytoopencustomreportsstoredinpartprograms. Conversionoflegacyreportstocustomreports. Newfeaturebasedlabellayoutstyle. Quicklyduplicatereportpages. AbilitytohidelabelsintheCADReportObject. NewSectionCutobject. Labelscanbecreatedwithoutcolororborder(transparent). VBscriptscanbeaddedtotheruletreeasasecondcondition. Customizethedisplayofleaderlinesinyourreportincludingdimensiontolerance information. Collationofthedifferentsectionsofthereport. Newboundaryleaderlinesfordistanceandangledimensions. NewPCDMISActiveXControls. AutoZoomforCADimagesinreports. UseofrealCADimageinReportLayoutwindow Leaderlinescanbedrawntothecentroidofafeature. Reporttemplateobjectproprietiesareaccessibletolabelobject. Featuredataisaccessibleindimensionlabelexpressions ViewPropertiesforFormandFormcontrols. Abilitytocreatea"Front"pageforareport. OptimizedgridpropertyandabilitytoturnofftheborderofGraphicalAnalysis window. RuleTreeEditorhasbeenimprovedforeaseofeditingrules. Abilitytoresizelabels. Predefinedpagesizecanbedefinedforlabels. Automotivedeviationletterscanbedisplayedinreportscreatedfromthe standardreporttemplates.

DimensionsEnhancementsSeethe"UsingFeatureControlFrames"and"Dimensioning Features"chapters o Abilitytokeepadimension'sexistingaxesvaluesevenwhenswitchingtoa differentfeaturetype. o Flatnessdimensioncanbeevaluatedperunitarea. o ImprovedSymmetrydimension. o Abilitytodisplaythepercentofdeviationfordimensions. o Twodirectiontolerancescanbedisplayedfordimensions.

GraphicsDisplayEnhancements o NewGraphicItemtoolbarallowsyoutotogglethedisplayofthedifferentlabel typeswithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. o NewDimensionColorWindowdisplaysthedimensiontolerancecolorsandtheir associatedvaluesforquickcomparison. o AbilitytoclickCADelementsthroughatransparentmachine. o ImprovedCATIAV5translator. o VerificationtooltocheckaccuracyofCADdata. o AbilitytocheckandupdateCADpointnominaldeviations. o SpecifycoordinatesystembyselectingCADentities. o OutlierremovalorPointHighlightinginGraphicsDisplaywindow.

ScanningEnhancementsSeethe"ScanningyourPart"chapter. o Abilitytocontrolthedropoutdistancearoundaholeforperimeterscans.

2 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PortableEnhancementsSeethe"WorkingwithPortableDevices". o Improveddefaultsettingsforportabledevices,suchaslargesizetoolbars, menus,statusbaretc. o NewLeicaMachineInterfacetoolsprovidenewmenuitems,theBundle alignment,andtheTrackerenvironmentaldisplayinstatusbar.

AutoFeatureEnhancementsSeethe"CreatingAutoFeatures"chapter. o EndingDepthaddedtoAutoConestohelppreventcollision. o ImprovedfunctionalityofAutoFeaturedialogbox.ManyAutoFeatureoptions havebeenmovedtotheProbeToolboxwhichworksinconjunctionwiththeAuto Featuredialogbox. o ImprovedDMISmodesupportforAutoFeaturetypes.

ConstructedFeatureEnhancementsSeethe"ConstructingNewFeaturesfromExisting Features"chapter. o ConstructedFeaturesallowyoutospecifytheoreticalvalues. o Ellipseconstructionfromaplaneandcylinderintersection. o ConstructaCircleinsideatriangleorbasedonathreecircles. AlignmentEnhancementsSeethe"CreatingandUsingAlignments"chapter. o 6PointbestfitalignmentaddedtoQuickStart. o AbilitytocontrolindividualdegreesoffreedomofBestFitconstraints.

EditWindowEnhancementsSeethe"UsingtheEditWindow"chapter. o ImprovedEditWindoweaseofuse,visibility, mouseovervisualization. o ImprovedcapabilitiesforEditWindowGroupswhichallownestedgroupsand abilitytocollapsegroups.

OtherCoreEnhancements o PartSensorNumbersforTemperatureCompensationupdatedtomachine specificvalues. o Messageboxesareplacedtoavoidinterferencewithexecution. o TolerancevalueaddedtoAnyOrderExecution. o Accessaddedtothetotalnumberofpagestoreportingexpressionandscripting languages. o TracefieldscanbeimportedfromDMISfilesintoUserdefinedtracefields. o Newmeasuredslots(SquareorRound)forPCDMISandQuickStart.

PCDMISIPEnhancements SeethePCDMISIPdocumentationforadescriptionoftheseenhancements. NewstandaloneInspectionPlannerapplication.CurrentlyonlysupportsCATIAV5.

PCDMISLaserEnhancements SeetheFlexibleFixturingdocumentationforadescriptionoftheseenhancements.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:An Overview * 3

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AutoLaserCirclesallowyoutoselectthemathtypeusedforcreation.

DirectCADInterfaceEnhancements SeetheDirectCADInterfacedocumentationforadescriptionoftheseenhancements. Pro/EDCIAddedsupportforWildfire3. AddedsupportforDaimlerChryslersEToolUserDefinedObjects(UDOs)throughCATIA V5DCI. UnigraphicsLoadOptionscanbechangedfromPCDMISmenu.

PCDMISVisionEnhancements SeethePCDMISVisiondocumentationforadescriptionoftheseenhancements. InitialSupporthasbeenaddedforCMMVtypecameras. PH9SupportaddedtoVision. EdgeTracerAutomaticfunctiontotracetheperimeterofanobjecttocreatea2DProfile feature. TargetvaluesaddedtoVisionAutoFeaturestoassistinlocatingafeaturesactual location. NewQVI/OGPVisioninterface.

PCDMISNCEnhancements SeethePCDMISNCdocumentationforadescriptionoftheseenhancements. PCDMISNCIInteractiveModeforexecutingpartprogramsonNCmachine. NewWilcoxMacrosetforFanuccontrollers. Tosnuc888Control Abilitytoreceivemachinecorrectivefeedbackduringreplayofajournalfile AbilitytopasscommandstotheNCcontrollerasastring.

OrganizationofManual
Thisresourcemanualisdividedintonumerousmainchaptersandsomesupplemental appendices. Togiveyouanideaofthemanual'slayout,thefollowinglistprovidesabriefdescriptionofeach chapter. "GettingStarted:AnOverview"isthechapteryouarecurrentlyreading.Itgivesabrief overviewofthecontentsofthePCDMISmanual. "GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial"describesthemeasurementprocessinaneasyto followtutorial. "NavigatingtheUserInterface"describesthePCDMISuserinterfaceandhowitcanbe customizedtosuityourneeds.

4 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

"UsingBasicFileOptions"discussesthebasicfileoperationsyoucanperformusingPC DMIS,suchasstartinganewpartprogram,saving,andexitingPCDMIS. "UsingAdvancedFileOptions"discussesthemoreadvancedfileoperationssuchas importingandexportingCADfilesandexecutingyourpartprogram. "SettingyourPreferences"describeshowyoucanusethesetupoptionsintheEdit menutosetyourdesiredpreferences.Italsodescribeshowtoinsertandmodifypart programparameters. "EditingtheCADDisplay"describeshowyoucanusetheoptionsintheGraphics menu withtheGraphicsDisplaywindowtoeditthedisplayofyourCADfile. "EditingaPartProgram"describeshowyoucanusetheoptionsintheEdit menuwith theEditwindowtoedityourpartprogram. "UsingtheEditwindow"describeshowtousePCDMIS'sbuiltineditortocreate,debug, edit,andexecuteyourpartprogram "UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools"discussessomeadditionalwindows,editors, andtoolsavailablefromtheViewmenu. "UsingToolbars"discussesthetoolbarsavailabletotheGraphicsDisplaywindowand howeachtoolbariconcanaidyouinthevariousaspectsofcreatingoreditingyourpart programs. "DefiningHardware"coverstheHardwareDefinitionsubmenufoundontheInsert menu.UsingtheHardwareDefinitionsubmenuyoucandefineProbes,Machines,or QuickFixturestousewithPCDMIS.Thischapteralsodescribestipcalibration. "CreatingAutoFeatures"describeshowtousetheInsert|Feature|Autooptionto createAutoFeaturesandthenmeasurethoseautofeaturesinyourpartprogram. "CreatingMeasuredFeatures"describeshowtousetheInsert|Feature|Measured optiontocreatemeasuredfeaturesintoyourpartprogram. "ConstructingNewFeaturesfromOtherFeatures"describeshowtoconstructfeatures andputthemintothepartprogrambyusingtheInsert|Feature|Constructedoption. "CreatingGenericFeatures"describeshowtoinsertaReadPointcommandandhowto createGenericFeaturesbyusingtheInsert|Feature|ReadpointandInsert|Feature| Genericoptions. "CreatingandUsingAlignments"describeshowtocreateandsavealignmentsbyusing theInsert|Alignmentsubmenu. "DimensioningFeatures"describeshowtodimensionyourfeaturesbyusingtheInsert| Dimensionsubmenu. "UsingFeatureControlFrames"describeshowtodimensionyourfeaturesusingFeature ControlFramesandsymbolsfromtheGD&Tstandard.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:An Overview * 5

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

"ScanningYourPart"describesscanningandhowtocreatebasicoradvancedscansby usingtheInsert|Scansubmenu. "InsertingMoveCommands"discussesvariousmovecommandsthatcanbeplacedin yourpartprogrambyusingtheInsert|Movesubmenu. "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl"discussesamyriadofcommandsthatcanbeusedto controltheflowofyourpartprogrambyusingtheInsert|FlowControlsubmenu. "TrackingStatisticalData"explainshowtotrackandusestatisticsinyourpartprogram. "ReportingMeasurementsResults"walksyouthroughthecreationofReportandLabel Templates,CustomReports,andtheusageofForms. "InsertingReportCommands"discussesthereportcommandsyoucaninsertintoyour partprogrambyusingtheInsert|ReportCommandsubmenu. "UsingFileInput/Output"explainshowtoworkwithfileinput/outputinyourpart program,allowingyoutoopenfilesforeitherreading,writing,andotheroperationsby usingtheInsert|FileI/OCommandsubmenu. "UsingExpressionsandVariables"describeshowtocreateexpressionsandhowto assignexpressionresultstovariables. "AddingExternalElements"coversusingexternalapplications,scripts,partprograms, andotherobjectsinyourpartprogramtofurtherenhanceitscapability. "UsingMultipleArmMode"describeshowtousePCDMISwithdualarmCMMs. "NavigatingandDisplayingMultipleWindows"describeshowtoeasilynavigatebetween andviewtheopenwindowsbyusingtheWindowmenu. "UsingtheOnlineHelp"describeshowtofindthehelpyouneedbyusingtheHelp menu. Inadditiontotheabovesections,PCDMISprovidesseveralsupplementalappendices documentingthefollowing: "WorkinginOfflineMode" "TranslatingaPartProgramintoPCDMIS" "UsingaWristDevice" "CalibratingLessCommonProbes" "WorkingwithPortableDevices" "WorkinginOperatorMode" "MeasuringAutoFeatureswiththeNC100VideoProbe" "UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus" "ErrorCodes"

ThereisalsocontextsensitiveonlineHelpavailable.

Conventions
Thefollowingconventionshavebeenusedthroughoutthereferencemanual:

6 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MouseTerminology
ClickingtheMouseThroughoutthismanual,thephrase"clickthemousebutton"isused. Thisreferstodepressingandquicklyreleasingthemousebutton.Forexample,ifyouare instructedtoclickonamenuchoice,usethemousetomovethemousepointer(arrow shape)tothedesiredmenuchoice,thendepressandquicklyrelease(click)theleft mousebutton. Clickingtheleftmousebuttonactivatesmostoptions.Therefore, wheneverthereisaninstructionto"clickon"anitem(withoutreferencetoaspecific button),assumetheleftmousebuttonistobeusedunlessinstructedotherwise. HoldingDowntheMouseButtonThroughoutthismanual,thephrase"Holddownthe mousebutton"isused.Thisphrasereferstopressingandholdingdownthemouse buttonwhileperforminganotheraction.Unlessitspecifiesotherwise,thisreferstotheleft mousebutton.Notethatsomefunctionsrequireyoutoholddownbothleftandright mousebuttons.Inthesecases,ifyourpointingdeviceutilizesamiddlemousebuttonor mousewheel,youcanholdthatbuttoninsteadofholdingdownbothmousebuttons.

BoldfaceText
Boldfaceisusedprimarilywhenreferringto: Dialogboxelements. Dialogboxtitles Commandbuttons Icons Menusandmenuitems Toolbars

Forexample: 1. SelecttheFile|Newmenuitem. 2. AccesstheOpendialogbox. 3. ClicktheSavebutton

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:An Overview * 7

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

BoldfacemayalsobeusedonNotes,Warnings,Hints,andExamples. Whenreferringtomenusandmenuitemsinsideproceduresandothertopics,thedocumentation willdirectyoutoamenuinthisfashion: Menu|SubmenuorMenuItem|MenuItem However,sinceyoucancustomizeyourmenulocationsandnames,thisdocumentationonly displaysthedefaultlocationsformenuitems. Theonlinehelpfile,however,hasamenuroadmapiconwithinseveraltopics.Clickingthisicon willdisplaythepathwaytothemenuitem(oritems)discussedinthattopic.

ItalicizedText
Italicizedtextisprimarilyusedforemphasis.Forexample,"If...theprobehitsanobstruction,it willnotautomaticallystop". Italicizedtextmayalsobeusedfor: BookorManualtitles PredefinedArguments(inprogramming) Parameters(inprogramming) Placeholders(inprogramming) UserInput(inprogramming)

UppercaseText
Uppercasetextisgenerallyusedwhenreferringto: Acronyms(suchasVDAFS,DMIS) Time(suchasA.M.andP.M.) Devicenames(suchasLPT1,orCOMMPORT2)

Inthoseinstanceswhereelementsofcomputerprogrammingaredisplayed,thefollowingitems alsouseuppercase: Controlclasses Dataformats Environmentvariables Handles Hooks Indexes Macros Statements Structures SystemCommands Values

8 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UnderlinedText
Underlineisusedforemphasiswhenappropriate,butusuallyemphasisusesitalicizedtext.

BulletedText
Bullets""areusedtoshowalistofoptions,orcommands,availabletoacertainprogram featuresoritemsdiscussedinatopicorchapter.

NumberedLists
Numberedlistsshowaseriesofstepsininstructionsandprocedures.Forexample, 1. ChooseFile. 2. SelectNew. 3. FillintheNewPartProgramdialogbox.

CADLinks
PCDMISprovidesseveralmethodsfortransmittingCADgeometry,partprograms,and measurementdatafromand/ortoCADsystems.WorkingwithCADdataisoneofPCDMIS's strengths. CADgeometrycanbeimportedinto,andmeasurementresultsexportedfrom,PCDMISvia: IGES5.3 STEPAP203&AP214 VDAFS DES(2/78) XYZIJKformat

PCDMISallowsyoutoimportthefollowingforuseingeneratingpartprogramsandasaguidein programexecution: Twodimensionalwireframe Twoandonehalfdimensionalwireframe Threedimensionalwireframe BsplinecurvesandsurfacesCADmodels

Seethe"WorkinginOfflineMode"appendixforalistofsupportedIGESentities. PartprogramscreatedinCADsystemscanbeimportedintoPCDMISbywayofDMIS3.0.PC DMISpartprogramscanbeexportedintoDMISforrunninginotherCMMsoftware. PCDMISmeasurementresultscanalsobeexportedasaDMISresultsfile.


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:An Overview * 9

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingaMouseorMotionController
OneoftheobjectivesofPCDMISistobeflexibleanduserfriendly.Tomeetthisobjective,PC DMISallowsyoutousepointingdevicesandmotioncontrollers.Thespeedandaccuracyofa mouse,forexample,makeitanindispensablepartofthePCDMISworkenvironment.Witha mouseyoucanexecuteallPCDMISfunctions.(Keyboardcommandscanalsobeusedto accessmostPCDMISfunctions.)

ConfiguringaZMouse
CertainsystemsofferatrackballstyleofmousereferredtoasaZMouse.Thisenablestheuser tocontrolthemovementofthemousepointerfromthezrail. Thelastlineoftheparameterfile(DOWNLOAD)shouldread: N1000ZMOUSE2 or N500ZMOUSE2 ToenabletheZMouse pleaseverifythatthelastlineoftheDOWNLOADfilereflectstheabove statement.Modifytheline,ifnecessary.

ConfiguringaSpaceBallorSpaceMouseDevice
PCDMIS3.7andabovesupportsthesemotioncontrollersfrom3DConnexion: SpaceBall SpaceMouse

ThesedevicescommunicatewithPCDMISviathe3DxWareinterface.Thisinterfaceusesa configurationfilethatmayshipwithPCDMISorwithyour3DConnexionCD.Thisconfiguration filedefinestheavailablePCDMISapplicationfunctionsthatyoucanassigntothevarious buttonsonthesedevices.Italsodefinesthedefaultconfigurationandbuttonassignments. Togetthelatestconfigurationfile,youcandownloaditfromtheWilcoxAssociates,Inc.FTPsite here: ftp://ftp.wilcoxassoc.com/spaceball/SelfInstallationEXEs/Install_PCDMIS_400_3Dconnexion.exe

AvailablePCDMISFunctionsforSpaceMouseorSpaceBall
ThistopicdescribesthefunctionsthatyoucanassigntobuttonsonyourSpaceMouseor SpaceBalldevices.Thesefunctionsinclude: >IgnoremotionIgnoresalltranslationandrotationinformationfromthemotioncontroller. >NextviewForcesthefocusofthemotioncontrollertothenextviewwhenmultipleviews areavailable. >Hide/ShowIDsTogglesthedisplayoffeaturetextboxlabelIDs. >ScaletofitPerformsthestandardPCDMISscaletofitoperation.

10 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

>ShowcursorDisplaysanAuxiliaryCursoronthescreen.UsedwithCenterbycursor, PCDMISzoom,PCDMISrotate2D,andPCDMISrotate3D. >CenterbycursorMakestheShowcursoractiveifitisn'talready.Otherwise,wherever theAuxiliaryCursorislocated,thatwillbecomethecenterofthescreen. >PCDMISpanPanstheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Youcanslidethedeviceleftorrightto PANLEFTorPANRIGHTandslideitupordowntoPANUPorPANDOWN,thereby matchingthePANconfigurationinthe>CADPZRsetting.Themotiondeviceemulates ajoysticktypedevicewiththissetting. >PCDMISzoomIfyouhaveanAuxiliaryCursoractive,thenthecenterpointofthezoom willbefixedattheAuxiliaryCursorlocation.Ifnot,PCDMISperformsastandardzoom operation.Youcanslidethedeviceforwardorbackward.Movingthedeviceforward zoomsoutandmovingitbackwardzoomsin.Thismatchesthezoomconfigurationinthe >CADPZRsetting. >PCDMISrotate2DIfyouhaveanAuxiliaryCursoractive,thenthepointusedtocalculate therotationanglewillbefixedattheAuxiliaryCursorlocation(similartoarightmouse button2Drotate).Otherwise,thepointusedtocalculatetherotationanglewillbejustto thetoprightofthescreencenter.Ineithercase,PCDMISperformsastandardPCDMIS 2Drotation. >PCDMISrotate3DIfyouhaveanAuxiliaryCursoractive,thenthepointusedasthe centerofrotationwillbefixedattheAuxiliaryCursorlocation(similartoarightmouse button3Drotate).Otherwise,thecenterofrotationwillbethescreencenter.Ineither case,PCDMISperformsastandard3Drotation. >CADPZRPan,zooms,androtates(PZR)thepartimageintheGraphicsDisplaywindow allatthesametime.ThecenterofrotationisalwaystheCADmodel,andthezoom referencepointisthecenteroftheCADmodel.Whenyoustartapartprogram,PCDMIS turnsthisfunctiononbydefault. >CADPZRDominantTogglesthedominantfunctionofCADPZRbasedonthegreatest deflectionoftheSpaceBallaxes.Thisletsyouhavebettercontrolbecauseitfiltersout lessdominantfunctions.Forexample,inthismode,ifyourotatetheaxesandasmall amountofdeflectionoccursinpanorzoom,onlythedominantfunction,rotationinthis case,willtakeplace.Whenyoustartapartprogram,PCDMISturnsthisfunctionoffby default. >PZR2sidedlightingToggles2sidedlightingwhendoingapan,zoom,orrotate(PZR). ThisattributeisalsopartofthePZROptionsdialogbox.
th th >PZR1/5 ofobjectsTogglesthestateofdisplayingonly1/5 (20%)oftheobjectswhen doingaPZR.ThisattributeisalsopartofthePZROptionsdialogbox.

>PZRinwireframeToggleswireframemodewhendoingaPZR.Thisattributeisalsopart ofthePZROptionsdialogbox. >Dialog:PZRoptionsDisplaysthePZROptionsdialogbox. >Dialog:CadinfoDisplaystheCadInformationdialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:An Overview * 11

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

>Dialog:ViewsetupDisplaystheViewSetupdialogbox. ForinformationonthePZRdialogboxseethe"ChangingRotationandotherMotionOptions" topicinthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.

AssigningPCDMISFunctionstobuttonsontheSpaceMouseorSpaceBall
Usethe3DconnexionControlPaneltodefineviewsassociatedwithbuttonactionsandtoassign PCDMISfunctionstoyourdevice. 1. Doubleclickonthe3DxWaresymbollocatedinyourSystemTray. configurationapplication,3DconnexionControlPanel,appears. The3DxWare

3DconnexionControlPanelshowingtheSpaceBallDevice 2. SelectPCDMISfromtheConfigurationfor:list.PCDMISshowsthedefaultfunctions forthevariousbuttons. 3. Inthebuttonlistboxes,selectthePCDMISfunctionsyouwanttoassign. 4. Makeanyotherchangesasneeded. 5. ClickClosetoacceptyourconfigurationandclosethecontrolpanel. Consultthe3DconnexionControlPanelhelpfileifyourunintoproblems.

SpaceBall/SpaceMouseModes
Thesedevicesarealwaysinacertainmode.Asymbolappearsinthelowerrightcornerofthe GraphicsDisplaywindowtoindicatethecurrentmodeforCADPZR,PCDMISpan,orPCDMIS Zoom. StandardModes Showcursor

12 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CADPZR PCDMISrotate PCDMISpan PCDMISzoom CADPZRdominantTheimageinthelowerrightcorneroftheGraphicsDisplaywindow displaysa1tosignifythatonly1ofthethreefunctions(Pan,Zoom,orRotate)willbe usedatatime.

DemoMode ThesedevicescanalsoplacetheGraphicsDisplaywindowintoademomode.Thismodecauses theGraphicsDisplaywindowtorotateautomaticallyseveraltimesasecond.Toenterorexitthe demomode,presstheCTRLkeyandpresstheprogrammedScaletoFitbuttononthedevice.

AutomatingPCDMIS
PCDMIScomesfullysupportedofbeingcontrolledbyanythirdpartysoftware.Forexampleyou cancreateyourowncustomizedapplicationandusingautomationcommands,youcanlaunch andusePCDMISviathatapplication. ForcompleteinformationontheautomationcommandsthatcontrolPCDMIS,andonsupported BASIClanguagecommands,seeyourPCDMISBasicLanguagemanualforadditional information.

SoftwareConfigurations
Assumingyouhavepurchasedthenecessarymodules,andyourportlockisproperlyconfigured, youcanlaunchPCDMISindifferentconfigurations.Todothis, 1. AccessthedirectorywherethePCDMISexecutableshortcutislocated(generallythisis locatedatC:\DocumentsandSettings\AllUsers\StartMenu\Programs\PCDMISfor Windows). 2. RightclickinthedirectoryandselectNew|Shortcut. 3. FollowtheonscreeninstructionstohavetheshortcutpointtowherethePCDMIS executable,pcdlrn.exe,islocated(whereveryouinstalledit). 4. Addanyofthesecommandlineswitches(orarguments),followingtheshortcut'sfull pathtotheexecutable: /fforofflinemode /uforuserprivilegelevelwhenyouareloggedontothesystemasanadministrator /oforoperatormode /rforreverseaxesmodeontheslavearmofadualarmsystem /pforpromode(cannotusewith/cswitch) /cforcadmode(cannotusewith/pswitch)
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:An Overview * 13

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

/dfordebugmodeforthissession /nc0torunPCDMISwithouttheCNCfunctionality /5uniquetorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /cmttorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /dccscanning torunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /displaycadtorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /laserprobetorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /masterslavetorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /nocontactprobetorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /remotepanel torunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /rotarytabletorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /sheetmetal torunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /statsoutputtorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /systemvtorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /toolchangertorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /valisystorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /visiontorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality /wristtorunPCDMISwithoutthisfunctionality SoifyouwanttorunPCDMISproinofflinemode,thetargetlocationwouldlook somethinglikethis: "C:\ProgramFiles\pcdmisw\PCDLRN.exe"/p/f YoucanalsotellPCDMIStoautomaticallyopenaspecificpartprogram(orpart programs)byappendingapathwaystringpointingtoapartprogramasacommandline argument. Whenspecifyingapartprogramtoload,however,youdonotneedthe/character requiredfortheotherargumentsdiscussedabove. Toopenmorethanonepartprogram,typeaspacebetweeneachadditionalpathway. Ifyourfilenamecontainsspaces,putthepathwaywithinquotationmarks.

14 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Forexample,ifyouwantedtolaunchtwopartprogramsnamedtest.prgandtest2.prgin offlinemodefromadirectorycalled"MyPartPrograms",thetargetlocationsmightlook somethinglikethis: "C:\ProgramFiles\PCDLRN.exe"/f "d:\mypartprograms\test.prg""d:\mypart programs\test2.prg" ThemostcommonmodesareOfflineandOnlinemodes.Thesetwodistinctproductsare designedtomeetparticularneeds.Theycanbeusedtogethertocreateacompletepartprogram, measurementanalysisandreverseengineeringsystem. Theseandotherconfigurationsareexplainedbelowingreaterdetail.

ComparisonofOffLineandOnLineVersions
Sinceboththeonlineandofflineversionssharethesamefeaturesandfunctions,thismanual describestheuseofbothproducts.However,insomeinstancesaparticularfeatureoftheonline softwaredoesnotapplytotheofflinesoftware.Thesecaseshavebeennotedwhereappropriate.

OnLinePartProgramming
UsingonlinePCDMIS,theusercanexecuteexistingpartprograms,quicklyinspectparts(or sectionsofparts),anddeveloppartprogramsdirectlyontheCMM.OnlinePCDMISwillnot functionunlessitisconnectedtoaCMM.Offlineprogrammingtechniqueswillworkwhileonline.

OffLinePartProgramming
UsingofflinePCDMIS,youcandevelopanddebugpartprogramsawayfromtheCMMby editingapartcreatedonline,byimportingaCADinputfile,orthroughaDMIS,orAVAILpart program.ThepartprogramthencanbedirectlyexecutedusingonlinePCDMIS,orexported (postprocessed)intoeitherDMISoroneofseveralvendorspecificformats.OfflinePCDMIS cannotbeusedtodirectlydriveaCMM. The"WorkinginOfflineMode"appendix,describestheparticularsoftheofflineversion.

PCDMISVision
ThisspecialversionofPCDMISallowsyoutousecertainopticalprobingdevicestomeasure features.Ifyou'vepurchasedthismodule,seeyour"PCDMISVision"manualforadditional information.

PCDMIS/NC
ThisspecialversionofPCDMISallowsyoutoperformpartmeasurementsusingNCmachine tools.ThesemachinetoolsarealsoreferredtoasCNC(ComputerNumericalControl)machines. Ifyou'vepurchasedthismodule,seeyour"PCDMIS/NC"manualforadditionalinformation.

PCDMISLaser
ThismoduleofPCDMISletsyouusealaserprobetoeasilymeasureyourpartsbypassinga laserstripeovertheparttocollectlargeamountsofpointswhicharetheninterpretedanddefined
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:An Overview * 15

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

intofeatures.Ifyou'vepurchasedthismodule,seeyour"PCDMISLaser"manualforadditional information.

PCDMISGear
PCDMISGearisasoftwareproductthatworksinconjunctionwithPCDMIStoallowyouto quicklyandeasilymeasureanygearpartsyouhave.Ifyou'vepurchasedthismodule,seethe "PCDMISGear"helpfilethatgetsinstalledwiththePCDMISGearapplicationformore information. WehopeyouwillenjoyusingPCDMISandfinditausefulandpowerfultool.Ifyouhaveany suggestionsorcomments,pleaseletusknow.Wearealwayslookingforwaystoimproveour product.

PCDMISIP
PCDMISInspectionPlanner(IP)isanaddinmodulethatworksinconjunctionwithasupported CADpackageandPCDMIStoaidtheDesignEngineerorQualityEngineerindesigningaplan thatdetermineswhichfeaturesofthegeometryandGD&T/dimensiontouseintheinspection process.SinceIPrunsinsideyourCADpackage,itcutsyourlearningcurvesinceyouwillonly needtouseasmallportionofPCDMISforWindowstogeneratethepartprogram. Ifyou'vepurchasedthismodule,seeyour"PCDMISIP"manualforadditionalinformation.

16 * GettingStarted:AnOverview

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial
ASimpleTutorial:Overview
Thepurposeofthischapteristoguideyouthroughtheprocessofmeasuringapartusingthe CMMinonlinemode. TheHexagontestblockwasusedtocreatethisshorttutorial.

HexagonTestBlock Ifyouwanttoactuallyworkwithamachineinonlinemodeandyoudon'tphysicallyhavethispart, anysimilarpartallowingthemeasurementofseveralcirclesandaconewillbesatisfactory. NoteforOfflineUsers:Ifyouareworkinginofflinemode(withoutaCMM),youcanimportand followalongwithsomeofthestepsbelowbyclickingonthepartwiththemouseontheIGES modelofthetestblockinplaceoftakingactualhitswithyourprobinginonlinemode.Thismodel comeswiththePCDMISforWindowsinstallation.Itislocatedinthedirectorywhereyou installedPCDMIS.Ifyouwanttouseit,simplyimportthefilenamed "HEXBLOCK_WIREFRAME_SURFACE.igs".See"RepresentingaPartGraphically"inthis chapterforinformation. TobeginexploringthecapabilitiesofPCDMIS,pleasereadthroughthisentirechapterandfollow alongonyoursystem. Themaintopicsinthischapterinclude: GettingStartedwithaSimpleTutorial MeasuringFeatures UsingDifferentProbeOptions RepresentingaPartGraphically WorkinginManualorDCCMode

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 17

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GettingStartedwithaSimpleTutorial
Thissectionhighlightsthestepsnecessarytocreateasimplepartprogram.Youwillcreateapart programusingonlinePCDMIS,withouttheuseofCADdata. Ifaprocedureisunfamiliartoyou,pleaseusetheonlinehelp(pressF1)orconsultthe appropriatesectionsoftheprintablemanualonyourinstallationdisktoobtainadditional information. Thetutorialguidesyouthroughthefollowingsteps: Step1. CreateaNewPartProgram Step2. DefineaProbe Step3. SettheView Step4. MeasuretheFeatures Step5. ScaletheImage Step6. CreateanAlignment Step7. SetyourPreferences Step8. AddComments Step9. MeasureAdditionalFeatures Step10. ConstructFeaturesfromExistingFeatures Step11. CalculateDimensions Step12. MarktheItemstoExecute Step13. SettheReportOutput Step14. ExecutetheFinishedProgram Step15. PrinttheReport

Step1:CreateaNewPartProgram
TocreateanewPartProgram: 1. OpenthePCDMISprogrambydoubleclickingonthePCDMISicon.PCDMIScanalso beopenedbyselectingtheStartbutton,thenProgramFiles|PCDMISForWindows| Offline.TheOpenFiledialogboxwillappear.Ifyouhadpreviouslycreatedapart program,youwouldloaditfromthisdialog. 2. Sinceyouarecreatinganewpartprogram,selecttheCancelbuttontoclosethedialog box.

18 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

3. AccesstheNewPartProgramdialogboxbyselectingFile|New.

4. 5. 6. 7.

NewPartProgramdialogbox InthePartNameboxtypeinthename"TEST". SelecttheEnglish(inch)optionforthemeasurementunitstype. SelectONLINEintheInterfacedropdownlist. ClickOK.PCDMIScreatesthenewpartprogram.

Assoonasyouhavecreatedanewpartprogram,PCDMISwillopenthemainuserinterfaceand thenimmediatelyopentheProbeUtilitiesdialogboxforyoutoloadaprobe.

Step2:DefineaProbe
TheProbeUtilitiesdialogbox,accessedbyselectingInsert|HardwareDefinition|Probe, allowsyoutodefineanewprobe.Whenyoufirstcreateanewpartprogram,PCDMIS automaticallybringsupthisdialogbox.Formoreinformation,see"DefiningProbes"inthe "DefiningHardware"chapter. Hint:ClickthisiconfromtheWizardstoolbar toaccessthePCDMIS'sProbeWizard.The ProbeWizardhelpsyoueasilydefineyourprobe.YoucanalsousetheProbeUtilitiesdialog boxtodothisaswell. TheProbeDescriptionareaoftheProbeUtilitiesdialogboxallowsyoutodefinetheprobe, extensionsandtip(s)thatwillbeusedinthepartprogram.TheProbeDescriptiondropdown listdisplaystheavailableprobeoptionsinalphabeticalorder. ToloadyourprobeusingtheProbeUtilitiesdialogbox: 1. IntheProbeFilebox,typethenameoftheprobe.Later,whenyoucreateotherpart programs,yourprobeswillbeavailableinthisdialogboxforselection. 2. Selectthestatement:"NoProbedefined." 3. SelectthedesiredprobeheadfromtheProbeDescriptiondropdownlistusingthe mousecursororhighlightingitwiththearrowkeysandpressingENTER. 4. Selecttheline"EmptyConnection#1"andcontinuetoselectthenecessaryprobeparts untilyourprobeisbuilt.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 19

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

5. ClicktheOKbuttonwhenfinished.TheProbeUtilitiesdialogboxclosesandPCDMIS returnsyoutothemaininterface. 6. Verifythatthecreatedprobetipjustdefinedisdisplayedastheactivetip.(SeetheProbe TipslistlocatedontheSettingstoolbar.) Note:Beforeyoucanuseyourbuiltprobe,youwillneedtocalibrateyourprobetipangle.Forthis tutorial,wewillnotcoverthecalibrationprocess.Itisdiscussedindepth,inthe"Measure"topicin the"DefiningHardware"chapter. AtthispointyouwillsetuptheviewsyouwillbeusingintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Thisis doneusingtheViewSetupicon fromtheGraphicsModestoolbar.

Step3:SettheView

ViewSetupdialogbox TochangetheviewsintheGraphicsDisplaywindowyouwillusetheViewSetupdialogbox. YoucanaccessthisdialogboxbyclickingtheViewSetupiconfromtheGraphicsModetoolbar orbyselectingtheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ViewSetupmenuoption: 1. FromtheViewSetupdialogbox,selectthedesiredscreenstyle.Forthistutorial, clickonthesecondbutton(toprow,secondfromleft)indicatingahorizontally splitwindow.

2. ToviewtheupperpartimageintheZ+direction,pulldowntheBluedropdown listlocatedintheViewsareaofthedialogbox,andselectZ+. 3. ToviewthelowerpartimageintheYorientation,pulldowntheReddropdown listandselectY. 4. ClicktheApplybuttonandPCDMISwillredrawtheGraphicsDisplaywindow withtherequestedtwoviews.Sinceyouhaven'tmeasuredthepartyet,nothing willbedrawnintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Thescreenwillbesplit,however, accordingtotheviewsselectedintheViewSetupdialogbox. Note:AllofthedisplayoptionsonlyaffecthowPCDMISdisplaysthepartimage.Theydonot haveaneffectonthemeasureddataorinspectionresults.

20 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Step4:MeasuretheAlignmentFeatures
Oncetheprobeisdefinedanddisplayed,youmaybeginthemeasurementprocessandmeasure youralignmentfeatures.See"MeasuringFeatures"fortheproperwaytotakehits.(Deletinghits andfeaturesisalsodiscussed.)

MeasureaPlane

VerifythatPCDMISissettoTakethreehitsonthetopsurface.Thehitsshouldbetriangularin Programmodebeforetakingshapeandasspreadoutaspossible.PresstheENDkeyafterthe hits. thirdhit.PCDMISwilldisplayafeatureIDandtriangle,indicating SelecttheProgrammode themeasurementoftheplane. icontodothis.

MeasureaLine

Tomeasurealine,taketwohitsonsidesurfaceofthepartjustbelowtheedge,thefirsthitonthe leftsideofthepartandthesecondhittotherightofthefirsthit.Thedirectionisveryimportant whenmeasuringfeatures,asPCDMISusesthisinformationtocreatethecoordinateaxissystem.


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 21

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PresstheENDkeyafterthesecondhit.PCDMISwilldisplayafeatureIDandmeasuredlinein theGraphicsDisplaywindow.

MeasureaCircle

Movetheprobetothecenterofonecircle.(Thetopleftcirclewasselectedforthisexample.) Lowertheprobeintotheholeandmeasurethecircle,takingfourhitsinapproximatelyequal distancesaroundthecircle.PresstheENDkeyafterthelasthit.PCDMISwilldisplayafeature IDandmeasuredcircleintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

Step5:ScaletheImage

TheScaletoFiticonscales Afterthethreefeaturesaremeasured,clicktheScaletoFittoolbar theimageintheGraphics icon(orselectOperations|GraphicsDisplayWindow|Scaleto Displaywindow. Fit fromthemenubar)todisplayallofthemeasuredfeaturesinthe GraphicsDisplaywindow.

GraphicsDisplaywindowshowingmeasuredfeatures Thenextstepinthemeasurementprocessistocreateanalignment.

Step6:CreateanAlignment
ThisproceduresetsthecoordinateoriginanddefinestheX,Y,Zaxes.Formoreindepth informationoncreatingalignments,seethe"CreatingandUsingAlignments"chapter.

22 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Hint:ClickthisiconfromtheWizardstoolbar:

toaccessPCDMIS's321AlignmentWizard.

1. AccesstheAlignmentUtilitiesdialogboxbyselectingInsert|Alignment|New. 2. Usingthecursororarrowkeys,selecttheplanefeatureID(PLN1)locatedinthelistbox. Ifyouhaven'tchangedthelabels,theplanefeatureIDwillbeshownas"F1"(forFeature 1)inthelistbox. 3. ClicktheLevelcommandbuttontoestablishtheorientationofthenormalaxisofthe currentworkingplane. 4. SelecttheplanefeatureID(PLN1orF1)asecondtime. 5. SelecttheAutocheckbox. 6. ClicktheOrigincommandbutton.Thisactionwilltranslate(ormove)thepartorigintoa specificlocation(inthiscase,ontheplane).SelectingtheAutocheckboxmovesthe axesbasedonthefeaturetypeandtheorientationofthatfeature. 7. SelectthelinefeatureID(LINE1orF2). 8. ClicktheRotatecommandbutton.Thisactionwillrotatethedefinedaxisofthework planetothefeature.PCDMISrotatesthedefinedaxisaroundthecentroidthatisused astheorigin. 9. SelectthecirclefeatureID(CIR1orF3). 10. MakesuretheAutocheckboxisselected. 11. ClicktheOrigincommandbutton.Thisactionmovestheorigintothecenterofthecircle, whilekeepingitattheleveloftheplane. AtthispointtheAlignmentUtilitiesdialogboxshouldlookthesameasshownhere:

AlignmentUtilitiesdialogboxshowingthecurrentalignment Whentheabovestepsarecomplete,clickontheOKbutton.TheAlignmentslist(onthe Settingstoolbar)andtheEditwindow'sCommandModewilldisplaythenewlycreatedalignment. ClicktheCommandModeicontofromtheEditWindowtoolbartoplacetheEditwindow intoCommandMode.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 23

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EditwindowshowingthenewlycreatedAlignment TheGraphicsDisplaywindowwillalsobeupdatedtoshowthecurrentalignment.

UpdatedGraphicsDisplaywindowshowingthecurrentalignment

Step7:SetyourPreferences
PCDMISallowsyoutocustomizePCDMIStomeetyourspecificneedsorpreferences.There areavarietyofoptionsavailablethatcanbefoundwithintheEdit|Preferencessubmenu.Only optionspertinenttothisexercisewillbediscussedinthissection.Pleaserefertothe"Setting YourPreferences"chapterforcompleteinformationregardingalloftheavailableoptions.

EnterDCCMode

SelectDCCmode.ThiscanbedonebyeitherclickingtheDCCmodetoolbariconfromthe ProbeModetoolbar,orplacingyourcursoronthelinereading"MODE/MANUAL"intheEdit windowandpressingtheF8key. ThecommandintheEditwindowwillnowdisplay:


MODE/DCC

See"ProbeModeToolbar"inthe"UsingToolbars"chapterforadditionalinformationontheCMM modes.

24 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SetMoveSpeed

ParameterSettingsDialogboxMotiontab TheMoveSpeedoptionletsyouchangethepointtopointpositioningspeedoftheCMM. 1. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogboxbyselectingEdit|Preferences| Parameters. 2. SelecttheMotiontab. 3. PlaceyourcursorintheMoveSpeedbox. 4. Selectthecurrentmovespeedvalue. 5. Type50.Thisvalueindicatesapercentageoffullmachinespeed. Basedonthissetting,PCDMISwillmovetheCMMathalfofitsfullspeed.Thedefaultsettings fortheotheroptionsaresatisfactoryforthisexercise. See"ParameterSettings:Motiontab"inthe"SettingyourPreferences"chapterforadditional informationonMoveSpeedaswellasothermotionoptions.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 25

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SetClearancePlane

ParameterSettingsDialogboxClearPlanetab TosettheClearancePlane: 1. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogboxbyselectingEdit|Preferences| Parameters. 2. SelecttheClearPlanetab. 3. SelecttheClearancePlanesActive(ON)checkbox. 4. SelectthecurrentActivePlane value. 5. Typethevalue.50.Thissettingwillcreateaonehalfinchclearanceplane aroundthetopplaneofthepart 6. Verifythatthetopplaneisdisplayedastheactiveplane. 7. ClicktheApplybutton. 8. ClicktheOKbutton.ThedialogboxclosesandPCDMISstorestheclearance planeintheEditwindow. See"ParameterSettings:ClearPlanetab"inthe"SettingyourPreferences"chapterformore informationonsettingclearanceplanes.

Step8:AddComments
Toaddcomments: 1. AccesstheCommentdialogboxbyselectingInsert|ReportCommand|Comment. 2. SelecttheOperatoroption. 3. TypethefollowingtextintheavailableCommentTextbox:"WARNING,machineis goingtoDCCmode."

26 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Commentdialogbox

4. ClicktheOKbuttontoendthisoptionanddisplaythecommandintheEditwindow. See"InsertingProgrammerComments"inthe"InsertingReportCommands"chapterfor additionalinformation.

Step9:MeasureAdditionalFeatures
Usetheprobetomeasurethreeadditionalcirclesandonecone.Tomeasureaconeitisbestto take3hitsontheupperlevelandthreehitsonalowerlevelasshowninthedrawingbelow.

Coneconstructedfrommeasurementsatdifferentdepths

Step10:ConstructNewFeaturesfromExistingFeatures
PCDMIScancreatefeaturesbyusingotherfeatures.Todothis: 1. AccesstheConstructLinedialogboxbyselectingInsert|Feature|Constructed| Line.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 27

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ConstructLinedialogbox 2. Usingthemousecursor,clickontwocircles(CIR2,CIR3)intheGraphicsDisplay window(orselectthemfromthelistboxoftheConstructLinedialogbox).Oncethe circlesareselected,theywillbehighlighted. 3. SelecttheAutooption. 4. Selectthe2DLineoption. 5. ClicktheCreatebutton. PCDMISwillcreatealine(LINE2)usingthemosteffectiveconstructionmethod. ThelineandfeatureIDwillbedisplayedintheGraphicsDisplaywindowandEditwindow.

ConstructedlineshownintheGraphicsdisplaywindow Foradditionalinformationonconstructingfeatures,seethe"ConstructingNewFeaturesfrom ExistingFeatures"chapter.

28 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Step11:CalculateDimensions
Onceafeaturehasbeencreated,thedimensionsofthatfeaturecanbecalculated.Dimensions canbegeneratedatanytimewhilelearningapartprogram,andaretailoredtofitindividual specifications.PCDMISwilldisplaytheresultofeachdimensionoperationintheEditwindow. Togenerateadimension: 1. SelectInsert|DimensionsubmenuandensurethattheLegacyDimensionsmenu itemisselected(hasacheckmarknexttoit). 2. AccesstheLocationdialogboxbyselectingInsert|Dimension|TruePosition. 3. FromthelistboxortheGraphicsDisplaywindow,selectthelastthreecirclesthatwere measuredbyselectingtheirfeatureidentificationsinthelistbox.

LastthreecirclesselectedintheFeatureLocationdialogbox. 3. ClicktheCreatebutton.

Editwindowshowinglocationdimensionsforthreecircles PCDMISwilldisplaythelocationsofthethreecirclesintheEditwindow.Thesevaluescanbe changedsimplybydoubleclickingonthedesiredline,highlightingthenecessarynominal,and typinginanewvalue.


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 29

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Foradditionalinformationoncreatingdimensions,seethe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter.

Step12:MarktheItemstoExecute
Markingallowsyoutoselectivelychoosewhatelementsofyourpartprogramareexecuted.For thistutorial,markallofthefeatures. 1. MarkallofthefeaturesinthepartprogramusingtheEdit|Markings|MarkAllmenu optioncoveredinthe"EditingaPartProgram"chapter.Oncemarked,theselected featureswillbedisplayedusingthecurrenthighlightcolor. 2. PCDMISasksifit'sOKtomarkmanualalignmentfeatures.ClickYes.

Step13:SettheReportOutput
PCDMISwillalsosendthefinalreporttoafileorprinterifselected.Forthistutorial,setthe outputtogototheprinter. 1. SelecttheFile|Printing|ReportPrintSetupoption.ThePrintOptionsdialogbox appears. 2. SelectthePrintercheckbox. 3. ClickOK. ThereisnowenoughinformationtoallowPCDMIStoexecutethepartprogramthatwascreated.

Step14:ExecutetheFinishedProgram
Thereisavarietyofoptionsavailabletoexecutealloraportionofthepartprogram.See "ExecutingPartPrograms"fromthe"UsingAdvancedFileOptions"section. Onceallofthestepshavebeenfollowed: 1. SelecttheFile|Executemenuoption.PCDMISwilldisplaytheExecutionMode Optionsdialogboxandbeginthemeasurementprocess. 2. ReadtheinstructionsintheCMMCommandwindow,andfollowtherequeststotake specifiedhits. 3. PCDMISrequeststhatyoutakethesehitsintheapproximatelocationindicatedinthe GraphicsDisplaywindow. 4. Takethreehitsonthesurfacetocreateaplane.PresstheENDkey. Takestwohitsontheedgetocreatealine.PresstheENDkey. Takefourhitsinsidethecircle.PresstheENDkey.

ClickContinueafteryoutakeeachhit.

30 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

InstructionsdisplayedinExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox It'sthatsimple.(Ofcourse,ifPCDMISdetectsanerror,itwillbedisplayedintheMachine Errorslistonthedialogboxandactionmustbetakenbeforetheprogramcanproceed.) Whenthelasthithasbeentakenonthecircle,PCDMISwilldisplaythePCDMISMessage dialogboxwithyourmessage:"WARNING,MachineisgoingtoDCCmode."Assoonasthe OKbuttonisclicked,PCDMISautomaticallymeasurestherestofthefeatures.

Ifanerrorisencountered,determinethecauseusingtheMachineErrorsdropdownlistonthe ExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox.Takethenecessaryactionstocorrecttheproblem.Click theContinuebuttontocompletetheexecutionofthepartprogram.

Step15:PrinttheReport
Afterthepartprogramisexecuted,PCDMISwillautomaticallyprintthereporttothedesignated outputsource.ThiswasdeterminedinthePrintOptionsdialogbox(File|Printing|Report PrintSetup).SincethePrintercheckboxwasselected,thereportwillbesenttotheprinter. Makesuretheprinterisconnectedandturnedontoreviewthepartprogram. Congratulations!Youvefinishedthetutorial.Foradditionalinformationrelatedtothistutorial,see thefollowingtopicsincludedwiththischapter: MeasuringFeatures UsingDifferentProbeOptions RepresentingaPartGraphically WorkinginManualorDCCMode

MeasuringFeatures
VerifythatthedesiredprobeandworkingplaneareshownintheDisplaydropdownlistofthe Settingstoolbar.PCDMISalsoshouldbesettoManualmode. PCDMISdoesnotrequiretheoperatortoinputdataformeasuringafeature.Themousecanbe usedtomeasureaCADfeature(ifCADdataisavailable)ortheprobecanbeusedwiththeCMM. OncethefeatureismeasuredwitheitherthemouseortheCMMprobe,presstheENDkey.PC DMISwillautomaticallydeterminethefeaturetype(circle,line,plane,etc.).Inaddition,PCDMIS

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 31

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

automaticallycompensatesforproberadius.Formoreinformationonmeasuringfeaturesfrom CADdatapleaseseethe"WorkinginOfflineMode"appendix.

FeatureGuessing
PCDMISoffersauniquemethodformeasuringfeatures.Insteadofrequiringyoutospecifythe typeoffeatureabouttobemeasured(i.e.,point,circle,etc.),itallowshitstosimplybetaken. Whenthemeasurementofafeatureiscompleted,PCDMISissignaledbypressingthe designatedbuttononthejoystickbox(ifthemachineissoequipped)orpressingtheENDkeyon thekeyboard.PCDMISthendeterminesthetypeofelementthathasjustbeenmeasuredusing bestguessalgorithms.BestguessalgorithmsaremathematicalcalculationsusedbyPCDMIS makeacalculatedguessatwhatfeaturetypeisbeingcreated. Forexample,acircleismeasuredwithaminimumofthreehits.Aseachpositionismeasured, thenumberofhitstakenonthefeaturewillbedisplayedonthestatusbar.Onceanadequate numberhasbeentaken,presstheENDkey.TheresultswillbedisplayedintheEditwindow. AlwayspresstheENDkey(orequivalentCMMbutton)aftermeasuringafeaturetoinsertitinto yourpartprogram. Theformatandcontentofthemeasurementresultswilldependontheoutputformatthathas beenselected.Forinformationonsettingtheoutputformatreferto"PrintingtheInspection Report"inthe"UsingBasicFileOptions"chapterand"ParameterSettings:Dimensiontab"topic inthe"SettingYourPreferences"chapter. Itisimportanttonotethatonsomemachines,PCDMISdeterminesthedirectionofahit bysensingthedirectiontheprobehastraveledaftermakingcontactwiththepart.Ifyour machineisofthistype,donotretracttheprobeuntilPCDMIShassignaledwithabeeping soundandupdatedthenumberofhitsonthestatusbar.

MinimumRequiredHitsforaFeature
PCDMISexpectsaminimumnumberofhitsbeforeitwillidentifyaspecificfeature.Incertain instancesitisadvisabletotakeadditionalhitstoimprovetheaccuracy. Feature Min.# SpecialInstructions ofHits Point 1 Seenotebelow. Line 2 PCDMISdrawslinesbetweenthefarthest pointsinaset. Circle 3 Ifacircleismeasuredatlessthan180, PCDMISwilldrawanarcbetweenthe farthestpointsinaset. Plane 3 Sphere 4 Cone 6 OccasionallyPCDMISwillnotindicatea conewhenmeasuredwithsixhits.Ifthis happens,trytakingsevenhits.(Takethree hitsononelevel,threeonanotherlevel andonehitbetweenthetwolevels.)All hitstakenaftertheinitialfirstthreehits shouldbeeitheraboveorbelowtheplane

32 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Cylinder 6

definedbythefirstthreehits,notboth. Thiswillensurethebestresults.PCDMIS willdrawtwocircles:thefirstofwhichisat thelevelofthefirstthreepoints,the secondcircleisatthelowestpoint. Cylindersaredrawninasimilarmanner SeeCone.

Occasionally,PCDMISwillincorrectlyguessafeature'stypedependingonthegeometryofa partandthewaythefeatureismeasured.Ifthishappens,youcanoverridetheincorrectguess byfollowingthedocumentationdescribedinthe"OverridingGuessedFeatures"topicdiscussed inthe"EditingaPartProgram"chapter. IfPCDMISconsistentlyguessesCircleorSpherewhenmeasuringaLineoraPlane,try takingthehitsinaconsistentdirection.Thismeansalwaysapproacheachtouchpointin thesameapproximatedirectionwhenmeasuringalineorplane. IfPCDMISconsistentlyguessesLineorPlanewhenmeasuringaCircleorSphere,try takingthehitswithmorevariedapproachdirections.Forexample,ifyouaremeasuring anarcandyoucanreachalldesiredtouchpointsbytouchingintheX+direction,try measuringsomeofthepointsinthe+orYdirection.

Note: WhenmeasuringaPoint(1singlehit),PCDMIScompensatesforproberadiusalongthe partaxisclosesttotheprobe'sdirectionofmotionwhenitwasdeflected.Thismeansthatifa pointismeasuredinthenegativeXdirection,PCDMISwillcompensateforproberadiusintheX direction(eveniftheprobewasmovingslightlyintheYaxis).ForDCCmachines(orifamanual machineisbeingusedwiththesheetmetaloption),pleaseseethe"IJKNormalVecboxes"topic inthe"CreatingAutoFeatures"chapterand"ProbeCompensation"in"SettingYourPreferences" chapterformoreinformationoncompensation.

TakingHits
TheOperation|TakeHitmenuoptiontakesahit.Ittellsthecomputertorecordthelocationof theprobealongtheX,Y,andZaxes.Thisoptionisonlyavailablewithcertaininterfacetypes. Thisoptionwillworkwithmost(ifnotall)controllersaslongasahardprobeisused.

ErasingorDeletingHits
Atleastoneprobetipmust PCDMISallowsyoutoeasilydeletehitsfromthehitbufferthat beloadedbeforePCDMIS havebeentakenincorrectlyfromthelastprobetouch.Youcando willallowCMMprobehitsto thisbyselectingtheOperation|EraseHit menuoptionorby berecorded. pressingtheALT+''(minus)key.Asmanyhitsasnecessarycan beremoved,beginningwiththelasthittaken.Thisoptionisonly availablebeforeyouendthefeaturemeasurementbyselectingthe EndFeaturemenuoption.UsingtheEndFeaturemenuoption createsthemeasuredfeatureandautomaticallyclearsthehitbuffer. Onceafeaturehasbeencreated,youcandeleteunwantedfeatures byfollowinginstructionsdetailedinthe"DeletingFeatures"topic fromthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 33

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:TherearesomeCMMsthathaveanERASEHITbuttonontheCMMjogbox. PCDMISalsowillallowyoutodeletehitswithinafeaturewhileintheExecutemode.Simply presstheALT+''(minus)keystoremovethecurrentlyhighlightedhitintheMachine CommandslistboxoftheExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox. Note:PressingthePRINTbuttononthejogbox(ifsoequipped)whileinExecutemodeisthe sameaspressingtheALT+''(minus)keycombination.UsethePCDMISSettingsEditortoset thePrintButtonentryofthesystemregistryto0toenablethisfunction.Seethe"Modifying RegistryEntries"appendixformoreinformation.

EndingFeatures
TheOperation|EndFeaturemenuoptionallowsyoutosignalPCDMISthattheconstruction ofafeaturehasended.YoucanalsopresstheENDkey.

DeterminingThicknessofSheetMetalFeatures

PCDMISgivesyoutheoptiontodeterminehowthicknessshouldbeappliedonapartusingthe ThicknessareaoftheAutoFeaturesdialogbox.TheoptionsavailableareTheoretical ThicknessandActualThickness. Toaccessthethicknessoptions: 1. AccesstheAutoFeaturesdialogboxbyselectinganitemfromtheInsert|Feature| Autosubmenu. 2. SelecttheAutoFeatureyouwanttocreate. 3. Clickthe<<Advancedbuttontodisplaytheadvancedportionofthedialogbox. 4. Chooseeitherthe TheoThicknessoptionortheActlThicknessoption. 5. Typethethicknessinthebox. 6. ClickCreatetocreatethefeature.

TheoreticalThickness
WithTheoThicknessyouhavetheabilitytoadjustthetheoreticalvaluesbyachosenthickness inordertomeasuretheoppositesideofmaterial.

ActualThickness
WithActlThicknessyouhavetheabilitytooffsetthetargetlocationformeasurement,andthen havethemeasuredvaluesadjustedalongthetheoreticalvectorbythethickness.

UsingDifferentProbeOptions
ThefirststepinCMMpartprogrammingistodefinewhichprobeswillbeusedduringthe inspectionprocess.Anewpartprogrammusthaveaprobefilecreatedbeforethemeasurement processcanbegin.PCDMISsupportsawidevarietyofprobetypesandcalibrationtools.Italso offersauniquemethodforcalibratingaRenishawPH9/PH10wrist.Theprobeoptionscanbe

34 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

accessedusingtheProbeUtilitiesdialogboxfromtheInsert|HardwareDefinition|Probe menuoption. Itisassumedthataprobehasbeenloadedandcalibrated.Thetopic"DefiningProbes"inthe "DefiningHardware"chapterprovidesinformationoncreatingprobefilesandcalibratingprobes.

UsingaProbeOnline
TomeasureapointintheonlinemodeusingaTTP: 1. Lowertheprobetothesurfacewherethepointistobetaken. 2. Triggertheprobebytouchingittothesurface. 3. PresstheENDkeytocompletethemeasurementprocess. PCDMISisdesignedtodeterminethefeaturetype.Probecompensationisdeterminedbythe proberadius.Thecompensationdirectionisdeterminedbythemachinedirection. Forexample,inmeasuringacircle,theprobewouldbeinsidethecirclemovingoutward.To measureastud,theprobewouldstartoutsidethecirclemovinginwardtowardsthepart. Itisimportantthattheapproachdirectionbenormal(perpendicular)tothesurfacewhen measuringpoints.Whilethisisnotnecessaryformeasuringotherfeatures,itwillimprovethe accuracyindeterminingthefeaturetype. Tomeasureapointusingafixedprobe,youmustspecifythefeaturetypethatistobemeasured andtheprobecompensationdirection.See"UsingHardProbe".

UsingaProbeOffline
WhenusingofflinePCDMIS,youcanaccessalltheprobeoptions.However,noactual measurementscanbetaken.Probedatacaneitherbekeyedinorthedefaultsettingsused.For example,aqualificationtoolcannotactuallybemeasuredtocalibrateaprobetheprobe's nominalvaluesmustbekeyedin. Tomeasureapoint: 1. MakesurethatPCDMISisinProgramMode.DothisbyselectingtheProgram ModeiconlocatedontheGraphicsModestoolbar.(Seethe"GraphicsModesToolbar" inthe"UsingToolbars"chapter) 2. Movethemousecursortothescreenwherethehitistobemade. 3. Clicktherightmousebuttonto movetheprobetotheareaofthepartwherethehitisto betaken.Theprobeisdrawnonthescreenandtheprobedepthisset. 4. Clicktheleftmousebuttontoregisterahitonthepart. 5. PresstheENDkeytocompletethemeasurementprocess.

UsingHardProbes
PCDMISsupportsawidevarietyofhardprobes.Theuseandcalibrationofhardprobesare similartothatofTTPprobes.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 35

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IfaHardprobeisselected,PCDMISexpectsaprobethatdoesnotautomaticallytriggerwhenit comesincontactwiththepart.DCCcalibrationcannotbedoneusingahardprobe.Verifythat thecorrectprobetypeisselected. Determinethefeaturetypethatwillbemeasuredandclicktheappropriateicon. Flatfeaturesaredefinedaspoints,planes,andlines. RoundFeaturesIncludeCircles,Spheres,Cones,andCylinders.

TheProbeModetoolbar(locatedfromtheView|Toolbarsmenu)discussesguessinground andflatfeatures(seethe"ProbeModeToolbar"topicinthe"UsingToolbars"chapter). Note:ForinformationonusingshortcutkeystoswitchbetweenFlatandRoundguessmodes, seethe"UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus"appendix.

TakingaHitwithaHardProbe
Fortouchtriggerprobes,takingahitisautomatic.ButforHardProbesyoumusttelltheprobe whentoregisteritsposition.Todothis,followthesedirections: 1. Positiontheprobeonthepartwhereyouwanttotakethehit. 2. SelecttheTakeHit menucommandlocatedintheOperation menu. Note:Ifyouhappentouseajogbox,pressthekeythatissetuptorecordahit.

FlatFeatures
TomeasureaplanewithaHardProbe: 1. First,takeaminimumofthreehitsonasurface. 2. Itisthennecessarytomovetheprobeabovethedesiredplane. 3. PresstheENDkey. Thisdefinesthedirectionoftheplane.Thedirectionofthesurfacenormalvectorisup. Tomeasurealine: 1. Beginbytakingtwohitsatthedesiredlocation. 2. Movetheprobetotheoutsideofthemeasuredline. 3. PresstheENDkey. Note:PCDMISdoesnotrequirethedirectionoffeaturestobedefined.

RoundFeatures
Whenmeasuringroundfeaturesusingafixedprobe,itisnecessarytokeeptheprobeinafixed location(dependingonthefeaturetype). Forholes,keeptheprobeinsidethefeatureandpresstheENDkey. Forpins,keeptheprobeoutsidethefeatureandpresstheENDkey.

36 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:PCDMISdoesnotrequirethedirectionoffeaturestobedefined.

RepresentingaPartGraphically
PCDMISallowsyoutousestandardIGESorDXFmodelstogeneratepartprogramsonan inexpensivePCorPCclonewithoutgoingnearaCMM.Thesepartprogramscanthenbeused todriveanyCMMeitherrunningPCDMISorsupportingtheDMIS,Tutor,orAVAILspecifications. Seethe"WorkinginOfflineMode"appendixforadditionalinformationonusingCAD. WhenPCDMISfirstbeginstoexecuteapartprogram,itdisplaysagraphicrepresentationofthe theoreticalgeometryofthepart.Thisimagecancomefromoneofthreeplaces: FromanIGESorDXFfiles,fromaCADdrawing. Fromthefeaturetheoreticalvaluesinthepartprogram. Fromthefirstpartmeasuredwhenthepartprogramwasgeneratedonline.

Iftheimagecomesfromsourcestwoorthree,theimagewillonlybeapartialimage.Thatmeans onlythosefeaturesmeasuredbyPCDMISwillbedisplayed. Iftheimagecomesfromsourceone,thegraphicaldisplaywillbewhateverwasdrawnonthe CADsystem.YouthenhavetheabilitytoremovespecifiedfeaturesfromtheCADdrawing.(See the"DeletingCAD"topicdiscussedinthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.)Regardless,the imageisintendedonlytogiveenoughinformationtorelatetheinspectiondatatotheactualpart. Seethe"ImportingCADDataorProgramData"topicinthe"UsingAdvancedFileOptions" chapter. AsPCDMISmeasureseachfeatureonthepart,itwillpostapictureofittotheGraphicsDisplay window.PCDMISwilldrawthispictureinthecolorsdesignatedbytheSetupdialogboxusing theIDsetuptab. Thisallowsyoutovisuallycomparetheactualtothetheoreticalfeature.See "SetupOptions:IdSetuptab"inthe"SettingyourPreferences"chapter. Inbothofflineandonlinemanualmode,PCDMISwilldisplayananimated,scaled representationoftheprobeintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Duringexecutionthisiconwillmove aroundthepartshowingwheretotakeeachhit. The"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapterdiscussesoptionsthatallowyoutocontroltheappearance oftheimage(s)intheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

WorkinginManualorDCCMode
TheManual/DCCmodetoolbar,fromtheView|Toolbarssubmenu,provideseasyaccessto settingthesystemtoManualorDCCmode.See"ProbeModeToolbar"topicinthe"Using Toolbars"chapter. ManualModeisusedonamanualCMM,orduringthemanualalignmentportionofaprogram thatwillberunonanautomaticCMM.Tochangemodes,clickontheappropriatemodetoolbar icon.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial * 37

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PCDMISletsyoudeterminethespeedsanddistancesthatwillbeappliedintheautomatic measurementprocess.See"ParameterSettings:Motiontab"inthe"SettingyourPreferences" chapterforinformation. Important:RemembertodefineclearanceplanesormovepointswhenchangingfromManualto DCCmode,otherwiseyourprobemightcrashintoyourpartduringexecution.

38 * GettingStarted:ASimpleTutorial

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

NavigatingtheUserInterface
NavigatingtheUserInterface:Introduction
ThissectionprovidesanintroductiontousingPCDMISforWindows.Itdocumentsthe fundamentalactionsneededtooperatethesoftware.TofullyexercisethecapabilitiesofPC DMISandmakeyourpartprogrammingaseasyaspossible,pleasereadthroughthisentire sectionandfollowalongonyourcomputer. ThissectionalsohighlightswaystocustomizesomeofPCDMIS'sgraphicaloptionstobestmeet individualneeds.(Additionalinformationontheseavailableoptionscanbefoundinthe"Editing theCADDisplay"section.) Eachtopiclistedbelowillustratesaspecificfeatureoftheinterface.Thefollowingarecoveredin thissection: TheScreenAppearance TheMenuBar TheToolbarArea TheGraphicsDisplayWindow TheStatusBar DialogBoxDescription CustomizingtheUserInterface

PCDMISprovidestheflexibilityofusingthemouseorkeyboardtoentercommandsorselect options.Shortcutmenusandshortcutkeyshavebeenassignedtofrequentlyusedcommands. Seethe"UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus"section.

TheScreenAppearance
PCDMISpresentsaconsistentscreenappearancetotheuser. Thescreenisdividedintoseveraldistinctareas,eachofwhichfulfillsaspecificfunctionor suppliesneededinformation.Abriefdescriptionofeachscreenareacanbefoundbelow. (Additionalinformationislocatedthroughoutthemanualasindicated.)

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface * 39

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ScreenAppearanceofPCDMIS'sGraphicalUserInterface 1. TheTitlebardisplaysthetitleofthecurrentpartprogram.Italsocontainsthemaximize andminimizebuttons. 2. TheMenubarcontainsthemenuselectionsavailablefromthemainPCDLRN application.See"TheMenuBar". 3. TheToolbarareacontainstoolbarswithfrequentlyusedcommands.Thesetoolbarsare easilyaccessiblebyrightclickingontheToolbararea.See"TheToolbarArea". 4. TheGraphicsDisplaywindow(see"TheGraphicsDisplayWindow")presentsgraphic representationsofthepart(thetopviewisshownintheillustration).Thesizeofthisarea remainsconstant.However,thedisplayareacanbedividedintoasmanyasfour differentviewsofthepart. 5. DialogboxesarethemaincommunicationchannelsbetweenPCDMISandtheuser. Availablefeaturesappearinthedialogbox,andmostinputdataisenteredthroughit. See"DialogBoxDescription. 6. TheEditwindowdisplaysthepartprogram.Thiswindowallowsyoutoaccessspecific commandswithinthepartprogramandmakechangestomeetindividualspecifications. Seethe"EditingaPartProgram"and"UsingtheEditWindow"chaptersforfully documentedoperationsoftheEditwindow. 7. TheStatusBardisplaysinformationimportanttothecurrentoperation(i.e.,currentprobe calibrationdata,standarddeviationofthelastfeaturemeasured)andnumberofhits.It alsocontainsamessageboxthatdisplayspertinentinformationabouttheoperationin progress.See"TheStatusBar"formoreinformation.

40 * NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheMenuBar

Toopenamenuandbrowsethroughtheoptionsusingthekeyboard,presstheALTkeyfollowed bytheunderlinedletterinthenameofthemenutobeopened.(Themousecanalsobeused,as describedin"SelectingOptionsfromtheMenuBarwiththeMouse".)Thisdocumenthasbeen createdtoprovideinformationforeachmenuoption.Seetheappropriatechapterasneeded. Thissectiongivesabriefdescriptionofeachoftheothermenuoptions. PCDMISalsoprovidesavarietyofshortcutmenus.Thesearediscussedinthe"UsingShortcut KeysandShortcutMenus"appendix.

File
TheFilemenuletsyouopen,save,andprintfiles,accesstheEditwindow,runpartprograms withtheExecuteMode,andexitoutofcurrentpartprograms.Seethe"UsingBasicFileOptions" and"UsingAdvancedFileOptions"chaptersformoreinformation.

Edit
TheEditmenuallowsyoutoedityourprogrampreferences,yourpartprogram,ortheCAD display. Toedityourpreferences,seethe"SettingYourPreferences"chapterforcompleteinformation. ToedityourpartprogramviatheEditwindow,seethe"EditingaPartProgram"and"Usingthe EditWindow"chaptersforcompleteinformation. ToeditthedisplayoftheCADdrawing,seethe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapterforcomplete information.

View
Theviewmenuallowsyoutoaccessallthewindows,editors,andtoolbarsavailabletoPCDMIS. Seethe"UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools"chapterforcompleteinformation.

Insert
Thebulkofapartprogram'scommandscanbeaccessedfromtheInsertmenu. Mostofthechapterscomprisingthismanualcomefromtheoptionsandsubmenusdisplayedon thismenu. OptionsontheHardwareDefinitionsubmenuarediscussedinthe"DefiningHardware"chapter. OptionsontheFeaturesubmenuarediscussedinthesechapters:"CreatingAuto Features","CreatingMeasuredFeatures","ConstructingNewFeaturesfromExisting Features","CreatingGenericFeatures". OptionsontheAlignmentsubmenuarediscussedinthe"CreatingandUsing Alignments"chapter.
NavigatingtheUserInterface 41

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

OptionsontheDimensionsubmenuarediscussedinthe"DimensioningFeatures" chapter. OptionsontheScansubmenuarediscussedinthe"ScanningyourPart"chapter. OptionsontheMovesubmenuarediscussedinthe"InsertingMoveCommands"chapter. OptionsontheFlowControlCommandsubmenuarediscussedinthe"Branchingby UsingFlowControl"chapter. OptionsontheStatisticsCommandsubmenuarediscussedinthe"TrackingStatistical Data"chapter. OptionsontheReportCommandsubmenu,includingtheabilitytoaddDiminfoand PointinfoboxesontoyourCADdisplayandintoyourpartprogram,arediscussedinthe "InsertingReportCommands"chapter. OptionsontheFileI/OCommandsubmenuarediscussedinthe"UsingFileInput/ Output"chapter. TheremainingoptionsontheInsertmenuarediscussedinthe"UsingExpressionsand Variables"chapterandthe"AddingExternalElements"chapter.

Operation
TheitemsontheOperation menuarediscussedinvarioustopicsofthedocumentation.

Window
TheWindowmenuallowsyoutomanagethedisplayofallopenpartprograms.See"Navigating andDisplayingMultipleWindows"chapter.

Help
TheitemsontheHelpmenuarediscussedinthe"UsingtheOnlineHelp"chapter. TheHelp menuprovidesinformationaboutPCDMIScommands,dialogboxes,messages,and keys. ToactivatePCDMIS'sonlinehelp,selectanyoftheitemsontheHelpmenuorpressF1atany time.PCDMISwilllaunchthePCDMISonlineHelpfile.

SelectingOptionsfromtheMenuBarwiththeMouse
Optionscanbeselected Toopenamenuandbrowsethroughtheoptionsusingthemouse: fromanydropdownmenuin thesamemannerasthe 1. Movethepointertothedesiredmenuname. menubar. 2. Clicktheleftmousebutton. Whenanellipsisfollowsanoptionname,choosingthefunctionwilldisplayadialogbox.For example"File|Open"letsyouknowthatthereisanOpenFiledialogbox.Dialogboxes displayvariousoptions,boxes,andbuttons(calledcontrols)forspecifyingcommandsthatwillbe carriedoutbyPCDMIS.Sometimesadialogboxwillshowdefaultsettingsalreadyselected, whichifsatisfactory,canbeleftastheyare.Ingeneral,afterallthecontrolsinthedialogbox havebeenset,clicktheOKbuttontocarryoutthecommand.Tocancelthecommandandclose thedialogbox,clicktheCancelbutton.

42 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SelectingOptionsfromtheMenuBarwiththeKeyboard
Toopenamenuandbrowsethroughtheoptionsusingthekeyboard,presstheALTkeyfollowed bytheunderlinedletterinthenameofthemenutobeopened. Forexample:toopentheViewmenuusingthekeyboard,pressALTandV(theunderlinedletter). Optionscanbeselectedfromthemenuinasimilarmanner.Simplypresstheunderlinedletterto thecorrespondingoption(i.e.,Cut: presstheTkey). Menusalsocanbeopenedusingthearrowkeys. Todothis: 1. 2. 3. 4. PresstheALTkeytoswitchtothemenubar. UsetheLEFT/RIGHTARROWkeystomovetothedesiredmenu. UsetheUP/DOWNARROWkeystoselectanoption. Whenthedesiredoptionishighlighted,presstheENTERkey.

Shortcutkeysalsohavebeenassignedtomanyoftheoptions.Theshortcutkeyisshowntothe rightofthecommandoroption. Seethe"UsingShortcutKeysandMenus"chapterformoreinformation.

TheToolbarArea
PCDMISprovidesyouavarietyoftoolbarscomposedoffrequentlyusedcommands.These toolbarscanbeaccessedinoneofthesetwoways. 1. SelecttheView|Toolbarssubmenuandselectatoolbarfromthemenuprovided. 2. RightclickonPCDMIS's Toolbarareaandselectatoolbarfromtheshortcutmenu provided. Onceyouhaveatoolbarinthetoolbararea,youcaneasilymovethetoolbarbyfirstclickingon thespacebetweentheleftorrightedgeandabuttonandthendraggingthetoolbartoadifferent location. ForindepthinformationonallofPCDMIStoolbars,seethe"UsingToolbars"chapter.

TheGraphicsDisplayWindow
TheGraphicsDisplaywindow,quitesimply,displaysgraphics.Thiswindowisopenedbydefault whenyoucreateoraccessapartprogram.Tohideorviewthiswindow,selecttheView| GraphicsDisplayWindow menuoption. ItdisplaysmultipanedgraphicalrepresentationofanimportedCADpart. Itshowsmeasured,auto,andconstructedfeaturesandtheirIDlabels. Itdisplaysscans,dimensions,textboxdisplays.

TheGraphicsDisplaywindowisanintegralpartofPCDMIS.ForinformationonEditingthe GraphicsDisplaywindow,andalteringthescreendisplay,see"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface 43

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheStatusBar

Thestatusbardisplaysthefollowing: Messagebox:Theleftmostboxdisplaysinstructionsandotherinformationregarding thecurrentprocedureorcommand. X,Y,andZboxes:TheX,Y,andZboxesshowtheX,Y,andZpositionoftheprobe. ClickingonanyofthethreecoordinatedisplayswithinthestatusbarwillcausetheAuto MovePointdialogboxtoappear.(See"InsertingaMovePointCommand"inthe "InsertingMoveCommands"chapterforadditionalinformationregardingDCCMove Point.) W:ThisshowstheangleoftheRotarytable. SD:Thisshowsthestandarddeviationofthelastfeaturemeasured. #Hits:Thisshowsthenumberofhitscurrentlytaken. IN/MM:Thisshowsthecurrentunitofmeasurementusedforthepartprogram. INS/OVR:ThisboxindicatesthecurrenteditingfunctionoftheEditreport.Itwilldisplay INS(insertstextatthecursor)orOVR(overwritesanytextencounteredbythecursor). Line:Thisboxdisplaysanumberthatindicatesthecurrentlinewherethecursoris locatedintheEditreport. Col:Thisboxdisplaysanumberthatindicatesthecurrentcolumnwherethecursoris locatedintheEditreport.

StatusBarManipulations Toincreasethesizeofthestatusbar,selectView|Statusbar|Large.Duetoits increasedsize,thislargestatusbarwillonlydisplaytheMessageandtheXYZboxes. Toputthestatusbarbacktoitsnormalsize,selectView|Statusbar|Normal. ToshoworhidetheStatusbar,selectView|Statusbar|None.

DialogBoxDescription
Adialogboxprovidesvariousboxesandbuttons(calledcontrols)thatcanbeselectedtotellPC DMIShowtocarryoutacommand.Sometimesadialogboxwillshowdefaultsettingsalready selected,whichifsatisfactorycanbeleftastheyare.Afterallthecontrolsinthedialogboxhave beenset,selectOKtocarryoutthecommand.Tocancelthecommandandclosethedialogbox, clicktheCancelbutton. ThegraphicsillustratesomefeaturescommontomostdialogboxesinPCDMIS.

44 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface 45

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EditBox:
Aneditboxallowsyoutotypeinadesiredvalueorname.Inthismanualeditboxesaresimply referredtoas"boxes".EditboxescommontomanyofPCDMIS'sdialogboxesarelistedhere:

ID=[Feature]

ThisboxshowstheFeatureorDimensionIDforthefeaturesordimensionstobecreated. TochangetheID: 1. SelectthepreviousID. 2. TypeanewID. 3. PresstheTABkey. ForaDimensionID: YoucanchangeonlythenumberportionoftheIDandresetthedimensioncountertoa desiredcount.

YoucanchangethetextportionoftheIDandsetitasthedefaulttextforsubsequent dimensions.(SeetheIDSetuptaboftheSetupOptionsdialogboxinthe"SettingYour Preferences"chapter.)

SearchID

IntheSearchIDboxyoucankeyinfeature(ordimension)IDstobeusedinthecurrent operation.Youcanusethisboxtosearchusingmetacharactersearchoptions.Thefeatureor dimensionIDswillbehighlightedintheappropriateFeatureListbox(orDimensionListbox).

SelectLast#

IntheSelectLast#boxyoucanselectthelastofacertainnumberoffeatures(ordimensions). Forexample,ifyouwantedtoselectthelastfourfeaturesthatwerecreated,simplytype4and presstheTABkey.PCDMISwillhighlightthefeaturesselectedintheFeatureListbox.

ListBox:
Alistboxissimilartoaneditboxhoweverchangescannotbemadetothelistedvalues.This manualreferstoeither"list"or"box"forthelistbox.ListscommontomanyofPCDMIS'sdialog boxesarelistedhere:

46 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

FeatureListbox

TheFeatureListboxcontainsalistoftheavailablefeatureswithinapartprogram.PCDMIS usesselectedfeaturestodefinealignments,constructnewfeatures,createdimensions,and othersuchtasks.Youcanselectfeaturesbyfollowingtheinstructionsgiveninthe"Selecting FeaturesUsingtheGraphicsDisplayWindow"topicinthe"EditingtheCADdisplay"chapter. Selected(highlighted)featurescanbedeselectedusingtheClearorClearListbutton. Ifyouareattachinganexternalpartprogram(see"AttachinganExternalPartProgram"inthe "AddingExternalElements"chapter),PCDMISalsoliststhevariable(orpointer)usedto referencetheattachedpartprogram.Aplussign(+)appearstotheleftofthepointer.Clicking thisplussignexpandsorcollapsesaviewofallthefeaturesintheattachedpartprogram.

DimensionListbox

TheDimensionListboxcontainsalistofallthedimensionsthatwerecreatedwithinapart program.Youcaneasilyselectthedimension(s)youwouldliketoeditoranalyzebysimply selectingthedesireddimension(s)inthelistboxandselectingthedesiredchangesoroptionsin theassociateddialogbox. InsidetheEditDimensionInfodialogbox,ifthedimensionalreadyhasaDimensionInfobox associatedwithit,PCDMISshowsanasterisk(*)symbolnexttothedimensionIDinthelist.If thedimensioninfoishiddeninallcurrentviews,itaddsanumbersign(#)symbolnexttotheID. Forexample,supposeyouhavearoundnessdimensionnamedRND1foracirclenamedCIR4.If theroundnessdimensionalreadyhadaDIMINFOboxassociatedwithit,yetthatDIMINFObox washiddenfromallviewsintheGraphicsDisplaywindow,theIDinthelistwouldlooklikethis:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface 47

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Exampleofasteriskandnumbersignsymbols

DropDownListBox
Adropdownlistboxworkslikemenus.Clickonthedropdownarrowicon totherightofthe currentchoice,orpressALTandtheUPARROWorDOWNARROWkeyonthekeyboard consecutively.PressingF4willalsodisplaytheavailableoptions.Pressthekey(s)againtoclose thelist.Thecurrentchoiceisshowninthehighlightedbox.

CommandButtons:
Acommandbuttoncarriesoutanaction.Thecommandbuttonscommontomostdialogboxesin PCDMISarelistedhere:

Apply

TheApplybuttonappliesyourselectionstothedialogboxbutkeepsthedialogboxopenfor furtherchanges.

OK

TheOKbuttonsavesandappliesthechangesandclosesthedialogbox.Onsomedialogboxes, clickingtheOKbuttoninsertscommandsintotheEditwindow.

Cancel

TheCancelbuttonignoresanychangesandclosesthedialogbox.

Delete

TheDeletebuttonremovesitems(suchascreatedfeatures,dimensions,probefiles,alignment informationetc.)fromcertainlistboxes. IntheDeleteCADdialogbox,theDeletecommandbuttondeletesselectednominalfeatures.

48 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Last

TheLastbuttonselectsthelastitemintheassociatedlistbox.

LastTwo

TheLastTwobuttonselectsthelasttwoitemsintheassociatedlistbox.

SelectAll

TheSelectAllbuttonselectsalltheitemsintheassociatedlistbox.

Default

TheDefaultbuttonallowsyoutoupdatethedefaultsettingsofseveralparameters.Whenanew partprogramiscreated,itwillreflectanychangesstoredasthedefault. Thedefaultvaluesarestoredinthesystemregistry.Theseparameterscanbeupdatedthrough theappropriatedialogboxorbyeditingtheregistryitselfbyusingthePCDMISSettingsEditor. ThisapplicationisincludedwithyourPCDMISinstallset.Seethe"ModifyingRegistryEntries" appendixformoreinformation. IftheOKbuttonisselected(withouttheDefaultbuttonbeingpressed)the definedparameterswillonlyapplytotheactivepartprogramandwillnotaffect theregistryentries. IfanyoftheparametersarechangedandtheDefaultbuttonispressed,PC DMISwillupdatetheregistryentries,redefiningthedefaulttothecurrententry.

TheDefaultbuttonallowsyoutostoreandapplynewdefaultvaluestonewpartprograms createdlateron.

Recall

TheRecallbuttonallowsyoutocallbackoriginalfactorysettingsaslongastheoriginalvalues haven'tchangedthroughclickingtheDefaultbutton.Inthatcase,PCDMISwillreturnthestored valuesintheregistry. ForinformationonusingtheMachineOptionsdialogboxtorestoreoriginalfactorysettingsby readingthemfromthecontroller,seethe"SettingUptheMachineInterface"topicinthe"Setting yourPreferences"chapter.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface 49

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Create

TheCreatebuttonapplieschangesmadeincertaindialogboxesandcreatesconstructed features,dimensions,autofeatures,scansetc.andplacesthecreateditemintotheEditwindow andtheGraphicsDisplaywindow. TheCreatebuttonwon'tclosethedialogbox.OnlyclickingtheClosebuttonclosesthedialog box.

Close

TheClosebuttonclosesthedialogbox.Withsomedialogboxes(whereyoumaywanttoselect furtheroptions)justpressingtheOK,Apply,ortheCreatebuttondoesn'tautomaticallyclosethe dialogbox.

Clear

TheClearcommandbuttonallowsyoutoclearthehighlightofanyselecteditemfromlistboxes. Insomecases,theClearbuttonremovesitemscompletelyfromcertainlistboxes(suchasAB positionsfromtheNewAnglesListbox). Insomedialogboxesandtabs,theClearbuttonclearsanyvaluesthatwereenteredorchanged beforeeithertheApplyortheOKbuttonisclickedandrestoresthe"builtin"valuespresentin PCDMIS.IfyouhaveusedtheDefaultbuttontostoredefaultvalues,thenPCDMISrestores thosevalues.

Undo

TheUndobuttonreverseschangesmadeusingtheApplybutton(ortheGeneratebuttonin DCCscans).ItcannotreversechangesmadeoncetheOKbuttonisclicked.

Help

TheHelpbuttonopenstheonlinehelptopicassociatedwiththecurrentdialogbox.

50 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CheckBoxes:
Clickoncheckboxestoturnoptionsonoroff.Theoptionisconsidered"on"whenacheckmark appearsinsidethebox.Youcanselectmultiplecheckboxes.

OptionButtons:
Theareacontainingoptionbuttonsdisplaysavailablechoicesforthedialogbox.Switchbetween availablechoicesbyclickingonthedesiredbutton.Whenanoptionischosen,ablackdot appearstotheleftoftheselectedoptionandallotheroptionsarecleared.Youcanonlyselect oneoptionbutton.

DialogBoxTabs:
Somedialogboxescontaintabs.Thesetabsactasidentifyingmarkersmuchlikeafolder'sname inafilingcabinetwould.Simplyclickonatabtobringadesiredwindoworoptionsinfrontofthe othertabs.Anyoptionsorcommandsassociatedwiththattabwillthenbedisplayed.

AccessingDialogBoxes
Themouseorkeyboardcanbeusedtoaccessoptionswithinthedialogbox.Toaccessanoption usingthemouse,simplypointtothedesiredoptionandclick.Thekeyboardoffersavarietyof waystomovebetweenavailableoptions.

PRESS: TO TAB: Movetothenextavailableoption. SHIFT+TAB: Movetothepreviousavailable option. ARROWkey: Displayacurrentdropdownlist. ENTER: Selectthecurrentcommand. SPACEBAR: Selectthecurrentcheckboxor button.

MovingDialogBoxes
ThemousecanbeusedtocontrolwindowanddialogboxplacementwithintheGraphicsDisplay window. Tomoveadialogboxorwindow: 1. 2. 3. 4. Placethemousepointeroverthetitle. Holddowntheleftmousebutton. DragthedialogorwindowtothepositionintheGraphicsDisplaywindowwheredesired. Releasethemousebutton.

PCDMISredrawsthedialogboxorwindowinitsnewlocation.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface 51

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ScrollingtheEditWindow
TheEditwindowcanbe TheEditwindowhasscrollbarsforviewingadditionaldatainthe movedinthesamemanner window. asadialogbox.See "MovingDialogBoxes" Toscroll: 1. Placethemousepointerononeofthescrollarrows. 2. Clickorholdtheleftmousebutton. PCDMISwillscrollthetextinthescrollarrow'spointeddirection. Forexample,toscrolldown,selectthedownscrollarrowwiththe pointerandclicktheleftmousebutton. Seethechapters"EditingaPartProgram"and"UsingtheEdit Window"forcompleteinformation regardingtheEditwindow.

CustomizingtheUserInterface
Inversion3.5theuserinterfaceusedinpreviousversionswasimprovedwithamoreorganized approachtothevariousoptionsavailable.Inaddition,youcannowcustomizethisuserinterface tomeetyourspecificneeds. Nowyoucaneasilyreorganizemenus,addyourownprogramstomenus,orsimplycreatenew menusandoptionsaltogether.PCDMISalsoallowsyoutolinkcommandsnativetoPCDMIS andcustomizedcommandstotoolbars.Instructionsonhowtomodifytheuserinterfacearegiven inthefollowingtopics: ToRestoretheDefaultUserInterface ToCustomizeUserInterfaceFonts CustomizingMenus CustomizingToolbars CustomizingShortcutKeys

Note:Theorganizationofthismanualisbasedonthedefaultuserinterfaceshippedwiththis versionPCDMIS,beawarethatcustomizingtheuserinterfacemaymakeexisting documentationdifficulttofollow.

ToRestoretheDefaultUserInterface
IfyouwanttorestorePCDMIS'sappearancetothedefaultuserinterfaceshippedwiththis versionofPCDMIS,followthisprocedure: 1. 2. 3. 4. ClosePCDMIS. NavigatetothedirectorywhereyouinstalledPCDMIS. AccessthedirectorythatcorrespondstoyourWindowsuserprofile. Deletethefilenamedmenu_xxx.datwherexxxreferstothethreelettercodeforthe languageyou'rerunning.ForEnglish,deletemenu_eng.dat. 5. RestartPCDMIS.Itwillusethedefaultuserinterface.

52 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToCustomizeUserInterfaceFonts

Changeallthefontsdialogbox Tomodifyfontattributes,accesstheChangesallthefontsdialogboxbyselectingtheEdit| Preferences|Fonts menuoption.Usingthisdialogboxyoucanchangefont attributesincludingfont,size,andstyleforthemainuserinterface,fortheGraphicsDisplay windowandfortheEditwindow. Tochangethefont: 1. SelectoneoftheseoptionbuttonsandthestandardFontdialogboxappears: EditApplicationFontThischangesthefontofthelistsontheSettings toolbar,thePreviewwindow,theReadoutwindow,thestatusbar,andany messageboxesetc. EditGraphicFontThischangesthefontoftextdisplayedontheGraphics Displaywindow,mainlyaffectingfeaturelabels,DimensionInfoandPointInfo textboxes,etc. EditEditWindowFontThischangesthefontontheEditwindow.Seethe notebelow.

2. Selectyourfontchangesfromtheavailablelists. 3. ClickOKtoclosetheFontdialogbox. 4. ClickOKattheChangesallthefontsdialogboxtoacceptyourchange. Important:Youcanuseanyfontavailableonyourcomputersystem,howeverbeawarethat somefontsdon'thaveauniformspacingandmaymakesomecomponentsmoredifficulttoread. WhenviewingorprintingtheEditwindowtext,forexample,werecommendthatyouusea monospace(orfixedwidth)font(suchastheCourierNewfont),otherwisecharacters,lines,and headingsmaynotlineupasexpected.

CustomizingMenus
Tocustomizethemenusonthemenubar: 1. AccesstheCustomizedialogboxbyselectingtheView|Toolbars|Customizemenu option.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual NavigatingtheUserInterface 53

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

2. SelecttheMenutab.

CustomizedialogboxMenutab Youcanusethistabtoaddnewmenuitems,moveexistingmenuitems,orremovemenuitems fromthemenubaraltogether.

ToMoveAMenuItem
Tomoveamenuitemtoanewlocationonthemenubar: 1. WiththeCustomizedialogboxopenandtheMenutabselected,navigatetothemenu itemyouwanttomoveonPCDMIS'sactualmenubar(notthetreeviewmenulistinthe Menutab). 2. Selectthedesiredmenuitem. 3. Dragittothenewposition.Asyoudragtheitemthroughthemenustructure,asmallred arrow willappearindicatingwheretheitemwillbeadded. 4. Releasethemousebutton,andthemenuitemiscopiedfromitsoriginallocationtothe newlocation. 5. ClickOKtoacceptyourchangesandclosetheCustomizedialogbox.

ToRemoveAMenuItem
Toremoveamenuitemfromthemenubaraltogether: 1. WiththeCustomizedialogboxopenandtheMenutabselected,navigatetothemenu itemyouwanttoremoveonPCDMIS'sactualmenubar(notthetreeviewmenulistin theMenutab). 2. Selectthedesiredmenuitem. 3. Dragitoffofthemenubararea. 4. Releasethemousebutton,andthemenuitemisremovedfromthemenu. 5. ClickOKtoacceptyourchangesandclosetheCustomizedialogbox.

54 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToEditanExistingMenuItem
Youcaneditexistingmenuitems,includingmenuitemnames,descriptions,andToolTips.Todo this: 1. AccesstheCustomizedialogboxbyselectingtheView|Toolbars|Customizemenu option. 2. Withthedialogboxopen,clickonPCDMIS'smenubar. 3. Selectamenuandthenrightclickonamenuitem.TheEditMenuItemdialogbox appears.

EditMenuItemdialogbox 4. ModifythemenuitemusingthisdialogboxandthenclickOK. 5. ClickOKontheCustomizedialogbox. 6. Verifyyourchange. Note:IntheMenuTextbox,theletterthatfollowstheampersandsign(&)indicatesthattheletter isusedwiththeALTkeytoquicklyselectthatmenuitem(forexampleselectingALT+F+Nwill accesstheNewmenuitemfromtheFilemenu).

ToAddaNewMenuItem
Youcancreateyourowncustommenuitemandtieanexternalprogramorbatchfiletoit.Todo this: 1. AccesstheCustomizedialogboxbyselectingtheView|Toolbars|Customizemenu option,andselecttheMenutab. 2. Onthelistinthetab,clicktheplussignnexttotheMenuItems.Thelistexpands showingallthemenus. 3. Clicktheplussignnexttothemenuintowhichyouwillplaceyourcustommenuitem, andclickonamenuiteminthatmenu. 4. ClicktheCreateItembutton.TheCustomWizard/Script/Tooldialogboxappears. 5. Clickthebutton.AnOpendialogboxappears. 6. FromtheFilesofTypelist,selectthetypeoffileyouwillbeinserting. 7. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthecustomapplication,batchfile,BASICscript, Macrofile,etc. 8. Selectthefiletoinsert,andclickOpen.TheOpendialogboxclosesandtheCustom Wizard/Script/Tooldialogboxdisplaysthedefaultinformationassociatedwiththe customprogramyouselected.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface 55

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CustomWizard/Script/Tooldialogboxshowingasampleapplication CommandFileThisboxshowsthepathwaytothecommand. MenuTextThisboxallowsyoutospecifythenameusedonthemenuforthisitem. HelpDescThisboxallowsyoutospecifythetooltiptextdisplayedforthismenuitem. ChangeIconThisbuttonallowsyoutochangetheiconsdisplayedforthismenuitem. 9. Makeanyadditionalchangestothisdialogbox. 10. ClickOKtoacceptyourchangesandclosetheCustomizedialogbox.

CustomizingToolbars
Tocustomizethetoolbarsthatappearonthetoolbarmenu: 1. AccesstheCustomizedialogboxbyselectingtheView|Toolbars|Customizemenu option. 2. SelecttheToolbarstab.

CustomizedialogboxToolbartab

56 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Youcanusethistabtoaddnewtoolbars,andnewtoolbaricons,removecustomtoolbars, removetoolbaricons,andreordertoolbariconsonexistingtoolbars.

ToModifyanExistingToolbar
ThistableshowshowtousetheCustomizedialogbox's,Toolbartabtomodifyexistingtoolbars. DesiredModification Addamenuitemtoa toolbar. Procedure 1. Selectthetoolbarfrom theToolbarDefinition list. 2. Findtheitemyouwant toaddintheAvailable Itemslist. 3. Selectit,andpressthe Addbutton.Theitem appearsonthedesired toolbar. 4. ClickApplyandthen OKtoacceptyour changes. 1. Selectthetoolbarfrom theToolbarDefinition list. 2. Findtheiteminthelist toremove(rightsideof dialog). 3. Selectitandpressthe Removebutton. 4. ClickApplyandthen OKtoacceptyour changes. Note:Existingtoolbarsmust haveatleastoneicononthem. Ifyouremovethelasticonand clickApplyorOK,theiconstill remainsonthetoolbar. ClicktheResetbutton.Aslong astheOKorApplybuttons haven'tbeenclicked,thetoolbar willreverttoitspreviousstate. ClicktheDefaultbutton.

Removeatoolbaricon.

Eraseanychanges.

Removeallcustomized toolbarsandrestorethe layoutshippedwiththis version. Createanewtoolbaritem.

ClickNew.TheCustomWizard /Script/Tooldialogbox appears.Selectitemtoadd.This manualcoverstheprocessof addingcustomitemsinthe"To AddaNewMenuItem"topic


NavigatingtheUserInterface 57

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Rearrangeitemorderona toolbar.

above. 1. Selectthetoolbarfrom theToolbarDefinition list. 2. Selecttheitemyouwish tomove. 3. Clicktheseuparrow ordownarrow buttonstomove theitemupordown respectivelyamongthe othertoolbariconsinthe list.

Renameatoolbar

1. Selectthetoolbarfrom theToolbarDefinition list. 2. ClickRename.ANew ToolbarNamebox appears. 3. Typeanameinthebox andclickOK.

PCDMISalsoallowsanotherwaytorearrangeordeleteitemsfromanycustomtoolbaronthefly. ThisisbyusingtheSHIFTkey.Considerthefollowing: Todeleteorrearrangeatoolbar'sicons: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. AccesstheCustomizedialogbox. PressandholdtheSHIFTkey. Clickandholdthemouseovertheicon.Theiconbecomesmovable. Ifrearrangingtheicon,dragittoanewspotonthetoolbar. Ifdeletingtheicon,dragitoutsideofthetoolbar'sboundaries. Releasethemousebutton.Thechangeismade.

Note:Sinceexistingtoolbarsmusthaveatleastoneicononthem,ifyouremovethelasticonin thisfashion,itwillonlyremainremoveduntilyourestartPCDMIS.Afterrestarting,theiconwill reappear. Toaddaseparator: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. AccesstheCustomizedialogbox. PressandholdtheSHIFTkey. Clickandholdthemouseovertheicon.Theiconbecomesmovable. Dragitasmalldistancetotheright(notfarenoughtorearrangeitsposition). Releasethemousebutton.Theseparatorappearsatitsleft.

Todeleteaseparator: 1. AccesstheCustomizedialogbox.

58 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

2. PressandholdtheSHIFTkey. 3. Clickandholdthemouseovertheicontotherightoftheseparator.Theiconbecomes movable. 4. Dragitontopoftheseparatortoitsleft. 5. Releasethemousebutton.

ToCreateaCustomToolbar
1. AccesstheCustomizedialogboxandselecttheToolbarstab. 2. ClickNewandselectToolbar.Aninputboxappearsrequestingatoolbarname. TypethenameofthetoolbarandclickOK.YournewtoolbarnowappearsintheToolbar Definitionlist.Youcannowmodifythetoolbartoacceptnewtoolbaricons(see"ToModifyan ExistingToolbar").

ToDeleteaCustomToolbar
1. 2. 3. 4. AccesstheCustomizedialogboxandselecttheToolbarstab. SelectthetoolbarfromtheToolbarDefinition list. ClicktheDeletebutton. ClickApplytoapplyyourchanges.

CustomizingShortcutKeys
TocustomizetheshortcutkeysusedformenuitemsandcommandsinPCDMIS: 1. AccesstheCustomizedialogboxbyselectingtheView|Toolbars|Customize menu option. SelecttheKeyboardtab.

2.

CustomizedialogboxKeyboardtab YoucanusethistabtomodifytheshortcutkeysusedtocallcommandswithinPCDMISandadd newshortcutkeysforcustommenuandtoolbaritems.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

NavigatingtheUserInterface 59

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToAddShortcutKeystoaCommand
1. AccesstheCustomizedialogbox,andselecttheKeyboardtab. 2. SelectthecommandyouwishtomodifybyusingtheCategoryandMenuSelectionlists. OnceyouhaveselectedacommandintheCommandslist,thecurrentshortcutkey(s),if anyareassignedtothatcommand,willbedisplayedintheCurrentShortcutsbox. 3. Highlightthecommandforwhichyouwillassignnewshortcutkeys. 4. ClickintheNewShortcutbox. 5. Typethekeysyouwanttoassigntothiscommand.Thekeysyoupressedwillappearas youtypethem. 6. ClicktheAssignbutton,andthenewshortcutkeyswillappearintheCurrentShortcuts boxwithanyothershortcutkeyscurrentlyassignedtothecommand. 7. ClickApplytoacceptyourchanges. Note:Asintheothertabs,youcanusetheCreatebuttontofirstcreateacommandandtieittoa customprogram.YoucanthenselectthiscommandbyclickingonUserDefined fromtheMenu Selectionlist.AlluserdefinedcommandswillappearintheCommandslist.

ToRemoveShortcutKeysfromaCommand
1. AccesstheCustomizedialogbox,andselecttheKeyboardtab. 2. SelectthecommandyouwishtomodifybyusingtheCategoryandMenuSelectionlists. OnceyouhaveselectedacommandintheCommandslist,thecurrentshortcutkey(s),if anyareassignedtothatcommand,willbedisplayedinCurrentShortcutsbox. 3. Selectthecommandforwhichyouwillassignnewshortcutkeys. 4. Selecttheshortcutkeytoremove. 5. ClicktheRemovebutton. 6. ClickApplytoacceptyourchanges.

60 NavigatingtheUserInterface

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingBasicFileOptions
UsingBasicFileOptions:Introduction
PCDMISprovidesyouwithmanyoptionstomanipulatepartprogramsandmanageyour essentialfiles.AswithmostWindowsbasedprograms,youcanperformbasicfilemanagement usingstandardWindowsdialogboxestheseincludecreating,opening,copying,renaming,and deletingfiles.Additionally,throughPCDMISyoucanperformmoreadvancedoperations,such asimportingandexportingCADdata,orexecutingcompletedpartprograms. ThischapterspecificallydealswithBasicFileOptions.Formoreadvancedoptions,seethe "UsingAdvancedFileOptions"chapter. Theoptionsdiscussedinthischapterinclude: CreatingNewPartPrograms OpeningExistingPartPrograms SavingPartPrograms PerformingFileOperations ChangingtheLanguage PrintingtheGraphicsDisplaywindow PrintingtheInspectionReport ClosingorQuittingPartPrograms ExitingPCDMIS

CreatingNewPartPrograms
Ifyoudon'thaveanyexistingpartprogramstoopen,thenyoumustcreateanewpartprogram usingtheNewPartProgramdialogbox,accessiblebyselectingtheFile|Newmenuoption.

NewPartProgramdialogbox Hereyoucancreateanewpart.Youwillbepromptedtoenterapartname,serial number,revisionnumber,interfacetype,andunitsofmeasurementtype.Thepartisonlyin memoryuntilyousavethepart.TheCMMinterfacetypeisalsochosenhere. Note:PCDMISonlyrequiresthePartNameboxtohaveavalueinordertocreateanewpart program.InformationenteredintheRevisionNumberandSerialNumberboxesisoptional.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 61

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

OpeningExistingPartPrograms
Beawarethatifyouopena IfyouhavepreviouslycreatedapartprogramusingtheNewPart programcreatedinaversionProgramdialogbox(see"CreatingNewPartPrograms"),youcan priortoversion3.2itwillno openitbyselectingitfromtheOpendialogboxbyselectingFile| longerbeuseableintheold Open. versionusedtocreateit.

Opendialogbox ThisisastandardWindowsOpendialogboxwiththefollowingadditions: ThereisanInterfacelist.IfPCDMISisrunningONLINE,youcanselectwhichCMM(if youhavemultipleCMMs)touseforthispartprogram,oryoucanrunofflinebyselecting theOFFLINEmachine. APreviewareaofthedialogboxshowstheCADimageforthelastviewofyourpartin theGraphicsDisplaywindow(withoutlabels).Ifyourpartdoesn'thaveCADdata,the imagewilldisplaymeasuredgeometry.Thisareaalsodisplaysthenameofthepart programandthedateitwaslastmodified. Youcanimportdatatoorexportdatafromapartprogrambyrightclickingonthepart programsfilenameandselectingImportorExport,respectively(see"ImportingCADor ProgramData"and"ExportingCADorProgramData"fromthe"UsingAdvancedFile Options"chapterifyouwantmoreinformation). Youcanalsoexamineandmodifyapartsname,serialnumber,orrevisionnumberand changethefilesnametoonemadefromthefile'sproperties. Todothis: 1. 2. 3. Rightclickonthepartprogramsfilename.Ashortcutmenuwillappear. SelectthePropertiescommand. SelectthePCDMIStab.

62 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThesesamerightmousefeaturesarealsoavailablefromwithinWindows Explorer. Note:TheOpendialogboxautomaticallyopenseachtimeyoustartPCDMIS,allowingyouto openexistingpartprograms.However,ifyouwantthisfeaturedisabled,simplycleartheShow StartupDialogcheckboxfoundintheSetupOptionsdialogbox,ontheGeneraltab. ProbeConversionMessagesWhenOpening: Whenopeningapartprogramfromapreviousversion,youmayreceiveawarningmessagethat asksyouifyouwanttoconvertprobefilesforanyprobesusedinthepartprogramtothelatest format.

Warningdialogboxaskingtoconvertaprobefile IfyouplanonusingtheprobewitholderversionsofPCDMIS,youmaynotwanttoupdatethe probefile.However,notethatuntilyouupdatetheprobefiletothelatestformat,somenewer functionalityforthatprobemaynotbeavailableinthisversionofPCDMIS. Ifyoucontinuetoreceivethismessagewheneveryouopenyourpartprogram,evenafterclicking Yes,youshouldperformaFile|SaveAsoperation,andsavethepartprogramsothatitis compatiblewiththisversionofPCDMIS.Seethe"SaveAs"topicformoreinformation. ViewingProgramFilesInanExplorerWindow: WhenviewingpartprogramandcadfilesinsideofWindow'sExplorer,youhavetheseviewing options: Explorer'sView|List,View|Details,andView|Iconmenuitemswilldisplayiconsfor partprogramandCADfiles(.PRGand.CADfiles).Notethattheunderlyingcodefor thesefilespointstodifferenticonsforeachPCDMISversion,so,ifyouhavetheproper tools,youcouldmodifytheseiconstodisplaysomethingdifferentforeachversion,if desired.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 63

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

View|Iconsexample Explorer'sView|TilesmenuitemshowsanicondisplayingthePCDMISversionin whichthe.PRGor.CADfilewaslastused.Youcanalsomodifytheseiconsforeach versionaswell.

View|TilesexampleshowingV4.0andV3.6partprograms View|ThumbnailsshowsnonV4.0partprogramswithiconssimilartohowView|Tiles displaysthem.However,forpartprogramfileslastusedinv4.0andabove,View| ThumbnailsdisplaysanimageofthelastGraphicsDisplaywindowforthat.PRGfile.

64 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

View|TilesexampleshowingV4.0PartPrograms

SavingPartPrograms
SelectingtheFile|Saveoptionwillsaveanyworkthathasbeendoneinthecurrentprogram. ThefirsttimeyousaveafiletheSaveAsdialogboxappears.Thisdialogboxallowsyouto choosewheretosaveyourpartprogram(see"SaveAs"belowforadditionalinformation). IfyouhavealreadysavedapartprogramtoapreviousversionofPCDMIS(fromtheSaveAs dialogbox),PCDMISwilldisplayamessageonsubsequentsavesaskingifyouwanttosavethe partprogramtotheoldversionselectedpreviously.Ifyouclick, Yes,PCDMISsavesthepartprogramtotheoldversion. No,PCDMISsavesthepartprogramtothecurrentversion. Cancel,PCDMISendsthesaveprocesseswithoutsaving.

Ifyouwanttostopdisplayingthismessage,see"Warnings"inthe"SettingYourPreferences" chapter.

SaveAs
SelectingtheFile|SaveAsoptionwilldisplaytheSaveAsdialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 65

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SaveAsDialogbox Thisallowsyoutostorethecurrentpartprogramunderanewfilenameorunderaprevious version. UsingthePCDMISpartprogramlistyoucanchoosetosavethepartprograminaformat usablebythecurrentversionandpreviousversionsofPCDMIS.Availableformatsinclude version3.202andabove.IfyouaresavingthepartprogramtoapreviousversionofPCDMIS thatdoesn'tsupportnewercommandsinthecurrentversion,PCDMISwillstoreunsupported commandsinsideofDOCUMENTcomments.See"Document"inthe"UsingtheEditWindow" chapter. ClicktheSavebuttontosavethepartprogram.TheCancelbuttonclosesthedialogboxwithout saving.

PerformingFileOperations
UsingPCDMIS'sfileoperations,youcanmirror,copy, delete,andrenamepartprogramfiles.

Mirror
TheMirrorcommandallowstheusertocreateamirrorimagecopyintheX,Y,orZaxisofapart program. Tomirrorapartprogram: 1. SelecttheFile|Operations|Mirroroption.ThefollowingChooseParttoMirrordialog boxwillappear:

66 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ChooseParttoMirrordialogbox 2. Selectthepartprogramfiletomirror. 3. Selecttheaxis(MirrorinX,Y,orZoptionbuttons)inwhichyouwanttomirror. 4. ClicktheOpenbutton.TheSaveMirroredPartAsdialogboxwillappearwiththefile nameofthepartprogramyouselectedtomirror:

Savemirroredpartasdialogbox 5. ClicktheSavebutton.Thepartprogramwillbemirroredtowhicheverdirectoryyou specify. Important:PCDMISalsoattemptstomirroryourprobe'sABtipangles.Ifyourprobedoesnot havetheexactmirroredtipanglesalreadydefinedandcalibrated,PCDMISmaychoosethe closestcalibratedtipangles.Itchoosescloselycalibratedtipanglesifthecalibratedtipangles exist,andarewithinthewristangleamountspecifiedintheWristWarningDeltaboxonthe Part/MachinetaboftheSetUpOptionsdialogbox.IfnocloselycalibratedABtipanglesexist, thenPCDMISwillcreateperfectlymirroredyetnoncalibratedABtipangles.Seethe"Setup Options:Part/Machinetab"topicinthe"SettingYourPreferences"chapter.

Copy
TheCopycommandallowstheusertocopyallthefilesassociatedwithagivenpartprogram. Tocopyapartprogram:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 67

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1. SelecttheFile|Operations|Copymenuitem.TheCopyPartFilesFromdialogbox appearsaskingwhichfileyouwishtocopyandfromwhichfolder. 2. Navigatethroughthedirectorystructureandselectapartprogram. 3. ClicktheOpenbutton.TheCopyPartFilesTodialogboxappearsnext. 4. Clickonthepartprogramyouwanttocopysothatitsfilenameandextensionappearsin theFilenamebox. 5. Navigatetothefoldertowhichyouwanttocopytheprogram. 6. ClicktheOpenbutton. Thefilesthatwillbecopiedarethe".PRG"file,the".CAD"file,andanyfilewiththesamebase nameandanextensionintherange.001,.002,,.999.

Delete
TheDeletecommandallowstheusertodeleteallthefilesassociatedwithagivenpartprogram. Todeleteapartprogram: 1. SelecttheFile|Operations|Deletemenuitem.ADeletePartfilesdialogboxwill appear 2. Choosewhichpartprogramtodelete. 3. ClicktheOpenbutton.PCDMISwillbringupanotherbox,askingifyouaresurethatyou wanttosendthefilestotheRecycleBin. 4. ClicktheYesbutton. Thefilesthatwillbedeletedarethe".PRG"file,the".CAD"file,andanyfilewiththesamebase nameandanextensionintherange.001,.002,,.999.Anydeletedfileswillbesenttothe RecycleBin.

Rename
TheRenamecommandallowstheusertorenameallthefilesassociatedwithagivenpart program. Torenameapartprogram: 1. SelecttheFile|Operations|Renamemenuitem.TheRenamePartFilesFromdialog boxwillappear,askingyouwhichfileyouwanttorename. 2. Selectwhichpartprogramtorename. 3. ClicktheOpenbutton.TheRenamePartFilesTodialogboxwillappear,askingyoufor thenewnameofthefile. 4. TypeinthenewnameforthefileintheFilenamebox. 5. ClicktheOpenbutton.Thenamechangewillimmediatelybeapplied. Thefilesthatwillberenamedarethe".PRG"file,the".CAD"file,andanyfilewiththesamebase nameandanextensionintherange.001,.002,,.999.

ChangingtheLanguage
SelectingFile|LanguagedisplaysthelanguagesthatareavailabletoPCDMISusers.Acheck markindicatesthelanguagethatiscurrentlybeingused.Toswitchtoanewlanguage,simply selectthedesiredlanguage.PCDMISwillautomaticallysaveyourpartprogram,exitfromPC

68 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DMISandthenrestartit.Oncerestarted,PCDMISwillruninthenewlyselectedlanguage. Grayedoutlanguagescannotbeselected.Agivenlanguagemaybeavailablebutnotinstalled onyourcurrentsystem.

PrintingtheGraphicsDisplayWindow
PCDMISletsyousendthecurrentcontentsoftheGraphicsDisplaywindowtoyourprinter. SelecttheFile|Printing|GraphicsWindowPrint menuoptiontodothis.PCDMISwilldisplay aWindowsPrintSetupdialogbox.ClickOKtosendthereporttotheprintershowninthedialog box. Beforeprinting,youcansettheoutputoptions,andpreviewyourprintjob.

SettingOutputandPrinterOptionsfortheGraphicsDisplayWindow
SelectingtheFile|Printing|GraphicsWindowPrintSetup menuoptionwilldisplaythe PrinterSetupandOutputOptionsdialogbox.

PrinterSetupandOptionsdialogbox Thisdialogboxisusedtosetupyourprinteranddeterminevariousdisplayoption.Theoptions availableinthePrinterOptionsarea,allowyoutoselectthetypeofgraphicalviewthatwillbe printed.Theseinclude: ScaletoFitonaSinglePageThisoptionscalesanygraphicalimagetofitonasingle page. PrintVisibleScreenAreaThisoptionprintsonlythecurrentvisiblescreenarea.Ifyou're zoomedinonafeature,itwillprintonlywhat'sonthescreenandnottheentirepart. PrintCompleteViewsThisoptionprintseachviewyouhavedefinedusingtheView LayoutareaoftheViewSetupdialogboxonitsownpage.Forexample,ifyou're showingtheZ+viewandtheYviewofapartinyourGraphicsDisplaywindow,PC DMISwillprinttwoseparatepages,onewiththeZ+viewandonewiththeY view. PrintCompleteViewsw/CurrentScaleThisoptionactslikethePrintCompleteViews option,exceptthatitprintsatthecurrentscale.Ifyouhavezoomedinontheimage,PC DMISwillstillprinttheentireview,butwillsplittheimageamongvariouspages.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 69

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheDrawRulerscheckboxwillalsoprintanyrulersyoumayhavedisplayedontheGraphics Displaywindow.Todisplayrulers,usetheViewSetupdialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplay Window|ViewSetup).See"SettinguptheScreenView"inthe"EditingtheCADDisplay" chapter. ClicktheOKbuttontosaveanychanges.

PreviewingthePrintJob
YoucaneasilypreviewwhatwillbeprintedfromtheGraphicsDisplaywindowbyselectingthe File|Printing|GraphicsWindowPrintPreviewmenuoption.APrintPreviewwindowappears.

PrintPreviewwindowshowingcontentsofGraphicsDisplaywindow Thebuttonsatthetopofthewindowperformthesefunctions: ThePrintbuttonopensupastandardPrintSetupdialogboxthatwillallowyoutosendthe printjobtotheprinter. TheNextPageandPrevPagebuttonscyclethroughaprintjobthathasmultiplepages. TheOnePageorTwoPagestogglebuttondetermineshowmanypagesaredisplayedat onetimeinthepreviewwindow. TheZoomInandZoomOutbuttonsallowyoutotakeaquickcloserlookatapageinthe previewwindow.Itdoesn'taffectthedisplayofwhat'ssenttotheprinter. TheClosebuttonclosesthepreviewwindow.

PrintingtheEditWindow
PCDMISletsyoueasilyandquicklyprintthecontentsofyourEditwindow.Youcansendthe contentsoftheEditwindowtoyourprinterintheseways: SelectFile|Printing|EditWindowPrint. ClickthePrinticonfromtheEditWindowtoolbar. PressF4.

70 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PreviewingthePrintJob Topreviewwhattheprintoutwilllooklike,selectFile|Printing|EditWindowPrintPreview. APrintPreviewwindowappears:

PrintPreviewwindowshowingcontentsoftheEditwindow Thebuttonsatthetopofthewindowperformthesefunctions: ThePrintbuttonopensupastandardPrintSetupdialogboxthatwillallowyoutosend theprintjobtotheprinter. TheNextPageandPrevPagebuttonscyclethroughaprintjobthathasmultiplepages. TheOnePageorTwoPagestogglebuttondetermineshowmanypagesaredisplayed atonetimeinthepreviewwindow. TheZoomInandZoomOutbuttonsallowyoutotakeaquickcloserlookatapagein thepreviewwindow.Itdoesn'taffectthedisplayofwhat'ssenttotheprinter. TheClosebuttonclosesthepreviewwindow.

Important: WhenprintingtheEditwindow'scontents,youshoulduseaTrueTypefont(suchas CourierNew),otherwisecharactersorlinesmaynotlineupasexpected.Tochangethefonts usedintheEditwindowandinyourreports,seethe"ToCustomizeUserInterfaceFonts"topicin the"NavigatingtheUserInterface"chapter. SettingOutputOptions YoucansettheoutputoptionsforEditwindowprinttasksbyusingthesamePrintOptions dialogboxusedfortheoutputofyourInspectionReport.See"PrintingtheInspectionReport"for

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 71

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

information.Tochangeprinters,setpageorientation,ormodifyotherprinteroptionsusetheFile| PrinterSetup menuitem.

PrintingtheInspectionReport

PrintingtheInspectionReport
PCDMISletsyousendyourtextbasedinspectionreporttoavarietyofoutputdevicesortoafile. PCDMISsupportsawidevarietyofprintersandplotters.PleasecontactyourPCDMISsales representativeifyouhaveanyquestionsconcerninghardwarecompatibility. Usethiscapabilitytoprintinspectionreportsthatincludeagraphicalrepresentationofthepart. Todothis,selecttheFile|Printing|PrintReportmenuoption.Beforeprinting,youcansetthe outputoptionsforyourprintjob. Important: WhenprintingtheInspectionReport,youshoulduseaTrueTypefont(suchas CourierNew),otherwisecharactersorlinesmaynotlineupasexpected.Tochangethefonts usedintheEditwindowandinyourreports,seethe"ToCustomizeUserInterfaceFonts"topicin the"NavigatingtheUserInterface"chapter.

SettingOutputandPrinterOptionsfortheEditWindow
SelectingtheFile|Printing|ReportPrintSetupmenuoptionwilldisplaytheReportPrint Optionsdialogbox.

ReportPrintOptionsdialogbox YoucanusethisdialogboxtotellPCDMISwhereyouwanttosendtheinspectionreport.You cansendittoafile,theprinter,oroutputitasaDMISfileoranycombinationofthethree.Todo this:

72 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1. SelecttheFilecheckbox,thePrintercheckbox,theDMISOutputcheckbox,orany combinationofthethree. 2. Nexttoeachcheckboxcertainoptionswillbecomeavailabledependingonwhatyou selectedinthepreviousstep. 3. ClicktheOKbutton(orpressENTER).ThePrintOptionsdialogboxcloses.

OutputtoaFileUsingExpressions
PCDMIS3.6andhigherallowsyoutouseexpressionsintheFileboxofthePrintOptions dialogbox.Withthisfunctionality,youcanuseyourpartprogramcodealongwiththePrint Optionsdialogboxtodynamicallychangethedestinationdirectoryfortheoutputfile. Forexample,supposetwousers,JohnandAmy,wanttosendthesamepartprogram's inspectionreporttoanexistingsubdirectorybasedoffoftheusername.Insteadofopeningthe PrintOptionsdialogboxforeachuser,andchangingthedestinationdirectoryandthenameof thereport,youcansimplyhavetheusertypetheirnameintoaCommentandthenuse assignmentandflowcontrolcommandstostorethedifferentdestinationdirectoriesandreport namesinavariable,likethis:
C1 =COMMENT/INPUT,YES,Typeyourname: IF/C1.INPUT=="John" ASSIGN/VAR_FILENAME="C:\\inspectionreports\\John\\John.rtf" COMMENT/OPER,NO,VAR_FILENAME END_IF/ ELSE_IF/C1.INPUT=="Amy" ASSIGN/VAR_FILENAME="C:\\inpectionreports\\Amy\\Amy.rtf" COMMENT/OPER,NO,VAR_FILENAME END_ELSEIF/ ELSE/ ASSIGN/VAR_FILENAME="C:\\inspectionreports\\"+C1.INPUT+".rtf" COMMENT/OPER,NO,VAR_FILENAME END_ELSE/

TheninsidetheFileboxofthePrintOptionsdialogbox,youcantypetheVAR_FILENAME variable asshownhere:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 73

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

VAR_FILENAMEinFilebox Thereafter,wheneveryouexecutethepartprogram,ifJohnistheuser,thereport,John.rtfwill getsavedtohisdirectoryifAmyistheuser,Amy.rtfwillgetsavedtoherdirectoryifsomeother usertypeshisname,itwillgotothedefaultC:\Inspectionreports\directory. Forinformationoncomments,seethe"InsertingProgrammerComments"topicinthe "InsertingReportCommands"chapter Forinformationonexpressionsandvariables,seethe"UsingExpressionsandVariables" chapter. Forinformationonflowcontrolstatements,seethe"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter

OutputtoaFile:
Iftheoutputissenttoafile,itcanbesavedineitheraRichTextFormat(.rtf)orPortable DocumentFormat(.pdf)file.Thefilenameisinitiallygeneratedandformattedtohavethesame nameasthepartprogramplusanappendednumericalindexbeforetheextension.AlthoughPC DMISgeneratesthisinitialfilename,thenamedoesnotneedtofollowthedefaultformatand maybechanged. AppendingaFile: IfAppendisselected,PCDMISaddsthecurrentdatafromtheinspectionreporttothe selectedfile.Notethatthecompletepathmustbespecifiedotherwise,PCDMISwill assumethesamedirectoryasthepartprogram.Also,ifthefiledoesnotexist,itwillbe createdwhengeneratingthereport. RTFLimitations:DuetoalimitationwithhowtheRTFdriverworkswithPCDMIS'stemplate approachtoreporting,whenappendingtoanRTFfile,PCDMISonlysendsthecontentsof theTextReportingobject,regardlessofanyotherobjectsthatmayexistinyourcurrent reporttemplate. Additionally,ifyouchoosetoappendtoanRTFfile,itmustbetoafilethatyouhavealways

74 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

usedwiththeAppendoption.YoucannotappendtoanRTFfilethatyoufirstusedwith OverwriteorAuto. OverwritingaFile: PCDMISoverwritestheselectedfilewiththecurrentinspectionreportdata.Notethatthe completepathmustbespecifiedotherwise,PCDMISwillassumethesamedirectoryas thepartprogram.Also,ifthefiledoesnotexist,itwillbecreatedwhengeneratingthe report. PromptingforaDestination: IfPrompt isselected,PCDMISwilldisplayaSaveAsdialogboxthroughwhichyoucan choosethedestinationfileforthereport. UsingtheAutoOption: PCDMISgeneratesthereportfilenameautomaticallyusingthenumberintheIndexbox. Thenameofthegeneratedfilenamewillhavethesamenameasthepartprogram appendedbythenumericalindexandextension.Also,thegeneratedfilewillbelocated inthesamedirectoryasthepartprogram.Ifafileexistswiththesamenameasthe generatedfilename,theAutooptionwillincrementtheindexvalueuntilauniquefile nameisfound. Note:Afterthereportprints,PCDMISinternallyupdatesthevalueinIndextothenext number.ItalsochangesthefilenameinthePrintOptionsdialogbox,sothatitshowsthe newlyincrementedfilename. RichTextFormat(RTF): IftheRichTextFormat(RTF)optionisselected,PCDMISgeneratesthereportusing theMicrosoftRichTextFormat(.rtffile)forinterchangingdocuments.Notethatimagesin RTFreportswillhavealightborderaroundthem. GeneratinganOldStyleRTFReport Bydefault,PCDMISgeneratesRTFreportsusinganAmyuniRTFconverter.Thisessentially ordersinformationinsideseveraltextboxesinsidetheRTFfile.Thisisneededfor accuratepositioningofreporttemplateelementsinsidetheRTFreport.Ifyoufindthis typeofreportdifficulttoworkwith,PCDMISprovidesawaytogenerateanoldstyleRTF report,suchasusedinversion3.7andearlier.Todothis,followthisprocedure: 1. ClosedownPCDMIS. 2. LaunchthePCDMISSettingsEditor. 3. InsidetheSettingsEditor,expandthePrintingsection,andfindthe DoNotUseAmyuniRTFsetting. 4. SettheCurrentValueto1,clickSaveSetting,andclickOK. Note:ThissettingonlyworksiftheRTFoutputisdoneusingtheFile| Printing|ReportWindowPrintSetupmenuoption.Ifyouhaveinserteda PRINT/REPORTcommand(Insert|ReportCommand|PrintCommand) andyouwantthatcommandtogenerateyourRTFoutput,setthevalueto2. 5. RestartPCDMIS. 6. MakesuretheReportwindowissettoprintthereportinatextonlyformat.Todothis, rightclickonthewhitespaceattheendoftheReportwindowandselecttheUseText

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 75

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ModeDimensionReportingcheckbox.See"ChangingtheReportWindow'sContents" inthe"ReportingMeasurementResults"chapterformoreinformation. PortableDocumentFormat(PDF): IfthePortableDocumentFormat(PDF)optionisselected,PCDMISgeneratesthe reportusingtheAdobePortableDocumentFormat(.pdffile)forelectronicfilesharing. DimensionsinPDFformatwillnothavethedefaultbluebackgroundcolorordisplaythe dimensionsymbol. Note:Ifnotalreadyinstalledonyourcomputer,youwillneedtoinstallthefreeAdobeAcrobat Readerinordertoview.pdffiles.YoucandownloaditfromAdobe'sWebsiteat: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep.html UseGlobalPrintSettings: ThischeckboxbecomesavailableifyoufirstselectamarkedsetfromtheMarkedSets windowandthenaccessthisdialogbox.TheUseGlobalPrintSettingscheckbox determineswhetherornotPCDMISusesglobaloutputfileparametersforthemarked set.Selectingthischeckboxoverridestheveryspecificdefaultprintingoptionsusedfor markedsets,withthepartprogram'sglobalsettings,givingyougreatercontroloverthe output.Selectingthischeckboxwillgiveyoumorecontrolovertheprinttofilenaming schemesusedwithmarkedsets. Note:TheHyperReportsInlinecheckboxhasbeenremovedfromthisdialogboxbecausethe abilitytocreateHyperViewreportsinlinewasafunctionoftheoldReportmodethatexistedprior toversion4.0.WhileyoucanstillexecuteHyperViewreportsbyinsertingthemintoyourpart program,youcannotedittheminversionslaterthan4.0.Formoreinformation,seethe "ReportingMeasurementResults"chapter.

OutputasaDMISOutputFile:
IftheDMISOutputcheckboxisselected,PCDMISallowsyoutosavetheinspectionreport's informationasaDMISOutputfile.Threecheckboxes(OverwriteOutputFile,Output TheoreticalValues,andOutputFeatureswithDimensions)andaSaveAsbuttonbecome available.BydefaultPCDMISwillautomaticallygeneratetheoutputfilewheneveryouexecute thepartprogram,incrementingthenumberonthefilenameeachtimeitisexecuted. SaveAs ClickingtheSaveAsbuttonopensaSaveAsdialogbox.Thisallowsyoutosavethe inspectionreportorEditwindowinformationtoafileanddirectoryofyourchoiceina DMISoutputformat.Availablefileformatsusethe.dmo,.dms,.dmi,and.dmis extensions.PCDMISdoesnotsavethefileonceyouclickSavefromtheSaveAsdialog box.Instead,itwillcreatetheoutputfilewiththespecifiednamethenexttimeyou executethepartprogram.

Note:Itdoesn'tmatterwhatfileformatyouchoosesincetheyallproduceidenticaloutputs anyway.ThesedifferentextensionsmerelyprovidecustomersthatworkwithDMISfiles,afile typewithwhichtheyarefamiliar. However,donotconfusea.dmsor.dmimeasurementreportfromthisdialogboxwitha.dms or.dmifilecreatedfromtheDMISExport functionality.Exportinganentirepartprogramsothatit

76 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

runsinaDMISenabledsoftwareisquitedifferentfromviewinganinspectionreportsavedinthe DMISOutputstandard. OverwriteOutputFile IfyouselectOverwriteOutputFile,PCDMISwillsimplyoverwritetheoldoutputfile withthenewone.Ifyoudon'tselectthischeckbox,PCDMISautomaticallyincrements thefilenamespecifiedintheSaveAsdialogboxwithoutoverwritinganypreviousfile. Forexample,ifyouhadpreviouslyselected"test.dmo"asyouroutputfileandOverwrite OutputFilewasnotselected,thenexttimethepartprogramwasexecutedPCDMIS wouldsaveanewfileas"test1.dmo".Newexecutionsofthepartprogramwouldbe savedasfilesincrementedinthismanner. IfyouplaceOverwriteOutputFileinitsthirdstate(lightgraycheckmark),PCDMISwill openthespecifiedfileinappendmode.ThisfollowstheDMISconventionthatallowsyou toenable,disable,andenableagaintheoutputtothesamefile.InPCDMIS,thiswill functioncorrectlyonlyifthefilewasinitiallyopenedwithOverwriteOutputFileselected.

OutputTheoreticalValues IfyouselectOutputTheoreticalValues,PCDMISoutputsalltheoreticalvaluesalong withthemeasuredvaluestotheoutputDMISfile.Ifyoudon'tselectthischeckbox,no theoreticalvaluesareincludedinthereport. IfyouplacetheOutputTheoreticalValuescheckboxinitsthirdstate(lightgraycheck mark),onlythosetheoreticalvaluesexplicitlyoutputbytheoriginal DMISprogramare outputinthereport.ThisthirdstateisusefulwhenthepartprogramiscreatedbyaDMIS importprocess,andyouneedtomaintainthesameDMISoutputformat.

OutputFeatureswithDimensions IfyouselectOutputFeatureswithDimensions,PCDMISwillkeepthemeasured featuresandassociatedtolerancestogetherintheoutputfile.PCDMISwillwritethe measurementresultsimmediatelybeforetheirassociatedtoleranceresultsforeach dimensionassociatedtothefeatureitself. Ifafeatureisnotassociatedwithanytolerance,PCDMISwillnotgenerateanyoutput. Ifyoudon'tselectOutputFeatureswithDimensions,themeasurementresultsare writtenexactlywhenthefeatureismeasuredandnotlaterwhenPCDMISexecutesthe associateddimensions.

Note:Thenumericportionofthefilenameshouldnotexceedmorethan10digits.Otherwise, youruntheriskofoverwritingolderoutputfiles.

OutputtothePrinter:
Thissendstheoutputtoyourcurrentdefaultprinter. ThePrintBackgroundColorscheckboxletsyoudeterminewhetherornotthereportprints backgroundcolors.Bydefault,PCDMISselectsthischeckboxandprintsthebackgroundcolors. Ifyouclearthischeckbox,PCDMISwillnotprintanybackgroundcolors.Ifyouwanttoclearor displaythebackgroundcolorfromareportalreadyintheReportwindow,makesureyouclickthe RedrawtheReporticonfromtheReportingtoolbar.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingBasicFile Options 77

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SampleReportwithBackgroundColorsPrinted

SampleReportwithoutBackgroundColorsPrinted

78 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

LaunchingLegacyApplications
PCDMISallowsyoutolaunchexistingLegacyapplicationsfromwithinPCDMIS.Simplyselect theappropriatemenuoptionfromtheFile|Launchsubmenu. MM Tutor Chorus Master Quindos MeasureMax

OnceyouexitfromaLegacyapplication,WindowsreturnsthefocustoPCDMIS.

ClosingorQuittingPartPrograms
SelectingClosewillsaveandclosetheactivepartprogram.Iftheparthasneverbeen saved,youwillbepromptedtonameandsaveyourfile. SelectingQuitwillquitthecurrentpartprogramwithoutsavinganychanges.Onlydata thathasbeenpreviouslysavedwillberetrievable.Ifquitischosen,amessageappears, askingifyouwanttoquittheprogramwithoutsaving.Tosavethepartprogram,choose NOinthemessagebox,andfollowtheinstructionsunder"SavingPartPrograms".

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingBasicFile Options 79

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:IfyouclosedowntheReportwindow,theEditwindow,andtheGraphicsDisplaywindow byclickingoneachwindow'sX,PCDMISimmediatelysavesthepartprogramandthenclosesit. IfyousimplyhidethewindowsusingtheView menu,thepartprogramremainsopen.

ExitingPCDMIS
ToquitthecurrentpartprogramandexitPCDMIS,choosetheFile|Exitcommand.Unlikethe File|Quitcommand,whenFile|Exit ischosen,PCDMISautomaticallysavesthecurrentpart programbeforeexiting.

80 UsingBasicFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingAdvancedFileOptions
UsingAdvancedFileOptions:Introduction
PCDMISprovidesyouwithmanyoptionstomanipulatepartprogramsandmanageyour essentialfiles.AswithmostWindowsbasedprograms,youcanperformbasicfilemanagement usingstandardWindowsdialogboxestheseincludecreating,opening,copying,renaming,and deletingfiles.Additionally,throughPCDMISyoucanperformmoreadvancedoperations,such asimportingandexportingCADdata,orexecutingcompletedpartprograms. Thischapterspecificallydealswithadvancedfileoptions.Formorebasicoptions,seethe"Using BasicFileOptions"chapter. Theoptionsdiscussedinthischapterinclude: ImportingCADorProgramData ExportingCADorProgramData AlteringImported/ExportedImageDisplay SettingImportOptions ExecutingPartPrograms

Theseoptionsandcommandsaredescribedindetailthroughoutthischapter.

ImportingCADDataorProgramData
UsingtheFile|Import menuoption,PCDMISdisplaysasubmenuofdatatypesthatyoucan importintothecurrentpartprogram.DatatypesareeitherCADdatathatisimportedintheCAD fileorPartProgramdatathatisimportedintothePartProgram.Selectingamenuitemdisplays anOpendialogbox. DMISdataispostedintothe Theinputdatafilesthatcanbeusedcanbeanyofthesefiletypes: partprograminPCDMIS format,eliminatingtheneed CADImportCAD(PCDMIS),CATIA,CATIA5,DES,DXF, foraseparatefile. GDX,IGES,Parasolid,Pro/E,STEP,STL,Unigraphics, VDAFS,orXYZIJK, PartProgramImportAVAIL,ChorusDMIS,DMIS,MMIV, InspectionPlan,Tutor,MeasureMax DirectCADCATIA,Unigraphics,Pro/E,ACIS,IDEAS, CATIA5,SolidWorks,andSolidEdge PCDMISkeepstrackoftheCADdataasaseparatefile.Thisfile willhavethesameOSfilenameasthepartprogram,butwillhave the".CAD"extension.Alloperations,suchasRENAME,DELETE, andCOPYarealsodoneontheassociatedCADfile(ifoneexists). Example:ApartprogramusingtheOSfilenameofTEST.PRGis beingused.IfCADdataisaddedtothispartprogram,PCDMISwill createaCADfilenamed,TEST.CAD,andfileitinthesame directory.IftheTEST.PRGpartprogramislaterdeletedusingthe Operationssubmenu,PCDMISwillalsodeletetheTEST.CADfile.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingAdvancedFile Options 81

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Inversion3.5andhigher,PCDMISallowsyoutouseimportexisting.CADfilesforusewith multiplepartprograms.Thisisdiscussedin"ReferencingOneCADfileforMultiplePart Programs".

ToImportaDataFileintoaPartProgram:
1. SelecttheFile|Importmenuoptionandthenselectadatatypetoimport.AnOpen dialogboxappears. 2. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthedata files. 3. ChoosethedesiredinputdatafiletypefromtheFilesofTypedropdownlistatthe bottomofthedialogboxandthenselectthefiletoinput.Iftheselectedpartprogram alreadyhasCADdataassociatedwithit,disregardthisstep. 4. ClicktheImportbutton.IfyoualreadyhaveCADdataimportedforyourcurrentpart program,thenPCDMISasksifyouwanttoreplacetheexistingCADdataormergethe CADdatatogether.ClickeitherMergeorReplace.SeetheMerge/Replacetopicfor moreinformation.

5. Followtheremainingdialogsdependingonthedatatypethatyouhavechosen. 6. TheCADfilewillbeimported. CADdatacanbeaddedandmergedatanytimeduringthecycleofthepartprogrambyfollowing thestepsdescribedin"Merge/Replace". Note:TheImportoptionwillalsoallowyouto"postin"atranslatedDOSfile.Seethe"Translating aPartProgramintoPCDMIS"appendix.

ImportingMultipleCADFiles
PCDMISallowsyoutoeasilyimportmultipleCADfilesatthesametime.Thisisusefulifyou wanttoimportthesamepartmodelasbothawireframeandasolid.Todothis,clickontheCAD Import iconfromtheWizardstoolbar.Adialogboxopens.Selectthefilestoimportandselect Open.Youcanthenchoosetomergethedata. Formoreinformation,seethe"WizardsToolbar"topicinthe"UsingToolbars"chapter.

Merge/Replace
WhenimportingaCADfile,PCDMISwilldisplaytheMergeImportDatadialogboxifthe selectedpartprogramalreadyhasCADdataassociatedwithit.YoucanchoosetoeitherMerge orReplacetheCADdata.

82 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IfyouselecttheMerge(newdata)option,PCDMISwilladdtheinputdatatothepart programwithoutdeletingtheexistingdata. IfyouselecttheReplaceoption,PCDMISwilldeletetheexistingdataandreplaceitwith thenewinputdata.

ClickingBackreturnsyoutotheOpendialogbox. Note:SomeimportedfiletypesautomaticallyreplaceoldexistingCADdatawiththeimported data. Inthosecases,youwon'tbepresentedwiththeMergeImportDatadialogbox.

ImportingaCADFile
1. SelecttheFile|Import|CAD... menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. 2. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. 3. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwillimporttheCADfile. YoureferenceoneCADfilefrommultiplePartPrograms.SeetheReferencingOneCADfilefor MultiplePartProgramssectionformoreinformationonhowtodothis.

ReferencingOneCADfileforMultiplePartPrograms
InpreviousversionsofPCDMIS,creatinganewpartprogramthatusedthesameIGESfileas otherpartprogramsautomaticallycreatedanew.CADfile.Inversion3.5andaboveyoucan havemultiplepartsreferenceasingle.CADfile.Thisisespeciallyusefulformultiplepart programsthatusethesameCADmodel.IfyouareusinglargeCADmodels,youcansavea substantialamountofdiskspacebyreferencingjustoneCADfileformultiplepartprograms. Toreferencea.CADfileusedinanotherpartprogram: 1. SelecttheFile|Import|CADByReference... menuoption.AnOpendialogbox appears. 2. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. 3. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwillimporttheCADfile. Followtheinstructionsinthe"ToImportaDataFileintoaPartProgram"topicinthischapter,and whentheImportDatadialogboxappears,selectCADReferenceasthedatatypefor importation,thencontinuewiththeimportationprocess. Note:Circularreferencesto.CADfilesaren'tpossibleandwillalwaysdisplayanerrormessage. Anerrorwouldoccur,forexample,ifyoucreatedanewpartprogram,importedanIGESfile, savedthepartprogram,andthenlaterattemptedtoimportitsown.CADfile. Onceimported,usingtheView|CADInfomenuoptiontoviewinformationaboutaCADelement willdisplaythefilepathforthereferencedCADfile(see"ViewingCADInformation"inthe"Editing theCADDisplay"chapter).

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 83

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:BeawarethatmodificationsmadetotheCADmodeleithertheoriginalCADmodelora referencedCADmodelwillbemadetoallotherpartprogramsbasedonthatCADmodel.For example,ifyoumakechangestotheoriginalCADmodel,anymodelsreferencedfromthe originalwillhavethesamechangesmade.Conversely,ifyoumakechangestoareferenced model,thentheoriginalmodelalsohasthesamechangesmade.

ImportingaCATIAFile
PCDMISallowsyoutotranslateaCATIAfileandimportitintoaPCDMISpartprogram.This typeofimportationdiffersfrominterfacingdirectlywiththeCATIACADfileasdescribedin "InstallingandUsingCATIADirectCADInterface"inthe"DirectlyInterfacingaCADFile"chapter. ToimportaCATIAfile: 1. OpenthepartprograminPCDMISintowhichyouaregoingtoimporttheCATIA programfile. 2. SelecttheFile|Import|CATIA... menuoption.AnOpendialogboxwillappear. 3. ChooseCATIAFilesfromtheFilesofTypelistatthebottomofthedialogbox.PC DMISlistsprogramfilesendingwiththeseextensions:.mod,.exp,.iso,and.cat. 4. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthe desiredCATIAfileandselectthatfilefromthelist. 5. ClicktheImportbutton.TheCatiaImportdialogboxappears.

CatiaImportdialogbox

6. Usingthedescriptionofthedialogboxgivenintheheadingsbelow,selectthedesired optionsfromtheCatiaImportdialogbox. 7. ClicktheOKbuttonandPCDMISimportsthefile.

84 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ModelSection
IfyourCATIAfileshavemorethanonemodel,theModelSelection listallowsyoutospecifythe modeltoimport.

AxisSelection
TheAxisSelectionlistallowsyoutodeterminethecoordinatesystemaxisusedforthemodel youareimporting.

ProcessingOptions
TheProcessingOptionsareaallowsyoutofiltertheimportedentities.Usethelistsinthisarea tocontrolwhichentitiesfromthemodelwillbeimported.Therearethreefilters:theentitytype, theentitycolor,andtheentitylayer.Youcancombinethesefilterstogetherandsuccessivelylimit theentitiesyouwillimport. Example:Supposeyouhaveafilecomposedofnumerousentitytypesandcolorsonvarious layers.Outofalltheentitiestoimport,youcanselectaspecifictype,suchacurve.Fromthe resultinglistofcurves,youcanthenfilterbyaspecificentitycolor,suchasblue.Fromthenew listofbluecurvesyoucanthenfilterbyentitylayer,suchas15.Thiswillimportanybluecurves, residingonlayer15. ProcessAllEntities Selectthischeckboxtoimportallentitytypes.Tofilterwhichentitytypesareimported, deselectthischeckbox,andselecttheentitytypesfromthelistthatyouwanttoimport. YoucanselectmultipleitemsbyholdingdowntheCTRLkeywhileselectingtheitems. ProcessAllColors Selectthischeckboxtoimportentitieswithanyassignedcolor.Tofilterwhichcolorsare imported,deselectthischeckbox,andselectthecolorsfromthelistthatyouwantto import. ProcessAllLayers Selectthischeckboxtoimportalllayersinthemodel.Tofilterwhichlayersareimported, deselectthischeckbox,andselectthelayersfromthelistthatyouwanttoimport. ProcessHiddenEntities Selectthischeckboxtoimporthiddenentities.Tonotimporthiddenentities,deselectthis checkbox.

TrimPreference
TheTrimPreferenceareadetermineshowtrimmedsurfacesshouldberepresentedinsidePC DMIS. SelecttheUVTrimoptiontotrimthesurfacesintheparameterspaceofthesurfaces.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingAdvancedFile Options 85

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SelecttheXYZTrimoptiontotrimthesurfacesinmodelspace. Intheory,theresultingtranslatedmodelshouldbethesameregardlessoftheselectedtrim option.However,ifyoureimportingpoorlydefinedmodels,theoptionselectedoftenmakesa differenceintheresults.Ingeneral,selectingUVTrimwillproducethebestresults.

ImportingaCATIA5File:
1. SelecttheFile|Import|CATIA5...menuoption. TheFileOpendialogboxappears. 2. Browsethroughyourharddrive,andselectaCATIA5file. 3. ClicktheImportbutton. TheCATIA5Importdialogboxappears.

Catia5Importdialogbox 4. IntheProcessingOptionsarea,selecttheentitytypesthatyouwanttoimport. Click theProcessAllEntitiescheckboxtoprocessalloftheavailableentities.SelecttheOK buttontoimportthemodelfileintoPCDMIS. Theimportedmodelisreadytobeused withPCDMIS.

ImportingaDESFile
1. SelecttheFile|Import|DES...menuoption. TheFileOpendialogboxappears. 2. Browsethroughyourharddrive,andselectaDES(DataFileExchange)file. 3. ClicktheImportbutton. TheDesFiledialogboxappears.

DESFiledialogbox

86 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

4. SelecteitherFeatureorFixturetospecifywhattypeofdataisimported.Ifyouselect FeatureyoucanselecttheUseSymbolscheckboxtousefeaturelabels. 5. SelecttheXYZ(LWH)orXZY(LHW)optiontospecifytheorientationfortheimporteddata. 6. SelecttheMetricoptioniftheneededunitsarenotspecifiedintheDESfile. 7. SelecttheExplodepolylinestopointsoptiontoconvertimportedlinesintopoints. Additionally,youcanchoosetokeeptheimportedpolylinesbyselectingtheKeep polylinesoption. 8. ClickProcesstoimporttheDESfile. 9. ClickOKtoaccepttheprocessedfile.

ImportingaDXF/DWGFile
1. 2. 3. 4. SelecttheFile|Import|DXF... menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. SelectthedatatypeyouwanttoimportfromtheFilesofTypelist. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwilldisplaytheDXF/DWGImport Statusdialogbox.

DXF/DWGImportStatusdialogbox 5. ClickOKwhentheDXForDWGfilehasbeentranslated.Ifthetranslationfails,theOK buttonwillnotbeavailable.ClickCanceltodeclinetheadditionoftheimportedfile.

ImportingaGDXFile
1. 2. 3. 4. SelecttheFile|Import|GDX... menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. SelectthedatatypeyouwanttoimportfromtheFilesofTypelist. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwilldisplaytheGDXImportStatus dialogbox.

GDXImportStatusdialogbox 5. ClickOKwhentheGDXfilehasbeentranslated.Ifthetranslationfails,theOKbuttonwill notbeavailable.ClickCanceltodeclinetheadditionoftheimportedfile.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 87

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ImportinganIGESFile
1. 2. 3. 4. SelecttheFile|Import|IGESmenuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriestothedirectorycontainingyourpartfile. Selectthefile. ClicktheImportbutton.PCDMISnextdisplaystheIGESFiledialogbox.TheIGESFile dialogboxdisplaysallofthepertinentinformationregardingtheindicateddatafile.

IGESFiledialogbox 5. IfyouwanttodeterminewhatCADdatagetsprocessedanddisplayed,clicktheSetup button(see"AlteringtheImported/ExportedImageDisplay"). 6. ToviewspecificIGESfeaturedata,clicktheDatabutton(see"UsingtheIGESData DialogBox"). 7. Toattachthisfiletotheselectedpartprogram,simplyclicktheProcesscommandbutton. PCDMISwillindicatewhenthefileis100%processed. 8. Ifyouwanttomanipulatea2DCADdrawingthreedimensionally,therebycreating desired3Dlevels,clicktheMake3Dbutton.Ifyoudothis,youroriginaldatashouldbe definedinasingleplaneparalleltotheZ(=0)plane.Forcompleteinformationonthis option,seethe"MakingCAD3DbyusingtheCreateLevelswindow"topicinthe"Editing theCADDisplay"chapter. 9. Tocompletetheaction,clicktheOKbutton,andPCDMISwillreturnopenthepart program. SelectingtheCancelbuttonwillterminatetheentireoperationandclosetheIGESFiledialogbox. Seetheappendix,"WorkinginOfflineMode"forinformationregardingthedifferentinputfile formats.

UsingtheIGESDataDialogBox
TheIGESDatadialogboxallowsyoutoclickonaspecificfeatureinthelistboxtodisplay informationregardingthatfeature'sdiameter,XYZnominal,etc.

88 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IGESDatadialogbox ToviewinformationabouttheCADdatayou'reimportinginsidetheIGESDatadialogbox,follow thisprocedure: BeginimportingaCADorIGESfile(see"ImportinganIGESFile"). 1. OncetheIGESFiledialogboxappears,clickProcesstoimportthedata. 2. Onceit'scomplete,clicktheDatabutton.TheIGESDatadialogboxappears.

Make3D
TheMake3DbuttontellsPCDMIStomanipulatea2DCADdrawingthreedimensionally, creatingdesired3Dlevels.TheoriginaldatashouldbedefinedinasingleplaneparalleltotheZ (=0)plane. Forcompleteinformationonthisoption,seethe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.

ImportinganIGES(Alternate)File
PCDMISprovidesanalternatemethodforimportinganIGESfileasidefromthestandardIGES importoption.FilesareprocessedsimilarmethodusedforGDX,DXF,etc. ToimportanIGESfile: 1. 2. 3. 4. SelecttheFile|Import|IGES(Alternate)...menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. SelectthedatatypeyouwanttoimportfromtheFilesofTypelist. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwilldisplaytheIGESImportStatus dialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 89

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IGESImportStatusdialogbox 5. ClickOKwhentheIGESfilehasbeentranslated.Ifthetranslationfails,theOK buttonwillnotbeavailable.ClickCanceltodeclinetheadditionoftheimportedfile.

ImportingaPro/ENGINEERFile
PCDMISallowsyoutotranslateaPro/ENGINEERfileandimportitintoaPCDMISpartprogram. ThistypeofimportationdiffersfrominterfacingdirectlywiththePro/ENGINEERCADfileas describedinthe"InstallingandUsingPro/ENGINEERDirectCADInterface"inthe"Directly InterfacingwithaCADFile"appendix. ToimportaPro/ENGINEERfile: 1. OpenthepartprograminPCDMISintowhichyouaregoingtoimportthe Pro/ENGINEERfile. 2. SelecttheFile|Import|ProEngineermenuoption.AnOpendialogboxwillappear. 3. ChoosePro/ENGINEERFilesfromtheFilesofTypelistatthebottomofthedialogbox. PCDMISlistsprogramfilesendingwiththeseextensions:.prtand.asm. 4. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthe desiredPro/ENGINEERfileandselectthatfilefromthelist. 5. ClicktheImportbutton.ThePro/ENGINEERImportdialogboxappears.

Pro/ENGINEERImportdialogbox

6. Usingthedescriptionofthedialogboxgivenintheheadingsbelow,selectthedesired optionsfromthePro/ENGINEERImportdialogbox. 7. ClicktheOKbuttonandPCDMISimportsthefile.

90 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ProcessingOptions
TheProcessingOptionsareaallowsyoutoselectwhichtypesofentitiestoimport. ProcessSolidSurfaces Selectthischeckboxtoimportsolidsurfaceentities. ProcessAllDatums Selectthischeckboxtoimportalldatumentities.Tofilterwhichspecificdatumsareimported, deselectthischeckbox,andselectthedatumentitytypesfromthelistthatyouwantto import.

ImportingaSTEPFile
1. 2. 3. 4. SelecttheFile|Import|STEP...menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. SelectthedatatypeyouwanttoimportfromtheFilesofTypelist. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwilldisplaytheSTEPImportStatus dialogbox.

STEPImportStatusdialogbox 5. ClickOKwhentheSTEPfilehasbeentranslated.Ifthetranslationfails,theOKbutton willnotbeavailable.ClickCanceltodeclinetheadditionoftheimportedfile.

ImportinganSTLFile
Thestereolithography(STL) format,anASCIIorbinaryfileusedinmanufacturing,providesalist ofthetriangularfacetsthatdescribeacomputergeneratedsolidmodel.Thisformatisthe standardinputformostrapidprototypingmachines.

SampleImportedSTLFile

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 91

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToimportanSTLfile, 1. OpenthepartprograminPCDMISintowhichyouaregoingtoimporttheDMISprogram file. 2. SelecttheFile|Import|STL...menuoption.AnOpendialogboxwillappear. 3. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthe desiredSTLfileandselectthatfilefromthelist.TheSTLfilecanbeinASCIIorbinary format. 4. ClicktheImportbutton.PCDMISimportsthedataasalistoffacetsthatformasolid model.

ImportingaUnigraphicsorParasolidsFile
PCDMISallowsyoutotranslateaUnigraphicsorParasolidsfileandimportitintoaPCDMIS partprogram.This typeofimportationdiffersfrominterfacingdirectlywiththeUnigraphicsCAD filedescribedintheDirectCADInterfaceshelpfile. ToimportaUnigraphicsorParasolidsfile: 1. OpenthepartprograminPCDMISintowhichyouaregoingtoimporttheUnigraphicsor Parasolidsfile.Yourhardwarekey(portlock)mustbeprogrammedwiththeUnigraphics optiontoimportParasolidfiles. 2. SelectFile|Import|UnigraphicsorFile|Import|Parasolids.AnOpendialogboxwill appear. 3. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthe desiredUnigraphicsorParasolidsfileandselectthatfilefromthelist. 4. ClicktheImportbutton.Dependingonyourfiletype,theUnigraphicsImportor ParasolidsImportdialogboxappears.Thedialogboxesforthedifferentfiletypesare essentiallythesameasthisoneshownhere:

UnigraphicsImportdialogbox

5. SelecttheentitytypesthatyouwanttoimportfromtheProcessingOptionsarea.The typesofentitiesthatcanbeimportedaresolidbodies,sheetbodies,andhiddenentities. 6. ClicktheOKbuttonandPCDMISimportsthefile.

ImportingSTEP,VDAFS,andDXF/DWGFiles
1. SelecttheFile|Import menuoptionandthenselectSTEP,VDAFS,DXF,orDWG.An Opendialogboxappears. 2. 3. SelectthedatatypeyouwanttoimportfromtheFilesofTypelist. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport.

92 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

4. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwilldisplaytheSTEPImportdialog box.

STEPImportdialogbox Note:Theimportdialogboxesforthefiletypesdiscussedinthistopicareessentiallythesame astheSTEPImportdialogboxshownabove.

ImportingaVDAFSFile
1. 2. 3. 4. SelecttheFile|Import|VADFS... menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. SelectthedatatypeyouwanttoimportfromtheFilesofTypelist. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISwilldisplaytheVDAFSImport Statusdialogbox.

VDAFSImportStatusdialogbox 5. ClickOKwhentheVDAFSfilehasbeentranslated.Ifthetranslationfails,theOKbutton willnotbeavailable.ClickCanceltodeclinetheadditionoftheimportedfile.\

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 93

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ImportinganXYZIJKFile
XYZIJKFileshavea.xyz XYZIJKfiletypesaresimplefileswithfeatureinformationinthe extension.Youcanviewthe formofxyzcoordinateswithorwithoutavector. valuescontainedina.xyzfile byusinganystandardtext editor. ToimportanXYZIJKfile: 1. SelecttheFile|Import|XYZ... menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. 2. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingthefiletoimport. 3. ClickImportwhenreadytoimportthefile.PCDMISinterpretsandimportstheselected XYZIJKfile. Howmanynumbersthereareoneachlinedeterminewhatfeatureiscreated.PCDMISreadsthe rowsofthe.xyzdatafileandconvertsthepointstothefollowingfeaturedependingonthe amountofnumbersperrow: Numbersper Row 3 Description 1 number=Xvalue nd 2 number=Yvalue rd 3 number=Zvalue
st 1 number=Xvalue nd 2 number=Yvalue rd 3 number=Zvalue th 4 number=diameter

st

CADFeature Generated Pointwithnovector

CADcirclewitha workplanebased vector Pointwithnovector

8+

st 1 number=Xvalue nd 2 number=Yvalue rd 3 number=Zvalue th 4 number=nothing th 5 number=nothing st 1 number=Xvalue nd 2 number=Yvalue rd 3 number=Zvalue th 4 number=Ivalue th 5 number=Jvalue th 6 number=Kvalue st 1 number=Xvalue nd 2 number=Yvalue rd 3 number=Zvalue th 4 number=Ivalue th 5 number=Jvalue th 6 number=Kvalue th 7 number=diameter st 1 number=Xvalue nd 2 number=Yvalue rd 3 number=Zvalue th 4 number=Ivalue th 5 number=Jvalue th 6 number=Kvalue th 7 number=nothing th 8 number=nothing

Pointwithavector

Circlewithvector

Pointwithavector

94 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Example:IfyourXYZfilecontainedalinewith25,280,750,25 PCDMISwouldcreateacircle withthecenteredatx=25,y=280,andz=750withadiameterof25. Afterselectingthefiletoimport,PCDMISdisplaysthefeaturesconstructedfromtheXYZfilein theXYZFiledialogbox.

XYZFiledialogbox Note:Beawarethattheorderinwhichthefeaturesarecreatedinthe.xyzfileandtheorderin whichtheyaregeneratedinsidePCDMISmaynotbethesame. AfterclickingOK,PCDMISdisplaysthecreatedCADfeaturesintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

NotesonXYZIJKFiles
PCDMISwillreadinanytextfilethatcontainsXYZ(andpossiblyIJK)data.Thefileshould containthenominal(theoretical)inspectionpointsthatneedtobemeasured.Thefilemustfollow theserules: 1. Columns16inthefirstlineofthefilemustcontainthecharacters"XYZIJK".Thisisthe keywordthatletsPCDMISdistinguishthisfiletypefromDESandIGESfiles.Itmustbe incapitalletters. Inthefirstlineofthefile: Col.1=X Col.2=Y Col.3=Z Col.4=I Col.5=J Col.6=K 2. Ifthefilecontainsmetricdata,columns1116ofthefirstlinemustcontaintheword METRIC.Thatis: Col.11=M Col.12=E Col.13=T Col.14=R Col.15=I Col.16=C

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 95

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thedefault,iftheMETRICkeywordisnotpresent,isINCH. Therestofthefirstlineshouldbeblank 3. Eachlinethereaftermustcontainthreetoeightfloatingpointnumbersseparatedbya comma. Forexample,supposeyourXYZIJKfilelookedlikethissample:

SampleXYZIJKfileinatexteditor Line1containstheXYZIJKkeyword,andsincethekeywordMETRICisn'toncolumns11 through16,thisdefaultstoINCH. Line2producesapointwithavector. Line3producesapointwithavector. Line4producesapointwithavector. Line5producesacirclewithavectorandadiameter.

Onceimported,itwillproducethisresultintheGraphicsDisplaywindow:

GraphicalDisplaywindowshowingthesampleXYZIJKfileimportedintoPCDMIS.

ImportingaChorusNTProgram
ThemigrationpathfromChorusNTtoPCDMISisbasedonPCDMIS'sabilitytoimportaChorus DMISpartprogram,convertingtheoriginalDMISprogramintoequivalentPCDMIScommands thatmakeupaPCDMISpartprogramfile,afilewitha.prgfilenameextension.

96 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PCDMISalreadyconvertsmostDMIScommandsintoPCDMIScommands,andWilcox Associates,Inc.isworkingto fullysupportthemanyChorusextensions,tomaximizethe automaticconversionandminimizethemanualmodificationsneededaftertheautomaticimport. InPCDMIS3.6andabovebegintheimportprocessofChorusNTextensionsby: 1. SelecttheFile|Import|ChorusDMIS...menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. 2. SelecttheappropriateDMISfileandclickOpen. 3. PCDMISdisplaystheDmisImportSetupdialogbox. Youcanusethisdialogboxtosetthefollowingneededinformationduringimportphase: Specifytheprobefilenameusedforeacharm. Enablethewarningdialogattheendoftheimportphase. Enablesomeoptionsrelatingtospecificcustomersandhardwareconfigurations.

Inthefollowingtopicstakingthefollowingbasicstepswillhelpyoucorrectlyimportandtranslate yourDMISfileintoaPCDMISpartprogramfile:

Step1:ConfigurePCDMIS
VerifyPCDMIS'ssetup,andcheckifthestandardsettingsinPCDMIScorrespondtoChorusNT settings.ForexampleverifytheCMMaxisconventionsandprobeheadOrientationand TopSpeed(CMMmaxmovespeed)value. UseSettingsEditortosetthefollowingoptionsintheDMISsection: DMISMaxMeasurementVelocityMMPS =maximummeasurespeed DMISFedratPcntOfMaxMachineSpeed= 0

Step2:CreateandCalibratetheProbeFileinsidePCDMIS
Createanewpartprogramand,whenprompted,defineanewprobe.Nameit MYPROBE.PRBandspecifyintheProbeUtilitydialogboxthecomponentsaccordingto yourspecificneeds. ImporttheChorusqualificationpartprogramusingasyourprobe,thepreviouslycreated MYPROBE.PRBfile.PCDMISimportseachSNSDEFstatementandaddsthe correspondingTIPangles.NotethatChorusidentifieseachtipwiththeDMISlabelthat lookssomethinglikethis.Atipwithroll=0andpitch=0isnamedS(R000P000T1).PC DMIS,namesthisasT1A0B0. IfinChorusNTyouusedaselfcalibratedprobe,importintoPCDMISasimpleDMISpart programcontainingthedefinitionoftheChiefprobe,havingtherightlabel(thesame usedintheSNSLCT/S(label),90,90 forexample)andPitchandRollequalto0. AfteryouimporttheDMISfile,yourMYPROBE.PRBprobefilewillcontainalltheneeded tips.InPCDMIStheseABtipangleswillshowanasterisksymbol*meaningtheyare notyetcalibrated. Calibratethetips.Dothisinoneoftwoways:1)Executethepartprogram.2)Clickthe MeasurebuttonfromtheProbeUtilitiesdialogbox.

Step3:CreatethePCDMISProgramFileandImporttheDMISfile
CreateanewPCDMISpartprogram.
UsingAdvancedFile Options 97

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ImportthemeasuringChorusNTpartprogram,specifyingtheMYRPOBE.PRBprobefile createdinthepreviousstep. UsuallyChorusmeasuringprogramscontain SNSLCT/S(label)orSNSLCT/SA(label) statements.Forselfcalibratedwrists,youcanexplicitlyspecifyrollandpitchanglesin theSNSLCTlabel.

AfterPCDMISimportstheDMISfile,thefinalPCDMISpartprogramwillhaveatthebeginning theLOADPROBE/MYPROBE.PRBcommand,and foreachSNSLCTstatementthecorresponding TIP commandwillappearwiththecorrectAandBangles.

Step4:EndofautomaticImportPhase
PCDMIScompletestheImportphase,showingyouareportintheWarningwindow. Forexampleyoumightseesomethinglikethis:
L42::DECL/CHAR,O_D_L[11] L56::DECL/REAL,TX,TY,TZ,MISX,MISY,MISZ,CXT,CYT,CZT,VX,VY,VZ L57::DECL/REAL,INVCXT,INVCYT,INVCZT L112:!MAJOR:MMEDIA/ON,C:\myfile.exe L150:!MAJOR:MRRPCS/D(MRR),0,1,0 L213:ERROR:!UNITS L253:ERROR:!SNSLCT/S(S_103)

Thesemessagesareexplainedhere: L##ThisrepresentsthelinenumberforthatstatementintheoriginalDMISprogram(## representsthenumber).ForexampleL42wouldindicatethatonline42intheDMIS programyouwillfindthatDMISstatement. :Thissymbolizesthatthestatementwasignored,thatisitwasnotconvertedintoa correspondingPCDMIScommandbecausethereisnoequivalentPCDMIScommand. ForexampleyouwillfindthatPCDMISalwaysignorestheDECLstatementbecause PCDMISdoesntneedexplicitvariabledeclaration. !MAJORThismeansthatthespecifiedDMISstatement(MajorDMISWord)isnot supported. ERRORThismeansthespecifiedcommandwasnotcorrectlyimported.

Step5:ManualVerificationofthePCDMISProgram
BesuretomanuallyverifythatthetranslationintoPCDMISfunctionsproperly.Lookthroughthe partprograminCommandmode.Errorsappearinredtext. TryexecutingtheprograminOFFLINEmodethentryusingtheCMMinONLINEmodeatlow speedtoverifythattheprogramimportedwithoutproblems.

ThingstoWatchforandSomeHelpfulTipsandSuggestions
ChorusNTandPCDMISaredifferentmeasuringsystems,andsomeintrinsiccharacteristicsneed tobecarefullyconsidered.Thefollowinglistcontainssometipsandsuggestions: AutomaticMeasuringCycle

98 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheDMISStandardstatesthatinaMODE/AUTOsectionthefeaturesaremeasuredwiththe automaticcycle,ignoringanyeventuallypresentPTMEAS. SinceChorusNTsuppliesautomaticcycleforPOINT,CIRCLE,SPHEREandSLOT(CPARLN), allthesecasesaretranslatedintothecorrespondingAUTOfeature.However,duetotheintrinsic differencesbetweenChorusandPCDMIS,youshouldcarefullyverifytheirexecution. Forexample:InSLOT(roundslot)automaticcycle,ChorusNTtakesfirsttwopointsononeofthe straightsides.PCDMIShowever,takesthepointsontheroundedendsoftheslot. STARTIPProbes PCDMISrecognizestheChorusNTSNSDEFextensionthatdefinesastarprobe.Becarefulthat thePCDMISsetupfortheProbeHeadorientationcorrespondstoChorusNTSNSMNT specification. CW43,CW43L,andIW42WristMountingconventions ChorusNTandPCDMISconventionsfortherollanglearedifferent.WhilePCDMIScancorrectly adjustitduringtheimportofaChorusDMISprogram,tobesafe,becarefulthefirsttimeyou executetheimportedpartprogram. TheoreticalvaluesinFEATstatements PCDMISalwaysusesbothTheoandActualvalues,whichshouldbecorrect(nottoomuchoffa deviationfromactualvalues).Ifthedeviationisgreat,youmayhaveproblems,especiallywith featuresusedinalignments.ThisisbecausePCDMISdefinestwomatricesforeachalignment: First,theCADTOPARTmatrix.Basedonthetheoreticalvalues,thisconvertTHEO valuesinfeatures. Second,theMACHINETOPARTmatrix.Basedonactualmeasuredvalues,thisconverts actualmeasuredvaluesinfeatures.

SinceChorusNTdoesn'thavetheCADTOPARTmatrix,italwaysusestheactualmeasured values.Ifyouhavethewrongnominalvalues,youonlybecomeawareofthemifyouexecutean OUTPUTstatementonthatfeature. Toverifycorrectness,youshouldthereforeaddintotheoriginalDMISpartprogramOUTPUT statementsforyourfeatures,especiallyforthealignmentfeatures. FILNAM FILNAMinChorusNTspecifiesthenameoftheoutputfilewhenusingtheDISPLY/STOR command.PCDMISrecognizesitbutthiscommandmustappearaftertheDISPLYintheDMIS partprogram.ConsultyourDMISmanualformoreinformation. VFORM TheChorusNTvendorformatstatementisV(label)=VFORM/ALL.IttranslatesintoaPCDMIS FORMAT/TEXTcommandthathasthefollowinginformation: MEASURED NOMINAL DEVIATION UP_TOL
UsingAdvancedFile Options 99

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

LO_TOL CRIT/OOT

ThefinalPCDMISFORMATcommandwilllooklikethis:
FORMAT/TEXT,OPTIONS,ID,HEADINGS,SYMBOLS,SDMEAS,NOM,DEV,TOL,OUTTOL,,

DEFGRF DEFGRFstatementisaChorusextensionthatletsyoudefinedialogboxeswithbuttonsand inputfields.PCDMISimportsthiscommandandcreatesascriptusingtheBASIClanguage (CypressEnable).Duetodifferentscreenresolutions,itspossiblethattheresultingdialogbox mayneedsomeadjustment.YoucanmodifytheBasicScriptfileusingPCDMIS'sBasicScript Editor. FROMandGOHOME ChorusNT'sconventionsmovetheheadcenternotthetip'sballcenter.WhilethePCDMIS importcanmakethenecessaryoffsets,youshouldusealowfeedthefirsttimeyouexecutethe importedpartprograminsidePCDMIS. MRRPCS InChorusNTthiscommanddefinesthereferencesystemtobeusedinapartprogramcreated withChorusNT'sMIRRORUtility.PCDMISdoesnotsupporttheimportofChorusmirrored program.YoushouldinsteadusePCDMIS'smorepowerfulandcompletemirrorutilityona.prg filecreatedbyimportingthe"leftside"Chorusprogram. GAUGE InChorusNTthisstatementdefinesandmeasuresaspheregauge,specifyingthename:G(label), thediameter,andthestemdirection.Italsooptionallyspecifiesthecenterposition,theincidence angle,andthenumberofpointsusedtomeasureit. GAUGE/SPHERE,G(label),diam,i,j,k,[angle,x,y,z,npoints] Becauseofthedifferentparameters,PCDMIStranslatesthisintotwocommands.The AUTO/SPHEREandtheCALIBRATEACTIVE: F(label)=AUTO/SPHERE TheAUTO/SPHEREcommandusesthesamename,diameter,anddirectionastheGAUGE statement.Ifthecenterpositionwasnotspecifiedandduringexecutionyoumanually selectthefirstpointonthetopofthepole,theninit=1andperm=1,otherwiseinit=0and perm=0. PCDMIScanalsoadjusttheorientation,angle_vec,andnormal_vecvaluesaccordingly.
CALIBRATEACTIVETIPWITHFEAT_ID=F(label),QUALTOOL_ID=label,MOVED=YES

CALIB InChorusNTthisstatementcalibratesthespecifiedprobeusingthespecifiedspheregauge G(label)


CALIB/SENS,S(probe),G(label),[angle]

100 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PCDMIStranslatesthisstatementintothesethreecommands:
TIP/T1A..B..

ThetipcommandwillhavethesameABanglesastheS(probe))statement.
F(label) =AUTO/SPHERE

CALIBRATEACTIVETIPWITHFEAT_ID=F(label),QUALTOOL_ID=label,MOVED=NO

ImportingaDMISProgram ImportingDMISFiles
ExtensionsmayincludenonPCDMIScanimportgenericDMISfilesandDMISprograms standardcommandsor createdusingextensionsfromspecificvendorenvironments. added/modifiedparameters ofstandardDMIS commands. ToimportaDMISprogramfile: 1. OpenthePCDMISpartprogramintowhichyouaregoingtoimporttheDMISprogram file. 2. SelecttheFile|Import|DMIS...menuoption.AnOpendialogboxappears. 3. ChooseChorusDMISFilesorDMISFilesfromtheFilesofTypelistatthebottomof thedialogbox.PCDMISlistsprogramfilesendingwitheitherthe".dmi"or".dms"file extensions. Note:ChorusNTprogramsfollowtheDMIS3.0Standardwithextensionsandarebetter managed.InmostcasesyoushouldchooseChorusDMISFilesovernormalDMISFiles.For notesontranslatingChorusNTDMISfilesintoaPCDMISpartprogram,see"ChorusNTtoPC DMISTranslationNotes". 4. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthe desiredDMISprogramfileandselectthatfilefromthelist. 5. ClicktheImportbutton. 6. PCDMISwillmakeafirstpasstranslationoftheinputfile.Onceitcompletesthispass, theDMISImportSetupdialogboxappears.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutoselectmany optionsusefulduringtheactualimportphase. 7. SelectthenecessaryoptionsfromtheDMISImportSetupdialogbox.Seethetopics belowforinformationonusingthisdialogbox. 8. ClickOK.PCDMISfinishestheimportationprocess. Inversion4.2andhigher,PCDMISinsertsanRMEAS/LEGACY commandintotheimportedpart program.YoucanmodifytheDMISRmeasImport registryentrytochangethedefaultvaluefor RMEAScommandsonfutureimportedDMISfiles.See"SettingUpRelativeMeasure(RMEAS)" forinformationonthiscommand.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 101

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DMISImportSetupGeneraltab

DMISImportSetupdialogboxGeneraltab TheGeneraltaballowsyoutocontrolprobefiletranslationfortheimportedDMISprogram.The controlsusedonthistabaredescribedinthistablehere: ControlName DMISFile Description ThisboxspecifiestheDMISfileto import.Itautomaticallycontainsa pathwaytothefileselectedfromthe Opendialogboxdescribedinthe DMISimportprocedureabove. Theseoptionsspecifywhetherornot PCDMISreplacesexisting commandswiththeimportedDMIS commandsormergesthenew commandswiththeexisting commands. SelectReplaceifyouwantthe existingcommandsinthecurrently loadedpartprogramtobereplaced withnewPCDMIScommandsduring theimportprocess. SelectMergeifyouwantPCDMIS commandscreatedduringtheimport processwillbeappendedattheend ofthecurrentlyloaded.PRGfile. Thislistspecifiesthearmtousefrom amultiplearmsystem. Thislistspecifiesanexistingprobe file. Thisoptionusesanexistingprobefile selectedfromtheProbeFilelist.

Merge/Replace

Arm ProbeFile Useselectedprobefile(s)

102 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1. SelecttheArmthatwilluse thedisplayedprobefilefrom thedropdownwindow. 2. Selecttheprobefilefromthe list. 3. ClickApply.PCDMISwill addanytips(sensors) referencedintheDMIS programsthatarenotalready intheprobefile. Createnewdefaultprobefile Thisoptioncreatesanewprobefile basedontheSNSDEFstatementsin theDMISprogramfile.PCDMIS generatesanewprobefilegivingit thesamenameastheDMISprogram filenameanda".prb"extension.The createdprobeconfigurationdefaults toaPH9wristwithaTP2connection withaTIP2BY20MMtip.However,if noSNSDEFstatementsaredetected intheDMISprogram,aprobe configurationwillnotbecreated. ThisoptionignoresSNSLCT statementsintheDMISprogram during.

IgnoreSNSLCT/statements

Note:Ifthedefaultprobeconfigurationdoesnotmatchtheprobeconfigurationofyourmachine, youshouldconstructaprobefilewiththecorrectprobeconfigurationusingPCDMISpriorto importingaDMISprogramfile.Thenselectthecreatedprobefilefromwithinthistabandclick ApplyandthenOK.Thisallowsthetranslatortoselectthemostappropriatetip(s)during translationoftheSNSDEFstatements.

DMISImportSetupModulestab
TheModulestabiscurrentlyunavailable.

DMISImportSetupErrorLogtab

DMISImportSetupdialogboxErrorLogtab
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingAdvancedFile Options 103

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheErrorLogtabcausesPCDMIStostoreanywarningsorerrorsattheendoftheimport processinatextfileofyourchoice.SimplyclicktheBrowsebuttonandselectatextfile. IfyouwantPCDMIStoautomaticallydisplaythiserrorlogattheendoftheimportprocess,click theDisplaylogwhentranslationiscompletecheckbox.Thetext filewillopeninaDMIS ImportResultsdialogbox.

DMISImportSetupAdvancedtab

DMISImportSetupdialogboxAdvancedtab TheAdvancedtaballowsyoutoimportspecificcustomerrequestsandconfigurations.These requestsmayincludenonstandardcommandsoradded/modifiedparametersofstandardDMIS commands.PCDMISdisablesunnecessaryoptions(andenablesneededones)whenimporting ChorusDMISfiles.Forinformationonthecontrolsonthistab,seethedescriptionsinthistable here: ControlName CustomerSupport Description ThisareacontainsspecificcheckboxesforDMISvendors.Ifyour DMISfilesarecreatedusingsoftwarefromthesecompanies, selecttheappropriatecheckboxtoenableextensionsupport specifictothosevendors.Theseincludethefollowing: Volvo Volkswagen

ConfigurationSupport Thisareacontainscheckboxesthatallowyoutoselectdifferent DMISconfigurations.Theseincludethefollowing: FEDRAT/valuesareapercentageofmaximummachinespeed DMIScommandsdon'tautomaticallyspecifywhetherimported FEDRAT/commands(commandsthatcontrolthemachine's speed)refertomaximummachinespeedormaximumtouch speed. Ifyouselectthischeckbox,importedFEDRAT/

104 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

statementsareapercentageofthemaximummachine speed. Ifyoudeselectthischeckbox,importedFEDRAT/ statementsareapercentageofthemaximumtouch speed.

DEAwristmountingandrotationasChorus Ifyou'reusingaDEACMMequippedwithanIW42,CW43,or CW43Lwristandyouselectthischeckbox,PCDMISfollows ChorusconventionsandadjuststheBrotationangleduringthe importoftheSNSLCTstatement. ThisoptionisautomaticallyusedwhenperformingaChorusDMIS import. ThisareacontainsaUserDefinedTracefieldcheckbox.This checkboxdetermineswhetherornotcertainimportedDMIS commandsaretransferredintouserdefinedtracefields. AccordingtotheDMISstandard,youcanquerytheoperatorfor thefollowinginformationduringprogramexecutionwiththese DMIScommands: Info PartName PartSerialNumber ManufacturingDevice DMEName OperatorName DMISCommand PN(label)='text' PS(label)='text' MD(label)='text' DI(label)='text' OP(label)='text'

Option

SupposetheDMISfileyouaretoimporthastheseDMIS commands:
PN(label1)=PARTID/'partnumber' PS(label2)=PARTSN/'2345' MD(label3)=MFGDEV/'BRAVO1' DI(label4)=DMEID/'PCDMIS' OP(label5)=OPERID/'MyName'

IfyouselecttheUserDefinedTracefieldcheckbox,PCDMISwill supportthesamefunctionalityrequiredbytheDMISstandardby importingDMIScommandsintoTRACEFIELDcommands,like this:


TRACEFIELD/DISPLAY,LIMIT=15PN(LABEL1): partnumber TRACEFIELD/DISPLAY,LIMIT=15PS(LABEL2):2345 TRACEFIELD/DISPLAY,LIMIT=15MD(LABEL3):BRAVO1 TRACEFIELD/DISPLAY,LIMIT=15DI(LABEL4):PCDMIS TRACEFIELD/DISPLAY,LIMIT=15OP(LABEL5):MyName

Thenwhenyouexecuteourprogram,PCDMISwillprovidea
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingAdvancedFile Options 105

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

smalldialogboxforeachTRACEFIELDcommand,allowingyouto typethisinformation. IfyoudidnotselecttheUserDefinedTracefield checkbox,PC DMISwill,bydefault,inserttheseDMIScommandsintonormal commentreportcommands,likethis:


COMMENT/REPT,"PN(LABEL1)='partnumber'" COMMENT/REPT,"PS(LABEL2)='2345'" COMMENT/REPT,"MD(LABEL3)='BRAVO1'" COMMENT/REPT,"DI(LABEL4)='PCDMIS'" COMMENT/REPT,"OP(LABEL5)='MyName'"

Default

Thisbuttonsetsyourselectionasthedefaulttousewhen importingDMISfiles.

ImportinganAVAILorMMIVProgram
TheAVAILandMMIVfiletypesareusedbyMicroMeasureIVmeasurementpackage.PC DMISallowsyoutoimportthisfiletypeintoPCDMISpartprograms. ToimportanAVAILorMMIVfile, 1. OpenthepartprograminPCDMISintowhichyouaregoingtoimporttheMMIVprogram file. 2. SelecttheFile|ImportmenuoptionandthenselecteitherAvail...orMMIV...fromthe submenu.AnOpendialogboxwillappear. 3. PCDMISlistsprogramfilesbeginningwithAVAILandMMIVsllfprefix. 4. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthe neededAVAILorMMIVfileandselectthatfilefromthelist. 5. ClicktheImportbutton.PCDMISdisplaystheChooseTranslationMethoddialogbox, askingthemethodtousetoimportthedataintothepartprogram.

ChooseTranslationMethoddialogbox

6. SelectoneofthetranslationoptionsandclickOK.PCDMISprocessesyourrequest. 7. ForeachTOOLCHANGEcommandencounteredintheMMIVfile,PCDMISwillprompt youtoselectaPCDMISprobefile. 8. ForeachTIPCHANGEcommandencounteredintheMMIVfile,PCDMISwillpromptyou toselectaPCDMISprobetipfromtheSelectTipdialogboxs TiptoUselist.

106 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SelectTipdialogbox

9. ClickOK(orOKAll)and,asdirectedbyonscreeninstructions,repeatthepreviousstep. WhentheSelectTipdialogboxcloses,theSelectWorkplanedialogboxwillappear.

SelectWorkPlanedialogbox

10. SelecttheworkplanethatmatchesyourcurrentsetupandclickOK.PCDMISimportsthe dataintothepartprogram. Important:MMIVpartprogramsthatcontainaBRANCH/TESTkeywordoraBRANCH/LABEL commandinsideofafeatureblockwillhavetherespectivePCDMIScommands(IFandGOTO) movedbeforethefeatureblockonceimportedintoPCDMIS.Thiswillbecorrectedinfuture versionsofPCDMIS. ANoteonImportingAutoFeatures BeawarethatPCDMISdoesn'tsupporttheDONE/orMEASURE/commandsinimportedMMIV orAVAILautofeatures.Whiletranslationstilltakesplace,anyMEASURE/X,Y,Z,I,J,K commandswillbeturnedintooperatorcommentsandDONE/commandsareignored. Forexample,supposeyouareimportingthisautofeatureinanAVAILorMMIVfile:
CIR2=AUTO/CIRYZPL,OC,4,12.0,6.0,12.0,103.0,295,330 MOVE/BY12,5,0 MOVE/BY0,0,20 MEASURE/12.0,56.0,22.0,0.0,1.0,0.0039 MEASURE/12.0,57.85,16.0,0.0,1.0,0.0 MEASURE/12.0,58.4,6.0,0.0,1.0,0.0039 DONE/

InPCDMISthiswouldtranslatetoanAUTOCIRCLEcommandfollowedbytwoMOVESand threecommentssayingthatPCDMISignorestheMEASUREcommand.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 107

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ImportingaTutorProgram
YoucanimportpartprogramscreatedbytheTutorapplication. ToimportaTutorfile, 1. OpenthepartprograminPCDMISintowhichyouaregoingtoimporttheTutorprogram file. 2. SelecttheFile|Import|Tutor...menuoption.AnOpendialogboxwillappear. 3. Navigatethroughtheavailabledirectoriesuntilyoufindthedirectorycontainingthe desiredtutorfileandselectthatfilefromthelist. 4. ClicktheImportbutton.TheTutortranslatorbeginsthetranslationprocess,andthe TutorPCDMISTranslatorOptionsdialogboxappears.Thisdialogboxallowsyouto determinehowitemsinthetutorfileshouldbeinterpretedordisplayedinsidePCDMIS.

TutorPCDmisTranslatorOptionsdialogbox

5. Filloutthedialogboxasneeded.Thefollowingareasareavailable: PCDMISPartProgramSettingsarea TheseoptionscomefromPCDMISandcannotbemodified. UnitsThisshowstheunitsofmeasurement(eitherInchorMetric)ofthePCDMISpart programyouareusingtoimporttheTutorfile.UnlikeTutorforWindows,PCDMIS doesntallowyoutochangemeasurementunitsatexecutiontime. AngleModeThisshowshowanglesarecurrentlydisplayed(eitherDegorDMS)inthe PCDMISpartprogram. TutorforWindowSettingsarea TheseoptionsallowyoutospecifyTutorforWindowssettingsneededforaproperTutortoPC DMIStranslation.

108 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ReadWtutor.IniClickthisbuttonifyouneedtospecifywheretheTutorconfiguration(.ini) islocated.Bydefault,whentranslationstarts,PCDMISsearchesforthisconfiguration fileintheC:\Winntdirectory.ThisfilecontainsTutorforWindowsconfigurations neededbythetranslator. TruePositionErrorSelectRadiusiftheimportingpartprogramrequirestheTruePosition errorevaluatedasradius,SelectDiameterotherwise. FormErrorSelectDoubleiftheimportingpartprogramrequirestheDoubleFormerroror selectSingleotherwise. LinearityErrorSelectRadiusiftheimportingpartprogramrequirestheLinearityerror evaluatedasradius,selectDiameterotherwise. TutorPCDmisProbesmappingarea ThisareaallowsyoutomapaTutorprobetoaPCDMISprobe. TipDiameterTypethedefaulttipdiameterfortheprobethatPCDMISwilluseinthepart program. ProbeFileUsethebuttontochooseaPCDMISprobefile(.PRB)touse. ProbeMapFileUsethebuttontochooseanexistingTutortoPCDMISprobemapfile (.TP2).Ifyoudon'thaveaprobemapfile,youcancreateonebyclickingtheNewbutton. TheEditbuttonallowsyoutochangethecurrentlyselectedprobemapfilelistedinthis box.ThismapfileallowsyoutotellthetranslatorwhatPCDMIStipanglesitshoulduse whentranslatingprobecommandsfromtheTutorfileintoPCDMIS. SkipCommentsSelectthischeckboxifyoudon'twanttoimportprogrammercomments foundintheTutorfile. 7. ClicktheOKbuttontocontinue.PCDMISdisplaystheimportprocessinsidethe Translationinprogresswindow,displayinganywarningmessagesinsidetheTranslation messageslist.

8. Followanyonscreeninstructions. 9. Whentranslationends,theTranslationinprogresswindowallowsyoutoinspectthe messagesintheTranslationmessagelist.Youcanthendecidetocontinue(click Continue)orabort(clickAbort)theimportprocess.Whateveryouchoose,alltranslation

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 109

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

messagesarestoredinalogfilewiththesamenameastheTutorpartprogramwith a.logextension,storedinthesamedirectoryastheTutorpartprogram. Note:TheTutorPCDmisTranslatorOptionsdialogboxappearseverytimePCDMIS encountersaloadprobecommandfromtheTutorfile.Ifyouhavecorrectlysetupyourprobe mapfile,youcansafelyskipthetranslationofthecurrentloadprobecommandbyclickingthe Ignorebutton.

CreatingandEditingTutortoPCDMISProbeMapFiles
ToproperlytranslateprogramsfromTutorintoPCDMIS,youwillneedaprobemapfilethat relatestheTutorfile'sprobeswithPCDMISprobes.ATutor'sprobecommandisidentifiedby twonumbersthatrefertoaspecificheadandtiprespectively. TocreateanewTutortoPCDMISProbeMapFile: Begintheimportprocedureasdescribedin"ImportingaTutorFile". 1. WhentheTutorPCDMISTranslatorOptionsdialogboxappears,clicktheNewbutton. TheT2PFiledialogboxappears.

T2PFiledialogbox

3. Ifyouneedtospecifymoreinformation,clickAddtoaddnewrows. 4. IntheHeadcolumnforeachrow,typethevalueof1through100toidentifytheprobe headinTutor. 5. IntheTipcolumnforeachrow,typeavalueofonethroughfivetoidentifytheprobetipin Tutor. 6. IntheNamePRBcolumnforeachrow,typethePCDMISprobetipanglethatyouwant tousefortheHeadandTipofthatrow.Forexample,theprobemapinformationinthe followingtabletellstheTutortranslatortousePCDMIS'sT5A30B30probetipangle whenitencountersaprobecommandof2,2intheTutorfile. Head 2 Tip 2 NamePRB T5A30B30

7. Ifyoumakeamistake,clicktheClearAllbutton.Thisclearstheinformationfromthe dialogboxallowingyoutostartover. 8. ClickthebuttontosavethisTutortoPCDMISprobemapfiletoyourcomputer. 9. ClickOKtoreturntothe TutorPCDMISTranslatorOptionsdialogbox.

110 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToeditanexistingTutortoPCDMISProbeMapFile: Begintheimportprocedureasdescribedin"ImportingaTutorFile". 1. WhentheTutorPCDMISTranslatorOptionsdialogboxappears,clickthebuttonfor theProbeMapFileboxandselectanexistingT2Pfile. 2. ClicktheEditbutton.TheT2PFiledialogboxappears. 3. Editthevaluesasneeded. 4. ClickOKtoreturntothe TutorPCDMISTranslatorOptionsdialogbox.

ImportingaDirectCADFile
InsteadoftranslatingCADdataintotheinternalCADformatofPCDMIS,theDirectCADfile typesareaccesseddirectly.Thatis,theCADdataofthesefiletypesremainsinitsnativeformat afterbeingimported.RoutinesnativetotheCADtypeareusedforallcalculationsdoneonthe CADdata.AccessingtheCADdatadirectlyeliminatesproblemsthatcanoccurbecauseof translationinaccuraciesorlimitations. The""documentationdiscussesimportingDirectCADFilesindetail.

TessellatingaPartwithoutaCADLicense
Withversion3.5andhigher,youcannowtessellatetheimageofaDirectCADInterfacepart evenifyoudon'thaveitsCADlicensecurrentlyavailable.Themethodforaccessingthis functionalityvariesbytheDirectCADInterface.Ingeneral,however,yousimplyneedtoaccess yourDirectCADInterfacepartprogram.PCDMISwillthendisplaythepart,butsome functionalitywillnotbeavailable.Forexample,youcannotcreateameasuredvectorpointonthe part.

ExportingCADDataorProgramData
Similartoimportingdata,PCDMISalsoallowsyoutoexportpartprogramdataintooneofthese supportedfileformats: AIMSFiles(*.TDF) DATAVIEWFiles(*.AS3) BASICFiles(*.BAS) DESFiles(*.DES) DMISFiles(*.DMIor*.DMS) GENERICFiles(*.TXT) IDEASFiles IGESFiles(*.IGS) STEPAP203(*.STPor*.STEP) STEPAP214(*.STPor *.STEP) VDAFS(*.VDA) DXF/DWG(*DXFor*DXG)

Note:ExportingyourprogramasCADdatadoesnotexportpreviouslyimportedCADpart modelsinstead,itgeneratesaCADfilefromexistingfeaturecommandsfoundinyourpart program.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 111

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Toexportdataoutfromthecurrentpartprogram: 1. SelecttheFile|Exportmenuoptionandthenselectthedatatoexport fromthesub menu(orrightclickonapartprogramfilenameinWindowsExplorer,thenselect Export).InmostcasesthisactionwilldisplayanOpen dialogbox.

Opendialogbox

2. SelectthedesireddatatypefromtheFilesofTypelist.PCDMISwilldisplaythe availablefilesfortheindicateddatatype. 3. TypethenameofthefiletobecreatedintheFileNamebox,orselectanexistingfile fromthelist.Ifanexistingfileisselected,PCDMISwillreplacethecurrentdatainthat filewiththeinformationgeneratedbytheExportoperation. 4. ClickExport.TheOpendialogboxcloses.Dependingonyourdatatype,PCDMISmay displayanotherdialogboxthatasksyouforadditionalinput.Seethesubtopicsbelowfor moreinformation. 5. ClickExport.PCDMISgeneratestheexporteddatafiletotheselecteddirectoryand givesittheextensiondefinedintheFilesofTypebox.

ExportingtoAIMS
PCDMISletsyouexportyourpartprogramfiletoa.TDFfile,thefiletypeusedbytheAIMS (AdvancedIntegratedMathematicalSolutions)software.AIMSwasdevelopedbyBoeing CompanyandMetronorGroup,anditenablesthesharingofCADgeometry,inspectionplans, andmeasurementresultsbackandforthbetweendifferenthardwaresandsoftwares. SelectingtheAIMS...menuitemdisplaystheAIMSExportdialogbox:

AIMSExportdialogbox Important:TheAIMSExportwillonlyfunctionisyouareconnectedtoanAIMSmodelthrough theAIMSDirectCADInterface(DCI).Seethe"DirectCADInterfaces"documentation.

112 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

OnceyoufilloutthedialogboxandclickOK,PCDMISwillexportthepartprogramasa.TDFfile.

ExportingtoaBASICFile
PCDMISprovidesyouwithtoolsthathelpyoutoautomatePCDMIS.Exportingyourpart programasaBASICscript(*.BASfile)allowsyoutothenautomatethatpartprogramusingany externalapplicationthatsupportstheBASIClanguage.FormoreinformationonautomatingPC DMIS,seethesedocumentationtopics: PCDMISBASICLanguageReferencemanual "InsertingBASICScripts"inthe"AddingExternalElements"chapter.

ExportingaDESFile
WhenyouclicktheExportbuttonduringtheDESexportprocess,PCDMISdisplaystheDES Filedialogbox.

DESFiledialogbox TheDESFiledialogboxdisplaysinformationonyourselectedDESexportintheHeaderareait alsoallowsyoutoselectadditionaloptionsforyourDESexport. 1. SelectanalignmentfromtheAlignment list. 2. SelectacoordinatesystemfromtheCoordinateSystemarea. 3. Ifdesired,selecttheMarkedFeaturesOnlycheckboxtoonlyexportthemarked features. 4. Ifdesired,selecttheShowDecimalPointcheckboxtoshowthedecimalpointinthe exporteddata. 5. Ifdesired,selecttheOutputNominalValuescheckboxtoshowcausePCDMISto createtheDESexportfilefromthenominalvaluesinyourpartprogram. 6. ClickontheProcessbuttonintheDESFiledialogboxtooutputtheDESdatafromthe selectedpartprogram.PCDMISwillindicatewhenthefileis100%processed. 7. ClicktheOKbuttontofinishexportingtheDESfile.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 113

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExportingtoDMIS
PCDMISletsyouexportyourPCDMISpartprogramfileasaDMISfile.DMISfilesadheretothe DMISstandardsforDMIScommandsandcanexecutedonothercomputersbyapplicationsthat usetheDMISlanguage. AfterchoosingafilenameandclickingExport fromtheOpenFiledialogbox,PCDMISdisplays theDMISExportSetupdialogbox.Thisdialogboxcontainstwotabs,theGeneraltabandthe ErrorLogtab. Afterchoosingyouroptionsonthesetabs,clickOKtocompletetheexportprocess. Generaltab

DMISExportSetupdialogboxGeneraltab TheGeneraltabletsyouchooseoneofthreemethodstoconvertyourPCDMISpartprogram intoaDMISfile. PCDMISEditWindow(DMISMode)ThismethodexportsaDMISfileexactlyasthe partprogramlooksintheEditwindowwhenyouareinDMISmode. FlexibleDMISThismethodallowsyoutocustomizetheexportedfiletomatchyour specificDMISversion,measurementmethods,orsupportedDMISstatements.Whenyou selectthisoption,afileselectionboxbecomesenabledthatallowsyoutobrowsetoand selectaspecificBASICscriptfile(*.basextension).Youcancreateyourownscriptfile, ormodifyanexistingscriptfiletocontrolexactlywhatPCDMISshouldexport. PCDMISprovidesyouwiththreereadytouse.basfilesthatresideinyourPCDMIS installationdirectory.Thesefilescustomizeyourexportsothatitusesadefinedsubsetof supportedDMISstatementsforaspecificDMISversion.Thefilesare PCD2DMIS030.BAS,PCD2DMIS040.BAS,andPCD2DMIS050.BAS(forDMIS3.0,4.0, and5.0respectively).Thecommandswhicharenotcustomizedinthe.basfileare exportedastheyareinthePCDMISEditWindow(DMISMode)

114 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:IfafunctionintheBASICscriptreturnsanerrorwhenusingthisoption,thenthe exportedfilegetswrittenasifyouhadselectedthePCDMISEditWindow(DMIS Mode)optionabove. LegacyPostoutThismethodexportsthefileasitusedtoinolderversionsofPCDMIS. Beforeversion4.0,neededtosettheDMISUsePostoutCode entrytoTRUEinthePCDMIS SettingsEditortoaccomplishthis.Now,youcansimplyselectthisoption.

ErrorLogtab

DMISExportSetupdialogboxErrorLogtab TheErrorLogtabletsyouvieworsaveerrorsencounteredduringanexportphasesothatyou cancorrecttheminyourscriptfileortakesomeotherappropriateaction.Youwillreceiveerrors orwarningsintheseinstances: WhenafunctionintheBASICscriptreturnsalogicalerror,meaningyouhaveaproblem somewhereinyourscriptthat'scausinganautomationlogicerror.Inthiscase,the BASICScriptfunctionreturnsatextstringwiththisheader:$$LOGERR|. WhenaparameterinaPCDMIScommandcannotbeconvertedintoDMIScode.Inthis case,theBASICScriptfunctionreturnsatextstringwiththisheader:


$$DMISERR|

Clickthe...buttontolocateandselectanexistingtextfiletowhichPCDMISshouldsendthe errors. ClicktheDisplaylogwhenexportiscompletecheckboxtodisplaythetextfileinatexteditor oncePCDMISfinishestheexportprocess.

ExportingaDXForDWGFile
WhenyouclicktheExportbuttonduringtheDXForDWGexportprocess,PCDMISdisplaysa DXF/DWGExportdialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 115

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DXF/DWGExportdialogbox TheDXF/DWGExportdialogboxallowsyoutoselectadditionaloptionsfortheexportofthese filetypes. 1. SelectanalignmentfromtheAlignment list. 2. Ifdesired,selecttheMarkedFeaturesOnlycheckboxtoonlyexportthemarked features. 3. Ifdesired,selecttheScansasPointscheckboxtocausescandatatogetconvertedto itsscannedpoints. 4. ClicktheExportbuttontofinishexportingtheDXForDWGfile.

ExportingtoanIDEASDCIModelFile
ToexporttoanIDEASpart,followthesesteps: 1. SelecttheFile|ExportmenuoptionfromthemainmenuandselecttheIDEASdata typefromthesubmenu.TheIDEASPartSelectiondialogboxappears.

IDEASPartSelectiondialogbox 2. ClicktheConnectToServerbutton.TheIDEASServerConnectiondialogboxwill appear.UsethisdialogtoconnecttoanIDEASserver.ForinformationonusingtheI

116 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DEASServerConnectiondialogbox,seethe"UsingtheIDEASServerConnection dialogbox"topicinthe"DirectlyInterfacingwithaCADFile"appendix.Onceconnected toanIDEASserver,theIDEASPartSelectiondialogboxwillbecomeavailable.Allthe projectsintheactiveIDEASdatainstallationwillbelisted. 3. ClickConnecttoconnecttotheserver.TheIDEASPartSelectiondialogboxappears. 4. Selectaprojectandthemodelfiletowhichyouwanttoexport.Todothis,selectan existingpartfromthePartsinselectedmodelfilelist.Oryoucancreateanewpartby typingvaluesintotheBin,Name,andPartNumberboxes. Note:Surfacegeometry(cylinder,cone,orspherefeatures)cannotbecreatedinanexistingpart. Ifyouexporttoanexistingpart,thesefeaturetypeswillbeignored.Toexportsurfacefeature types,specifyanewparttobecreated.

Note:ThefollowingcharactersareinvalidandcannotbeusedintheBin,PartName,orPart Numberboxes: : , " * ? 5. ClicktheExportToPartbuttonafteryouhavespecifiedapart.Ifthepartisnew,a messageboxwillappearaskingifyouwanttocreateapart.

6. ClickYestocreatetheIDEASpart.TheIDEASExportdialogboxappears.

IDEASExportdialogbox 7. SelectanalignmentfromtheAlignmentbox. 8. Selectanyadditionalexportoptions.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 117

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

9. ClicktheExportbuttontofinishexportingtotheIDEASpart.Oncetheexporting processiscomplete,PCDMISwillautomaticallyinstructtheIDEASservertosavethe partsmodelfile.

ExportinganIGESFile
WhenyouclicktheExportbuttonduringtheIGESexportprocess,PCDMISdisplaystheIGES Filedialogbox.

IGESFiledialogbox TheIGESFiledialogboxdisplaysinformationonyourselectedIGESexportintheStartSection andGlobalParametersareasitalsoallowsyoutoselectadditionaloptionsforyourIGESexport. 1. SelectanalignmentfromtheAlignment list. 2. Ifdesired,clicktheSetupbuttontoalterthedisplayoftheexportedimage(see"Altering theImported/ExportedImageDisplay". 3. Ifdesired,selecttheMarkedFeaturesOnlycheckboxtoonlyexportthemarked features. 4. ClickontheProcessbuttonintheIGESFiledialogboxtooutputtheIGESdatafromthe selectedpartprogram.PCDMISwillindicatewhenthefileis100%processed. 5. ClicktheOKbuttontofinishexportingtheIGESfile.

ExportingaSTEPFile
WhenyouclicktheExportbuttonduringtheSTEPexportprocess,PCDMISdisplaysaSTEP Exportdialogbox.

STEPExportdialogbox

118 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheSTEPExportdialogboxallowsyoutoselectadditionaloptionsforyourSTEPexport. 1. SelectanalignmentfromtheAlignment list. 2. Ifdesired,selecttheMarkedFeaturesOnlycheckboxtoonlyexportthemarked features. 3. Ifdesired,selecttheScansasPointscheckboxtocausescandatatogetconvertedto itsscannedpoints. 4. ClicktheExportbuttontofinishexportingtheSTEPfile.

ExportingaVDAFSFile
WhenyouclicktheExportbuttonduringtheVDAFSexportprocess,PCDMISdisplaysthe VDAFSExportdialogbox.

VDAFSExportdialogbox TheVDAFSExportdialogboxallowsyoutoselectoptionsforyourVDAFSexport.Thisdialog boxhastheexactsameoptionsastheSTEPExportdialogbox.See"ExportingaSTEPFile"for information.

AlteringtheImported/ExportedImageDisplay
If,whileimportingorexporting,youclickontheSetupbuttonfromtheIGESFiledialogbox, eithertheIGESSETUPdialogbox(importing)ortheIGESWriteSetupdialogbox(exporting) appear.ThesedialogboxesallowyoutoalterhowtheIGES/DMISimagewillbedisplayed.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 119

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AlteringDisplayofImportedCAD

IGESSetupdialogbox ToaccesstheIGESSetupdialogboxandalterhowtheIGES/DMISimageisdisplayed: BeginimportingyourCADfile(see"ImportinganIGESFile"). 1. WhentheIGESFiledialogboxappears,clicktheSetupbutton. 2. SelectthedesiredcheckboxoptionsfromtheIGESSETUPdialogbox. 3. ClicktheOKbutton. PCDMISwilldrawtheselectedCADimagewiththerequestedfeatures.

UnderstandingtheAvailableOptions
TheSurfaceofRevolutioncheckboxisavailableiftrimmedsurfacesarebeingusedthathavea surfaceofrevolutionasabasesurfaceanditisnotbeingreadincorrectly.Ifthisisthecase, simplyselecttheappropriateoptionsintheTrimmedSurfaceareaofthedialogbox. IftheDefaultcheckboxisselected,PCDMISwillusethecurrentsettingtoprocessallfuture entities. The'ProcessEntitieswithUse'Area TheProcessEntitieswithUseareacontainsthefollowingsixcheckboxesthatallowyouto selectthepossibleCADimagesetupoptions.Theyaredescribedinthistable: CheckBox Geometry Description Determineswhetherornottoimport thegeometricentitiesfromthefile. Geometricentitiesarethecurvesand surfacesthatdefinethemodel.

120 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Annotation

Determineswhetherornottoimport theannotationentitiesfromthefile. Theseentitiesareusedtoadd annotationordescriptiontoafile. Theseincludeangulardimension, diameterdimension,flagnote,general label,lineardimension,ordinate dimension,pointdimension,radius dimension,generalsymbol,and sectionedareaentities. Definition Determineswhetherornottoimport thedefinitionentitiesfromthefile. Theseentitiesareusedindefinition structuresofthefile.Theseinclude generalnote,leader,associatively definition,linefontdefinition,macro definition,subfiguredefinition,textfont definition,textdisplaytemplate,and networksubfiguredefinitionentities. Other Determineswhetherornottoimport theotherentitiesfromthefile.These entitiesareusedforotherpurposes suchasdefiningfeaturesinthefile. Currently,theseincludethecolor definitionentityandthedimensioned geometryassociatively. Logical/Positional Determineswhetherornottoimport thelogical/positionalentitiesfromthe file.Theseentitiesareusedaslogical orpositionalreferencebyother entities.Currently,PCDMISdoesnot processanyentitiesthatareofthis type. 2DParametric Determineswhetherornottoimportthe 2Dparametricentitiesfromthefile. Theseentitiesarepositionedintwo dimensionalXYparameterspace,and areconsideredasubsetofthree dimensionalXYZspace,byignoringthe Zcoordinate.Thisentitytypeis intendedforuseindefiningtrimming curvesonsurfaces.Currently,PCDMIS ignoresthischeckbox.Formore information,see"The'Trimmed Surfaces'Area"below. Ifyouselectallsixcheckboxes,thenallIGESentitiesintheIGESfilewillbeimported. The'ProcessEntitiesIf'Area TheProcessEntitiesIfareacontainscheckboxesthatallowyoutoprocesscertainentities whentheymeetcertainconditions.Thefollowingtabledescribestheavailableconditionsthatare metandthedescriptionofeachcheckbox:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 121

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Condition Processentitiesif Physically Dependent Processentitiesif LogicallyDependent Processentitiesif Blanked

Description Determineswhetherornotthebase surfaceofaCurveonParametric Surfacewillbeshown. Determineswhetherornotlogically dependententitieswillbeimported fromtheIGESfile. Determineswhetherornotblanked entitieswillbeimported.

The'TrimmedSurfaces'Area TheTrimmedSurfacesareacontainscheckboxesthatyoumayusetoproperlyprocess TrimmedSurfaces.

CheckBox ShowTrim ShowBaseSurface

Description Showsthetrimmedsurface. Showstheuntrimmedsurface(base surface). UseBCurves IfBcurvesarepresentintheIGES file,selectthischeckboxtousethem asthetrimdefinition.Youmayalso needtoselectthischeckboxifthe modelhaspoorlydefinedCtrimming curves.Byselectingthischeckbox, theCtrimmingcurveswillbe regeneratedfromtheBtrimming curves. UseCCurves IfCcurvesarepresentintheIGESfile, selectthischeckboxtousethemasthe trimdefinition.Youmayneedtousethis optionifthemodelhaspoorlydefined Btrimmingcurves.Byselectingthis checkbox,theBtrimmingcurveswill beregeneratedfromtheCtrimming curves. IfyouselecttheShowTrimcheckbox,theothercheckboxesunderitbecomeavailablefor selection.Youcanuseeither'B'or'C'curvesasyourtrimdefinition,dependingontheattributes ofthetrimmedsurface. Note:Beawarethatifyouuse'C'curvesasyourtrimdefinition,PCDMISwillhavetocalculate the'B'curvesthatcanbequitetimeconsuming. Also,iftheIGESfilecontainstrimmedsurfacesthathaveasurfaceofrevolutionasabase surfacethesecheckboxesbecomeavailableforselection:

CheckBox ReverseParams

Description DetermineswhetherornottofixB trimmingcurvesthatreversetheUand

122 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

VParam0to1

UParam0to1

ShowBaseSurface

Vparameters. DetermineswhetherornottofixtheV parameterthatgetsdefinedinthe range0to1,insteadofinradians. Determineswhetherornottofixthe'U' parameterthatgetsdefinedwitha rangeof0to1insteadofinradians whenthegeneratrixofthesurfaceof revolutionisanarc. Determineswhetherornottoshowthe untrimmedsurface.

DefiningTrimmingCurves Youcandefinetrimmingcurvesintwoways: Using3dimensionalcoordinatesinmodelspace(thecoordinatesthesurfaceis definedin).TheseareknownasCtrimmingcurvesbecauseeachcoordinaterequires threevaluestopositionitinmodelspace(1,2,3A,B,C).Bydefinition,thecurvemust bedefinedsothatitgeometricallycoincideswiththesurface.Inotherwords,thecurve mustlieonthesurface.However,apoorlydefinedCtrimmingcurvemaybreakthisrule. Definingthepositionofthecurveusingrelativepositionsonthesurface.Theseare knownasBtrimmingcurvesbecauseeachcoordinaterequirestwovaluestopositionit inparametricspace.Forexample,arectangularsurfacecouldhavetheparametric position(0,0)atonecornerand(1,1)attheoppositecorner.Everypositiononthe surfacecouldthenberepresentedusingtwovaluepairsbetweenthesetwoextremes. Theparametricposition(0.5,0.5)wouldbeinthecenterofthesurface.The parametricallydefinedcurveisrepresentedusingthese2dimensionalparameterspace points.Bydefinition,thecurvemustbedefinedsothatitdoesnotgooutsidethe parameterspaceofthesurfaceitlieson.However,apoorlydefinedsurfacemaybreak thisrule.

ExampleofShowingTrim

IGESFilewithShowTrimcheckboxselected ExampleofnotShowingTrim UsingtheIGESfileinthe"ExampleofShowingTrim"topicabove,ifyoudeselecttheShowTrim checkbox,youwillendupwithanemptymodel.ThisisbecausethisparticularIGESfilecontains onlytrimmedsurfaces.However,ifyoudeselecttheShowTrimcheckboxandselecttheShow BaseSurfacecheckbox,thisistheresult:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 123

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IGESFilewithShowTrimcheckboxnotselected Noticethatalltheholesinthesurfacesaregoneandthattheouterboundariesofthesurfaces arenottrimmed.

AlteringtheDisplayofExportedCAD
TheIGESWriteSetupdialogboxallowsyoutoalterhowtheIGES/DMISimagewillbedisplayed.

IGESWriteSetupDialogbox ToaccessthisdialogboxandalterhowtheIGES/DMISimageisdisplayed: BeginexportingyourCADfile(see"ExportinganIGESFile"). 1. WhentheIGESFiledialogboxappears,clicktheSetupbutton. 2. SelectthedesiredcheckboxoptionsfromtheIGESWriteSetupdialogbox. 3. ClicktheOKbutton. PCDMISwilldrawtheselectedCADimagewiththerequestedfeatures.

UnderstandingtheAvailableOutputOptions
ThevariousoutputoptionscontrolhowtheIGESentitiesareexported. SurfacesasSurfacesofRevolutionThischeckboxcausescones,cylinders,and spherestobeexportedassurfaceofrevolutionentities.

124 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SurfacesasArcsThischeckboxcausescones,cylinders,andspherestobeexportedas arcs.Aconewillbeexportedasacircleatitsbaseandapointatitsvertex.Acylinder willbeexportedastwocircles:onecircleatthetopandonecircleatthebottomofthe cylinder.Aspherewillbeexportedasacircleaboutitsequator. SurfacesasSurfacesofRevolutionandSurfacesasArcsYoucanselectboththese checkboxes.Inthiscase,PCDMISexports,cones,cylinders,andspheresassurfaces ofrevolutionandasarcs.Ifbothcheckboxesareclear,cones,cylinders,andspheres willnotbeexported. ScansasCopiousDataForm2Thischeckboxescausesscanstobeexportedasthe copiousdataIGESentitytypetheformatoftheentityispointswithoutvectors. ScansasCopiousDataForm3Thischeckboxescausesscanstobeexportedasthe copiousdataIGESentitytypetheformatoftheentityispointswithvectors.Thevarious formscontroltheformatofthecopiousdataentity. ScansasCopiousDataForm12Thischeckboxescausesscanstobeexportedasthe copiousdataIGESentitytypetheformatoftheentityispiecewiselinearcurvewithout vectors.Thevariousformscontroltheformatofthecopiousdataentity. ScansasCopiousDataForm13Thischeckboxescausesscanstobeexportedasthe copiousdataIGESentitytypetheformatoftheentityispiecewiselinearcurvewith vectors.Thevariousformscontroltheformatofthecopiousdataentity. ScansasPointsThischeckboxcausesscanstobeexportedasmultiplepointentities. ScansasCopiousDataandScansasPointsYoucanselectboththesecheckboxes. PCDMISthenexportsscansascopiousdataandaspoints.Ifyoudeselectthesecheck boxes,PCDMISdoesnotexportscans.

SettingImportOptions
Youcaneasilysetimportoptionstodeterminedefaultcolorsforcertainimportedentitytypes,as wellashowPCDMISdisplaysimportedcurves. Toperformthesemanipulations,selecttheEdit|Preferences|ImportOptions menuitem.This willdisplaytheImportOptionsdialogbox.

ImportOptionsdialogbox ThisdialogboxcontainstheDefaultColorsareaaswellassomecheckboxes.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 125

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefaultColors ThisarealetsyouchangethedefaultcolorsforimportedPoints,Curves,Surfaces,and Datumentitytypes.Iftheentitytypesdon'talreadyhaveadefinedcolor,theywilluse thisdefaultcolor.Tochangeacolor,simplyclickonabuttoninthisarea.Astandard Colordialogboxappears,allowingyoutoselectanewcolor.

Colordialogbox Whenyouimportthenextfeature,PCDMISwillusethenewlydefinedcolors. CheckBoxes ExplodepolylinestopointsUsually,whenyouimportcurvesentities,theyappearas individualcurves.Inreality,however,eachcurveisreallyapolyline,abunchoflines connectedbyaseriesofpoints.Selectingthischeckboxmakesimportedpolylinecurve entitiesappearasaseriesofpoints,onepointforeachpolylinevertex.Clearingthis checkboxmakesimportedcurvesappearasnormal. KeepPolylinesSelectingthischeckboxwillallowtheimagetocontinuetodisplaythe originalpolylinealongwiththepointswhenyouselecttheExplodepolylinetopoints checkbox.Clearingthischeckboxwillonlyshowtheseriesofpoints. PCDMISwillusethesesettingsforallfutureimportoperations.

ExecutingPartPrograms
WithPCDMISyoucaneasilyexecuteanentirepartprogramorperformpartialexecutions.This topicdescribeshowtoperformbothfullandpartialexecutions.Italsoexplainshowtousethe ExecutionModeOptionsdialogboxtoexecuteyourpartprogramsandhowtoresizethedialog box. WhenyouchoosetoexecutesomeorallofyourpartprogrambyselectingFile|Executeora menuitemfromtheFile|PartialExecutionsubmenu,andyoudon'thavebreakpointsinyour partprogram,PCDMISdisplaysadifferentlayoutofthescreendisplaycalledtheexecution layout.ThislayoutinitiallyhidestheEditwindowandexpandstheGraphicsDisplaywindow,to showmoreofthepart.ItalsodisplaystheProbeReadoutwindow.Youcanchangewhat

126 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

windowsappearduringexecutionbypausingtheexecutionandshowingorhidingawindow. Subsequentexecutionswilluseyourupdatedexecutionlayout. Whenexecutionfinishes,thescreenlayoutreturnstothelearntimelayout.Anywindowyoushow orhideduringlearntimebecomespartofthelearntimelayout. Note:IfyourprogramusesbreakpointsandtheEditwindowisinCommandmodewhenyou choosetoexecute,PCDMIScontinuestodisplaytheEditwindowduringexecutionbuthighlights thecurrentcommandtoexecuteinred.IftheEditwindowisinSummarymode,witha breakpoint,PCDMISshowsagreenhighlightintheEditwindowforalreadyexecuted commands,yellowforafeatureabouttobemeasured,blueforfeaturescurrentlyundergoing execution,andorangefornonexecutedcommands.

ExampleofcolorsusedinSummarymodeduringexecutionwithabreakpoint.

ExampleofcolorsusedinCommandmodeduringexecutionwithabreakpoint.

Execute
Toexecuteallmarkedcommandsoftheentirepartprogram,selecttheFile|Executeoption.

ExecuteFeature
Toexecuteonlythefeatureonwhichthecursorrests,selecttheFile|PartialExecution| ExecuteFeatureoption.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 127

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox PCDMISwilldisplaytheExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox.IfPCDMISissettomanual mode(mode=MANUAL),itwillpromptyoutotakethenecessaryhits.IfPCDMISissettoDCC mode(mode=DCC),itwillautomaticallymovetheprobebasedontheparameterssetinthe dialogbox.

ExecuteFrom
Toresumeapreviouscancelledexecution,usetheFile|PartialExecution|ExecuteFrom menuoption.Thiscommandexecutesthefeaturelisteduntiltheendofthepartprogram.This menuoptionisonlyavailablewhenyouhavecanceledapriorexecutecommandbyusingthe ExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox. Example:Ifduringaprogramexecution,youclicktheCancelbuttonwhilemeasuringfeature CIR1.TheExecuteFrommenubecomesavailablesothatyoucancontinueinspectingthepart beginningatCIR1.

ExecuteFromCursor
Toexecutethepartprogrambeginningatthecursor'scurrentlocation,selecttheFile|Partial Execution|ExecuteFromCursormenucommand.Theprogramwillexecutethepartprogram beginningatthecursor'scurrentlocation.

ExecuteBlock
Toexecuteablockofcommands,selectthecommandsyouwanttoexecute,andthenwiththe commandsstillselected,choosetheFile|PartialExecution|ExecuteBlockmenucommand. PCDMISwillexecuteonlytheselectedblockofcommands.

ExecuteFromStartPoints'
Tobeginexecutionataspecifiedstartpoint,firstsetthestartpointbyrightclickinginside CommandmodeandselectingSetStartPoint fromtheshortcutmenu,andthenchoosethe ExecutefromStartPointsmenucommand. Important:Beawarethatifthecurrenttipforthatlocationintheprogramdoesnotmatchthe currentorientationoftheprobehead,PCDMISwillnottryandgobacktoexecutethetip commandaboveitinordertochangethetiporientation.

AnyOrderExecution
PCDMIS versions4.0andlaterallowyoutoexecutemanuallymeasuredpartprogramfeatures inanyorder.Thisisusefulforportablearmmachines.

128 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thisfunctionalitybecomespossibleifthefollowingconditionsaremet: Itonlyappliestofeaturesmeasuredwithmanualhits. Thepartprogramscannothaveanybranchingorloops. Thefeaturesyoumeasureoutofordermustusethesamealignmentandprobeasthe featurePCDMISinitiallyplannedtomeasure(itwillnotsearchacrossLOADPROBEor ALIGNMENTcommands). Outoforderexecutiononlyworksforfeaturesmeasuredafteracompletealignment.The initialalignmentmustbemeasuredinorder.

HowItWorks: Whenyouexecuteyourpartprogram,PCDMISasksyoutotakethefirsthitonthefirstfeature. Youcandecidetotakeyourfirsthitonadifferentfeatureinstead.Whenyoudothis,PCDMIS lookstoseeifyoutookthathitwithinatoleranceofthehitPCDMISexpected.Ifyourhitismore thanaspecifiedtolerance(usually10mm)awayfromthefeature,thenPCDMISwillsearch backwardsandforwardsthoughthepartprogramfortheclosestfeaturewho'sinitialhitmatches theinitialhitthatyoutook.YoucandefinethetoleranceintheSetupOptionsdialogbox, Generaltab. Ifyoutakeahitthatisnotintoleranceforanyfeatureinyourentirepartprogram,thearmwill soundabeepalert,andPCDMISwillignorethehit.Anerrormessagewillalsoappearinthe ExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox.Simplytakeadifferenthitclosertoapartprogramfeature tocontinue. WhenPCDMISfindstheappropriatefeature,itpassesyourfirsthitintothefeature.Itthen movesthearrowindicatingwheretotakethenexthittothenewfeature.PCDMISonlychecks thetoleranceonthefirsthitofthefeature.Afterthat,itassumesthatyouwillcontinuetakinghits untilyoufinishmeasuringthatfeature. Onceyoufinishmeasuringafeatureoutoforder,PCDMISattemptstogobacktoitsinitialorder. Itwillcontinuetopromptyoutomeasuretheoriginalfeatureeachtimeyoufinishmeasuring somethingelseoutoforderuntilyoueitherskiptheoriginalfeatureormeasureit.PCDMIS tracksthefeaturesyoumeasureoutofordersothattheyaren'tremeasuredwhenPCDMIS resumesitsregularexecutionroute. Ifyouremeasureafeature,PCDMISwillrecomputeeverythingthatusesthatfeatureupuntilthe currentexecutionlocation.

UsingtheExecutionModeOptionsDialogBox
AllexecutionoperationsbeginbydisplayingtheExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingAdvancedFile Options 129

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox PCDMISwillthenexecuteallmarkedcommandsofthecurrentpartprogram. IfyouareinManualMode,PCDMISwillrequestyoutotakehits. IfyouareinDCCMode,PCDMISwillautomaticallybeginthemeasurementprocess.

MachineErrors
TheMachineErrorslistdisplaysanyerrorsthatmayoccurduringexecutionofthepartprogram. Somepossibleerrorsareanunexpectedprobehitoranunexpectedendofmove.Youcanview theerrorsbyclickingonthedropdownarrow.

MachineCommands
TheMachineCommandslistdisplaysanymovesandhitsforthecurrentfeature(orthefeature abouttobemeasured).Thisinformationisonlyavailableiftheprogramisstoppedduring execution,eitherbyerrororbytheoperator.Executionofthepartprogramcanberesumedby highlightingthedesiredhit(ormove)fromtheMachineCommandslistboxandselectingthe Continuebutton. Example:IfaclearancemovecommandwasprogrammedwiththewrongX,Y,orZ,thenduring theexecutionofthatmove,youmightgetamotionerror.Tocontinue: PulldowntheMachineCommandsdropdownlist. Selectthecommandfollowingtheoffendingmove. PresstheContinuebutton.

Continue
TheContinuecommandbuttonallowsyoutoresumeexecutionofapartprogramhaltedbya CMMmotionerror,ortheStopbutton.PCDMISallowsyoutoselectthespecificlocationwithin thecurrentfeaturewheretheprobeistoresumemeasuringthepart.Thedefaultlocationis displayedintheMachineCommandslist.Toselectanotherlocation,simplypulldownthedrop downarrowandselectthedesiredline.PCDMISwillcontinuethemeasurementprocessatthe displayedlocationwhentheContinuebuttonispressed.

Stop
TheStopcommandbuttonhaltstheprobeatitscurrentpositionandsuspendsexecutionofthe partprogram. Note:ThisoptionwillnotstopthepartprogramexecutionifthecurrentmoveisaPH9orientation change.TheprogramwillstopafterthePH9hasstopped. Thetopic"ManuallyControllingaFeature'sMeasurement"discussesusingStoptoswitchto manualmodeduringtheexecutionprocess.

130 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EraseHit
ToremovethecurrentlyhighlightedhitintheMachineCommandslist,simplypresstheErase Hitbutton, locatedintheExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox. MostCMMjogboxeshaveabuttonassignedtoerasingthelasthit.Pressingthatbuttononthe CMM'sjogboxwhileinExecutemode,producesthesameresultasclickingtheEraseHitbutton onthedialogbox.

Skip
TheSkipcommandskipsthenextcommanddisplayedintheMachineCommandslist.Any commandsthatdependontheskippedcommandarealsoskipped.

StepNext
TheStepNextcommandbuttoncontinueswiththemeasurementprocessbutdoessoonestep atatime,pausingtheCMMafterexecutingeachstepofanycommandthatmovestheCMM. WhileinStepMode,hitscanbeinsertedintofeaturesandnewfeaturescanbeinsertedbetween existingfeaturesorcommands.Ifyouinsertanewfeature,PCDMISwilldisplayadialogbox allowingyouto: SkiptotheHIT/BASICcommandofthenewfeature, Remeasurethenewfeature,or Continuesteppingthroughthepartprogram,ignoringthenewfeatureentirely.

StepModecanalsobesimulatedoffline. StepNextappearsonthedialogboxwhenPCDMISpausesexecutionforabreakpoint(see "UsingBreakpoints"inthe"EditingaPartProgram"chapter).

Jump
TheJumpbuttonautomaticallystopsexecution(ifyou'reusingaDCCmachine)anddisplaysthe JumptoFeatureListdialogbox.Fromthislist,youcanselectthenextfeaturetoexecute, therebydeviatingasneededfromtheautomaticallygeneratedexecutionpath.

JumptoFeatureListdialogbox
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingAdvancedFile Options 131

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Afteryouselectafeaturefromthelist,clickOK,andPCDMISwillexecutetheselectedfeature. Afteritfinishes,itwillreturntothepredefinedpathandattempttoexecutethenextnon measuredfeatureuntilyouclickJumpagainandselectanewfeature.

ManuallyControllingaFeature'sMeasurement
Tomanuallycontrolthemeasurementofafeature: 1. ClickontheStopcommandbuttonintheExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox. 2. ClicktheManualModeicon.PCDMISwillthenallowyoutocontrolthemeasurement processonthecurrenthit.(See"Continue".) WhenthecurrentfeatureismeasuredinMANUALmode,PCDMISwillautomaticallyreturnthe systemtoDCCmodeandcontinuetomeasurethepartundercomputercontrol.Youcanpress theDCCmodeicontogobacktoDCCmodeatanytime. PCDMISwillnotreplacetheoriginalhitswithanyofthenewhits.Ifameasurementvalueneeds tobealtered,itmustbedoneintheEditwindow. Note:Someautofeatureswillaskattheendofmanualmeasurementifyouwanttosavethenew locationofthefeatureasthetargetforfutureexecutionsofthepartprogram.ClickingYES in responsetothispromptwillsavethecurrentlymeasuredpositionasthenewtarget.

ResizingtheExecutionModeOptionsDialogBox
TheExecutionModeOptionsdialogboxisresizable.Toresizethisdialogbox: 1. Placethemousecursorontheouteredgeofthedialogbox.Thegeneralarrowiconwill bereplacedbyadoublearrowicon. 2. Holddowntheleftmousebutton. 3. Whileholdingdowntheleftmousebutton,dragthecursortothedesiredlocation. 4. Releasethemousebutton. Theboxwillberesized.Thiscapabilityisusefulwhentheexecutiondataneedstobereadfrom adistance.

132 UsingAdvancedFileOptions

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SettingYourPreferences
SettingYourPreferences:Introduction
PCDMISallowsyoutosetpersonalpreferencesthattailortheformandfunctionofPCDMISto meetindividualspecifications.Usingthischapteryouwillbeabletocontroloutputformat,screen graphics,machineparameters,andotheroptions. Themaintopicsinthischapterinclude: SelectingPCDMISSetupOptions ModifyingReportandMotionParameters SettingUptheEditWindow SettingUptheReadoutWindow SettingUpMultipleArms DefiningtheRotaryTable SettingUpProbeChangerOptions LoadingtheActiveProbe SettingUptheMachineInterface CompensatingforTemperature SpecifyingExternalDirectoriestoSearch ChangingOpenGLOptions SettingImportOptions Understandingthe.DATFiles

Thefollowingparagraphsdescribethevarioussystemoptionsandtheirfunctions.

ANoteonStoringSettingsforMultipleUsers
AnychangesmadetoPCDMIS'ssettings,parameters,oruserinterfacecustomizationsarenow storedforeachuser.ThisiscontrolledinternallybyusingtheWindowsNT/Windows2000user permissions.Loggingontotheoperatingsystembyyourspecificusernameautomaticallyrecalls yoursettings.Thesearestoredinsidenamedsubdirectoriesatthelocationwhereyouinstalled PCDMIS.

SwitchingBetweenMachineProfiles
Important:YourportlockmustbeprogrammedwiththeIPMeasureoptionfortheSaveMachine ProfileandRecallMachinemenuitemstoappear. Thesetwomenuitemsletyoueasilyswitchbetweenmachineprofileswhencreatingpart programsoffline. Edit|Preferences|SaveMachineProfileThismenuitemdisplaysaSaveAsdialogbox thatasksforafilenameandrecordsallthecurrentsettingsforthevirtualmachineintoa filewithan"mpl"filenameextension.PCDMISsavesthefollowingintothefileforlater recall: o Loadedmachinemodel o Loadedtoolchangermodel
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 133

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

o o o o o o

Rotarytablesettings Mountorientationfortheprobe Startingdefaultprobecomponent(PH10,CW43etc.) Activeprobefile Any"fixed"quickfixturecomponents Themachine'sspeedsettingsandlimits

Edit|Preferences|RecallMachineThismenuitemletsyourestoreamachine'ssettings thatwerestoredinan.mplfile.PCDMISdisplaysanOpendialogbox,andonceyou selectthefiletoopen,PCDMISrestoresthesettings.

SelectingPCDMISSetupOptions
SelectingtheEdit|Preferences|SetupmenuoptionaccessestheSetUpOptionsdialogbox. ThisdialogboxallowsyoutoaltertheformandfunctionofPCDMIS.Simplyclickonthedesired tab.Theavailabletabsincludethefollowing:

SetupOptions:Generaltab

SetUpOptionsdialogboxGeneraltab TheGeneraltabcanbeaccessedbyclickingontheGeneraltabwithintheSetUpOptions dialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup).Thisoptionwillallowyoutochangevariousfunctions controllingthemeasurementprocess.

EditBoxesfortheGeneraltab
TheeditboxesfortheGeneraltaballowyoutoeditthefollowingoptions:

134 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Scale Factor

TheScaleFactorboxscalesthemeasureddatabywhat everfactorisentered.Forexample,ifacircleismeasured andhasadiameterof1.0inchesandthescalefactoris 0.95thenthemeasuredvaluewillbereportedas0.95 inches.

Minutesto Save

TheMinutestoSaveboxallowsyoutoentertheamount ofminutesthatPCDMISwillwaitbeforeautosavingyour partprogram.Theleastamountofminutesyoucanenter isone.TheMinutestoSaveboxbecomesavailablewhen youselecttheAutomaticFileSavecheckbox.

ThisboxbecomesavailablewhenyoufirstselecttheFind Nominalscheckbox.See"FindNominals". Find Nominals Tolerance TheFindNominalsToleranceboxallowsyoutotypethe amountoftolerancethatPCDMISuseswhenfindingthe nominals.Thedefaultis10mm. WhenyouinitiallysetthisvalueandclickOK(and wheneveryouperformafindnominalsoperationinlearn mode),PCDMISchecksthisvalueagainsttheactivetip's radius.Ifthisvalueislessthanthetip'sradius,PCDMIS willchangeittomatchthediameteroftheactivetip.

Show Deviations Tolerance

TheShowDeviationsToleranceboxallowsyoutotype theamountoftolerancethatPCDMISuseswhenPC DMISisshowinghitdeviations.Thisoptionisonly availablewhenyoufirstselecttheShowHitDeviation checkbox.

Deviation Arrow Multiplier

TheDeviationArrowMultiplierboxisonlyavailable whenyoufirstselecttheShowHitDeviationcheckbox. AnarrowappearsintheGraphicsDisplaywindowmarking eachhittaken,showingthedeviation.Thelargerthevalue enteredinthisfield,thegreaterthesizeofthearrow.

AnyOrder Execute Tolerance

TheAnyOrderExecuteToleranceboxletsyoudefine thetolerancethatthehitmustbewithinforPCDMISto measurethatfeaturewhenexecutingyourpartprogramin anyorderexecutemode.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 135

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Ifyourinitialhitismorethanthespecifiedtoleranceaway fromthefeature,PCDMISwillsearchbackwardsand forwardsthroughthepartprogramfortheclosestfeature whoseinitialhitmatchesyourinitialhitandexecutethat featureinstead.SeeAnyOrderExecutioninthe"Using AdvancedFileOptions"chapterformoreinformation. PCDMISstoresthetolerancevaluewithyourpart program.Thisallowsyoutohavedifferentsearchzones fordifferentpartprogramsifdesired.

Thickness

TheThicknessboxworkswiththeThicknessforPoint OnlyModePointscheckbox.Ifyouselectthe Thickness forPointOnlyModePointscheckbox,thethicknessin thisboxwillbeappliedtoeachpointcreatedbyPointOnly Mode. See"PointOnlyMode"and"ThicknessforPointOnly ModePoints"foradditionalinformation.

Execution FindNoms Tolerance

TheExecutionFindNomsToleranceboxallowsyouto typetheamountoftolerancethatPCDMISuseswhen findingthenominalsduringpartprogramexecution. ThisboxbecomesavailablewhenyoufirstselecttheFind NominalsduringExecutioncheckbox. See"FindNominalsDuringExecution". TheAutoCircleHitsboxallowsyoutosetthedefault numberofhitsPCDMISwilltakewhilelearningcircles usingCADdata.Theminimumnumberofhitsthatmaybe enteredisthree.Itonlychangesthenumberofhitsfor circlesabouttobeprogrammed,notforcirclesthathave alreadybeenprogrammed. TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorforthisoption reads: AutoCirHits=[numberofhits].Forinformationon modifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"Modifying RegistryEntries"appendix. TheAutoLineHitsboxallowsyoutosetthedefault numberofhitsPCDMISwilltakewhilelearninglinesusing CADdata.Theminimumnumberofhitsthatmaybe enteredistwo.Itonlychangesthenumberofhitsforlines abouttobeprogrammed,notforlinesthathavealready beenprogrammed. TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorforthisoption

Auto CircleHits

AutoLine Hits

136 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

reads: AutoLineHits=[numberofhits].Forinformation onmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"Modifying RegistryEntries"appendix

HitsinU

TheHitsinUboxindicatestheminimumnumberofrows thatmustbetakenwhenscanning. Note:Thisscanningoptionisonlyactivewhenusedwith theCurvesandSurfacesoptions.

HitsinV

TheHitsinVboxindicatestheminimumnumberofhits perrowthatmustbetakenwhenscanning. Note:Thisscanningoptionisonlyactivewhenusedwith theCurvesandSurfacesoptions.

Warnings

TheWarningsbuttondisplaystheWarningsDisplayOptionsdialogbox. Important:Inordertobettersupporttheabilitytoturnoffwarningsinversion4.0andabove, warningmessageswillonlyappearintheWarningsDisplayOptionsdialogboxonceyouhave turnedthemoff.Ifnowarningshavebeenturnedoffthedialogboxwillbeempty.

WarningsDisplayOptionsdialogbox ThisdialogboxallowsyoutotellPCDMIStoredisplaywarningsthatyouhavealreadyswitched offaswellaschangethedefaultactionsforwarningmessagesthatareturnedoff.Bydefaultthis dialogboxisempty.Whenawarningmessageappears,PCDMISgivesyoutheoptionofnot receivingthatwarningagain.Whenyouchoosetonotreceivethewarning,thewarningendsup inthisdialogbox.


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 137

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Tostartreceivingawarningmessageagain: 1. AccesstheSetUpOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup). 2. SelecttheGeneraltab. 3. ClicktheWarningsbutton.TheWarningsDisplayOptionsdialogboxwillopen.Itwill showanywarningsyouhaveturnedoff. 4. Selectthewarninginthedialogbox. 5. Clearitscheckbox. 6. ClickOK.Thewarningisremovedfromthedialogboxandyouwillstartreceivingthat warningmessageagain. TheClearListbuttonclearsallthecheckboxesforallitemsinthisdialogbox,therebyreturning PCDMIStoitsdefaultmodeofdisplayingallthewarningmessages. Tochangethedefaultactionforawarningmessage: 1. MakesureyouhaveclickedtheDon'taskmeagaincheckboxwhenthewarning appears.ThiscausesittogototheWarningsDisplayOptionsdialogbox. 2. AccesstheSetUpOptionsdialogbox 3. SelecttheGeneraltab. 4. ClicktheWarningsbutton.TheWarningsDisplayOptionsdialogboxwillopen.Itwill showanywarningsyoudonotwanttodisplay. 5. Doubleclickonthewarningmessagewhosedefaultactionyouwanttochange.PC DMISdisplaysthewarning,allowingyoutoselectthenewdefaultaction. 6. Selectthenewdefaultaction.Thelistwillnowbeupdatedwiththenewaction. 7. ClicktheOKbuttontosaveyourchoice.

Password

ThePasswordbuttonallowsyoutopasswordprotectaccesstotheSetupOptionsdialogbox. Topasswordprotectyoursetupoptions: 1. AccesstheSetUpOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup). 2. SelecttheGeneraltab. 3. ClickthePasswordbutton.TheOptionsPassworddialogboxappears.

OptionsPassworddialogbox

4. 5. 6. 7.

IntheNewPasswordbox,typethedesiredpassword. IntheRepeatentrybox,retypethesamepasswordtoconfirmyourentry. SelecttheUsePasswordcheckbox. ClickOK.

ThenexttimeyouattempttoaccesstheSetupOptionsdialogbox,youwillbeaskedtotypethe passwordbeforeproceeding.

138 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

If,atthisrequest,youclickCancelyouwillhavetheoptionofviewingthecurrentlyselected optionsbutwillbeunabletomakeanychanges.

CheckBoxesfortheGeneraltab
ThecheckboxeslistedintheGeneraltaboftheSetUpOptionsdialogboxallowyoutoturnon oroffavarietyofdifferentoptions.Thisisusefulbecauseyoucancustomizethewaymuchof PCDMISoperatesinordertofityourspecificneeds.

PressEndKey

ThePressEndKeycheckboxcontrolswhetherornotPCDMISwaitsforyoutopresstheEND keybeforeitacceptsthelasthittaken.Selectingthischeckboxallowsyoutopreviewthelasthit beforeyouacceptit.Ifyoudon'tselectthischeckbox,thecurrenthitthatyoutakewiththejog boxisnotstoredinthehitbuffer,butautomaticallybecomesthelasthitforthefeature,evenif youtakethehitatthewrongspot.

AutomaticFileSave

TheAutomaticFileSavecheckboxallowsyoutoautomaticallysavethepartprogramat predeterminedtimeintervals.Ifthischeckboxisselected,thedefaultsettingwillsavethe programeveryminute.Thisamountoftimecanbechangedsimplybyenteringanothervaluein theMinutestoSavebox. PCDMISstorestheautosavedfileunderthetitleof"AutosaveCopyof"plustheoriginalfile name.Thisautosavedcopycanbeopenedinthesamemannerasaregularpartprogramin caseofsomecatastrophicfailureoftheoriginalfile.TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorfor thisoptionreads: AutoSave=0or1 Forinformationonmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries" appendix.

FindNominals

TheFindNominalscheckboxcontrolshowPCDMIStreatshits.Whenselected,PCDMISwill thenautomaticallyconsidereachprobetouch,findingtheclosestCADnominalforthattouch.It willcontinuetoaccumulatehitsuntiltheENDkeyispressed.Thefeaturetypewillthenbe calculatedandtheCADnominalsapplied. Onceselected,theFindNominalsToleranceboxbecomesavailable.See"FindNominals Tolerance".

PointOnlyMode

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 139

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThePointOnlyModecheckboxcontrolshowPCDMISrespondstoeachprobehit.When selected,PCDMISautomaticallyconsiderseachprobehittobeasinglepointmeasurementand automaticallycreatesanAutoVectorPoint.Ifthecheckboxisnotselected,PCDMISwill accumulateprobehitsuntiltheENDkeyispressed.Onlythenwillitdeterminethetypeoffeature justmeasured. Whenyouselectthischeckbox,theThicknessforPointonlyModePointscheckboxbecomes available.See"ThicknessforPointOnlyModePoints".

EdgePointOnlyMode

TheEdgePointOnlyModecheckboxcontrolshowPCDMISrespondstoeachsetofprobehits. Inthiscase,asetisdefinedastwosingularprobehits.Thefirsthitshouldalwaysbetakenonthe surface.Thesecondhitshouldalwaysbetakenontheedge.Whenthischeckboxisselected, PCDMISautomaticallyconsiderseachsetofprobehitstobeasinglepointmeasurementand automaticallycreatesanAutoEdgePoint.Ifthecheckboxisnotselected,PCDMISwill accumulateprobehitsuntilyoupresstheENDkey.Onlythenwillitdeterminethetypeoffeature justmeasured. PDDMISwillusetheoptionsasdisplayedintheHits,Auto,andMiscareasoftheEdgePoint dialogboxwhencreatingtheEdgePoint(Seethe"CreatinganAutoEdgePoint"topicinthe "CreatingAutoFeatures"chapter). CADnominalswillbeappliediftheFindNomsoptionischecked.

IgnoreMotionError
Thisoptiondoesnotapply toallmachinetypes.Some machinescanutilizethis SelectingtheIgnoreMotionErrorscheckboxtellsPCDMISto optionwhileonothersitwill ignorecollisionerrors.SelectingthischeckboxandclickingOK havenoeffect. insertsanIGNOREMOTIONERRORS/ONcommandintotheEdit window.WhenPCDMISencountersthiscommandandtheprobe collideswithanobstruction,theprobewillnotautomaticallystop. Thisoptionishelpfulwhenmeasuringmaterialssuchasclayor plastic,wheresomeflexibilityisnecessary. SettingthiscommandtoOFFwithintheEditwindowwilloncemore displaycollisionerrors.

AutomaticallyAdjustProbeHeadWrist

IfyouselecttheAutomaticallyAdjustProbeHeadWristcheckbox,PCDMISwillselecta positionthatmostcloselyapproximatesthebestapproachdirectionautomaticallyforeachhit throughoutthepartprogramforsubsequentfeatures. Important:PCDMISonlyapplieswristchangestofeaturescreatedafteryouselectthischeck box.Itdoesnothingtopreexistingfeatures.

140 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IfPCDMIScanfindcalibratedtipsthatfallwithintheangletolerancedefinedintheWrist WarningDeltaboxofthePart/Machinetab,itllusethosetipsovernoncalibratedtipsthathave closeranglematches(see"SetupOptions:Part/Machinetab"). ThisoptioncanalsobeturnedonforindividualhitsofAutoFeaturesbyusingtheAutoPH9 checkbox.(Seethe"CreatingAutoFeatures"chapter.) TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorforthisoptionreads: AutoAdjustPh9=0or1.For informationonmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"appendix

IgnoreCADtoPart

Eachtimeyoucreateanalignment(savedorotherwise)PCDMIScreatestwotransformation matrices. Machinetopartcoordinatesmatrix. CADtopartsmatrix

Machinetopartcoordinates:PCDMIScomputethisfromtheinputfeaturesmeasuredvalues thatarestoredinternallyinmachinecoordinates. CADtoparts:PCDMIScomputesthisusingthesameinstructionsasthemachinetoparts matrix.Inthiscasehowever,thetheoreticalvaluesoftheinputfeaturesareusedinsteadofthe measuredvalues.TheoreticalvaluesarestoredinternallyinCADcoordinates. Whenyoudon'thaveavailableCADdata,theoreticaldatausuallycomesfromthemeasured valuesofthelearnedfeatures.Itisdifficulttogetconsistentresultsusingtheoreticalvalues.This canhappenwhensomeofthesevaluesareedited,whileothersarenot. IfyouhaveselectedtheIgnoreCADtoPartcheckboxwhenyousaveanalignment,PCDMIS onlysavesthemachinetopartalignmentanddoesnotcreatetheCADtopartstransformation matrix.Alltheoreticalvalueswillnowbeindependentofoneanother. Generally,ifyouarenotusingCADdata,selectthischeckbox. EffectsonCadEqualsPart YoumaywanttoexecuteanalignmentfromfeaturesmeasuredwithoutCADdatainDCCmode. IfyouwillbeusingtheCADEqualsPartmenuoption(orCAD=Partbutton),besuretoselect theIgnoreCADtoPartcheckboxpriortosettingtheCADequaltothepart.Forinformationon settingtheCADequaltothepart,seethe"CADEqualsPart"topicinthe"CreatingandUsing Alignments"chapter. TheoreticalValuesforCopiedFeatures IfyouclearthischeckboxandcopyafeaturetoanewlocationintheEditwindow,thetheoretical valuesofthefeaturewillbeassociatedwiththealignmentatthefeature'soriginallocationand willseemtochange.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 141

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IfyouselectthischeckboxandcopyafeaturetoanewlocationintheEditwindow,the theoreticalvaluesofthefeaturewillbeassociatedwiththealignmentatthefeature'snewlocation. Andwillseemtobeunchanged. See"ChangingAlignmentNominalValues"inthe"CreatingandUsingAlignments"chapter.

Resetglobalsettingswhenbranching

IfyouselecttheResetglobalsettingswhenbranchingcheckbox,PCDMISwillresetthe globalvaluesforstatecommands(seethelistofcommandsbelow.)afterencounteringa branchingstatement.(Forinformationonbranching,seethe"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapterforinformationonbranching).Anystatecommandsjumpedover,becauseofabranching statement,willnotbeexecuted.Thisallowsyoutoskipoversectionsoftheprogramwithout havingthesesettingschange. Forexample,supposeyourpartprogramhasthefollowing: TIP/T1A0B0 MYLABEL=LABEL/

Measurementsetc...

TIP/T1A90B90 GOTO/MYLABEL

Ifyouselectthecheckbox, WhenPCDMISreadstheGOTOstatement,itjumpstoMYLABEL.Andthensearchesup,using thefirstencounteredTIP/command:TIP/T1A0B0 Ifyoudeselectthischeckbox, WhenPCDMISreadstheGOTOstatement,itjumpstoMYLABEL.PCDMISwon'tresetglobal settingswhenencounteringabranchingstatement.Instead,itusesthelastexecutedTIP/ command:TIP/T1A90B90 PCDMISdefaultstoselectingthecheckbox.Inversionspriortoversion3.25,PCDMIS automaticallyresettheglobalvaluesofthestatecommands.Now,PCDMISgivesyoutheoption toturnthisoptionOnorOff. CommandsResetAfterBranching: Start/align Recall/align Mode/ Rmeas/ Workplane/ Tip/ Loadprobe/

142 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Retract/ Check/ Touchspeed/ Movespeed/ Polarvectorcomp/ AutoTrigger/ Triggerplane/ TriggerTolerance/ Videosetup/ Displayprecision/ ManRetract/ Scanspeed/ Prehit/ Clamp/ Clearp/ Format/ 132column/ Gaponly/ Retrolinearonly/ Probecom/ Array_indices/ Fly/ Positivereporting/ Ignoremotionerrors/

MoveFeaturetoReferencePlane

IfyouselecttheMoveFeaturetoReferencePlanecheckbox,PCDMISwillautomatically projectthemeasuredfeaturetotheworkplane.Ingeneral,thisworksforanyofthefollowing featuretypesaslongastheyusethebestfitfunctionalityinternally: Circles Ellipses Lines Polygons Slots Measuredpoints

ShowExtendedSheetMetalOptions

IfyouselecttheShowExtendedSheetMetalOptionscheckbox,PCDMISwilldisplayallof theavailableSheetMetaloptionsintheAutoFeaturesdialogbox.(Seethevariousextended sheetmetaltopicsintheCreatingAutoFeatures"chapter)

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 143

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorforthisoptionreads: ShowExtendedSheetMetal=0 or1.Forinformationonmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries" appendix.

FixedDialogPositions

IfyouselecttheFixedDialogPositionscheckbox,PCDMISwilldisplaydialogboxesintheir defaultposition.Ifthisoptionisnotcheckmarked,PCDMISwilldisplayeachdialogbox whereveritwaslastpositioned.Thisoptionbecomesextremelyhelpfulwhenusingmacros. TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorforthisoptionreads: DialogFixedPosition=0or1. Forinformationonmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries" appendix.

LockMarkedSets

IfyouselecttheLockMarkedSetscheckbox,PCDMISwillpreventusersfromaccidentally deletingorotherwisemodifyingthecurrentmarksetconfigurations.PCDMISwillonlyallowyou toexecuteandactivatemarkedsets.Youmustclearthischeckboxtoaddordeletefeatures fromamarkedset.

AutomaticallyScaletoFit

IfyouselecttheAutomaticallyScaletoFitcheckbox,PCDMISwillautomaticallyscalethe screeneverytimeafeatureismeasured. TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorforthisoptionreads: AutoScaleToFit=0or1.For informationonmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"appendix

ShowHitDeviations

IfyouselecttheShowHitDeviationscheckbox,PCDMISwilldrawanarrowwheneverahitis takentoshowthemeasuredvalueminusthenominaldeviation.

UseCircularMovesonRoundFeatures

IfyouselecttheUseCircularMovesonRoundFeaturescheckbox,andifyouare"learning"a partprogrambytakinghitsonthepart,PCDMISwillautomaticallyplacecircularmove commandsintotheinsidecircularfeaturesaswellasintotheoutsideofcircularfeatures.This includesCircles,Cylinders,Cones,andSpheres.Thisstate,however,isonlyrelevantduring

144 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

learnmode.Oncethecircular/movecommandsarepresentinsidefeaturestheyremainthere unlessdirectlyremovedbytheuser. TheentryinthePCDMISSettingsEditorforthisoptionreads: UseCircularMoves=0or1.For informationonmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"appendix.

ThicknessforPointOnlyModePoints

Whenyouselectthischeckbox,youcanapplythicknesstopointscreatedwithPointOnlyMode. SelectingthischeckboxmakestheThicknessboxinthissamedialogboxavailableforediting. YoucanthentypeathicknessandapplythatthicknesstopointscreatedusingPointOnlyMode. Foradditionalinformation,see"PointOnlyMode"and"Thickness".

AllowfinetuningofAlignment

Wheneveryouchangeanalignment,PCDMISasksifitshouldupdatethecommandsbelowwith thechangedalignment.Ifyouhavethischeckboxselected,andyouclicktheNObuttonatthis prompt,PCDMISchangestheMACHINETOPARTtransformationifrequired.Ifdeselected,the MACHINETOPARTtransformationdoesnotchange.

UseCADProvidedIDsforFeatures

TheUseCADProvidedIDsforFeaturescheckboxallowsyoutoimportfeatureIDsfroma CADfile.Whenyouselectthischeckbox,PCDMISautomaticallyinputsthegivenCADIDinto theAutoFeaturedialogboxwhentheCADfeatureisselectedwithaleftmouseclick.Ifyou decidetokeepthisvalue,thenthefeaturecreatedwillhavethegivenID.

FindNominalsDuringExecution

IfyouselecttheFindNominalsduringExecutioncheckbox,newnominalsarefoundforboth SurfaceandVectorpointsduringpartprogramexecution.See"ExecutionFindNomsTolerance" todefinethetolerancevaluesPCDMISwilluse.Also,see"FindNominalsTolerance".

AutoContinueExecutionifFindHoleFails

IfyouselecttheAutoContinueExecutionifFindHoleFailscheckbox,PCDMISallowsyouto automaticallycontinueexecutingapartifthe"FindHole"optionfoundontheAutoFeaturedialog boxfailstofindahole.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 145

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Inthepast,whentheFindHoleoptionfailed,PCDMISpromptedyoutoplacetheprobeinthe centeroftheholetocontinuerunningthepartprogram.However,withtheAutoContinue ExecutionifFindHoleFailscheckboxselected,PCDMISautomaticallyprintsanerror messagetothereportandcontinuesrunningtheremainingpartprogram. FormorespecificinformationonFindHole,seethe"FindHoleCheckBox"topicinthe"Creating AutoFeatures"chapter.

ShowStartupDialog

TheShowStartupDialogcheckboxallowsyoutodeterminewhetherornotPCDMISshows theOpenFiledialogboxeachtimeyoustartPCDMIS.Thisdialogboxshowsalistingof availablepartprogramstoopen. Whenyouclearthecheckbox,PCDMISwilldisablethisstartupdialog. See"OpeningExistingPartPrograms"inthe"UsingBasicFileOptions"chapterforadditional informationontheOpenFiledialogbox.

AutomaticLabelPositioning

TheAutomaticlabelpositioningcheckboxtellsPCDMIStoautomaticallypositionfeature labelsaroundthepart.

AnimateProbeduringProgramMode

TheAnimateprobeduringProgramModecheckboxactivatesprobeanimationduring Programmode.Whenyouselectthischeckbox,theprobewillanimatethetakingofhitsinthe GraphicsDisplaywindowasthehitsaregeneratedfromCAD.

ShowIconinTextBoxes

TheShowiconintextboxescheckboxallowsyoutodetermineificonsdepictingthefeatureor dimensiontypeshouldappearintextboxesandinsidefeatureIDlabels.Thetextboxesinclude featureID,dimensioninfo,andpointinfotextboxes. Forinformationontextboxessee"TextBoxMode"inthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.

PierceCADon3DRotate

146 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThePierceCADon3Drotatecheckboxallowsyoutodeterminetheexactpointaboutwhich PCDMISrotateswhenperforminga3DrotatebysimplyrightclickingintheGraphicsDisplay window. Ifyouselectthischeckboxandperforma3DrotatebyrightclickingintheGraphics Displaywindow,PCDMISusesthepointwhereyouclickedasthepointusedabout whichtorotate. Ifyouclearthischeckboxandthenrightclickto3Drotate,thenPCDMISdoesn'tpierce theCAD.

Note:Asalways,however,ifPCDMISdetectsawireframeentityorsurfaceedgeclosetothe mousecursor,thenthepointontheentityoredgeclosesttothemousepointerwillbeusedas therotationpoint. See"3DRotateMode"discussedinthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapterforinformationon3D rotating.

SavePartProgramonExecute

TheSavePartProgramonExecutecheckboxtellsPCDMIStoautomaticallysavethecurrent partprogramwheneverit'sexecuted.

UseDMISButtoninEditWindow

TheUseDMISButtoninEditWindowcheckboxdetermineswhetherornottheDMISmode icongetsdisplayedontheEditwindowtoolbar.

PatchScansMaintainLastIncrement

ThePatchScansMaintainLastIncrementcheckboxforceseachnewlineofthepatchscanto usethelastincrementfromthepreviousline.Ifyoudeselectthischeckbox,thescanwillrevertto theminimumscanincrementwhentakingthefirsthitoneachline.

UseAutomotiveDeviationLetters

TheUseAutomotiveDeviationLetterscheckboxcausesPCDMIStoaddaletterafterthe deviationnumberinLocationandTruePositiondimensionreports.PCDMISinsertstheletter Fwhenthefeaturedeviatesinthedirectionofthefrontofthecar. Bwhenthefeaturedeviatesinthedirectionofthebackofthecar.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 147

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Iwhenthefeaturedeviatestowardsthecenterlineofthecar(meaningthecaristoo narrow). Owhenthefeaturedeviatesawayfromthecenterlineofthecar(meaningthecaristoo wide). Hwhenthefeaturedeviatestowardsthetopofthecar. Lwhenthefeaturedeviatestowardsthebottomofthecar.

MapofAutomotiveDeviationLetters TheselettersareaddedtotheLocationandTruePositiondimensionsjustfollowingthedeviation numbersreported.ThesedeviationlettersalsoappearinsidetheReportwindowforthe appropriatedimensions. AutomotiveDeviationLettersinCommandMode

AutomotiveDeviationLettersinReportWindow

148 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UseFindNominalsOverrideforScans

TheUseFindNominalsOverrideforScanscheckboxallowsyoutooverridefoundnominals whensearchingfornominalvaluesforascan'smeasuredpointswhenitexecutes. Note:Theexecutionmustfailtofindatleastoneofthemeasurednominalpointvaluesforyouto overridethefoundnominals. See"OverridingFoundNominals"inthe"EditingaPartProgram"chapter.

UseONLYPrioritySurfacesfortheFindNominalsDuringScans

TheUseONLYPrioritySurfacesfortheFindNominalsDuringScanscheckboxcausesPC DMIS(duringprogramexecution)tosearchfornominalvaluesforascan'smeasuredpointson onlytheprioritysurfacessetintheEditCADElementsdialogbox. See"EditingCAD"inthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.

DisplayOutlineofPlane

TheDisplayOutlineofPlanecheckboxdetermineswhetherornotPCDMISdisplaysactual planeoutlinesintheGraphicsDisplaywindowinsteadofthesmallsymbolictrianglesymbol typicallyused. Forexample,ifyouselectthischeckboxandmeasurethreepointstoconstructaplane,the symbolictrianglefortheplanewillbesizedsothatitsverticesareexactlywherethemeasured pointsare.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 149

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Exampleofaconstructedplanedisplayedwiththischeckboxselected Note: Whetheryouselectorclearthischeckbox,existingoutlinesaren'tredrawnonlyplanes createdfromthatpointonaffected.Tochangeexistingoutlines,youhavetodoitmanually. Toswitchthedisplayofexistingplanes: 1. AccesstheEditwindow. 2. PlaceitinCommandmode. 3. Gotothecommandfortheplane'sdisplayyouwanttochange.Forexample,


PLN1=FEAT/PLANE,RECT,TRIANGLE

4. PresstheTABkeyuntilyouhighlighttheTRIANGLEorOUTLINEfield. 5. PressF7orF8toswitchbetweentheavailablevaluesforthisfield. TRIANGLEdisplaysthesmallsymbolictrianglesymbolfortheplane. OUTLINEdisplaystheactualoutlineforthepointsmakinguptheplane.

6. PresstheTABkeytoseetheresultintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

TreatTheoValuesAsifStoredinPartCoordinates

TheTreattheovaluesasifstoredinpartcoordinatescheckboxcausesPCDMIStotreat theoreticalvaluesasifthey'restoredinpartcoordinates.Thisisonlyusefulwhenperforming programflowbranchingwherealignmentschange. Whenyouexecutethepartprogram,PCDMISremembersthemachinetopartalignmentforthe initialalignmentbutwhenPCDMISbranchestoanewalignment,itdeterminesthedifference betweenthealignmentsandupdatesthefeaturestomovebythatoffset.

MakeVariablesGloballyVisible

150 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Usually,whenasubroutineiscalled,allvariablesgo"outofscope"andareunavailable.The MakeVariablesGloballyVisiblecheckboxmakesanyvariablesglobally"visible",orusable, throughouttheentirepartprogram. Bydefault,thischeckboxisn'tselectedsothatvariablesinasubroutinewon'treplacedatastored invariableswiththesamenameinthemainpartprogram. Example:


ASSIGN/V1=1 C1=CALLSUB,MYSUB . . . SUBROUTINE/MYSUB COMMENT/OPER,V1 END/SUB

Ifyoudeselectthischeckbox,variablesarenotgloballyvisible.TheOPERcommentwill showavalueof0sinceV1cannotbeseenfrominsidethesubroutine. Ifyouselectthischeckbox,variablesaregloballyvisible,theOPERcommentwillshowa valueof1sinceV1canbeseenfrominsidethesubroutine. Forinformationonvariables,seethe"UsingExpressionsandVariables"chapter.

UseDMISPolarConvention

Withthisoptionselected,polarangleswillfollowstandardDMISPolarConvention. XYPlane(PLUSZorMINUSZ)coordinate'a'istheanglefromthexaxistowardsthey axis. YZPlane(PLUSXorMINUSX)coordinate'a'istheanglefromtheyaxistowardsthez axis. ZXPlane(PLUSYorMINUSY)coordinate'a'istheanglefromthezaxistowardsthex axis.

PassBackSettingsfromSubroutine

Thischeckboxallowsalignmentandothersystemchangesthatoccurwithinasubroutinetobe seenbythemainprogramafterthesubroutinecall.

UseProgramLayoutforExecution

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 151

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Selectingthischeckboxletsyouusethesamewindowlayoutsatexecutiontimeasyouhavefor programtime.

ForcePartAlignmentinCarBody

TheForcePartAlignmentinCarBodycheckboxforcesyouralignmenttobeincarbody alignment.Ifyouselectthischeckbox,nomatterwhatalignmentmethodyouchoose,the alignmentwillalwaysmatchthatoftheCAD.Selectingthischeckboxactsasasecondary transformationaftertheinitialalignment. Forexample,ifyoutranslatetothecenterholeontheHexagonMetrologytestblockandselect thischeckbox,theoriginwillstillbeinthecorner,butwhenyoureportonthathole,itwillbe perfectsinceyouusedittosetyourorigin.

Alignmentbeforeusingthischeckbox

Alignmentafterusingthischeckbox

KeepExistingDimension'sAxes

TheKeepExistingDimension'sAxescheckboxkeepsexistingaxesfordimensionedfeatures fromgettingupdatedevenifyouswitchadimensionedfeaturetoadifferentfeaturetype.Ifyou don'tselectthischeckbox,therelateddimensionaxeswillupdateaccordingtotheselected feature. Bydefaultthisisnotselected.

152 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SetupOptions:Part/Machinetab

SetupOptionsdialogboxPart/Machinetab ThePart/MachinetabletsyoudefinethepartsetupontheCMM(orMachine)bychangingthe CADaxesrelationshiptothemachineaxes.Thisoptioncanbeaccessedbyclickingonthe Part/MachinetabwithintheSetUpOptiondialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup). ThiscapabilityisneededwhenaprogramisbeingcreatedusingPCDMIS,andtheCAD coordinatesystemdiffersfromtheCMMpartsetup. Example:ApartissetuponthemachinewithitsX+CADaxispointinginthesamedirectionas theCMM'sZ+axis.TheZ+CADaxisispointinginthesamedirectionastheCMM'sXaxis.This functioncanbeusedtocreatetheproperrelationships. ToequatetheCADsetuptothepartssetup,simplyselecttheappropriateaxes fromthedrop downlists.Oncethisrelationshipisestablished,itwillbeeasiertoprogramthepartbecausePC DMISwillproperlydisplaytheprobeinrelationtothepart.

ProbeHeadOrientation

TheProbeHeadOrientationbuttonallowsyoutoconfiguretheprobeheadwristABanglesfor bothMasterandSlavearms.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 153

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToconfiguretheABwristanglesforbothMasterandSlavearms: 1. AccesstheSetUpOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup). 2. SelectthePart/Machinetab. 3. ClicktheProbeHeadOrientationbutton.TheProbeHeadWristAngleConfiguration dialogboxwillappear. 4. SelecttheappropriateaxesfortheABanglesforbothMasterandSlavearms(if applicable). 5. ClicktheOKbutton.

FlyMode

TheFlyModeareaprovidesawaytomovetheprobearoundthepartinasmooth,nonstopping motion.Amovepointmustbeinsertedintothepartprogrambeforeusingthisoption.Toinserta MovePoint,makesuretheEditwindowhasthefocus,andthenselectMovePointfromthemain menu.(See"InsertingaMovePointCommand"inthe"InsertingMoveCommands"chapterfor moreinformation.)TheFlycommandcanonlybeinsertedbeforeorafteranyfeatureinthepart program. TousetheFlyMode: 1. ScrolltothelocationintheEditwindowwhereyouwanttheFlycommand. 2. SelecttheActivecheckbox 3. Typearadiusvalue. 4. ClicktheCreatebutton. 5. TheFlyModewillautomaticallybeplacedinthecurrentpartprogramatthedesignated location.TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:
FLY/TOG1,TOG2

TOG1 ThistogglefieldswitchesbetweeneitherONorOFF.IfONthenPCDMISactivatesthe command.IfOFF,PCDMISskipsthecommand. TOG2 Thisfieldliststhevaluefortheradius. Ifyouhaveselectedanillegalposition,amessageappearsinformingyouthatPCDMIScannot insertatthecurrentline.Themessagethenasksifitshouldinsertthecommandatthenextlegal position.

154 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IfyouclicktheYesbutton,PCDMISwillmovetheFlycommanddowntotheendofthe currentfeatureintheEditwindow. IfyouclicktheNobutton,PCDMISwillcanceltheFlycommandandreturnyoutothe Part/Machinetab.

Whenthepartprogramisexecuted,PCDMISwillmovetheprobeapredetermineddistancefrom themovepointwithoutanyhesitation.ThedistancemovedisthevalueenteredintheRadius box.

WristWarningDelta

ThisisanumericalvaluedefiningtheminimumchangeinthewristanglerequiredbeforePC DMISrequiresyoutochangethecurrentwristposition.ThisonlyaffectsuserswithaDCCCMM withaPH9articulatedwrist.

ManualHitRetract

Thisoptionisonlyavailable TheManualHitRetractboxallowsyoutotypetheretract withcertainDCCCMM distancetheCMMwillautomaticallytravelafteramanualhitis types(suchasLKand taken. Mitutoyo). IftheManualHitRetractvalueischangedfromeitherthedefaultor fromthelastusedvalue,thenPCDMISplacesaretractcommand (shownas"MANRETRACT/"andthenthevalue)inthecurrentpart program'sEditwindowatthecursor'slocation.Asmanualhitsare taken,theCMMwillretractbythenewvaluestatedonthis command. Forexample,ifyouchangetheManualHitRetractvaluefromthe.1 defaultto.003thenthecommand"MANRETRACT/0.003"appears intheEditwindow.

DisplayAbsoluteSpeed
IftheDisplayAbsoluteSpeedcheckboxisselected,PCDMISwilldisplaytheMoveSpeedas anabsolutevalueinsteadofapercentage.Thisvaluecorrespondstothesetunittypeofthepart program(inchesormillimeters).

TopSpeed(mm/sec)

TheTopSpeed(mm/sec)boxallowsyoutoresetthetopspeedthatthemachinecantravel.The valuethatisspecifiedcannotexceedthemachine'sdesignatedtopspeed.Thevaluethatisset worksinconjunctionwiththeMoveSpeedoption.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 155

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ScanningMinTimeDelta

ThisvalueallowsPCDMIStoreducetheamountofpointsthatarescannedbydeletinghitsthat arereadinfasterthanthespecifiedtimedelayinmilliseconds.

ScanningMinDistanceDelta

Thisvalueallowsyoutoreducethemeasureddatabydeletinghitsthatarecloserthanthe distancespecifiedinmillimeters.Thereductionofhitshappensasdatacomesfromthemachine. PCDMISonlykeepsthepointsthataresetapartbymorethanthespecifiedincrements.

CADX+Axis=

TheCADX+Axis=dropdownlistallowsyoutosettherelationshipbetweentheCADX+axis andthemachineaxis. ThiscapabilityisneededwhenaprogramisbeingcreatedusingPCDMIS,andtheCAD coordinatesystemdiffersfromtheCMMpartsetup.

CADY+Axis=

TheCADY+Axis=dropdownlistallowsyoutosettherelationshipbetweentheCADY+axis andthemachineaxis. ThiscapabilityisneededwhenaprogramisbeingcreatedusingPCDMIS,andtheCAD coordinatesystemdiffersfromtheCMMpartsetup.

CADZ+Axis=

'ThisdropdownlistallowsyoutosettherelationshipbetweentheCADZ+axisandthemachine axis. ThiscapabilityisneededwhenaprogramisbeingcreatedusingPCDMIS,andtheCAD coordinatesystemdiffersfromtheCMMpartsetup.

XOffset

TheXOffsetboxallowsyouenterthedistancethatPCDMISwilloffsettheCADdrawingalong theXaxis.PCDMISwillshifttheCADdrawingalongtheXaxisthespecifieddistance.For

156 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

example,ifyouenterin.5inthisfield,theentireCADdisplayintheGraphicsDisplaywindowwill shiftthedistanceof.5intheXdirection. Note:AllfeaturescreatedinthepartprogramwillnotshiftalongtheaxiswiththeCADdrawing.

YOffset

TheYOffsetboxallowsyouenterthedistancethatPCDMISwilloffsettheCADdrawingalong theYaxis.PCDMISwillshifttheCADdrawingalongtheYaxisthespecifieddistance.For example,ifyouenterin.5inthisfield,theentireCADdisplayintheGraphicsDisplaywindowwill shiftthedistanceof.5intheYdirection. Note:AllfeaturescreatedinthepartprogramwillnotshiftalongtheaxiswiththeCADdrawing.

ZOffset

TheZOffsetboxallowsyouenterthedistancethatPCDMISwilloffsettheCADdrawingalong theZaxis.PCDMISwillshifttheCADdrawingalongtheZaxisthespecifieddistance.For example,ifyouenterin.5inthisfield,theentireCADdisplayintheGraphicsDisplaywindowwill shiftthedistanceof.5intheZdirection. Note:AllfeaturescreatedinthepartprogramwillnotshiftalongtheaxiswiththeCADdrawing.

Adjustbutton

TheAdjustbuttonopenstheAdjustPartSetupdialogbox.

AdjustPartSetupdialogbox YoucanusethisdialogboxtorotateormovetheCADinincrementsaboutandalongthe machine'sXYZaxes.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 157

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Ifyou'rerotatingtheCAD,thenthevalueswillbeinangledegrees.Avalueof360will havethesameeffectas0. Ifyou'removingtheCAD,thenthevalueswillbeintheunitsofmeasurementthatthe partprogramisin,soavalueoftwowouldmeantwoinchesortwomillimeters, dependingontheunitsofmeasurementusedbyyourpartprogram.

ToadjusttheCADalongoraboutanaxis: 1. Clickontheappropriatebox 2. Typeanewvalue.PCDMISdynamicallyshowstheadjustmentintheGraphicsDisplay window. 3. ClickOKtoacceptthevaluesandclosethedialogbox. PCDMISwillmaintainthisadjustmentunlessyoureimportthepart'sCADmodel.

Applybutton

TheApplybuttonimmediatelyappliesanychangesmadeintheX,Y,orZOffsetfieldsandshifts thedrawingalongtheappropriateaxis(axes)whilekeepingthedialogboxopen.

AutoPositionbutton

TheAutoPositionbuttonautomaticallypositionsthepartontothegraphicalrepresentationof themachine.Autopositionbestguesseswheretopositionthepartonthegraphical representation.YoucaneitherletPCDMISdeterminewheretoputthepartinrelationtothe CMMbyusingthisfunction,oryoucankeyinyourownpositioningusingtheXYZoffsetfields. (See"DefiningMachines"inthe"DefiningHardware"chapterformoreinformationonsettingup thegraphicalrepresentationoftheCMM.)

TableAvoidance

TheTableAvoidanceareaofthePart/MachinetaballowsPCDMIStoascertainiftheprobewill comeincontactwiththetable(orsetplane)whileinDCCmode. PresstheMeasurebuttonandPCDMISwillaskyoutotakeahitwherethetablesurfaceistobe defined.ThislocationdefinesthethresholdfortheZaxis.Thetolerancefielddefinesalocationin thepositiveZdirectionforpositivevaluesandinthenegativeZdirectionfornegativevalues, relativetothesetplane. Ifamovegoesbeyondtheindicatedtolerance,PCDMISwilldisplayanerrormessage indicatingthepotentialdanger. Ifawristrotationisrequestedthatwillpassthroughthedefinedzone,PCDMISwill displayamessagealertingyoutotheerror.

SelecteitherCancelorContinuetoterminateorfinishtheoperation.

158 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Example:Atolerancefieldof.25willalertPCDMIStoavoidtheindicatedthresholdplusthe tolerancevalue.Ifthethresholdisonthetablesurface,PCDMISwillalertyouiftheprobetip comeswithinonequarterinch(ormillimeterdependingonthesetunittype)ofthetable.

Note:TheTableAvoidanceoptionisavailablewithcertaininterfacetypesonlywhileinDCC mode.

Defaultbutton

TheDefaultbuttonallowsyoutoupdatethedefaultsettingstoseveralofthePart/MachineSetup parameters.Whenanewpartprogramiscreated,itwillreflectanychangesmadetothe accessibleparameters,onlyiftheDefaultbuttonispressed.IftheOKbuttonisselected(without theDefaultbuttonbeingpressed)thedefinedparameterswillonlyapplytotheactivepart programandwillnotaffectPCDMIS'sregistryentries.Thedefaultvaluesarestoredinthe registry.TheseparameterscanbeupdatedintheappropriatedialogboxorbyusingthePC DMISSettingsEditor.Seethe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"appendix. IfanyoftheparametersarechangedandtheDefaultbuttonisclicked,PCDMISwillupdatethe registryfile,redefiningthedefaulttothecurrentsetting.

SetupOptions:Dimensiontab

SetupOptionsdialogboxDimensiontab TheDimensiontabletsyouaccessthedimensionalprintoutparameters.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 159

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToaccesstheDimensiontab 1. AccesstheSetUpOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup). 2. ClicktheDimensiontab.

AutoDimensionSetup

TheAutoDimensionSetupbuttonopenstheAutoDimensioningdialogbox.

AutoDimensioningdialogbox ThisdialogboxprovidesyouwithseveraloptionsthatallowyoutodeterminewhetherornotPC DMISautomaticallydimensionsfeaturesimmediatelyaftercreatingthemandhowitshouldcreate thosedimensions. Toenableautomaticdimensioncreation,selectAutoFormDimensionsand/orAuto Location/PositionDimensions.AfterclickingOKPCDMISwillthenautomaticallybegin creatingtheselecteddimensiontypewhenyoucreatefeatures. Seethefollowingtableforinformationontheavailableoptions: DialogBoxOption AutoForm Dimensions Description ThischeckboxdetermineswhetherornotPCDMISautomatically createsformdimensionsforfeaturetypesthathaveaform dimension. Feature Circle Cylinder Cone Sphere Plane Line Auto Location/Position Dimensions CreateLocation AssociatedFormDimension Roundness Roundness Roundness Roundness Flatness Straightness

ThischeckboxdetermineswhetherornotPCDMISautomatically createslocationorpositiondimensionsforfeaturetypesthathavea locationorpositiondimension. IfyouselectAutoLocation/Positiondimensions,thisoption

160 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Dimensions CreateTrue Position Dimensions AutoTextual AnalysisON

AutoGraphical AnalysisON

AutoDimension Info

Multiply

buttontellsPCDMIStocreatethosedimensionsasLocation dimensions. IfyouselectAutoLocation/Positiondimensions,thisoption buttontellsPCDMIStocreatethosedimensionsasTruePosition dimensions. ThischeckboxcontrolswhetherornotPCDMISwillautomatically createtextualanalysisofthedimension.ItisconsideredONifthe boxismarked.See"AnalysisSettings"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapterand"Analysis"inthe"InsertingReport Commands"chapter. ThischeckboxcontrolswhetherornotPCDMISwillautomatically createagraphicalanalysisofanydimensionthatiscreatedwith AutoCreateDimensionsorAutoRoundness.See"Analysis Settings"inthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapterand"Analysis"in the"InsertingReportCommands"chapter. ThischeckboxcontrolswhetherornotPCDMISwillautomatically createaDimensionInformationcheckboxforanydimension createdwiththeAutoCreateDimensionscheckboxortheAuto Roundnesscheckbox.See"InsertingDimensionInfoBoxes"in the"InsertingReportCommands"chapterforinformationonhowto setthedefaultformatsforthisDimensionInfoboxes. TheMultiply valueisascalingfactorthatmagnifiesthearrowand tolerancezoneforthegraphicalanalysismode.Ifavalueof2.0is entered,PCDMISwillscalethearrowtwotimesthegraphical image. TheMultiplyboxisusedforviewingpurposesonly,andisnot reflectedinthetextprintout.

Note:PCDMIScreatesdimensionsaseitherlegacydimensionsorFeatureControlFrame dimensionsdependingonwhetherornotacheckmarkexistsnexttotheUseLegacy DimensionsmenuoptionfromtheInsert|Dimensionsubmenu.

AlwaysSaveStatstoFile
TheAlwaysSaveStatstoFilecheckboxallowsyoutobypassthepromptaskingyoutosave statsdatathatappearswheneverexecutionofapartprogramstartswithavalidSTATS/ON command.ThestatisticaldatawillautomaticallybesavedtotheXSTATS11.tmpfileifthisoption ischeckmarkedandaSTATS/ONcommandexistsinthepartprogramwhenitisexecuted.See the"TrackingStatisticalData"chapterformoreinformation.

AlwaysUpdateDatabase
TheAlwaysUpdateDatabasecheckboxallowsPCDMIStoupdateyourstatisticaldatabase softwarewiththeinformationintheXSTATS11.tmpfilewithoutthepromptaskingtoupdatethe databasenoweverytimethepartprogramisexecutedandstatisticaldataiscollectedandsaved. Ifthisoptionisnotcheckmarked,PCDMISwillcontinuedisplayingthispromptbeforeupdating thedatabasesoftware.Seethe"TrackingStatisticalData"chapterformoreinformation.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 161

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

FeaturesUseDimensionColors
TheFeaturesUseDimensionColorscheckboxtellsPCDMIStocolorfeaturesthathavean associateddimension.FeaturesaredrawnintheGraphicsDisplaywindowwiththesamecolors thatthedimensionusestoindicatedeviationfromthetheoreticalvalues.

MinusTolsShowNegative

TheMinusTolsShowNegativecheckboxcontrolswhetherornottheminustolerancesofthe dimensionswillbedisplayedwithaminussign.Forexample,ifthedimensionisspecifiedas 5.0000 +0.3(uppertolerance),0.2(lowertolerance),thedimensionlinemaybedisplayedas followsifthischeckboxisselected: AX OUT TOL Y 5.0000 0.3000 0.2000 5.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Ifthischeckboxiscleared,thesameexamplemaybedisplayedasfollows: AX OUT TOL Y 5.0000 0.3000 0.2000 5.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Thischeckboxdoesnotaffecthowthevaluesarestoredorusedincalculations.Itonlycontrols howthevaluesaredisplayedaccordingtouserpreference.Thischeckboxisnotselectedby default. Important:Ifyouhavethischeckboxcleared,youcanstillhaveatolerancewithaminussignin frontofit.Underusualcircumstances,yourlowerandupperlimitsareonoppositesidesofthe nominalandwithoutthischeckboxselectedwillbeshownaspositivevalues.However,ifthe upperlimitandlowerlimitarebothgreaterthanthenominalforexample,yourvaluesactually read+TOL0.03andTOL0.02beforeusingthischeckboxthenyourminustolvalueshowsa positivevaluewhenyouselectthischeckbox. NOM +TOL TOL MEAS MAX MIN DEV NOM +TOL TOL MEAS MAX MIN DEV

NumberofDecimalPlaces

TheNumberofDecimalPlacesareacontrolsthenumberofdecimalplacesprintedonthe inspectionreportbyPCDMISwhileininchmode.Theavailableoptionsareonethroughfive. Choosethedesiredoptiontodeterminethenumberofdecimalplacesthatwillbeprinted. Iftheunittypeismm,PCDMISwilldisplaytheavailableoptionsofzerothroughfour. EachtimethisischangedinaprogramPCDMISplacesacommand:DISPLAYPRECISION/# intothepartprogram.Thisspecifiestheprecisiontobedisplayedatthissectionoftheprogram.If thiscommandisnotusedthenthedefaultvalueisautomaticallyused.Ifthiscommandisused theprecisionwillstayasspecifiedunlesschangedbyanotherinstanceofthecommand.

162 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PositiveReporting

ThecheckboxesrelatedtothePositiveReportingareacontrolthereportingoffeaturestothe negativesideoftheoriginthatwouldnormallyhavenegativevaluestoalwaysbeprintedwith positivevalues. TheX,Y,andZcheckboxesdetermineonwhichaxis(oraxes)PCDMISwilldisplay positivenumbers. TheAllDataoptiontellsPCDMIStodisplaythemeasuredandnominalvaluesofthe selectedaxis(oraxes)aspositivenumbers. TheDeviationsOnlyoptiontellsPCDMIStodisplayonlythedeviationsoftheselected axis(oraxes)aspositivenumbers.

Whenthesecheckboxesareselected,aPOSITIVEREPORTINGcommandisinsertedintothe partprogramatthecurrentcursorposition.ThiscommandhasthefollowingformatintheEdit window: POSITIVEREPORTING/a,b,c,TOG1 Where: a=XwhentheXcheckboxisselected,orblankiftheXcheckboxiscleared. b=YwhentheYcheckboxisselected,orblankiftheYcheckboxiscleared. c=ZwhentheZcheckboxisselected,orblankiftheZcheckboxiscleared. TOG1=ALLDATAorDEVONLYdependingonwhetheryouselectedtheAllDataor DeviationsOnlyoption. TheX,Y,andZdirectionmayeachhavepositivereportingturnedoninanycombinationofthe three.MultiplePOSITIVEREPORTINGcommandsmaybeusedwithinthesamepartprogram, andanydimensionsthatareinthepartprogramaredisplayedusingthePOSITIVEREPORTING commandthatprecedesthedimensions.IfnoPOSITIVEREPORTING commandexistsinthe partprogram,alldimensionsarereportedwiththeoptionsturnedOFFintheX,Y,andZ directions. Thefollowingdiagramdemonstrateshowthetolerancesarealsoaffectedbythepositive reportingoptions:

PositiveReportingaffectingtolerances
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 163

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PurposeofPositiveReporting Positivereportingallowsyoutoreportfeaturesinasymmetricmanner,sothat,regardlessof whichsideoftheoriginthefeatureexists,deviations: awayfromtheoriginareconsideredpositive. towardtheoriginareconsiderednegative.

Thus,inthediagramabove,bothPoint1andPoint2willdisplaypositivedeviationswhenpositive reportingintheXaxis.Thisalsomeans,however,that: plustolerancesareappliedaway fromtheorigin. minustolerancesareappliedtowardtheorigin.

DefaultTolerances:SetDefaults

TheSetDefaultscheckboxsetsthedefaulttolerancesduringtheLearnmodebaseduponthe precisionofthenominalvalues.Whennecessary,thesevaluescanbeoverriddenbyenteringthe tolerancesindividuallyintheprintpreviewbox.Thisoptiononlyaffectsthetoleranceswhena nominalofadimensionisedited.

DefaultTolerances: 05Places

TheDefaultTolerancesareacontainsboxesthatallowyoutosetthetolerancesthatPCDMIS willapplytothenominalvalues.(Thedisplayednumberwillbefromzerotofivedigitstotheright ofthedecimalpoint.)Forexample,ifyouareenteringanominalvalueof6.250,PCDMISwillset the+andtolerancetothethirdplaceDEFAULTTOLERANCEvalue.If6.25wasentered,PC DMISwouldsetthe+andtolerancetothesecondplaceDEFAULTTOLERANCEvalue.

CADNominalPlaces=

TheCADNominalPlaces=boxallowsyoutoenteranumericalvaluethatdefineshowmany decimalplacesPCDMISwillusebeforeroundingwhenitusesCADdata.Forexample, ifaCAD circlehasadiameterof3.9995,andthevalueissetto3,PCDMISwillrounditsvalueto4.000. ThisoptiononlyaffectsthewayPCDMISinterpretsCADdataintheSHEETMETAL MEASUREMENTmode.Ifthevalueissetto0,PCDMISwillnotroundoffanyvalues.

164 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DisplayAngleDegrees

TheDisplayAngleDegreesareaallowsyoutodisplayangledimensionsusingdecimaldegrees orbydegree/minute/second.Simplyselectthedesiredoption.AnyPALocationaxesandAngle dimensionswillchangetodisplaytheselectedoption.

AngleDegrees

TheAngleDegreesareawillalsoallowyoutodisplaytheangledimensionfrom0 360 or0 to +/180.AnyPALocationaxesandAngledimensionswillchangetoliewithintheselectedangle degreerange.

DefaultbuttonforDimensiontab

TheDefaultbuttonallowsyoutoapplychangesmadeintheSetUpOptionsdialogboxtoall newpartprogramscreatedlateron. TheDefaultbuttonallowsyoutoupdatethedefaultsettingstoseveraloftheDimensionSetup parameters.Whenanewpartprogramiscreated,itwillreflectanychangesmadetothe accessibleparameters,onlyiftheDefaultbuttonisclicked. ForadditionalinformationonDefaultbuttons,seethe"Default"topicinthe"NavigatingtheUser Interface"chapter.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 165

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SetupOptions:IDSetuptab

SetupOptionsdialogboxIDSetuptab ItisimportanttokeeptrackofTheIDSetuptaballowsyoutoaltertheformatusedtoidentify IDsalreadysetwhen alignments,dimensions,features,comments,labelsandvariables. changinganidentification.It ispossibletohaveID Toaccessthisoption: duplicationthroughmultiple changestothisoption. 1. AccesstheSetupOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences |Setup). 2. SelecttheIDsetuptab. ThedefaultIDSetupoptionisGeneric.Aseachfeatureiscreated, PCDMISwillassignitanIDbeginningwiththeletterF,followedby anumber(incrementallysetfromthestartingnumberofone).You maychoosetooverridethissettingbyselectingthefollowing options:

LabelsFor

TheLabelsFordropdownlistallowsyoutoselecttheidentificationthatwillbeusedfor alignments,dimensions,andfeatures.(See"LabelingMethod") AlignmentsID

166 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Genericistheonlymethodavailable foridentifyingalignments. CommentsID Genericistheonlymethodavailableforidentifyingcomments. DimensionsID DimensionscanbeidentifiedusingeithertheGeneric orByType method.IftheByType methodisused,identificationscanbesimilartoeachdimensiontype,ordifferentbased onindividualneed. FeaturesID FeaturescanbeidentifiedusingeithertheGenericorByTypemethod. IftheByTypemethodisselected,thecolorusedtodisplaythefeatureIDcanalsobe altered. IftheShowAllIDcheckboxisselectedandyouclickApply,PCDMISwilldisplayall featureIDlabelsintheGraphicsDisplaywindowforallfeaturesfromthecurrentcursor locationtotheendofthepartprogram.NewlycreatedfeatureswillalsoshowtheirID.If thischeckboxisdeselectedandyouclickApply,allfeaturesIDsfromcurrentcursor locationtotheendofthepartprogramarehidden.Newlycreatedfeaturesstillget createdintheEditwindow,buttheIDlabeldoesn'tappearintheGraphicsDisplay window. IftheColoroptionisselected(marked)allfeaturescreatedaftertheApplybuttonispressed willbeeffected.(Featurescreatedpriortothecolorchangewillnotbereplaced.) LabelsID Genericistheonlymethodavailableforidentifyinglabels. VariablesID Genericistheonlymethodavailableforidentifyingvariables. CallSubsID GenericistheonlymethodavailableforidentifyingCalledSubroutines.

LabelingMethod

ThisdropdownwindowallowsyoutoselectbetweenByTypeandGenericidentification methods. ByType

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 167

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ByTypeletsyousettheidentificationforeachelementtype(circle,cone,cylinder,line, plane,point,andsphere). Generic Genericwillapplythesameidentificationsystemregardlessoffeature(dimension)type. PCDMIShasnoinherentlimitonthenumberoflettersusedforidentifications.However,the GraphicDisplayareaandEditwindowhavelimitsontheIDlength.EveniftheEdit windowdoesnotshowthecompleteID,PCDMISwillinternallykeeptrackofthe completeidentification.

StartingLetters

TheStartingLettersboxdeterminesthefirstletter(s)thatwillbeusedintheidentification process.PCDMISwillalwaysdisplaytheIDusingcapitalletters.Upto15characterscanbe typedin. Note:InvariousdialogboxeswheretheIDisdisplayed,changingthetextportionoftheIDthe defaulttextoftheIDmayalsobeset.

StartingNumber

TheStartingNumberboxdeterminesthefirstnumberthatwillbeusedintheidentification process.Anynumberbetween1and9999canbeentered. Note:InvariousdialogboxeswheretheIDisdisplayed,changingonlythenumberportionofan IDthecountermayberesettoadesiredcount

LabelLength

TheLabelLengthcheckboxdeterminesthelengthoftheidentification.Upto15digitsmaybe entered.Thecheckboxmustbeselectedinorderforthisoptiontobeactive.Ifthislengthisset, PCDMISwillappendzerostotheIDletterstomakeupthenecessarylength. Forexample: IDLength=10,IDLetters=CIRCLE. PCDMISwillgenerateanID=CIRCLE0001,etc.ThisisdoneonlyiftheLengthisset.

DisplayBracketsforFeatureArrays

168 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheDisplayBracketsforFeatureArrayscheckboxdetermineswhetherarraybracketsare displayedwithids forcommandsexecutedmorethanonce. Whenselected,theinspectionreportdisplayswhichinstanceofthecommand'sexecutionis beingreferenced. Forexample: F1[3]=POINTMEASUREDFROM1HIT Showsthatthefeature,F1,ismeasuredhereforthethird(designatedbythenumber threeinbrackets)time. Theformatofthebracketedexpressioncanbecontrolledusingthearray_indicesobject.See "ArrayIndicesObject"in the"UsingExpressionsandVariables"chapter.

Apply

TheApplybuttonappliesthechangesdescribedin"LabelingMethod")toanyfeature identifications.ThesechangesonlyapplytofeatureIDs. IftheApplybuttonisnotpressed,PCDMISwillcontinuetoassignfeatureidentificationsusing thepreviousmethodlisted. Note:IfduplicateIDsareassigned,PCDMISwillnotifyyouthatyoumusthaveauniqueIDfor anyfeature,dimensionetc.

DefaultSettings

TheDefaultbuttonallowsyoutoupdatethedefaultsettingstoalloftheIDSetup parameters. Whenanewpartprogramiscreated,itwillreflectanychangesmadetothe parameters,onlyiftheDefaultbuttonisclicked. ForadditionalinformationonDefaultbuttons,seethe"Default"topicinthe"NavigatingtheUser Interface"chapter. Note:AlwayspresstheApplybuttonafterachangeismade(beforepressingtheOKorDefault buttons).

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 169

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SetupOptions:NC100Setuptab

SetUpOptionsdialogboxNC100tab TheNC100tab(Edit|Preferences|Setup)allowsyoutouseaNC100videoprobe.Oncethe UseNC100VideoProbecheckboxisselected,theTCPIPAddress,PortNumber,and ComputerNameboxesbecomeavailable.Usetheseboxestosetupcommunicationsettings withtheNC100computersystem.Thesevaluesarestoredintheregistrysettingsandare recalledeachtimeyoustartPCDMIS.Seethe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"chapter. ForinformationonusingtheNC100VideoProbetocreateAutoFeatures,seetheappendix titled"MeasuringAutoFeatureswiththeNC100VideoProbe". Note:TheNC100tabonlyappearsinPCDMISifyourportlockisprogrammedtoacceptCMT functionality.

UseNC100VideoProbe
TheUseNC100VideoProbecheckboxdeterminesifPCDMISisusingtheNC100video probe.Ifyouselectthischeckbox,PCDMISassumesthattheNC100isactive.

TCPIPAddress

UsetheTCPIPAddressboxtoentertheaddressinformationfortheNC100computersystem. ThisvalueisrequiredforthecommunicationbetweenthePCDMIScomputersystemandthe NC100computersystem.

170 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PortNumber

UsethePortNumberboxtoentertheportnumberoftheNC100computersystem.Thisvalueis requiredforthecommunicationbetweenthePCDMIScomputersystemandtheNC100 computersystem.

ComputerName

UsetheComputerNameboxtotypethenameoftheNC100computersystem.Thisvalueis requiredforthecommunicationbetweenthePCDMIScomputersystemandtheNC100 computersystem.

ModifyingReportandMotionParameters
TheEdit|Preferences|Parametersmenuoptionallowsyoutomodifythecontent,form,and methodofcalculationusedinanyreport.Additionally,itallowsyoutomodifythemachinemotion parametersofaDCCCMM.ThismenuoptionopenstheParameterSettingsdialogbox. InadditiontoaccessingtheParameterSettingsdialogbox,youcaninsertthecommandsfrom thisdialogboxdirectlyintothepartprogrambyselectingthemfromtheInsert|Parameter Changesubmenu. ThefollowingtabsareavailableontheParameterSettingsdialogbox. ParameterSettings:Dimensiontab ParameterSettings:ClearPlanetab ParameterSettings:Probingtab ParameterSettings:Motiontab ParameterSettings:RotateTabletab ParameterSettings:Accelerationtab ParameterSettings:OptionalProbetab ParameterSettings:ProbeTriggerOptionstab ParameterSettings:NC100Parameterstab ParameterSettings:I/OChannelstab

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 171

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:Dimensiontab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxDimensiontab TheDimensiontaballowsyoutovarytheformatofthedimensionoutput.Italsoprovidesa meansforalteringtheprintedreport. ToaccesstheDimensiontab: 1. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Parameters). 2. ClicktheDimensiontab.

DimensionOutputFormat

ThiscommandcontrolsthePCDMISdimensionoutputformat.Tochangetheformat,selectthe desiredFormatcheckbox(es). AvailableFormats: Nominal Tolerance Measured MaxMin Deviation OutofTol Description Displaysthenominalvaluefor alldimensions. Displaysthetolerancevalues foralldimensions. Displaysthemeasuredvalue foralldimensions. Displaysthemaxandmin valuesforalldimensions. Displaysthedeviationvaluefor alldimensions. Displaystheoutoftolerance

172 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DevAngle

valueforalldimensions. Displaysthedeviationangleon theTruePositiondimensions.

Whenswitchingfrombox tolerancingtotrueposition (andback),itisimportantto checktheformatfor correctness.

PCDMISoffersthesameprintformatsforboxtolerancingandtrue positioningtolerancing,althoughtheircolumnswilllookslightly differentduetoadditionalcolumnsfortruepositiondimensions.

Example: Whentolerancingthedistancebetweentwolineswith theMax/Mincheckboxselected,PCDMISwillcalculatethe distancebetweenthetwopointsthatwerefurthestapartorthetwo pointsthatwereclosesttogether.Itwouldthenchoosetheworst case(mostoutoftolerance)ofthetwo.IftheMax/Mincheckboxis notselected,PCDMISwillcalculatethedimensionwithout displayingtheMax/Minvalue. PCDMISwillindicatetheorderoftheoutputselectionbydisplayinganumbertotherightofthe checkbox.Thisallowsyoutoaltertheorderoftheformattomeetindividualneeds.Acheckbox canbeclearedsimplybyselectingitasecondtime. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:
FORMAT/TEXT,OPTIONS,HEADINGS,SYMBOLS,SD"DIMENSIONOUTPUT"

DIMENSIONOUTPUT=Theformatoftheoutputwillbebasedontheorderofselection.The defaultoutputwilldisplaytheentireselection,intheorderindicated.

DimensionText
TheDimensionTextcheckboxcontrolswhetherornotthedimensiontextwillbedisplayedin theEditwindowforanydimensionsthatfollowthecommand. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:
FORMAT/TEXT,,,,NOM,TOL,MEAS,MAXMIN,DEV,OUTTOL,DEVANG

Foradescriptiontheoptionsonthiscommand,see"DimensionOutputFormat".

DimensionOptions
TheDimensionOptionscheckboxcontrolswhetherornotthedimensionoptionswillbe displayedintheEditwindowforanydimensionsthatfollowthecommand. Theseoptionsinclude: Units(see"Units"inthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter) Graphicalanalysis(see"AnalysisSettings"inthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter)

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 173

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Textualanalysis(see"AnalysisSettings"inthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter) Arrowmultiplier(see"AnalysisSettings"inthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter) Outputoptions(see"AnalysisSettings"inthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter)

TheEditwindowcommandlineforthischeckboxreads:
FORMAT/OPTIONS,,,,NOM,TOL,MEAS,MAXMIN,DEV,OUTTOL

DimensionHeadings
TheDimensionHeadingscheckboxcontrolsthecolumnheadingsontheinspectionreport.If thischeckboxisnotselected,thenPCDMISwillnotprintanycolumnheadings.

DeviationSymbols
TheDeviationSymbolscheckboxshowsthedeviationwithinthesetrange.Iftheoutof tolerancerangeishigh,PCDMISwillindicatethedeviationusingthe"greaterthan"symbol(>) ontherightsideoftheline.Iftheoutoftolerancerangeislow,PCDMISwillindicatethe deviationusingthe"lessthan"symbol(<). Forexample: Nominal=0.00 Measured=0.02 PositiveTolerance=0.10 NegativeTolerance=0.20 TotalToleranceRange=(.10(.20))=.30 Percentage=100*(.02(.20))/.3 =73.3% # looksatthe%andshiftsbasedonthe%. DIMD1=LOCATIONOFCIRF5 GRAPH=OFF TEXT=OFF MULT=1.00 AX x y z d v NOM 5.0000 2.0000 0.2500 2.0000 i +TOL TOL 0.0100 0.0100 0.0100 0.0100 j 0.0100 0.0100 0.0100 0.0100 k MEAS 5.0000 2.0000 0.2500 2.0000 DEV 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 OUT TOL 0.0000 # 0.0000 # 0.0000 # 0.0000

ENDOFDIMENSIOND1

StandardDeviation

TheStandardDeviationcheckboxdisplaysthestandarddeviationoffeatures.

174 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:ClearPlanetab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxClearPlanetab TheClearPlanetabprovidesacheckboxthatcontrolstheuseofclearanceplanes.Whenusing thisoption,programmingtimeisreducedbecausetheneedtodefineintermediatemovesis minimized.Clearanceplanes,inessence,createanenvelopearoundapartwheretheprobewill alwaystravelwhenmovingfromonefeaturetoanother.PCDMISwillmovetheprobeoutfrom thepartapredetermineddistance,relativetothecoordinatesysteminwhichitwasdefined.After thelasthitonthefeatureismeasured,theprobewillstayatprobedepthuntilcalledtothenext feature.

ToenteraCLEARP command: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Parameters). ClickontheClearPlanetab. ChoosetheaxisfortheActivePlanefromtheAxisdropdownlist. TypethedistanceawayfromthepartintheValuebox. ChoosetheaxisforthePassThroughPlanefromthe Axisdropdownlist. TypethedistanceofthePassThroughPlaneintheValuebox


SettingYourPreferences 175

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

7. SelecttheClearancePlaneActive(ON)checkbox. 8. ClicktheApplybutton. 9. ClicktheOKbutton. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:


CLEARP/ACTIVE_PLANE,.n,PASS_THROUGH_PLANE,.n

ActivePlane

Thisareaofthedialogboxletsyouindicatewhichplanethefeatureisinwhenitismeasured. TheActivePlaneisalsoindicatedintheDisplaydropdownlistlocatedonthetoolbar. PCDMISallowsyoutodefineanumericalvaluefortheactivemainplane(XPlus,XMinus,Y Plus,YMinus,ZPlus,andZMinus).TheEditwindowwilldisplaytheselectedactivewindowin anX,Y,ZPLUSorX,Y,ZMINUSdirection.Todefineaclearanceplane,firstclickonthedrop downlistintheActivePlaneareaandselectthedesiredplanetobechanged.Then,enteranew valueintheValuebox.

PassThrough

Thisareaofthedialogboxletsyouindicatetheplanethattheprobewillpassthroughtogetto thenextfeatureplane. PCDMISallowsyoutodefinenumericalvaluesforanyofthesixclearanceplanes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. XPlus XMinus YPlus YMinus ZPlus ZMinus

TheEditwindowwilldisplaytheselectedactivewindowinanX,Y,ZPLUSorX,Y,ZMINUS direction. Todefineaclearanceplane: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SelectthedropdownlistonthePassThroughPlanearea. Selectthedesiredplanetobechanged. TypetheappropriatevalueintheValuebox. ClicktheApplybutton. ClicktheOKbutton.

ClearancePlaneActive

176 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheClearancePlaneActive(ON)checkboxactivatesthedefinedclearanceplane.

NotesonClearancePlanes
Movementfromone Itisimportanttobeawareofthesignofaclearanceplanewhen clearanceplanetoanother enteringitsvalue.Thesignmustcorrespondtothepositiveor affectsthepositionofthe negativeendofthenormalaxisdefiningtheplane.Forexample,to probe.Makesurethattheset defineatopclearanceplane,enterapositivevalue,andtodefinea clearanceplaneissufficient bottomclearanceplane,enteranegativevalue. toclearthepart.

ClearancePlaneExample Aclearanceplaneisdefinedrelativetothecurrentcoordinatesystemandpartorigin.Therefore, youmustbecarefulwhendefiningaclearanceplanetoensureadequateclearancearoundthe part. Example:Supposepartistenincheslong,anditislinedupclosetothemachineaxeswiththeX originatthebottomlefthandcorner.Youcansetaoneinchclearancefromtherightsideofthe partbysettingtherightclearanceplanetoeleveninches. Alwaysdefineclearanceplanesrelativetothecurrentcoordinatesystem.Whenyoucreateanew coordinatesystem,theclearanceplanesstillrelatetothefirstalignment.Ifyouwishtoassociate theclearanceplaneswiththenewcoordinatesystem,theymustberedefined. Clearanceplanesarenotusedwhentakingsamplehits.Itisthereforeimportantwhenmeasuring pinstosetthespacervaluetoadistancethatwillallowtheprobetomovearoundthepin.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 177

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:Probingtab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxProbingtab TheProbingtabdisplaysthecurrentprobefile,activetip,andprobeslot(ifbeingused).Italso allowsyoutoselecttheProbeCompensationActive(On)checkboxandselectthePolar VectorCompensation fromthedropdownlist. ToaccesstheProbingtab: 1. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Parameters). 2. ClicktheProbingtabfromtheavailabletabs.

ActiveProbe

ThislineintheProbingtabdisplaysthecurrentprobefile.See"ProbeFileName"inthe "DefiningHardware"chapterformoreinformationonselectingadifferentprobefile,orcreatinga newprobefilename.

ActiveTip

ThislineintheProbingtabdisplaysthecurrentactivetip.See"ActiveTipList"inthe"Defining Hardware"chapterformoreinformationonthedisplayedvaluesandselecting,creatingand deletingtips. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:


TIP/active_tip_name

178 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ProbeCompensation
Thisoptionisonlyavailable TheProbeCompensationActive(On)checkboxallowsPCDMIS whileinDCCmode. tocompensatefortheproberadius.Ifthisoptionison,PCDMISwill compensatefortheproberadiusoneachfeatureitmeasures. CommandlineintheEditwindow: PROBECOM/ON

PolarVectorCompensation

ThePolarVectorCompensationdropdownlistallowsthemeasurementofVectorandSurface pointstoalwaysbecompensatedalongaPolarvector.Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: OFFVectorandSurfacepointsbehavenormally. XYPLVectorcompensationsforeachVectorandSurfacepointwillbe2DintheXY planealongavectorfromthepointtothecurrentorigin. YZPLVectorcompensationsforeachVectorandSurfacepointwillbe2DintheYZ planealongavectorfromthepointtothecurrentorigin. ZXPLVectorcompensationsforeachVectorandSurfacepointwillbe2DintheZX planealongavectorfromthepointtothecurrentorigin. 3DCausesapolarvectorcompensationalonga3Dvectorfromthepointtothecurrent origin.

TheEditwindowcommandlinesfortheseoptionsread:
POLARVECTORCOMP/OFF POLARVECTORCOMP/XYPL POLARVECTORCOMP/YZPL POLARVECTORCOMP/ZXPL POLARVECTORCOMP/3D

ProbeinSlot#
Thisoptionindicatestheslotnumberontheprobechangeroftheprobeorstyluscurrentlybeing used.Thisoptionisonlyavailableifaprobechangerhasbeensetup. Ifyouaren'tusingaprobechangerorifyourcurrentprobeisn'tinaprobechangerthenPCDMIS displaystextinformingyouthatyourcurrentprobeorstylusisn'tintheprobechangerorthata probechangerisn'tbeingused. See"Slots"underthe"SettingUpProbeChangerOptions"topicforinformationonaddingprobes orstylitoaprobechanger.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 179

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:Motiontab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxMotiontab

TheMotiontaballowsyoutochangethedistancesthattheprobewillbeallowed totravelwhentakingahit.ItwillalsoallowyoutosetthespeedthatPCDMIS willusetotakeahitandmovefrompointtopoint.


Note:Youcandeterminewhetherthespeedboxes(MoveSpeed,TouchSpeed,andScan Speed)listthevaluesaseithermm/secorasapercentageofthetotalallowedspeed,by selectingordeselectingtheDisplayAbsoluteSpeedscheckboxinthePart/Machinetabof theSetupOptionsdialogbox. ToeditinformationintheMotiontab: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Parameters). ClickontheMotiontab.You'llseeavarietyofboxes. Highlightthevalueyouwanttochange. Typeanewvalue. ClickApplyorOK.

Toresetthemotionvaluestotheoriginalfactorysetting,presstheRecallbutton.TheRecall buttonwillreturnthedisplayedmotionvaluestothevaluesstoredinthePCDMISSettingsEditor. IftheDefaultsbuttonisselected,thedisplayedvalueswillbesavedtotheSettingsEditor. ForinformationonthePCDMISSettingsEditor,viewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"appendix.

PrehitDistance

180 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThePrehitDistanceboxletsyouenterthevalueforthemachineprehitdistance.Thisisthe distanceawayfromthesurfacewherePCDMISstartssearchingforthepart.Ifnecessary,itcan beautomaticallychangedbyPCDMISwhentakinghitswithinanarcorcircle. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:


PREHIT/nnn.nnnn

RetractDistance

TheRetractDistanceboxletsyouenterthedistancetheproberetractsfromthesurfaceafter takingahit.Ifnecessary,itcanbeautomaticallychangedbyPCDMISwhentakinghitsonanarc orcircle. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:


RETRACT/nnn.nnnn

CheckDistance

TheCheckDistanceboxletsyouenterthedistanceineitherinchesormillimeters(dependingon themeasurementsystemusedforthepart)pastthetheoreticalhitlocationthatthemachinewill continuetosearchforthesurfaceofthepartuntilitdeterminesthesurfaceisnotthere. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:


CHECK/distance,percentage

PercentageMovementDuringFindHoleOperations WhendefiningthecheckdistanceforaFindHoleoperation,youcantellPCDMIStomovebya percentageofthecheckdistance. Todothis: 1. 2. 3. 4. AccesstheEditwindowandplaceitinCommandmode. ClickontheCHECKcommandintheEditwindow. PresstheTABkeytomovetothesecondnumber. Typeanewpercentagevalue.Thedefaultvalueis1whichmeans100%ofthecheck distance.Thus.1=10%,.2=20%,.3=30%etc.

Forexample,inthefollowingcode: CHECK/20,.3, the.3 valuerepresents30%ofthetotalcheckdistanceoftwentyunits. ForadditionalinformationonFindHole,seethe"FindHoleCheckBox"topicinthe"Creating AutoFeatures"chapter:

CheckPercent

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 181

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheCheckPercent valuedeterminesthepercentofthetotaldistancemovedwhenperforminga FindHoleoperation.Beawarethatifyoutype1,thevalueisequalto100percent.Thus,100% wouldbeenteredas1,25%wouldbeenteredas.25,and10%wouldbe.10.

MoveSpeed%

TheMoveSpeedboxletsyouchangethepointtopointpositioningspeedoftheCMM.Thevalue thatisenteredisapercentageofthemaximummachinespeed.Itcanbesettoanyvalue between1and100%offullmachinespeed.(Seethe"Measure"topicunder"DefiningProbes"in the"DefiningHardware"chapterforinformationregardingthemovespeedoptionandprobe calibration.) TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:


MOVESPEED/nnn.nnnn

TouchSpeed%

TheTouchSpeedboxletsyouchangethespeedatwhichtheCMMtakeshits.Thevaluethatis enteredisapercentageofthemaximummachinespeed,andcannotexceedtwentypercent. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:


TOUCHSPEED/nnn.nnnn

TounderstandtheeffectsofchangingeitherPREHITorRETRACTdistancesandMOVEor TOUCHSPEED,it'simportanttounderstandhowtheoptionsinteractduringDCC featuremeasurement.Theorderofeventsisthatthemachinewillmovetowardthefeatureat MOVESPEED.WhenitreachesPREHITdistance,itwillapproachthefeatureatTOUCHSPEED totakethehit.Afterittakesthehit,itwillbackawayatTOUCHSPEEDuntilitreachesthe RETRACTDISTANCE.Atthispoint,itwillgotothenextlocationatMOVESPEED.

ClampingValue

TheCampingValueonlyworkswiththeLeitzcontrollerandtheLeitzbrandTTP.Thisvaluetells thecontrollerhowfirmlytoholdtheprobeonaLeitzCMM. Dependingontheweightoftheprobetips,youmayneedtoincreaseordecreasetheclamping value. Foralargetipweight,youmayneedtoincreasetheclampingvalue. Forasmalltipweight,youmayneedtodecreasetheclampingvalue.

ScanSpeed%

TheScanSpeedboxletsyouchangethespeedatwhichtheCMMwillscanthepart.Thevalue thatisenteredisapercentageofthemaximummachinespeed.

182 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:
SCANSPEED/nnn.nnnn

WhenscanningusingtheDEFINEDmodeofexecution(see"Defined"discussedinthe"Exec Controlsarea"topicinthe"ScanningyourPart"chapter),ScanSpeedplaysanimportantrolein gettingbackdataatincrementsspecifiedbyyou.WhenyouspecifyaveryhighScanSpeed,the CMMmayexecutethescanatthespeedyourequested,butthedatafromtheCMMmaynotbe spacedattheincrementsyouspecify. Example:AssumetheCMMgathersdataattherateofoneHitper20millisecondsinthe DEFINED mode.Ifyouspecifyanincrement(minimumdistancebetweenhits)of0.5mmanda ScanSpeedof75mm/sec,theCMMwouldgivebackpointsatevery1.5mm.Toavoidthisyou couldreducetheScanSpeedto15mm/secor20mm/secwhich,attherateof1hit/20ms,would satisfyyourrequirements. PCDMISwillwarnyouaboutthiscasebydisplayingamessageinformingyouthatthesupplied incrementcouldn'tbemeasuredatthespecifiedscanspeed.Youwillthenberequiredtoreduce yourScanSpeedorincreasetheincrement. YoucanthenselecttheScanSpeedsettingandchangetoasuitablescanspeed.

ParameterSettings:RotateTabletab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxRoTabletab TheRoTabletaballowsyoutorotatethetable'sangleanddirection. Torotatethetable'sangleanddirectionfromtheRoTabletab: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Parameters). SelecttheRoTabletab. KeyinthedesiredtableangleintheRotaryTableAnglebox. SelectthedirectionoftherotationfromtheRotationDirectiondropdownlist. SelecttheRotatetheTablecheckbox. ClicktheApplybutton.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 183

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads: MOVE/ROTAB,angle,DIRECTION TheRoTabletabbecomesavailablewhenyouselectSingleRotaryTableorDualRotary TablesfromtheRotaryTableSetupdialogbox.See"DefiningtheRotaryTable". Additionally,theRotaryTableSetupmenuoptionisonlyavailableifyourportlockis programmedforrotarytables.

RotateTableAngle

IntheRotaryTableAngleboxyoucantypetheangleofthetable'srotation.

RotationDirection

IntheRotationDirectiondropdownlistyoucanselectthedirectionyouwantthetabletorotate. Availableoptionsare: Clockwise: Rotatesthetableinaclockwise directionuntilitreachesthe angleenteredintheRotate TableAnglebox. Rotatesthetableina counterclockwisedirectionuntil itreachestheangleenteredin theRotateTableAnglebox. Rotatestakingtheshortest route(eitherClockwiseor Counterclockwise)untilit reachestheangleenteredinthe RotateTableAnglebox.

Counterclockwise:

Shortest:

RotatetheTable
TheRotatetheTablecheckboxallowsthetablerotationtobeactivatedonceeithertheApply ortheOKbuttonispressed.

184 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:Accelerationtab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxAccelerationtab TheAccelerationtabdisplaysadditionaleditingcapabilitiesforbothCMMandTablemotion. ToaccesstheAccelerationtab: 1. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogboxfromthemainmenu(Edit| Preferences|Parameters). 2. SelecttheAccelerationtab.

CMMAcceleration

TheCMMAccelerationareaoftheAccelerationtaballowsyoutochangethemaximum 2 acceleration(atmm/sec )alongtheX,Y,orZaxisoftheCMM.Availableoptionsare: MaximumXAxis Acceleration: Thenumberinthisbox representsthemaximum accelerationthattheCMMwill takewhentravelingalongtheX axis. Thenumberinthisbox representsthemaximum accelerationthattheCMMwill takewhentravelingalongtheY axis. Thenumberinthisbox representsthemaximum accelerationthattheCMMwill takewhentravelingalongtheZ
SettingYourPreferences 185

MaximumYAxis Acceleration:

MaximumZAxis Acceleration:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

axis.

ParameterSettings:OptionalProbetab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxOpt.Probetab TheOpt.Probetabgivesyouadditionalcapabilitiesforcontrollinganalogprobes.These capabilitiesincludethefollowingprobingrelatedvalues: MaxForce LowForce UpperForce TriggerForce #ReturnData ReturnSpeed PositioningAccuracy ProbingAccuracy ProbingMode ManualFineProbing

ItalsoincludesthefollowingScanrelatedvaluesandgeneralpurposebuttons: PointDensity OffsetForce Acceleration Defaultbutton Recallbutton Clearbutton

Eachoftheseisdescribedbelowingreaterdetail. ToaccesstheOpt.Probetab: 1. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogboxfromthemainmenu(Edit|Preferences| Parameters).

186 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

2. SelecttheOpt.Probetab. Caution:ThevaluesontheOpt.Probetabaremachinespecific.Withtheexceptionofthe ManualFineProbingcheckboxandthePointDensitybox,theygenerallyshouldn'tbe changed.Checkwithyourmachine'smanufacturerbeforemakingchanges. ClickingApplyorOKontheOpt.ProbetabinsertsanOPTIONPROBE commandintotheEdit window. ForinformationonusingtheOPTIONPROBEcommandwithanalogprobesduringcalibration,see the"NotesonSP600UpperLevelMatrix(RegularCalibration):"topicinthe"DefiningHardware" chapter.

MaxForce

TheMaxForceboxallowsyoutoenterthemaximumforcethataprobewilltakebeforeanerror occurs,thusstoppingmeasurement. A"newton"isaunitofforce. Duringananalogprobingcycle,whentheprobefirsttouches Onenewtonistheforceneededthepartitcontinuestomoveintothepartuntilitreachesthis toaccelerateamassof1 MaxForcevalue.Itthenreversesdirectionandmovesaway kilogramtoaspeedof1meter fromthepart.Thismovementintothepart,aftertouchingthe persecondpersecond. part,issometimesreferredtoasthecontactforce.Thevalue isspecifiedinnewtons.Inanormaldeflectionmode(DFL) probingcycle,thecontrollercollectsdataastheprobemoves awayfromthepart.

LowForce

TheLowForceboxallowsyoutoentertheminimumforcerequiredtodeterminewhenthe machineisincontactwiththeobjectbeingmeasured. Foranormaldeflectionmode(DFL)probingcycle,thisistheforceatwhichthecontrollerstops collectingdata.Thevalueisspecifiedinnewtons.

UpperForce

TheUpperForceboxistheupperlimitforameasurement.Whenthisforceisreachedthe machinemovesback,awayfromtheobjectbeingmeasured. Foranormaldeflectionmode(DFL)probingcycle,thisistheforceatwhichthecontrollerstarts collectingdata.Thevalueisspecifiedinnewtons.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 187

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TriggerForce

TheTriggerForceboxallowsyoutoentertheforceatwhichameasurementreadingistaken. Foranormaldeflectionmode(DFL)probingcycle,thisistheforceatwhichtheActualPoint(APT) willbecalculatedandreturnedtoPCDMIS.Thevalueisspecifiedinnewtons.Notallanalog probes/controllersusethisinput.

#ReturnData

The#ReturnDataboxallowsyoutoenterthenumberofreadingstakenwhenthemachineis movingawayfromtheobjectbeingmeasured. Thisvaluedefinestheminimumnumberofdatatobecollectedwithintheprobingwindowdefined bytheUpperForceandLowerForcevalues.

ReturnSpeed

TheReturnSpeedboxallowsyoutosetthevalue,whichdeterminesthespeedatwhichthe probecomesofftheobjectbeingmeasured.Thisisspecifiedinmm/sec.

PositioningAccuracy

ThePositioningAccuracyboxisaparameterspecifictotheLeitzinterface.Thevalue submittedtellstheCMMhowcarefullyitshouldremainontheapproachvectorastheprobeis movedintothepartforameasurement. Withsmallervaluesthedifficultyforthemachinetoacquirethedesiredlocationincreases. However,usingasmallervalueprovidesamoreaccuratemeasurement.Thisvalueisalwaysin millimeters. Thisshouldnormallybeleftatthedefaultvalue.

ProbingAccuracy

TheProbingAccuracyboxallowsyoutodeterminetheaccuracyrequiredtotakea measurement.Ifthisvalueisnotmetthennomeasurementistakenandanerrorisgiven.Itis specifiedinmmandshouldnormallybeleftatthedefaultvalue.

ProbingMode

188 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thisspecifiesthetypeofprobingcycleused.Themostcommoncycleisdeflectionmode(DFL). Othercycles,suchassoftprobing(SFT),mayalsobesupportedbysomeanalog probes/controllers.Insomecasestheprobe/controllermaynothavemultiplemodesandthis valueisignored.

ManualFineProbing
IftheManualFineProbingcheckboxisselected,thenwhenamanualprobingpointistaken, thecontrollerautomaticallyswitchestoDCCmodewhilemovingawayfromthepartinorderto usethenormaldeflectionprobingcycle.Thismayresultinslowermanualprobingbutimproves accuracy. WhilerecentmachineswithanalogprobingsystemsmaysupportManualFineProbing,notall analogprobes/controllerssupportthismodeofmanualprobing.Inthosecases,PCDMISignores thischeckmark.YourCMMcontroller'smanufacturerwillknowifyourcontrollersupportsthis option.

PointDensity

ThePointDensityboxallowsyoutosetthenumberofreadingstotakepermillimeterof measurementduringascan. IfyougiveascanincrementsmallerthanthePointDensitydefinedintheregistryentryinthe SettingsEditor,PCDMISwilldisplayawarningexplainingthattheminimumincrementissmaller thanPointDensityforscans.Youwillthenbeaskedtoverifyincrementsettingsinthedialogbox. Youcanthenchangethescan'sPointDensityvaluetoasuitablenumber.

OffsetForce

Thisallowsyoutospecifywhatlevelofforcetomaintainduringascan.Thevalueisspecifiedin newtons.

Acceleration

Thisallowsyoutospecifywhataccelerationtouseduringascan.Thevalueisspecifiedin mm/sec/sec.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 189

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:ProbeTriggerOptionstab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxProbeTriggerOptionstab TheProbeTriggerOptionstaballowsyoutodeterminetolerancezonesandtheninsert AUTOTRIGGER,TRIGGERTOLERANCE, andTRIGGERPLANEcommandsintotheEditwindow. Note:OnlymanualCMMmachineswithcertaininterfacessupporttheseprobetriggeroptions. Theseinterfacescurrentlyinclude:BackTalk,Faro,Romer,Garda,GOM(Krypton),Axila, Leica, Polar,andSMXLaser. Toaccessthistab: 1. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogboxfromthemainmenu(Edit|Preferences| Parameters). 2. SelecttheProbeTriggerOptionstab. Important:TheAUTOTRIGGERcommandonlyworkswithMeasuredPointsandAutoVector Points.

AutoTriggerarea

WiththeAutoTriggerareayoucaninsertAUTOTRIGGER/commandsintotheEditwindowwith atolerancezone. TheAUTOTRIGGER/commandtellsPCDMIStoautomaticallytakeahitwhentheprobeentersa tolerancezoneataspecifieddistancefromtheoriginalhitlocation.Forexample,ifthetolerance zoneissetto2mm,ahitistakenwhentheprobeiswithin2mmofthehitlocation.

190 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Youcanusethisoptionwithmanualmachinesinsteadofpressingabuttontotakeahit,youcan placeAUTOTRIGGER/commandsatanystandardlocationintheEditwindow. AutotriggerOn

SelectingtheAutotriggerOncheckboxactivatestheautotriggercommand.Commandsinthe EditwindowthatfollowtheinsertedAUTOTRIGGER/commandandrequireyoutotakeahitwill thenhavethehitautomaticallytakenwhentheprobeentersthedefinedtolerancezone. IfyoudonotselectthischeckboxandyouclicktheInsertCommandbutton,PCDMISinserts thecommandlineintotheEditwindowbutdoesn'tactivatethecommand. BeepingOn

SelectingtheBeepingOncheckboxactivatesabeepingsoundassociatedwithyour AUTOTRIGGER/command.Thecloseryougettothetarget,themorefrequentthebeeps. AutotriggerRadius

TheAutotriggerRadiusboxallowsyoutotypeatolerancezonevalue.Whentheprobemoves intothistolerancezone,itautomaticallyandimmediatelytakesahit. InsertCommand

ClickingtheInsertCommandbuttoninsertstheAUTOTRIGGER/commandintotheEditwindow forthecurrentpartprogram.Thiscommandlinereads:
AUTOTRIGGER/TOG1,TOG2,RAD

TOG1 ThistogglefieldcorrespondstotheAutotriggerOncheckbox.Itdisplayseither ONorOFF. TOG2 ThistogglefieldcorrespondstotheBeepingOncheckbox.ItdisplayseitherONor OFF. RAD Theradiusfieldcontainsthevalueforthetolerancezone.Thisvalueisthedistance fromtheactualpointthatPCDMIStakesthehit.

SamplePlaneAutoTriggerarea

WiththeSamplePlaneAutoTriggerareayoucaninsertaTRIGGERPLANE/commandintothe Editwindow.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 191

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheTRIGGERPLANE/ TheTRIGGERPLANE/commandtellsPCDMIStoautomatically commandonlyworksforAutotakeahitwhentheprobepassestheplanedefinedbythesurface Circles,AutoEllipses,Auto normalofanautofeatureatthelevelofthedefineddepth.This Slots,andAutoEdgePoints. definedlocationwillbeadjustedbasedonoptionssuchassample hitsorRMEASfeatures.Astheprobecenterpassesfromoneside oftheplanetotheothertheprobewilltriggerandthehitwillbe taken. Youcanusethiscommandwithmanualmachinesinsteadofpressingabuttontotakeahit,you canplaceTRIGGERPLANE/commandsatanystandardlocationwithintheEditwindow. Thiscommandonlyworksinonlinemode.IftheAUTOTRIGGER/commandisused,itwilltake precedenceovertheTRIGGERPLANE/command. NoteonFaroandRomerMachines:Asdefinedabove,PCDMISwillautomaticallytakeahit whentheprobepassestheplane.However,ifyouareusingaFarooraRomermachine,the probewillnottriggeragainuntilyoupresstheAcceptbutton(orReleasebutton).Youmust pressthisbuttonaftereachregisteredhitinordertocontinue. PlaneTriggerOn

SelectingthePlaneTriggerOncheckboxactivatestheTRIGGERPLANE/command. CommandsintheEditwindowthatfollowtheinsertedTRIGGERPLANE/commandandrequire youtotakeahitwillthenhavethehitautomaticallytakenwhentheprobecenterpassesthe planedefinedbythesurfacenormalanddepthofthefeature. IfyoudonotselectthischeckboxandyouclicktheInsertCommandbutton,PCDMISinserts thecommandlineintotheEditwindowbutdoesn'tactivatethecommand.TheTRIGGERPLANE/ commandwillnotfunctionuntiltheoptionisturnedon. InsertCommand

ClickingtheInsertCommandbuttoninsertsthetriggerplanecommandintothe Editwindowforthecurrentpartprogram.
TRIGGERPLANE/TOG1

TOG1 ThistogglefieldcorrespondstothePlaneTriggerOncheckbox.Itdisplayseither ONorOFF.

ManualPointTriggerTolerancearea

WiththeManualPointTriggerToleranceareayoucaninsertaTRIGGERTOLERANCE/ commandintotheEditwindow.

192 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThiscommandonlyworksinTheTRIGGERTOLERANCE/commandtellsPCDMIStoonlyaccept conjunctionwithautopoint amanualhitwhenitiswithinthespecifiedtolerancezone. featuretypes:VectorPoint, SurfacePoint,AnglePoint, YoucanusethisoptionwithmanualmachineswhenPCDMIS CornerPoint,andMeasure promptsyoutotakeahit,triggertheprobeasyouwish.Eachtrigger Point.Itdoesnotworkon willbeevaluatedtoseeifitiswithinthecylindricaltriggertolerance theindividualhitsof zone.Ifitisnot,youwillreceiveanerrorintheMachineErrorslist features. oftheExecutionModeOptionsdialogbox.PCDMISwillthenask youtotakethehitagain.YoucanplaceTRIGGERTOLERANCE/ commandsatanystandardlocationwithintheEditwindow. Thisoptiononlyworksinonlinemode.

UseTriggerTolerance

SelectingtheUseTriggerTolerancecheckboxactivatestheTRIGGERTOLERANCE/command. CommandsintheEditwindowthatfollowtheinsertedTRIGGERTOLERANCE/commandand requireyoutotakeahitwillthenonlyacceptthehitwhentheprobeentersthedefinedtolerance zone. IfyoudonotselectthischeckboxandyouclicktheInsertCommandbutton,PCDMISinserts thecommandlineintotheEditwindowbutdoesn'tactivatethecommand.TheTriggerTolerance capabilityisdisableduntiltheoptionisturnedon InsertCommand

ClickingtheInsertCommandbuttoninsertstheTRIGGERTOLERANCE/commandintotheEdit windowforthecurrentpartprogramwiththefollowingoptions. TRIGGERTOLERANCE/TOG1,RAD TOG1 ThistogglefieldcorrespondstotheUseTriggerTolerancecheckbox.Itdisplays eitherONorOFF. RAD Theradiusfieldcontainsthevalueforthetolerancezone.Thisvalueisthedistance fromtheactualpointthatPCDMISacceptsthehit. ToleranceRadius

TheToleranceRadiusboxallowsyoutotypeatoleranceradiusvalue.Whentheprobeis triggered,PCDMISwillchecktoseeiftheprobeiswithinthistolerancezone.Ifitis,thehitwill beaccepted.Itisitnot,youwillbeaskedtotakeanotherhit.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 193

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ParameterSettings:NC100Parameterstab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxNC100Parameterstab TheNC100ParameterstabTheNC100Parameterstaballowsyoutochangetheparameters onlyappearsinthe fortheNC100VideoProbe.Theseparametersareusedtocontrol ParameterSettingsdialog thelighting,sizingetc.oftheNC100visionarea.Ifthevaluesin boxifyouhaveselecteda theNC100tabarechanged,thenPCDMISinsertsanew NC100Videoprobeasyour VIDEOSETUP commandintothepartprogram,anddisplaysthe activeprobe. cursorpositionintheEditwindow.TheEditwindowcommandline fortheVIDEOSETUPcommandreads:
VIDEOSETUP/GAIN=n,OFFSET=n,TOP=n,BOTTOM=n,WIDTH=n,YORIGIN=n, YEND=n,LSEG=n,XSEG=n,YSEG=n

ToeditinformationintheNC100Parameterstab: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Parameters). ClickontheNC100Parameterstab. Selectthevalueyouwanttochange. Typeanewvalue. ClickApplyorOK.

TheboxescontainedintheNC100Parameterstaballowyoutospecifyinformationthat correspondstosettingsontheNC100computersystemSeedocumentationfromyourNC100 computersystemformoredetailedinformationonthesesettings.

Gain

TheGain valuecorrespondstotheGain valueontheNC100computersystemandisavision sensorsetting.

OffsetValue

194 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheOffset valuecorrespondstotheOffsetvalueontheNC100computersystemandisalight sensorsetting.SeedocumentationfromyourNC100computersystemforadditionalinformation.

ROITop

TheROITopvaluecorrespondstotheROITop valueontheNC100computersystemandis thetoppositionoftheROI.

ROIBottom

TheROIBottom valuecorrespondstotheROIBottomvalueontheNC100computersystem andisthebottompositionoftheROI.

ROIWidth

TheROIWidth valuecorrespondstotheROIWidthvalueontheNC100computersystemand isthehorizontaldimensionoftheROI.

YOrigin

TheYOriginvaluecorrespondstotheYOrigin valueontheNC100computersystem.

YEnd

TheYEndvaluecorrespondstotheYEnd valueontheNC100computersystem.

LongSegment

TheLongSegment valuecorrespondstotheLongSegment valueontheNC100computer system.

XSegment

TheXSegment valuecorrespondstotheXSegmentvalueontheNC100computersystem.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 195

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

YSegment

TheYSegment valuecorrespondstotheYSegmentvalueontheNC100computersystem.

VideoSetup

TheVideoSetupbuttonallowsyoutoopentheVideoSetupParametersontheNC100Video System.Clickingthisbuttonopensandclosesthisoption. CommunicationsettingsbetweenthePCDMIScomputersystemandtheNC100computer systemhavetobeconfiguredbeforethisoptionfunctionsproperly.See"NC100Setuptab"on theSetUpOptionsdialogboxforthisinformation.

ParameterSettings:I/OChannelstab

ParameterSettingsdialogboxI/OChannelstab Currently,theoptionsontheI/OWiththeI/OChannelstabyoucanselectoptionsrelatedtothe Channelstabonlyfunctionon useofcontrollerI/OchannelsandplaceanIOCHANNEL/ DEAmachines.Othermachine commandintotheEditwindowthatwilldefinethestateofthe typesmaybeaddedinthe controller. future. SomemachinecontrollersareequippedwithI/OchannelsthatcanbeSETtoanONstate(a valueof1)orRESETtoanOFFstate(avalueof0).TheIOCHANNEL/commandtellsPCDMIS tosetthestateasspecified. ToeditinformationintheI/OChannelstab: 1. 2. 3. 4. AccesstheParameterSettingsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Parameters). ClickontheI/OChannelstab. Makeanychanges. ClickApplyorOK.

196 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Channel

Thisspecifiesthechannelnumberthatyouwill SETor RESET.

SetandResetOptions

Option Set

Reset

Description Thisoptioninsertsan IOCHANNEL/SETcommand intothepartprogram.When PCDMISexecutesthis commandthestateofthe specifiedchannelnumberwill besetto1. Thisoptioninsertsan IOCHANNEL/RESETcommand intothepartprogram.When PCDMISexecutesthis commandthestateofthe specifiedchannelnumberwill besetto0.

SettingUptheEditWindow
PCDMISletsyoudeterminetheEditwindow'sappearanceaswellaswhatinformationtodisplay withinsometheEditwindow'smodes.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 197

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefiningEditWindowColors

EditWindowColorsdialogbox TheEdit|Preferences|EditWindowColors menuoptiondisplaystheColorEditordialogbox. YoumustbeinCommandmodeorDMISmodetoselectthismenuitem. TheColorEditordialogboxallowsyoutodefinethecolorsusedfortheEditwindowtextand backgroundwhenyouhavetheEditwindowinCommandandDMISmodes.Youcanalsoexport yourcolorschemetouseondifferentcomputersystemsorimportexternalcolorschemes. Note:ThedialogboxonlyspecifiesthecolorsintextualmodesoftheEditwindowsuchasthe CommandandDMIS. Therearefourprincipalcolorsthatcanbeconfiguredforallcommandsorforindividual commands.Youcandeterminewhethertoshowthesecolorsasahighlightedbackgroundcolor orastextcolorbyselectingorclearingtheEnableBackgroundHighlightingcheckbox.These arelistedinthefourboxesintheCommandTextColorsarea. Marked Unmarked StepMode Error

Bydefault,theEnableBackgroundHighlightingcheckboxisselected,makingtheboxes appearwiththefollowingcolors:

Ifyouclearthischeckboxtoenabletextcoloringinstead,PCDMISwillshowtheboxesas follows:

198 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PrincipalColors MarkedColor: MarkedColorrepresentsanyfeature thatismarkedforexecution.Some featuressuchasalignmentsare alwaysexecutedandthereforealways showupintheMarkedcolor. Unmarkedcoloristhedefaultcolor.If nootherconditionispresentthenthe defaultcolorisused. StepModecolorhighlightstheline uponwhichexecutionwilloccurnext whenexecutingapartprogramusing breakpoints. Errorcolorshowscommandsthatare inerrorormeasurementsthatare outsideoftheirtolerancelimits.For example,ifatipisrecalledbutisnot definedintheprobedatabase,thistip textwillbecoloredwiththeerrorcolor.

Unmarked: StepMode:

Error:

YoucanalsochangebackgroundcolorsfortheEditwindow,fordimensions,andforthehighlight color. BackgroundColor: Dimension BackgroundColor Highlight BackgroundColor BackgroundColoroftheEditwindow canalsobemodifiedfromwithinthis dialog. DimensionBackgroundColorsets thebackgroundcolorfora dimension'sreportingboxes. HighlightBackgroundColorsetsthe backgroundcolorwhendraggingthe mousetoselectacommandorgroup ofcommands.

Tochangethecommandtextcolorsused:
1. SelectEdit|Preferences|EditWindowColorsfromthemenubar.TheColorEditor dialogboxopens. 2. ClicktheAutoPreviewcheckbox.Thisallowsyoutopreviewyourchangesinsidethe Editwindowasyoumakethem. 3. Selectaspecificcommandoraparentcommandfromthelistofcommandsinthe CommandTextColorsarea.Clickontheplussignstoexpandthelisttoviewadditional subcommands.Thisallowsyoutosettheprincipalcolors(Marked,Unmarked,Step Mode,andError)forspecificcommandsorparentcommands.Tosetthechangesforall commandtext,selectDefaultfromthetopofthelist.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 199

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

4. SimplyclicktheEditbuttonforthetextorbackgroundcolorintheCommandText Colorsarea. AColorselectionboxwillappear. 5. Selectthenewcolor,orcustomizeacolorbyselectingtheDefineCustomColorsbutton. 6. ClicktheOKbutton.TheColorselectionboxwillclose.Ifyouselectedaparent command,PCDMISpresentsyouwithanoptiontosetallchildcommandsunderthe parentcommandtousethesamecoloraswell.SelecteitherYesorNoatthisprompt. 7. Whenfinisheddefiningyourcolors,clicktheApplybuttontoseethechangeswithout closingtheColorsdialogbox. 8. ClicktheOKbuttontoapplythechangesandclosetheColorEditordialogbox. Thecolorchangeswillimmediatelybemade.

Tochangethebackgroundcolorsused:
1. SelectEdit|Preferences|EditWindowColorsfromthemenubar.TheColorEditor dialogboxopens. 2. ClicktheAutoPreviewcheckbox.Thisallowsyoutopreviewyourchangesinsidethe Editwindowasyoumakethem. 3. SimplyclicktheEditbuttonforthebackgroundorhighlightcolorfromtheBackground Colorarea. AColorselectionboxwillappear. 4. Selectthenewcolor,orcustomizeacolorbyselectingtheDefineCustomColorsbutton. 5. ClicktheOKbutton.TheColorselectionboxwillclose. 6. Whenfinisheddefiningyourcolors,clicktheApplybuttontoseethechangeswithout closingtheColorsdialogbox. 7. ClicktheOKbuttontoapplythechangesandclosetheColorEditordialogbox. Thecolorchangeswillimmediatelybemade.

Toexportacolorscheme:
1. SelectEdit|Preferences|EditWindowColorsfromthemenubar.TheColorEditor dialogboxopens. 2. Makechangestoyourcolorschemeasneeded. 3. ClicktheExportbutton.ASaveAsdialogboxappears.Thisdialogboxallowsyouto storeyourEditwindowcolorschemeasacolorfile(afilewitha.clrextension).

SaveAsdialogbox 4. Navigatetowhereyouwanttostorethisfile. 5. TypeanameforthestoredcolorfileintheFilenamebox. 6. ClickSave.

200 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Toimportanduseacolorscheme:
1. SelectEdit|Preferences|EditWindowColorsfromthemenubar.TheColorEditor dialogboxopens.ClicktheAutoPreviewcheckbox.Thiswillallowyoutopreviewyour changesinsidetheEditwindowonceyouselectthecolorscheme. 2. ClicktheImportbutton.AnOpendialogboxappears. 3. Navigatetothecolorschemefile(afilewitha.clrextension). 4. SelectthefileandclickOpen.TheOpendialogboxcloses. 5. ClickApplyandthenOKtousethecolorschemeyoujustimported.

DefiningtheEditwindowLayout
TheEdit|Preferences|EditWindowLayoutmenuoptionbringsuptheEditWindowLayout dialogbox.ThedialogboxcontainsaCommandtab.Thistabletsyouhideorshowcertain commandsintheEditwindow.

CommandModeDisplayOptions

EditWindowLayoutdialogboxCommandtab TheCommandtaballowsyoutochoosewhichofthefollowingdisplayoptionsareavailablefor commandmode. ShowFeatures Thisoptiondisplaysthe featuresmeasuredbythepart program. Thisoptionshowsalignment changesastheyoccurduring thepartprogram.Itwilldisplay allalignmentchangesthat occurinthedimensionor featurelists. Thisoptionshowsanymoves thathavebeenaddedtothe partprogram. Thisoptionshowsany commentsthathavebeen addedtothepartprogram. (See"InsertingProgrammer Comments"inthe"Inserting ReportCommands"chapter
SettingYourPreferences 201

ShowAlignments

ShowMoves

ShowComments

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

foradditionalinformation.) Thisoptiondisplaysthe specifieddimensionforthe featuresinspectedbyPC DMIS.Itwillbedisplayedin theselectedformatusingthe FORMATcommanddescribed inthe"DimensionFormat" topicinthe"UsingtheEdit Window"chapter. ShowHits Thisoptiondisplayseachhit. ShowHeader/ Thisoptiondisplaysthe Footer header/footerfromthe LOGO.DAT,HEADER.DAT, andELOGO.DATfiles.(See "ModifyingHeadersand Footers"inthe"UsingtheEdit Window"chapterfor informationonalteringthese files.) ShowTips Thisoptiondisplaysthetipfile namesusedtoinspectthepart. ForinformationonworkingwithCommandmode,seethe"WorkinginCommandMode"topicin the"UsingtheEditWindow"chapter. ShowDimensions

SettingUptheReadoutWindow

ProbeReadoutSetupdialogbox YoucanaccesstheProbe TheProbeReadoutSetupdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Probe ReadoutSetupdialogbox ReadoutSetup)allowsyoutoselectthedesiredformatofthe byrightclickingonthe ProbeReadoutwindow.Selectthecheckboxesthatmeetyour ProbeReadoutwindowandprobereadoutneeds.WhenyounextselecttheProbeReadout clickingSetup. Windowmenuoptionitwillreflectthechosenformat. ForinformationonusingtheProbeReadoutwindow,see"UsingtheProbeReadoutwindow"in the"UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools"chapter.

202 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MachineCoordinateSystem(MCS)

WhenyouselecttheMachineCoordinateSystem(MCS)checkbox,PCDMISdisplaysthe informationinthemachine'scoordinatesystem,notthepartcoordinatesystem.Thischeckbox switchesbetweenthesecoordinatesystems.Deselectingitwillonceagaindisplaytheinformation inthepart'scoordinatesystem.

ProbePosition
WhenyouselecttheProbePositioncheckbox,PCDMISdisplaysthecurrentpositionofthe probe.TheProbeReadoutwindowwilldisplaytheprobe'spositionintheactivecoordinate system.

LastHit
WhenyouselecttheLastHitcheckbox,PCDMISwilldisplaythelocationofthelasthittaken withtheprobe.Ifthisoptionisnotselected,PCDMISdisplaysthecurrentpositionoftheprobe.

ShowCurrentProbePositiononScreen
TheShowCurrentProbePositiononScreencheckboxdiffersfromtheProbePositioncheck boxinthatitshowsagraphicalrepresentationoftheprobeonscreen,relativetothemachine. Thisishelpfulwhenworkingonline.Whenyoumovetheprobebyusingthejogbox,agraphical representationoftheprobealsomoveswithinPCDMIS'Sscreen.

DistancetoTarget
WhenyouselecttheDistancetoTargetcheckbox,PCDMISdisplaysthedistanceoftheprobe tothetargetpoint.Theprobe'spositionisdisplayedintheactivecoordinatesystem.Manually drivetheprobetothekeyedinlocation.Whenthetargetpointisreached,theProbeReadout windowwilldisplay0,0,0.

DistancetoTargetwithAutoZoom
WhenyouselectboththeDistancetoTargetcheckboxandtheWithAutoZoomcheckbox, PCDMISalsodisplaysthedistanceoftheprobetothetargetpoint.Theprobespositionis displayedintheactivecoordinatesystem.Astheprobeismanuallydriventothekeyedin location,PCDMISmakesthetargetpointthecenterofthescreenandzoominonthepointinthe GraphicsDisplaywindow.

DisplayErrorofLastMeasuredFeature

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 203

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

WhenyouselecttheDisplayErrorofLastMeasuredFeaturecheckbox,PCDMISdisplays anydeviationsalongtheXYZcoordinates(andDforcircularfeatures)forthelastmeasured featureintheProbeReadoutwindow.Evenifthedeviationis0thenonly0isdisplayed.

UsePolarCoordinates
WhenyouselecttheUsePolarCoordinatescheckbox,PCDMISswitchesbetweenrectangular andpolarcoordinates.Whenpolarcoordinatesareused,thenormaldirectionoftheworkplaneis alsodisplayed.

AlwaysTrackFOVCenter
Ifthisitemisselected,PCDMISdisplaystheFOVcenterofanoncontactvideoprobe.Thisitem onlyappearsifyouhaveanoncontactvideoprobedefined.

PromptHistory

WhenyouselecttheDisplayprompthistorycheckbox,PCDMISwilldisplaythenewProbe ReadoutcommenttypeinsidetheProbeReadoutwindow. UsingtheDisplaylinesatatimebox,youcanspecifyhowmanylinesPCDMISshould setapartforthesecommentsontheProbeReadoutwindowitself. UsingtheSelectFontbutton,youcanalsospecifythefonttypeandsizethatshouldbe usedforthesecommentsontheProbeReadoutwindow.

Forinformationoninsertingcomments,see"InsertingProgrammerComments"inthe"Inserting ReportCommands"chapter. ForinformationondisplayingtheProbeReadoutwindow,see"UsingtheProbeReadoutwindow" inthe"UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools"chapter.

SettingupMultipleArms
Seethe"UsingMultipleArmMode"chapterforinformationregardingsetupproceduresfor multiplearms.

DefiningtheRotaryTable
SelectingtheEdit|Preferences|RotaryTableSetup menuoptiondisplaystheRotaryTable Setupdialogbox.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutodefinetherotarytable.Youcanonlyacceptone optionpercategory.

204 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1. Selectthetypeoftablebeingused.IfaDualRotaryTableissetup,indicateif Table1or2isactive.SelectingDualRotaryTablesalsodisplaystheActive RotaryTabletoolbaronceyouclicktheOKbutton.Thistoolbarcontainstwo iconsthatallowyoutoselectwhichrotarytableisactive. NoteonIndexTypeRotaryTables: Indextyperotarytableshaveafinitenumberofspecificanglestowhichtheycan bepositioned.Generally,theyhaveafixedincrement(indegreesofrotation) fromagivenpositiontothenextavailableposition.Theincrementalamountwill vary,basedonyourspecifictable.PleaseconsultyourRotarytable documentationifnecessary.Infinitetyperotarytableswillacceptanyposition(in degrees). 2. DetermineiftherotarytableisManualorDCCandselecttheappropriateoption.

RotaryTableSetupdialogbox

3. FromtheAxisforTablelist,selectthemachineaxisclosesttotheaxisof rotationforthetable. 4. FromtheDirectionofPositivelist,selectwhetherornotthetablehasapositive rotationaboutthechosenaxisineithertheCLOCKWISEdirectionorthe COUNTERCLOCKWISEdirection. 5. Ifknown,keyintheXYZ,IJKvalues 6. ClickCalibratetobeginthecalibrationprocess. Note:TheRotaryTableSetupmenuoptionisunavailableuntilyourportlockisconfiguredto acceptrotarytables.

CalibrateRotaryTable
DependingontheoptionsselectedintheRotaryTableSetupdialogbox(see"Definingthe RotaryTable")oneoftwodialogboxeswillopenwhenyouclicktheCalibratebutton. Selectingthe TableisInfiniteTypeoptionandtheCalibratebuttonopensthe CalibrateInfiniteRotaryTabledialogbox. Selectingthe TableisIndexTypeoptionandtheCalibratebuttonopensthe CalibrateIndexableRotaryTabledialogbox.
SettingYourPreferences 205

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CalibrateIndexableRotaryTable

CalibrateIndexableRotaryTable UsingtheCalibrateIndexableRotaryTabledialogboxyoucanselecttheoptionsthatwillbe usedtocalibratetheselectedtable.Oncetheoptionswithinthedialogboxaresatisfactory,click theCalibratebuttontostarttherotarytablecalibrationprocess. UsageNote:Theindexablerotarytablecalibrationmustincludethe0position.Additionally,all theanglesthatwillactuallybeusedinapartprogrammustalsobecalibrated.Thiscalibration procedurecalculatesandstoresatransformationforallotheranglesrelativetothe0position.

CalibrationNote:TheindexablerotarytablecalibrationprocedurerequiresavalidXYZ,IJKfor thetableinordertorunproperly.Thiscanbeaccomplishedintwoways. 1.)Ifthevaluesareknown,theycanbemanuallytypedintotheRotaryTableSetupdialogbox. Thiswillusuallynotbethecase. 2)Initiallyselectthe TableisInfiniteTypeoptionandcompleteaninfiniterotarytablecalibration, whichwillcalculateandsavetheXYZ,IJK.ThenselecttheTableisIndexableTypeand performtheindexablerotarytablecalibration.Thisisnormallyonlyanissueduringtheinitial softwareinstallation/setuporiftherotarytablehasbeenmovedorifsomethinghashappenedto significantlyaltertheoriginofthemachinecoordinatesystem.OncetheXYZ,IJKisdetermined closelyenoughthattheindexablerotarytablecalibrationprocedurecanrunsuccessfullyitisnot necessarytogobackandreruntheinfiniterotarytablecalibrationinordertorerunthe indexablerotarytablecalibration. AddRotabAngles TheAddRotabAnglesareaallowsyoutodefinethelistoftableanglesthatwillbeincludedin thecalibration.Youcandefineoneangleatatime,oryoucandefineanincrementedrangeof

206 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

angles.DefinedanglesarethenplacedintheAnglestoCalibratelist.WhenyouclickCalibrate PCDMISwillthencalibratetherotarytableusingthedefinedangles. Example:Ifyouwanttocalibratealltheanglesbetween5and95degreeswitha10degree incrementbetweeneachangle,youwouldfillintheStartAngle,EndAngle,andIncrement boxeswith5,95,and10respectively,andthenclicktheEquallySpacebutton. AnglestoCalibratelist Thislistcontainsallthetableanglesforthecalibration.Youcanaddanglestothislistfromthe AddRotabAnglesarea.TheAnglestoCalibratelistmustusethezeroangle. OtherDialogboxParameters Thisdialogboxalsocontainsmanyofthesameoptionsdescribedinthe"DefiningHardware" chapter. ForinformationonNumberofHits,Prehit/Retract,MoveSpeed, TouchSpeed,Manual/ DCC,ListofAvailableTools,AddTool,andDeleteTool,seetheMeasuretopicinthe DefiningHardwarechapter. ForinformationonActiveProbeFileandActiveTip,seetheDefiningProbestopicinthe DefiningHardwarechapter.

CalibrateInfiniteRotaryTable

CalibrateInfiniteRotaryTabledialogbox TheCalibrateInfiniteRotaryTabledialogboxdiffersfromtheCalibrateIndexableRotary Tabledialogboxintheseareas: InsteadoftheAnglestoCalibratelist,thedialogdisplaystheTableAngleslist. Youdonthavetousethe0.0angleintheTableAngleslist.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 207

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Insteadofthreecalibrationtools,thedialogboxonlydisplaysonecalibrationtool.

SeeCalibrateIndexableRotaryTableaboveforinformationonthespecificoptionscontainedin thisdialogbox.

SettingUpProbeChangerOptions
SelectingtheEdit|Preferences|ProbeChanger menuoptiondisplaystheProbeChanger dialogbox.

ProbeChangerdialogbox Thisdialogboxallowsyoutosetupvariousoptionsthatcanbeusedonaprobechanger.Until youdefineaprobechanger,thisdialogwillonlydisplaytheTypetab.Theseothertabsmay becomeavailablewhenyoudefineyourprobechangertype. Type Calibrate Thisallowsyoutoselecttheprobe changertype.

Thisallowsyoutochoosewhich activetipstocalibrate. MountPoint ThisallowsyoutochangeABwrist valuesandalsoprovideasafe locationthattheCMMcanmoveto aftereachcycle. Slots Thisallowsyoutodefineprobeor stylusconfigurationforexistingslots intheprobechangerrack. Comm Thisallowsyoutoworkwithyour computer'sserialportconnectionto theprobechanger. Thesetabsaredescribedbelowingreaterdetail. Seethe"DefiningProbeChangers"topicinthe"DefiningHardware"chapterprovidesyouwitha stepbystepdescriptionofhowtosetupandcalibrateaprobechanger.Italsodescribeshowyou todisplayanexistingprobechangerinsidetheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

208 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Type

ProbeChangerdialogboxTypetab Beforecalibrationcantakeplace,theprobechangertypemustbechosen.Selectthetypeof probechangerfromtheProbeChangerdropdownlist.Afterachangeofprobechangertype, PCDMISmustberestarted. Thedockingspeedcanbealteredtofinetunetheoperationofthechangecycle.Simplytypea newpercentagevaluetosetthedockingspeed.

ActiveProbeChanger
DependingonthevalueintheNumberofProbeChangersbox,theActiveProbeChangerlist containsnumbereditems(ProbeChanger1,ProbeChanger2,ProbeChanger3etc.)towhichyou canassignaprobechangeranditsassociatedvalues. InitiallyPCDMISdisplaysonlyoneiteminthislist,usually"ProbeChanger1".Youcanadd additionalitemstothelistbyincreasingthevalueintheNumberofProbeChangersbox. PCDMISstorestheprobechangertypeyouselectedandanyothervaluesforthenumbered itemintheActiveProbeChangerlist.

NumberofProbeChangers
WiththeNumberofProbeChangersboxyoucandeterminehowmanyprobechangerstouse. ThenumberyoutypeinthisboxbecomesthenumberofavailableprobechangersintheActive ProbeChangerlist.

ProbeChangerType
TheProbeChangerTypedropdownlistcontainsalistofthevariousprobechangertypes.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 209

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ProbeChangerdialogboxshowingtheCW43Lprobechangertype CW43LProbeChangers TheCW43Lprobechangercalibrationprocedurerequiresyoutoperformthecalibrationusinga probewiththewristmapinordertoproperlycalculatetheportlocations.Oncecalibrated,you canthenusetheprobechangertochangeprobesregardlessofwhetherornottheyactuallyuse thewristmap.

DockingSpeed
TheDockingSpeedboxallowsyoutodeterminethedockingspeedofthechangecycle.

Comm

ProbeChangerDialogboxCommtab Forsometypesofprobechangersthereisaserialconnectiontothecomputer.Thisdialogwill allowyoutochooseyourcommunicationsport(COMport)andmodifyyourCOMportsettings. ForinformationonyourCOMportsettings,checkthedocumentationthatcamewithyour computerhardware. IfyourprobechangerdoesnothaveaserialconnectiontheCommtabwillnotappear.

210 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Calibrate

ProbeChangerdialogboxCalibratetab Beforeprobeconfigurationscanbeloadedintotherack,considerthefollowing: TheprobeorstylusmustbechosenfromtheTypetabandcalibrated. TherackshouldbesquaredtooneoftheCMM'saxes. ThePS35RstylusthatwassuppliedbyRenishawmustbeusedtocalibratethe probechanger. Ifcalibratingaslotholdinganextension,ensurethatyouhavefirstdefinedthe ProbeHeadWristAnglerequiredforthechangeintheMountPointtab.The probeheadwillrotatetothisanglebeforemeasuringthewrist'sjointonthe datumsphere.

Verifythatthestylushasbeencalibratedbeforestartingthisprocess.(See"DefiningProbes"in the"DefiningHardware"chapter.) CAUTION:Theoptoelectronicinfrareddetectionsystemisalwaysactive.Ifitisaccidentally tripped,thePI200(probecontroller)willdeactivatetheTP200. Note:Generally,youshouldphysicallyalignprobechangersalongoneofthemachinesaxis. However,fortheTP20,TP200,andSP600probechangersthisisn'trequired.Fortheseprobe changes,therackstillneedstobelevel,butyoucannowrotateitsothatthelengthoftherackis nolongeralignedalongamachineaxis.

ActiveProbeChanger
FromtheActiveProbeChangerlistyoucanselectwhatprobechangertocalibrate. See"ActiveProbeChanger"undertheTypetabforinformationonthislist.

ActiveProbeFile
TheActiveProbeFiledropdownlistallowsyoutoselectaprobetouseforthecalibration process.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 211

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ActiveTip
TheActiveTipdropdownlistallowsyoutochooseatipconfigurationfortheprobeselected.

FullCalibration
IfyouselecttheFullCalibrationoption,PCDMISwillmeasuretheentireprobechanger.Thisis themostoftenusedmethodofcalibrationandforsometheonlymethodavailable.Itis recommendedthattheoperatorusethefullcalibrationmethod.

PartialCalibration
ThePartialCalibrationoptionwillonlycalibrateaportionoftheprobechanger.Thisoptiononly appearsforthosechangertypesthatsupportit.

SinglePortCalibration
Someprobechangerswillallowyoutomeasureonlyasingleslotafterasuccessfulfull calibration.TheSingleSlotCalibrationoptiononlyappearsforthosechangertypesthatsupport it.

CalibrateButton
TheCalibratebuttonallowsyoutobeginthecalibrationprocessbyopeningtheProbeChanger dialogbox.Followanyonscreenpromptstocorrectlycalibrateyourprobechanger. ThefollowingproceduredescribeshowtocalibrateanSCR200ProbeChanger: AfterclickingtheCalibratebutton, thefirstpromptappears. Openlids3and4,and removeanyprobesfrom thoseports. Takeonehitonthefront faceoftheprobe changer'scenterpost. ClickOK.

Anotherpromptappearsasking youtotakeanotherhit. Takethesecondmanual hitonthetopofthecenter post. ClickOK. PCDMIStakesthe remaininghitsinDCC mode:

212 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1hiteachontheleftand rightinsidesidesofslot3 1hiteachontheleftand rightinsidesidesofslot4.

Aftercalibration,theProbe Changerdialogboxappears. SelecttheMountPoint tab. Confirmthewristanglefor thechangecycleby typingintheangleinthe ProbeHeadWristAngle AAngleandBAngle boxes. Specifytherack'ssafe position(apositionwhere probescanbeswappedin andoutsafely)inmachine coordinates.Youcantype thismanuallyintothe MachinePositionX,Y, andZboxesorclickthe ReadMachinebutton. ClicktheSlotstab. Definethecontentsof eachslotintherackby expandingtheplussign (+)foreachslotandthen doubleclickingthe(no probe) item.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 213

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Alistofavailableprobesappears. Selecttheprobefileto addtothecurrentslot. Ifneeded,adjusttheslot position.Selecttheslot's position,andclickthe EditSlotDatabutton.

TheProbeChangerSlotData dialogboxappears. ModifytheX,Y,Zposition oftheslot. ClickOKtoclosethe ProbeChangerSlot Datadialogbox. ClickOKtoclosethe ProbeChangerdialog box.

MountPoint

ProbeChangerdialogboxMountPointtab TheMountPointtaballowsyoutochangethevaluesfortheABwristangleaswellasdefinea safepositionthattheCMMcanmovetobeforeeachchangecycle. YoucandothisforasmanyprobechangersasdefinedusingtheTypetab.Selecttheprobe changerfromtheActiveProbeChangerlistandtypethedesiredABanglesandCMMposition.

214 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ActiveProbeChanger
FromtheActiveProbeChangerlistyoucanselecttheprobechangerforwhichyouwantto defineABwristanglesandaCMMposition. See"ActiveProbeChanger"undertheTypetabforinformationonthislist.

ProbeHeadWristAngle
TheAAngleandBAngleboxesindicatethepositionofthePH9armwhileslidingtheprobe configurationsinplace.Inmostcasestheangleshouldindicateastraightdownposition. When calibratingslotsholdingextensions,theABangleboxesshouldbedefinedpriortocalibration.If youtrytochangetheABangleaftertheslothasalreadybeencalibrated,awarningwillappear informingyouthatrecalibrationwillbeneeded. TochangetheABanglesfromthestraightdownposition: 1. PlacethecursorintheAAngleboxortheBAnglebox. 2. Typethedesiredangle.

CMMPosition
TheCMMPositionareaofthisdialogboxallowsyoutoindicateasafelocationtowhichthe CMMcanmovepriortoeachchangecycle.Usually,thissafelocationisapproximatelytwo inchesaboveandinfrontoftheprobechangerrack.However,youmayfinditnecessarytomove tosomeotherlocationdependingonthetypeofprobechanger. TochangethevaluesfortheCMMPosition: 1. SelectthepreviousvalueoftheX,Y,orZboxyouwanttochange. 2. TypethecorrectvaluefortheappropriateboxesorusetheReadCMMbuttontoinsert thecurrentlocationoftheCMM.

Slots

ProbeChangerdialogboxSlotstab
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 215

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Theprobechangerisarackthatprovidesslotsfordifferentprobeconfigurations.TheSlotstab allowsyoutodefinetheprobeconfigurationforeachslotthatwillbeused.Thedefaultforeach slotis"noprobe".Youcandefinetheprobeconfigurationforeachslotoftheselectedprobe changer.

ToDefinetheProbeConfigurationforEachSlot
1. SelecttheappropriateprobechangerfromtheActiveProbeChangerlist. 2. Clicktheplussign(+)totheleftoftheslotnumber.You'llnoticethatPCDMISdisplaysa "noprobe"itemasthedefault. 3. Doubleclickorrightclickonthe"noprobe"item.Alistwillappear. 4. Assigntheappropriateprobefileorextensiontoeachslot. 5. Selecttheslotnumber,andthenclicktheEditSlotDatabutton.TheProbeChanger SlotDatadialogboxappears.See"ToManuallyEditaSlot'sData". 6. FromtheSlotTypelist,specifywhattypeofhardwaretheslotwillhold.Selecteither ProbeAttachedifitwillholdaprobeorExtensionOnlyifyouonlywantittoholdaprobe extension.Iftheslotisempty,youwouldselectUndefined.Onsomeprobechangersyou canselectspecificinsertsfromthislist. 7. DefinetheXYZlocationfortheslot.ClickOKtoacceptyourchanges. 8. EachprobeconfigurationmustbeloadedintotherackusingtheCMMArmandLoad ActiveProbeoption.(Donot inserttheprobeintotherackbyhand.) Note:Extensionsarenotmanufacturedwithinthenecessarytolerancestobeinterchangeable withoutrecalibration.Therefore,ifyouhavealreadyconfiguredaslotforaspecificextension,and youwantthatslottoholdadifferentextension(evenanextensionofthesamesize),youwill needtorecalibratetheslotforthenewextension.

ToManuallyEditaSlot'sData
1. SelecttheappropriateslotfromtheActiveProbeChangerlist. 2. ClicktheEditSlotDatabutton.TheProbeChangerSlotDatadialogboxappears.You canusethisdialogboxtochangeaslot'stypeorXYZlocation.

ProbeChangerSlotDatadialogbox

3. Ifavailable,selectthedesiredtypefromtheSlotTypelist.Thislistbecomesavailable whenusingasupportedprobechanger.Probechangersthatsupportthislistincludethe FCR25(usedwiththeSP25probe),theTESASTARR,andtheAutochange(ACR1).You canusethislisttoconfigureeachslotinoneoftheseways.. Itcanbeopenforamodulechange Itcanhaveaninsertforholdingscanningprobestyli. Itcanhaveaninsertforswitchingprobestyli.

216 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ItcanholdaProbeExtensionModule(PEM)forquickconnectjoints.

TheitemsintheSlotTypelistdisplaymodelnumbersfortheslotinserts,etc.Forin depthinformationonyourspecificprobechangerandonsettingupandusingslotinserts, consulttheappropriateRenishawdocumentation. 4. Specifythatslot'slocationbytypingtheX,Y,andZvalues(inmillimeters)intotheX,Y, andZboxes. 5. ClickOK.PCDMISclosesthedialogboxandshowstheXYZvaluesforthatslotinthe ProbeChangerdialogbox,andnexttotheslotitshows"changespending". 6. Ifyouwanttorevertaslottoitspreviousvalue,youcanselectthatslot,clicktheEdit SlotData,andthenclicktheRestoreXYZorRestoreTypebuttoninsidetheProbe ChangerSlotDatadialogboxasapplicable.Thesebuttonsareonlyavailablefor selectionifyouhaven'talreadyclickedOKorApplyontheProbeChangerdialogbox. 7. Ifyou'rereadytoacceptyourchanges,clickeithertheOKorApplybuttonontheProbe Changerdialogbox.

ToChangeaDefinedProbeBacktothenoprobeDefault
1. SelecttheappropriateprobechangerfromtheActiveProbeChangerlist. 2. Doubleclickontheslottochange.Alistappears. 3. Select"noprobe"fromtheavailablelist.

ToAddorRemoveSlotsfromtheDialogBox
Withsometypesofprobechangersyoucandefinethenumberofslots. 1. SelecttheappropriateprobechangerfromtheActiveProbeChangerlist. 2. ChangethevalueintheNumberofSlotsbox. 3. ClicktheApplybuttontoimmediatelyseethechanges. IfyourprobechangerdoesnotallowforachangingamountofslotsthentheNumberofSlots boxwillbedisabled.

ToDropoffaProbewithoutPickingupaNewProbe
Youmaywanttodropoffthecurrentprobeintotheprobechangerwithoutpickingupanew probefromthechanger. Todothis: 1. CreateadummyprobefileintheProbeUtilitiesdialogboxforaprobethatdoesn'texist. Nameitsomethinglike"unload".Seethe"DefiningProbes"topicinthe"Defining Hardware"chapter. 2. ClicktheSetupbutton.TheProbeSetupdialogboxappears. 3. SelectthisprobefilefromtheProbeFileUsedwithProbeChangertoForceUnload Onlylist. 4. ClickOKtoclosetheProbeSetupdialogbox. 5. AccesstheSlotstabintheProbeChangerdialogboxandensurethattheprobeisNOT assignedtoanyslotintheprobechanger. 6. ClickOKtoclosetheProbeChangerdialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 217

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ManagingMultipleProbeChangers
Thetopicsbelowdiscussthemorepopularprobingsystemsusedtoday(theTP2,ACR1,TP20 andTP200,andtheSP600).The"ConfiguringMultipleRacks"and"SP25Probe/StylusChange system"topicsthenprovidedetailedexamplesofhowtoworkwithmultipleprobechangers.

BackgroundonTP2
WhenRenishawdevelopedthesmalltouchtriggerprobe(TP2),itattachedtotheCMMramviaa probeheadwithathreadedM8connectioninlinewiththeprobebodyitself.However,thisdesign requiredaproberecalibrationwheneveritwasremovedorreattached. Toalleviatethisneedtorecalibrate,Renishawdevelopedaquickconnectadapter(termed QuickConnect)whichusedaturnofakeytolockandunlocktheadapterfromtheCMM.The TP2screwedintothisadapter.Thisadaptercouldbedetachedandreattachedveryquicklyand repeatedlywithoutthenecessityofalwaysrecalibrating.

BackgroundonACR1
TheACR1wasthefirstprobechangerintroducedbyRenishaw.Ithelduptoeightofthequick connectextensions,eachwithaseparateTP2probebody.Oncethecollectionofprobeswere qualifiedandplacedintotherack,theycouldbeautomaticallydroppedoffandpickedupbythe CMMwithsimplemovecommandsandcoordinatedwiththelocking/unlockingmechanismsof therack.Asoftwaremodulewaseventuallydevelopedwhichcontrolledtherackoperations.

BackgroundonTP20andTP200
Overtime,designevolutionandelectronicdevelopmentspavedthewayforalternativestothe TP2probebody.Inaddition,forsomecustomers,purchasinguptoeightprobebodiesproved prohibitive.Newprobebodydesignsweredevelopedwhichallowedforremovalandattachment ofnewstylusadapters.Thesetooktheplaceofthequickconnectjoints.Individualstylus assembliescouldthenberemovedandreattachedrepeatedlyandinexpensively. TwoofthebetterknowprobetypesofthisdesignfromRenishawincludetheTP20andthe TP200.EachisroughlyequivalenttotheTP2insizeandshape,buttherearetwomain differences: Duetotheirenhancedelectronics,theycanholdmoreweightandstillproducemore accurateandrepeatableresults. Theyaredesignedwithamagneticsplitbetweentheupperprobebodyandthelower stylusholder.Thisallowsthemtobeusedwiththeirownstyluschangeracksystems,the MCR20andtheSCR200respectively.

218 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

BackgroundontheSP600AnalogProbe
AnotherimprovementisthepopularSP600analogprobe.Thisprobecanperformanalogscans aswellastouchtriggermeasurements.WhileitsbodydesignismuchlargerthantheTPseriesof probes,amagneticstylusholdercanseparatefromthebody.Accordingly,italsohasitsownrack system,theSCR600tipchanger.

ConfiguringMultipleRacks
Whilethereareotherprobingsystemsonthemarket,thefourmostpopularprobingsystems,as discussed,aretheTP2,TP20,TP200,andSP600systems.Eachhasitsownracksystemwhich canfunctiononitsownasasinglerack.Alternately,youcanusemorethanonerackwithaCMM, andthePCDMISsoftwarehastheabilitytomovebetweentherackstodropoffandpickup probesandstylusholdersasneeded. ImportantNotes: EachrackhasitsowncalibrationmethodinPCDMIS.Whiletheysharealotof commonality,forcalibrationpurposes,theyarecompletelyindependentofeachother. Theclearancemovepointforeachrackisonlyrelatedtothatrack,exceptthatsome considerationmustbegiventowheretowilltravelnext.Forthisreason,theclearance moveshouldbeatsuchalocationtoallowfreetraveltoanyotherrackwhichmaybe involved.Evenwhenusingasinglerack,thisclearancemovemustbesufficienttotravel fromandreturntothepartinspectionoperations. Definingtheslotscontentsformultipleracksisthemostcriticalpartofconfiguring multipleracksforsimultaneous.Sinceeachslotmaycontainmultipleprobereferences (thecontentsoftheslotcanbeusedwithmultipleprobes)eachslotmustidentifyallof theprobesitwillpotentiallyuse.

ExampleofMultipleProbeReferences
Supposeyouhavethesethreeprobesconfigurations: PROBE_01 QuickConnect AutoJoint TP2 3mmx10mmstylus PROBE_02 QuickConnect AutoJoint TP20 2mmx10mmstylus PROBE_03 QuickConnect AutoJoint TP20 4mmx20mmstylus

TheACR1willswitchbetweentheTP2andtheTP20probes.TheMCR20willswitchbetween thestyliassociatedwiththeTP20probesystem(s). Atypicalslotdefinitionmightlooklikethis: ACR1 MCR20

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 219

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Slot1 Probe_01

Slot2 Probe_02 Probe_03

Slot1 Probe_02

Slot2 Probe_03

Inoperation,supposethesystemisusingPROBE_01anditneedstoswitchtoPROBE_02.The systemwould: Pausethemeasurementprogram. TraveltotheclearancelocationfortheACR1. Returnthecurrentlyloadedprobetoslot#1oftheACR1. Movetoslot#2oftheACR1andpickuptheTP20bodyforPROBE_02. UsetherespectiveSafety/ClearancepointsandmovetotheMCR20. Moveintoslot#1oftheMCR20toattachthestylusadapterwiththedesiredstylus. ReturntotheMCR20sClearancepoint. Continuewiththemeasurementprogram.

Supposeaftermeasuringsomefeatures,thesystemthenneedstousePROBE_03.Thesystem would: Pausethemeasurementprocess. TraveltotheclearancelocationfortheMCR20. Moveintoslot#1todropoffPROBE_02sstylus. Travelout,over,andintoslot#3topickupthestylusrequiredforPROBE_03. Traveltotheclearancelocation. Continuewiththemeasurementprogram.

Now,supposethesystemneedstoswitchfromPROBE_03(theTP20withthe4mmx20mm stylus)backtoProbe_01(theTP2withthe3mmx10mmstylus).Thesystemwould: Pausethemeasurementprogram. MovetotheclearancepointfortheMCR20. Gointoslot#2anddropoffthestylusassembly. ReturntotheMCR20sclearancelocation MovetotheACR1sclearancelocation. Gointoslot#2todropofftheTP20assembly. Moveoutandreturntoslot#1topickuptheTP2assembly(theTP2probealreadyhas thestylusattached). MovetotheclearancepointfortheACR1. Continuethemeasurementprogram.

Notethatinthisexample,youonlyneedoneTP20probebody.YouusetheMCR20toswitch betweentwodifferentprobestylusassembliesforvariedmeasurementrequirements.

SP25Probe/StylusChangesystem
TheSP25rackisanextensionofthesameproceduresusedinotherracks.Thisdiscussion coverstheARC1andTP20racksandthenbranchesouttodescribetheSP25racksystem.

220 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UnderstandingtheARC1Rack
WhenusingtheACR1,thesystemusestheQuickenedjointbetweentheprobeheadandthe probebody.AlloftheslotsintheACR1areidentical,soifyouhadanSP600inslot1,itwould connectdirectlytotheprobehead.IfyouwantedtoputaTP2intoslot2,youwouldneedto mountanadaptertotheTP2(aswithTP20andTP200probingsystems). Withthisconfigurationinmind,youonlyneedtodefineoneprobenameforeachslot.Technically, theACR1isaprobechanger,andeachprobewouldhaveastylusalreadyattachedtoitwhenit sitsintherack. SupposeyouwanttoassigntheseprobestotheARC1rack:"SP600","TP2","TP20",and "TP200".TheslotdefinitionsintheARC1rackwouldbe: SLOT1 SP600 SLOT2 TP2 SLOT3 TP20 SLOT4 TP200

UnderstandingtheARC1withaTP20StylusChanger
Now,ifyouwanttocombinetheACR1withaTP20rack(astyluschanger),thingsgetslightly morecomplicated.TheACR1willswitchbetweentheSP600andtheTP20probebodies.Once thesystempicksuptheTP20,itwillgototheMCR20racktopickupanappropriatestylusforit. Supposeyouhave3separatestylithatyouwantedtousewiththeTP20andthattheSP600is usedasasingleprobe(nostyluschanging). Whenyoudefinetheslots,youmightcalltheSP600probe"SP600_1",andtheTP20probeswith thevariedstyliattached,youmightcall"TP20_1","TP20_2",and"TP20_3". TheslotsintheACR1probechangerwouldbedefinedas: SLOT1 SP600 SLOT2 TP2 SLOT3 TP20_1 SLOT4 TP200

TP20_2 TP20_3 TheslotsintheTP20styluschangerwouldbedefinedas: SLOT1 TP20_1 SLOT2 TP20_2 SLOT3 TP20_3 SLOT4 empty

UnderstandingtheSP25RackSystem
YoucanextendthelogicfromtheabovetopicstotheSP25racksystem.Thisrackcanholdtwo differenttypesofprobecomponents.Foronetypetheslotiscalibratedempty,andfortheother typeaslotiscalibratedwithaninsert. ThisdiscussionwillabandonthepreviousreferencestoSP600,TP2,TP20,andTP200sincethe SP25racksystemusesthesecomponentsinstead:
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 221

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

q q q

SP25M SM25x SH25x

TheSP25MsystemcanadapttoanyofthreedifferentSM25modulesforvariedstyli th lengths/weights,anda4 moduleforusewiththeTP20.TheyallusethesameSP25Mprobe body. 1. SM251ModuleThismodulecanonlyaccepttheSH251stylusholder,andisusedfor stylilengthsbetween20mmand50mm. 2. SM252ModuleThismodulecanonlyaccepttheSH252stylusholder,andisusedfor stylilengthsbetween50mmand105mm. 3. SM253ModuleThismodulecanonlyaccepttheSH253stylusholder,andisusedfor stylilengthsbetween120mmand200mm.AnyoftheseSM25xmodulesarecapableof touchtriggerprobingaswellasscanning. 4. TM2520ModuleThismodulecanonlyaccepttheTP20stylusholder,andisonlyused fortouchtriggerprobing.

ExampleofSP25withMultipleProbes
SupposeyourSP25rackhasthesesixprobeassembliesthatarealwaysattachedtotheprobe head: P1 SP25M SM251 P2 SP25M SM251 P3 SP25M SM252 P4 SP25M SM253 P5 SP25M TM2520 P6 SP25M TM2520

SH251 SH251 SH252 SH253 TP20 TP20 2mmby20mm 4mmby30mm 6mmby80mm 8mmby 2mmby 4mmby stylus stylus stylus 100mmstylus 20mmstylus 20mmstylus YouwoulddefinetheslotsintheFCR25racktoholdcomponentsmakingupthevariousprobe configurations.Thisfirsttableshowstheslotsthatholdcomponentsfortheaboveprobe configurations. SLOT1 P1 P2 Indetail,theslotswouldholdthesecomponents: SLOT1 SM251 SLOT2 SH251 2mmby20mm stylus SLOT3 SH251 4mmby20 mmstylus SLOT4 SH252 6mmby 80mmstylus SLOT5 SM353 SH253 8mmby100 mmstylus SLOT6 TM2520 TP20* 2mm by 20mm stylus* SLOT2 P1 SLOT3 P2 SLOT4 P3 SLOT5 P4 SLOT6 P5*

222 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Slot1containstheSM251moduleonly.Itusesnoinsertforthis.Thiscomponentattaches directlytotheSP25andrequirestheadditionoftheSH251withthe2mmstylusfoundinSlot2 ortheSH251withthe4mmstylusfoundinslot3. Slot2containstheSH251stylusholderwithanattached2mmby20mmstylus.Thisrequiresan insertintheslottoadaptthephysicalcharacteristicsoftheslotforthiscomponent.This componentrequiresanSM251module(foundinslot1).OnceitpicksuptheSM251,theprobe assemblyiscomplete. Slot3containstheSH251stylusholderwithanattached4mmby30mmstylus.Thisrequiresan insertintheslottoadaptthephysicalcharacteristicsoftheslotforthiscomponent.This componentrequiresanSM251module(foundinslot1)OnceitpicksuptheSM251,theprobe assemblyiscomplete. Slot4containstheSH252stylusholderandanattached6mmby80mmstylus. Itusesnoinsert forthis.Oncethisispickedup,theprobeassemblyiscomplete. Slot5containstheSM253withtheSH253stylusholderandanattached8mmby100mm stylus. Itusesnoinsertforthis.Oncethisispickedup,theprobeassemblyiscomplete. Slot6containstheTM2520moduleonly.Itusesnoinsertforthis.Thiscomponentattaches directlytotheSP25M. *Whenusedwithasinglestylus,theTP20probemoduleandstyluscanbeattachedto theTM2520modulewhileintheslot,andrequiresnoadditionalracksystem.Butwhen usedwithmultiplestyli(asinthisexample),theTM2520modulehasnoother componentsattachedwhileitsitsintheslot,butrequirestheuseofadditionalFCR25slots withadaptersspecificallyforthepurposeofholdingtheTP20module/styluscombinations. Forthisexample,theadded3portswouldlooklikethis: SLOT7 P5 SLOT8 P6 SLOT9 empty

SLOT7 TP20 2mmby20mm stylus

SLOT8 TP20 4mmby20mm stylus

SLOT9 empty

WhenusingP1,theCMMwoulddropoffanyexistingcomponents.Thenitwouldpickupthe SM251foundinslot1oftheFCR25andproceedtopickuptheSH251foundinslot2ofthe samerack. WhenusingP2,theCMMwoulddropoffanyexistingcomponents.Thenitwouldpickupthe SM251foundinslot1oftheFCR25andproceedtopickuptheSH251foundinslot3ofthe samerack. WhenusingP3,theCMMwoulddropoffanyexistingcomponents.Thenitwouldpickupthe SM252andSH252combinationfoundinslot4.Withthis,theprobeassemblyiscomplete.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 223

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

WhenusingP4,theCMMwoulddropoffanyexistingcomponents.Thenitwouldpickupthe SM253andSH253combinationfoundinslot5.Withthis,theprobeassemblyiscomplete. WhenusingP5,theCMMwoulddropoffanyexistingcomponents.Itwouldthenpickupthe TM2520bodyinslot6oftheFCR25andproceedtopickuptheTP20module/styluscombination inslot7oftheFCR25. WhenusingP6,theCMMwoulddropoffanyexistingcomponents.Itwouldthenpickupthe TM2520bodyinslot6oftheFCR25andproceedtopickuptheTP20module/styluscombination inslot8oftheFCR25. Aswithothertoolchangersandprobeassemblies,componentsaredroppedoffinreverseorder fromhowtheyarepickedup.

LoadingtheActiveProbe
TheEdit|Preferences|LoadActiveProbemenuoptionloadstheactiveproberequiredbythe partprogram.WhileinLearnmode,usetheProbeUtilitydialogbox(Insert|Hardware Definition|Probe)tochangetheloadedprobefile(s).TheProbeChangerSetupdialogbox (Edit|Preferences|ProbeChanger)allowsyoutodefinetheappropriateprobeconfigurations foreachslotthatwillbeused.TheLoadActiveProbeoptioncanthenbeusedtotellthe machinetoexchangethenecessaryprobeconfiguration(s).

SettingUptheMachineInterface
Thisoptionisonlyavailable TheEdit|Preferences|MachineInterfaceSetupmenuoption whenworkinginOnline invokestheMachineOptionsdialogboxforthespecificmachine mode. interfacebeingused.Whilethecontentoftheinterfacetabsonthe dialogboxcanvarygreatlyfromoneinterfacetothenext,thetabs usuallycontaininformationdiscussingthesetupofthefollowing: Machineandprobeheadcommunication Mechanicaloffsets Axesorientation Debuginformation

TheMachineInterfaceSetupoptionisonlyavailablewhenworkingonline. Caution:Inmostcasesyoushouldn'tchangeanyofthevaluesinthisdialogbox.Someitemsin thisdialogbox,suchastheMechanicalOffsetsarea,permanentlyoverwritevaluesstoredfor yourmachineonthecontroller'sharddrive.ForquestionsonhowandwhentousetheMachine Optionsdialogbox,youshouldcontactyourlocalservicerepresentative: TheparametersfoundintheMachineOptionsdialogboxarediscussedforthefollowing machineinterfaces: Axila Backtalk(B&S)* LKDriver LKRS232 Reflex Renishaw

224 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Bright Dea Elm Embboard(B&S)* Faro Federal GOM Johansson Leica

Manmiti Manmora Metrocom/Metromec Metrolog Mitutoyo Mora MZeizz Numerex Omnitech

Romer Sharpe Sheffield Tech80 Theodole Wenzel Zeiss ZssGPIB

Leitz *B&S=Brown&Sharpe Formorecompleteinformationonhowtoinstall/setupthevariousinterfaces,refertoyour installationdocumentation(Machine_Interface_Installation_Manual.doc).

AssigningtheMachineAxes

MachineOptionsdialogboxAxistab TheAxistabcontainslistsfortheX,Y,andZaxes.Selectfromthesedropdownlists,thenative machineaxesthatwillbeassignedtothePCDMISaxes.WARNING:theaxisdirectionsyou defineMUSTformarighthandedcoordinatesystem. Caution:ChangingthedefaultsontheAxistabcaninvalidatethemachine'svolumetric compensation(dependingonthetypeofcontrollerandthevolumetriccompensationused)

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 225

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GeneratingaDebugFile
PCDMIShastheabilitytogenerateaspecialtextfilethatcontainsallthecommunicationthat takesplacebetweenPCDMISandtheCMMduringpartprogramexecution.Thisfileiscalledthe debugfileandisusedbytechnicalsupporttoresolvecertainproblemsinvolvingtheCMM. ThedebugfilelistsallthecommandsPCDMISsendstotheCMM,responsesreceived,anderror messagesgeneratedbythecontroller. IfyouencounterrepeatableproblemsthatinvolvethemovementofyourCMMinonlinemode, youcangenerateadebugfilebyfollowingthisprocedure: 1. FromtheMachineOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|MachineInterfaceSetup), selecttheDebugtab.

MachineOptionsdialogboxDebugtab 2. SelecttheLogcheckbox. 3. ChooseanameforthedebugfilenameintheboxnexttotheLogcheckbox.The defaultfilenameisdebug.txt.Ifdesired,youcanalsoprecedethefilenamewithafull pathwaytospecifythedriveanddirectorywherePCDMISshouldsendthedebugfile.By defaultPCDMISwritesthedebugfiletothedirectorywhereyouinstalledPCDMIS. 4. ClickApplyandthenOK.Thedialogboxcloses. 5. Executeyourpartprogramandwhenyouencountertheerror,immediatelyexitPCDMIS.

226 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

6. Navigatetothedirectorycontainingyourdebugfileandrenamethedebugfile.Ifyou don'trenamethedebugfile,thenexttimeyoustartPCDMISitwillautomatically overwriteallexistingdatastoredinthedebugfile. Youshouldthensendthedebugfile,thepartprogramfile(.prg),theprobefile(.prb),alongwith anyotherneededfilestoyourtechnicalsupportrepresentative.

StartingaFreshDebugFile
Tostartafreshdebugfileandclearoutallexistingdata,selecttheResetLogatStartof ExecutioncheckboxfromtheDebugtab.PCDMISwillthenreplacethecontentsoftheexisting debugfileeachtimeitbeginspartprogramexecution. IfyoudeselectResetLogatStartofExecution,PCDMISappendstotheexistinglogfile insteadoferasingitscontents.

SettingAdditionalDebugOptions
Youcancontrolwhattypeofdebuginformationisloggedandwhereitissent. ClicktheWindowcheckboxandprovideanameforthewindowintheboxtotheright. Debuginformationwillbedisplayedinthatwindowforreview. SpecifyNone,Both,LogorWindownexttoPositionReportstologpositionreports fromPCDMIS. SpecifyNone,Both,LogorWindownexttoFromMachinetologdebuginformation thatissentfromyourmachinetoyourcomputer.Notallinterfacessupportthisoption. SpecifyNone,Both,LogorWindownexttoFromCPUtologdebuginformationthatis sentfromyourcomputertoyourmachine.Notallinterfacessupportthisoption.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 227

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

OITCommunication

MachineOptionsdialogboxOittab TheOittaballowsyoutoconfiguretheserialconnectionthatconnectstoyourOITdevice.You canchooseyourcommunicationsport(COMport)andmodifyyourCOMportsettings.For informationonyourCOMportsettings,checkthedocumentationthatcamewithyourcontroller. TheavailableOITtypesareTESA,VORNE,orGE.

PH9Communication

MachineOptionsdialogboxPH9tab

228 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThePH9taballowsyoutoconfiguretheserialconnectionthatconnectstoyourPH9device.You canchooseyourcommunicationsport(COMport)andmodifyyourCOMportsettings.For informationonyourCOMportsettings,checkthedocumentationthatcamewithyourcontroller.

RotaryTableSettings

MachineOptionsdialogboxRotarytab TheRotarytaballowsyoutoconfigurerotarytableoptionsforyourinterface. AccelerationThisisthemaximumaccelerationfortherotarytable.Normallythisvalueis readfromthecontrollerconfiguration. VelocityThisisthemaximumspeedfortherotarytable.Normallythisvalueisreadfrom thecontroller. ResolutionThisspecifiesthescalefactorfortherotarytable. OffsetThehomepositionforyourrotarytablemaynotbeatthezeroposition.Ifyouwant thetabletogotothetruezeropositionafterhomingthenthisvalueistheanglethatyou wantthetabletorotatetoafterhoming.ThesecondboxnexttoOffsetisforasecond rotarytable. Min.deltaThisistheminimumdifferencebetweenthecurrenttablepositionandnewly requestedtableposition.Ifthedifferenceisbelowthisamountthetablerotationrequest willbeignored. TableSelectthisoptionifyourmachinehasarotarytable. DualTableSelectthisoptionifyourmachinehasdualrotarytables. Note:Remember,theportlockmustbeprogrammedforrotarytable.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 229

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SettingtheCommunicationProtocol

MachineOptionsdialogboxControllertab TheCommorControllertaballowsyoutoconfiguretheserialconnectionthatconnectstoyour Interface'scontroller.Youcanchooseyourcommunicationsport(COMport)andmodifyyour COMportsettings.ForinformationonyourCOMportsettings,checkthedocumentationthat camewithyourcontroller.

SettingtheAxesScaleFactor

MachineOptionsdialogboxResolutiontab TheResolutiontaballowsyoutospecifythescalefactorfortheeachaxisofyourmachine.The scalefactorisusedfortworeasons: Somecontrollersdonotreturnscalesasrealnumbers(e.g.637.24319876)butaswhole numbers(e.g.63724319876).Inthiscase,thewholenumberreturnedfromthecontroller wouldneedtobedividedbyscalefactorof1,000,000.0togetthecorrectrealnumber.

230 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thesevaluesmayalsobeusedtoperformasvolumetriccompensationforyourmachine. Forexample,ifyouhaveasmalllinearerroryouwoulduseascalefactorof9,998 insteadof10,000.

Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

WristConfiguration

MachineOptionsdialogboxWristtab TheWristtaballowsyoutospecifythescalefactorfortheA&Baxesofyourwristdeviceinthe A&BResolutionboxesrespectively.Thescalefactorisusedtoconvertvaluesfromyourwrist devicetoconsistentvalueinPCDMIS. TheAandBOffsetvaluesareusedtosquareupthehomepositionofyourcontinuousmotion wrist. TheMaxSpeedboxprovidesthemaximumallowablespeed(percent)formovementofyour continuousmotionwrist. Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

AxilaInterface
TheAxilainterfaceisusedwithanAxilaarmmachine.PCDMISsoftwareshouldbeinstalledfirst, beforeproceedingwithinstallingdriverandarmspecificdatadeliveredwithyourmachine.The

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 231

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GDSdriverforyourAxilamachineisprotectedbyanHASPdonglethatyoumustattachtoyour computer.TheGTech/ROMERCDROMprovidesutilitiesforusewithyourmachine. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheaxila.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheAxilainterface: Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. GDSSetuptab Thistabprovidesabutton(StartSetup)thatinitiatesthesetupsoftwarethatyouinstalledwith yourAxilainterface. Note:TheGDSdocumentfortheAxilainterfaceisavailablefromtheWilcoxFTPsite: ftp://ftp.wilcoxassoc.com/docs/E121GdsmanualUK.pdf AxilaPulledHitFeature TheAxilainterfacesupportspulledhits.See"UsingPulledHits"intheWorkingwithPortable Devicesappendix.

BacktalkInterface
TheBacktalkinterfaceisusedwithBrown&SharpemanualmachineswithaMan3(External SerialInterface).Ifyourmachinehasalightpen,youwillneedtoalterthecontrollersettings undertheMM2ControlintheSettingsEditor.Forinformationonmodifyingregistryentries, pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"appendix. AmonitorneedstobehookedtoyourcontrollertoconfigureyourBacktalkcontroller.Before startingPCDMIS,renamethebacktalk.dlltointerfac.dll. Note:IfthecustomerhasaMan3boxandisusingtheZrailmouse,alightpenisneededto disabletheZrailmouse. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheBacktalkinterface: Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,4800Baud, Evenparity,7databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=1.0,Y=1.0,Z=1.0. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic.

232 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

BrightInterface
TheBrightinterfaceisusedwithMitutoyoEuroC(Bright)machines.Thisinterface communicatestothecontrollerthroughaproprietarycarddevelopedbyMitutoyo.Ifthis installationisusinganewPC,thenthecardmustberemovedfromtheoriginalmachineandput inthenewone.IfthecustomerneedstobeabletostillusetheiroldsoftwaretogetherwithPC DMIS,theybothmustbeinstalledonthesamemachine. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethebright.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheBrightinterface: Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

LeicaInterface
TheLeicainterfaceisusedwithLeicaLaserTrackers.TheLeicainterfacerequirestheuseofthe emSconTrackerserverinterface(2.4orabove). ThereareLaserTrackerslikeLTD300/500whichdonothaveanintegratedemSconserverinthe Trackercontroller.TheycanbeupgradedwithanexternalTrackerserverinordertousePC DMIS. BeforestartingPCDMIS,theleica.dlltomustberenamedtointerfac.dllinthePCDMISinstall directory.ThisshouldhappenautomaticallywhenyouinstallPCDMISonacomputerwiththe portlockprogrammedwiththeLeicainterfaceoption. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheLeicainterface: Optionstab Seethe"LeicaOptionstab"topic. Resettab Seethe"LeicaResettab"topic. ADMtab Seethe"LeicaADMtab"topic. SensorConfiguration

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 233

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Seethe"LeicaSensorConfiguration"topic. EnvironmentalParameters Seethe"LeicaEnvironmentalParameters"topic. SystemInformation DisplaysinformationforyourLeicasystem.Includedvaluesare:IPAddress,TrackerTypewith Serial#,ControllerType,TCAMTypeandSerial#,emSconversion,TPFirmwareversion, Bootdriverversion,andNivelTypeandSerial#. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).AlsoreviewthedocumentationthatcamewithyouLeicaTracker.

LeicaOptionstab

MachineOptionsdialogboxOptionstab TheOptionstabprovidesthemeanstoexecutevariousTCU(TrackerControlUnit)Optionsand configurecommunicationandotherparameters. TCUOptionsThisareaallowsyoutoexecutethefollowingoptions:

234 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GoBirdbathResetstheLeicaTrackerpositionbypointingtotheBirdbathposition. Thisprovidesaknownandconvenientlocationatwhichyoucanrecapturethebeam. ThismaybenecessaryifthebeamtotheTProbeorReflectorhasbeenbroken. InitializePCDMISwillsendinformationtotheLeicaTrackerthatwillcauseittogo throughaprocessthatissimilartoawarmbootofacomputer.Thetrackergoes throughaseriesofmovementstoverifyfunctionality. LeveltoGravityStarttheprocesstodeterminetruegravityusingtheNiveldevice. PCDMISwillmakeadjustmentstotheleveledLeicaTrackerinrelationtothistrue gravitylevel. MotorsOffThiswillreleasethetrackermotorsoyoucanmanuallyadjustthe trackerheadtothedesiredposition.

ResetNivelSimilartoLeveltoGravity,butPCDMISwillusethecurrentlevelpositionforthe Nivel.ResettingtheNivelisnecessarywhenthelevelisoutoftolerancebasedonthevalues foundinthe"LevelToGravity"tab. ZeroPos(6DoF)Thisfunctionissimilarto"GoBirdbath",butmovestoazero positionfortheTProbe.Thisprovidesaknownandconvenientlocationatwhich youcanrecapturethebeam.

IPAddressSpecifytheIPaddressofyourLaserTrackerdevice(default192.168.0.1). UpdateIntervalHowfrequentlyreadoutswillbeupdated(default300milliseconds). VectorIntervalNotcurrentlyused VectorDistanceThisdefinesthedistancethatyouneedtomovetheTProbefromhit locationwhileholdingthebuttontoregisteraPulledHit.APulledHitwillchangethe vectortothatofthevectordefinedbythelinebetweenwhenyoufirstdepressthehit buttontothelocationwhereyoureleasethehitbutton. VectorOptionChooseoneofthesevectoroptions: UseVectorDistanceAllowsyoutoestablishthevectorusinga"PulledHit". UseLastIJKUsestheresameIJKvectorvaluesofthelastmeasuredpoint. Novector Whenthisoptionisselected,youareabletoproducescandatawhenyou pressandholdabuttonontheTProbe.

MeasurementTimeThisisthetimeinmillisecondsthatemSconwillcontinuouslytakehits untilthespecifiedamountoftimehaselapsed.Theaveragevalueofallthehitstakenis returned.Ifthisvalueissettoanythinglessthan500,thelastprobevalueistakenasthe measurement.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 235

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

LeicaResettab

MachineOptionsdialogboxResettab HomebuttonLeicaTrackerlaserwillGoBirdbathor6DoF(forTProbe).Itwillmovetothe positionbasedontheconfiguredinterface. MachineorPartcoord.optionSelectMachineifyouareusingMachineCoordinates,or Parcoord.ifyouareusingpartcoordinates. ResetbuttonThisissimilartotheAimbutton,butisusedformachineswithoutADM.Click Resettoupdatetheselectedpointwithdatafromthenewpointposition. AimbuttonSelectapointfromtheResetPointlistandclicktheAimtomovethelaserto thespecifiedpoint. AddbuttonClickthebuttontoopenthePointdialogbox.ProvideaTitleandtheXYZ valuesandclickCreate.ThenewpointisaddedtotheResetPointlistabove.For example,youmighthaveattachedreflectorstopositionsonacardoor.Youcouldthen namethesepositionsDoor1,Door2,Door3,etc. DeletebuttonSelectapointfromtheResetPointlistandclickDelete.Theselectedpoint isdeleted. UseDefaultResetSelectthisoptiontousetheDefaultReset.Ifthebeamisbroken,the trackerwillgobacktothespecifiedstartposition. SetDefaultResetSelectapointfromtheResetPointlist,andclicktheSetDefaultReset button.ThisisnowtheDefaultReset.

236 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AimLaserToNextPointItwillautomaticallymovetothefirstpointofthenextfeaturein DCC. OptionButtonsNotcurrentlyused SafetyPositionNotcurrentlyused GoBirdbathNotcurrentlyused KeepLastPositionNotcurrentlyused GoPointNotcurrentlyused

LeicaADMtab

MachineOptionsdialogboxADMtab ADM(AbsoluteDistanceMeasurement)isusedifanabsolutedistancemeterisavailableand 'Keeplastpositionisenabled'.Thesystemreestablishesthedistanceautomaticallyassoonasa reflectorcanbetracked. Controlbuttons(Left,Up,Right,Down)Clickingthecontrolbuttonswillmovethelaserin therespectivedirection.Clickacontrolbuttononceandthetrackerslowlybeginsto moveuntilyouclickStop.Eachsuccessiveclickwillcausethetrackertomovemore quicklyinthatdirection.Theblackboxinthemiddleofthesebuttonswillflashwitha greenindicatorwhentheTProbeorreflectorisconsideredtobesettled. MoveDistanceThisvalueprovidestheapproximatedistanceatwhichthelaserwillsearch fortheTProbeorreflectorwhenyouclickSearch. SearchDiameterProvidesthediameterforthesearchareaattheapproximateMove DistancewhenyouclickSearch. SearchClickingthisbuttonexecutesthesearchfunctionbasedupontheMoveDistance andSearchDiameter.ThisisonlyavailableforwhenusingDCCmeasuremode.Search allowsthelasertofindthepositionofyouTProbeorreflectorbymovinginaspiral motionuntilthelaserisreturnedtothetrackerfromthemiddleofthereflector. ReleaseMotorbuttonReleasestheLeicaTrackermotorssoyoucanmanuallymovethe trackerheadtothedesiredposition.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 237

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TakeHitbutton Willmeasureastationaryhit(sameasCtrlh)atthecurrentlocationofthe TProbeofreflector.

LeicaSensorConfiguration

MachineOptionsdialogboxSensorConfigurationtab AbsoluteDistanceMeter(ADM) TargetStabilityToleranceThistolerancedeterminestheamountoftarget movementthatisconsideredtonotbestableor"settled". TimeFrameForRetryThisspecifiesthedelayoftimethatPCDMISwillwaitupon anunsuccessfultargetsearchfunction. NumberofRetriesIfatargetisnotfoundinthespecifiednumberofretriesthenthe processisaborted.

SearchSettingsIfanyofthesesearchcriteriaarenotmetthenthesearchprocessis aborted. SpiralSearchDiameterDiameterinwhichtosearchforthetarget. AbortCriteriaTimeinwhichthetargetshouldbefound. DistancetoPointDistanceatwhichtosearchforthetarget.

238 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GoBirdbathTheLeicaTrackerwillrotatetotheBirdbathpositionintheClockwiseor CounterClockwisedirectionfromitscurrentposition.

LeicaEnvironmentalParameterstab

MachineOptionsdialogboxEnvironmentalParameterstab AtmosphericConditions UseTemperatureStationThisdetermineswhetherornottheLeicaMeteoStation isused.YoumayusethisoptionifyouhaveconnectedtheMeteostation. AirTemperatureAllowsyouspecifythecurrenttemperatureoftheworking environmentineitherFahrenheit(F)orCelsius(C). PressureAllowsyouspecifytheairpressureofyourworkingenvironmentinterms ofmBar,HPascal,MmHg,orInHg. HumidityAllowsyouspecifythepercentageofhumidityofyourworking environment.

RefractionIndex IFMDisplaystheInterferometerMeasurementvalue. ADMDisplaystheAbsoluteDistanceMeasurementvalue.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 239

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

LeicaLevelToGravitytab

MachineOptionsdialogboxLevelToGravitytab CurrentValueDisplaysthecurrentXtiltandYtiltlevelvaluesfortheNivel. DifferenceDisplaysthedifferenceindegreesofthecurrentXtiltandYtiltvaluesfromthe originalLeveltoGravityvalue. ToleranceSpecifiestheangleindegreesthattheNivellevelcanchangeandstillbeconsidered intolerance.Otherwise,youwillneedtousetheResetNiveloptiononthe"Optionstab".

DeaInterface
TheDeainterfaceisusedwithDEAGAMMAandnewerDEAmachines(withTutorP&B3P Seriescontrollers),ManualMistralmachines(withMInsideCardcontroller)andSwiftManual machines(with"WhiteBox"(AKACPM3)controllers). IfyourPChasTutorforWindowsalreadyinstalled,PCDMISwilllocatetheWTUTOR.INIfileand extracttherelevantinformationregardinglocationofthecompensationmap,mechanicaloffsets, etc.andsetthecorrespondingoptionsintheregistry.Ifyouareinstallingonacomputerthatdoes nothaveTutorinstalledthenyouwillneedtomaketherelevantchangestotheregistry. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethedea.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasseventabsfortheDeainterface: Deatab

240 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Seethe"UsingtheDeatab"topic. Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Evenparity,8databits,and1stopbit. PH9tab Seethe"PH9Communication"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort2,4800Baud,Noparity,8data bits,and1stopbit. Wristtab Seethe""WristConfigurationtopic.Defaultvaluesare:AResolution=3600,BResolution=3600, AOffset0.0,BOffset0.0,andMaxSpeed=100. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=10000.0,Y=10000.0,Z=10000.0. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 241

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingtheDeatab

MachineOptionsdialogboxDeatab TheDeataballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsthatarespecifictotheDEAinterface: BufferSizeThenumberofmovesthatcanbesenttothecontrollerbufferatonetime. Somemachineswillgiveerrorsifwesendtoomanymovesinadvancesoreducingthis willhelp.Decreasingthisvaluewillhoweverreducethesystemperformance,iffor examplewesetitto1thenwewillonlysendthenextmovecommandwhenthemachine hasfinishedthepreviousone,thiswillcausethemachinetopausebetweenmovesas eachcommandissent. XYZMechanicalOffsetThesevaluesallowyoutoestablishthemechanicaloffsetforyour machine.Thisshouldonlybeadjustedbyatrainedtechnician. ButtonAssignmentsYoucanspecifytohavetheRecordbuttoneitherErasetheLastHit oractastheend/donekey. PollControllerCommport Whenthischeckboxisenabled,PCDMISwillperiodicallypoll theserialporttopreventlossofcommunication.Onlyselectthisoptionifyoususpect communicationproblems. DisengageDrivesThischeckboxshouldbeselectedforDCCmachineswhichhavedrives thatcanbedisengagedthataregoingtobeusedmanually. CompensationTypeSelectfromthefollowingVolcompmethods:NONE,DEAStandard, DEADLL(wcompens32),ASI,orBrown&Sharpe.

242 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CompensationModeSelectfromthefollowingcompensationmodes:StandardMachine, DualDrive,HorizontalArm(Arm1),orHorizontalArm(Arm2). UseDEAStructuralThermalCompensationOCXSelectthisoptiontouseDEA StructuralThermalCompensationOCX. OCXPathSpecifiesthepathfortheDEAStructuralThermalCompensationOCXfile. MachineTypeSpecifythetypeofmachine:ArmorRobot Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

ElmInterface
TheElminterfaceisusedwithanElmorStarrettinterfacemachines.Thisinterface communicateswithaboardinthePCmanufacturedbyAPI(AutomatedPrecision,Inc).Alldirect communicationtothecontrollerisperformedthroughthisboard.ThePCDMISinterfac.dll communicateswiththeAPIdll(dccsim32.dll)thatmustbeinthePCDMISdirectory. Theelmsetup.exesetupprogramcanconfigurethemachineparametersthatPCDMISuses. ThisfileislocatedontheWilcoxftpsiteinelmsetup.zipfilethatalsocontainsthedataand resourcefilesrequiredbythesetuputility. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheelm.dlltointerfac.dll. Note:OnStarrettmachinestheAPI.INIfilecanbeusedforconfiguration.Justaddaqualifiedfile nametotheINIentryINI_Filename. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheElminterface: Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

EmbboardInterface
TheEmbboardinterfaceisusedwithBrown&Sharpemanualmachineswithaninternal embeddedcontrollercard.ThisisafulllengthcardlocatedinyourPCwiththeaddresssetto 300h.Youmustensurethatthisaddressisnotusedbyanotherboardinthesystem(some networkcardsusethisaddress). BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheembboard.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasthreetabsfortheEmbboardinterface:
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 243

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=1.0,Y=1.0,Z=1.0. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

FaroInterface
TheFaro interfaceisusedwithaFaroarmmachine.SoftwareforyourFaroarmisavailableon Wilcox'sFTPserver(ftp://ftp.wilcoxassoc.com/3rdParty/Faro/). BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethefaro.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfivetabsfortheFarointerface: Commtab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,38400Baud, Noparity,7databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. MachineasMousetab Seethe"MachineasMouseSettings"topic. Toolstab ThistabprovidesaDiagnosticsbuttonandHardwareConfig.button.Thesebuttonslaunch ProgramsfromFarototestandconfigureyourFaroArm. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM). FaroPulledHitFeature TheFarointerfacesupportspulledhits.See"UsingPulledHits"intheWorkingwithPortable Devicesappendix.

244 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MachineasMouseSettings

MachineOptionsdialogboxMachineasMousetab TheMachineasMousetaballowsyouconfigurethecapabilitiesoftheFaroarmmovementand buttonclickstocontrolthepointermovementandmousebuttonclicks. BackButtonYoucansettheBackbuttonoftheFaroarmto:CentersCursor(movesthe mousepointerthecenterofthescreen),Asrightmousebutton,orAscentermouse button. MachineasMouseStatusSelectwhetherMachineasMousemodeisOnorOff. TrackingSpeedControlshowquicklythemousemovesrelativetotheFaroarmmovement. EnablingandDisablingMouseMode Toenablemousemode,pressthefrontandbackbuttontogether. Todisablemousemode,whenPCDMISscreenismaximized(notethatthewindow MUSTbemaximized),movethemousecursortotheverytopofthetitlebar(whichis alsotheverytopofthescreenbecausePCDMISismaximized),thenclickthebutton thatsimulatesleftmousebutton.

FederalInterface
TheFederalinterfaceisusedwithFederal/Renaultmachines.Thisinterfacejustrequiresasingle RS232commport. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethefederal.dlltointerfac.dll.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 245

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasthreetabsfortheFederalinterface: Commtab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Evenparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

GOMInterface
TheGOMinterfaceisusedwiththeCTR,GOM,andKryptonmachines.Thisinterfaceworksvia aserialport.Agenericparsercanbeusedtoadapttheinterfacetoworkwithothermanual machineswheretheformatofdatabeingreceivedisknown.Traconsa,Layout,andManual Mitutoyomachinescanbeusedinthismannerwithadditionalregistryvalues(seetheMIIM). BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheGOM.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasthreetabsfortheGOMinterface: Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Noparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

JohanssonInterface
TheJohanssoninterfaceisusedwithJohanssonmachines.ThisinterfacerequiresProto softwarethatisinstalledaspartoftheJoWininstallation.WhenPCDMISstartsitwillalsostart theProtosoftwareandterminateProtowhenyouexitPCDMIS.Protodetectsthecommunication settingtocommunicatewiththecontroller. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethejohansson.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheJohanssoninterface:

246 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

LeitzInterface
TheLeitzinterfaceisintendedforuseonanyofthecontrollersthatutilizetheLeitzprotocol.This includesBrown&Sharpecontrollers(suchastheSharpe32ZinLeitzmode)aswellasactual LeitzmachinesandalsotheBrown&SharpeCommonFirmwarecontrollers.Nomachine parameterfileisneededfromtheoriginalsystemtorunthisinterface. SomeofthenewercontrollersallowtheuseofTCP/IPcommunicationsasanalternativetoa serialport.Thisinterfacesupportseithermethod.Examinationand/ormodificationofthe controllercommunicationsconfigurationisgenerallyperformedusingtheserviceutilitiesforthe machine.PCDMISshouldthenbeconfiguredtomatchhowthecontrollerisconfigured. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheleitz.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhaseighttabsfortheLeitzinterface: LeitzProtocolSetuptab Seethe"LeitzProtocolSetuptab"topic. Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Noparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Wristtab Seethe"WristConfiguration"topic.Defaultvaluesare:AResolution=3600,BResolution=3600, AOffset=0.0,BOffset=0.0,andMaxSpeed=100. Rotarytab Seethe"RotaryTableSettings"topic.Defaultvaluesare:Acceleration=0.0,Velocity=20, Resolution=N/A,Offset=0.0,Mindelta=0.5,Table=Unchecked,andDualtable=N/A. Oittab Seethe"OITCommunication"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort0,9600Baud,Noparity,8data bits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic. Paramstab Seethe"LeitzParamstab"topic.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 247

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

LeitzProtocolSetuptab

MachineOptionsdialogboxLeitzProtocolSetuptab TheDeataballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsthatarespecifictotheDEAinterface: ReadMachineDefaultsOnStartup Whenthischeckboxisenabled,PCDMISwillquery theCMM'scontrollerfortheCMMdefaultsthenexttimeyoustartPCDMIS.Thenext timeyourunPCDMIS,itwillreplacethevaluesstoredinthePCDMISSettingsEditor withtheCMM'soriginalfactoryvaluesstoredinthecontroller.Note:Thisproceduredoes notrestoreoriginalfactoryvaluesifyouhaveoverwrittenthemonthecontroller'shard drive. UseTCPIPlinktodriveMachineSelectthisoptionifyouareusingTCP/IPtoconnectto yourcontroller. TCPIPAddressSpecifytheTCP/IPaddressforyourmachinecontroller TCPIPPortNumberSpecifytheportnumberthatthecontrollerisconfiguredtolistento. Typicallythiswillbeport2001.

248 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TerminalbuttonClickingthiswillopenaterminalsessionwithyoucontrollerbasedonthe TCPIPsettings. DisengageDrivesThischeckboxshouldbeselectedforDCCmachineswhichhavedrives thatcanbedisengagedthataregoingtobeusedmanually. CompensationTypeSelectfromthefollowingVolcompmethods:NONE,DEAStandard, DEADLL(wcompens32),ASI,orBrown&Sharpe. CompensationModeSelectfromthefollowingcompensationmodes:StandardMachine, DualDrive,HorizontalArm(Arm1),orHorizontalArm(Arm2). UseDEAStructuralThermalCompensationOCXSelectthisoptiontouseDEA StructuralThermalCompensationOCX. OCXPathSpecifiesthepathfortheDEAStructuralThermalCompensationOCXfile. MachineTypeSpecifythetypeofmachine:ArmorRobot Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

LeitzParamstab

MachineOptionsdialogboxParamstab

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 249

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

MaxSpeedsThesevaluesarethemaximumspeedsfortheX,Y,andZaxes.Normally thesevaluesarereadfromthecontroller. MechanicalOffsetThesevaluesallowyoutoestablishthemechanicaloffsetsforyourXYZ axesforyourmachine.Volcompisnormallyperformedinthecontrolleritselfwiththis interface.Ifforanyreasonitwasconfiguredtorequireaprobereferencepointotherthan 0,0,0thevaluescanbeinputintheseoffsets. MaxScanSpeedThisvaluesetsthemaximumallowedscanspeed.Thisisonlyusedfor analogscanssuchasthatwithanSP600probeorWABopticalprobe. Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

LKDriverInterface
TheLKDriverinterfaceisusedwiththeLKmachineswithLK3000orLK2000controllers.The commondriversoftwaremustbeobtaineddirectlyfromLK.Itmustbeinstalledandconfigured priortoattemptingtoinstall/usethePCDMISinterfacethatutilizesit.ThecommondriverDLL itselfisnamedsomethingsimilartoLKCMMDRV53.DLL,dependingontheversionnumberofthe driver.TherearealsovariousotherDLLsthatLKprovideswiththedriverthatmustbepresent forthedrivertoworkproperly.TheearliestversionthatcanbeusedwiththePCDMISinterface isLKCMM21.DLL.Earlierversionsarenotcompatible. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethelkdriver.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasthreetabsfortheLKDriverinterface: LKDrivertab Seethe"LKDrivertab"topic. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

250 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

LKDrivertab

MachineOptionsdialogboxLKDrivertab TheLKDrivertaballowsyoutoalterLKDriverspecificparameters. ReadoutInterval(mSec)Thisdeterminesthefrequencywithwhichthepositionreadouts willbeupdatedwheninreadoutmode.Thevalueisanintegernumberofmilliseconds. Thedefaultis500milliseconds(i.e.onehalfsecond). LKDriverDLLThisidentifiesthenameofthecommondriverDLLfilethatPCDMISwill use.ThismaychangewithtimeasLKreleasesnewerversionsofthedriver. XYZMechanicalOffsetThesevaluesallowyoutoestablishthemechanicaloffsetsforyour XYZaxesforyourmachine.YoucanonlyeditthesevalueswhentheVolcompMethod issettoASI. ManHitToleranceThisvalueisusedtohelpdistinguishbetweenarealmanualhitvs. pressingthemanualprintbutton.Ifpressingthemanualprintbuttonisfrequently misinterpretedasamanualhityoucantryincreasingthisvalue.Ifmanualhitsare frequentlymisinterpretedaspressingthemanualprintbutton(sameashittingtheEND key)youcantrydecreasingthisvalue.NOTE:TousethemanualprintbuttonastheEND

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 251

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

keytheCMMmustnotbeinmotionwhenthebuttonispressed.Ifitisstillmovingitwill almostcertainlybeinterpretedasamanualhit. MinimumRotabMoveThisdefinesacutoffforrotarytablemovement.Itthenewly requestedtableangleisnotgreaterthanthisamountawayfromthecurrentanglethe moverequestwillbeignored. ManPrintButtonThisoptionallowsyoutodesignateaPCDMISfunctiontotheManual Printkeyonthejogboxifdesired.TheavailableoptionsareDONE(endkey),Move Point(storeamove),orEraseHit(Erasethelasthit). Note:Forthisinterfacethefunctionassignmentisonlyapplicablewheninhitmode.Ifthe buttonispressedwhiletheinterfaceisswitchedtoreadoutsmodeitwillbeinterpretedasan illegaltouchregardlessofthesettingforManualPrintButton. VolcompMethodSelecttheLK(viaDriver)tousetheVolumetricCompensationfromthe driverorselectASItoassignthesecompensationvaluesintheXYZMechanicalOffset boxes. CommonDriverConfigbuttonThisbuttonwilllaunchtheLKdriverconfiguration application. Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

LKRS232Interface
TheLKRS232interfaceisusedwitheightdifferentLKcontrollers:CupeSerial,CupeGPIB, MicronDrive,LK3000,LK2000/2002/2000+,LK4000,theACT,andtheAIM.TheLK3000is olderthanboththeLK2000andtheLK4000.TheACTisthereplacementforthe2000lineand theAIMisthereplacementforthe4000. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethelkrs232.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasseventabsfortheLKRS232interface: LKDirecttab Seethe"LKDirecttab"topic. Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Noparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=10000.000000,Y=10000.000000, Z=10000.000000.

252 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Rotarytab Seethe"RotaryTableSettings"topic.Defaultvaluesare:Acceleration=0.0,Velocity=0.0, Resolution=10000,Offset=0.000000,Offset2=0.000000,Mindelta=0.5,Table=Unchecked andDualtable=Unchecked. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

LKDirecttab

MachineOptionsdialogboxLKDirecttab TheLKDirecttabprovidesspecificsettingsforyourLKRS232interface. LK2000IfthecontrollerisanLK2000typethenthisoptionneedstobeselected. LK3000IfthecontrollerisanLK3000typethenthisoptionneedstobeselected.Youmust alsoselecttheLK2000ifyouselecttheLK3000option. MicronDriveIfthiscontrollerisaMicronDrive,thenthisoptionneedtobeselected.Note: TheMicronDrivecontrollerneverusesGPIBcommunications. GPIBSelectthisoptionifyourcontrollerusestheGPIBprotocoltocommunicate. PH9SelectthisoptionifyouareusingaPH9. SETPTIfyoufindthatthemachinewillnotregisterhitsthenyoumaywanttoselectthis option. HomingVelocityThisvaluesetsthehomingspeed.Ifthemachinedrivestothelimits beforereachingthehomepositionthenyoushoulddecreasethisvalue,turnthe
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 253

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

controlleroff,andtryagain.Itshouldreachthelimitsandthenfindthehomepositionfor eachaxisifthisvalueiscorrectlyset.Defaultis1. MoveSpeedThisvaluesetstheoverallmovespeed.Ifyoufindthemovespeedistofast evenwhenyousetittoaslowspeedinsideofPCDMISthenyoushoulddecreasethis value.Defaultis1.00000 WaitforprehitThisvalueshouldbeleftat0. MovebufferThenumberofmovesthatcanbesenttothecontrollerbufferatonetime. Somemachineswillgiveerrorsifwesendtoomanymovesinadvancesoreducingthis willhelp.Decreasingthisvaluewillhoweverreducethesystemperformance,iffor examplewesetitto1thenwewillonlysendthenextmovecommandwhenthemachine hasfinishedthepreviousone,thiswillcausethemachinetopausebetweenmovesas eachcommandissent. NostartbuttonIfthereisnoMasterStartbuttononthecontroller(orjogbox)thenyou shouldselectthisoption. AutospeedoptimizationCertainLKcontrollerssupportAutoSpeedOptimization,a controllerfeaturethatwilldriveeachaxisatitsmaximumindependentspeedforeach move.Ifyouknowthatyourcontrollersupportsthisthenyoucanselectthisoption. Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

ManmitiInterface
TheManmitiinterfaceisusedwithMitutoyoManualmachineswithMAG1,MAG2,orMAG3 controllersthatconnecttothescales.ThisisaGPIBinterface. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethemanmiti.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheManmitiinterface: Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

ManmoraInterface
TheManmorainterfaceisusedwithmanualMora machines.ThismachinehasaGEMODEK typeMR01counterboxwithXYZreadoutwithsomecontrol/setup/sendoptions.SeetheMIIMfor additionalconfigurationandtestinginformation. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheManmora.dlltointerfac.dll.

254 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheManmorainterface: Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Noparity,8databits,and2stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=1.0,Y=1.0,Z=1.0. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

Metrocom/MetromecInterface
TheMetrocominterfaceisusedwithMetrocom,Metromec(withMetrocomSV2&V3),andolder Wenzel(Wenzel2000withMetromecEmulator)machines.ForPCDMIStoperformcorrectlythe originalstartupfile(METROCON.DAT)fromtheMetrocomsoftwaremustbecopiedintothePC DMISdirectory. OlderWenzelmachines(withaMetrocomScontrollerforexample)onlyneedthe METROCON.DATfiletooperate.However,ifyouareusingoneofthenewerWenzelWPseries controllersthenyoumustalsohavethefollowingfourfilescopiedfromtheMetroSoftsoftware directories:WPMACH.PMC,WPSW.PMC,WPDAT.PMC,andWPGO.PMC BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheMETROcom.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfivetabsfortheMetrocominterface: Metromectab Seethe"Metromectab"topic. Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,38400Baud, Noparity,7databits,and1stopbit. PH9tab Seethe"PH9Communication"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,38400Baud,Noparity,7 databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 255

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

Metromectab

MachineOptionsdialogboxMetromectab TheMetromectaballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsfortheMetromecinterface. PH9SelectthisoptionifyouareusingaPH9. MaxSpeedThisoptionsetsthemaximumspeedforyourCMM. AccelerationThisoptionsetsthemaximumaccelerationforyourCMM. XYZMechanicalOffsetThesevaluesallowyoutoestablishthemechanicaloffsetforyour machine.Thisshouldonlybeadjustedbyatrainedtechnician. CompensationData WhenyouareusingtheDEAcompensationtypesthecompensation datafile(typicallycompens.dat)isspecifiedinthisbox.WhenusingthenewDEAcomp therearethreetextfilesthatmustbeinthePCDMISdirectory:FZYFILE.TXT, RCXFILE.TXT,andRMXFILE.TXT. CompensationTypeSelectfromthefollowingVolcompmethods:NONE,DEAStandard, orDEADLL(wcompens32).

256 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CompensationModeSelectfromthefollowingcompensationmodesaresupportedfor DEADLL(wcompens32)Compensationtype:StandardMachine,HorizontalArm(Arm1), orHorizontalArm(Arm2). Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

MetrologInterface
TheMetrologinterfaceisusedwithMetrologiccontrollers.PCDMIShastwomodesofdriving theMetrologiccontroller. ThefirstmodeisexecutedthroughaMetrologicsuppliedMTDIAL.DLLfile.ThisDLL requiresaseparateportlockavailableonlyfromMetrologic.InthismodePCDMIScalls functionsintheMTDIAL.DLLinordertodrivetheCMM.Allvolcompisalsotakencareof insidetheDLL.TheDLLtalkstothedesignatedCommportandcommunicatesdirectly withtheCMM. ThesecondmodeofdrivingtheMetrologiccontrollerisdirectthroughtheCommport bypassingtheMTDIAL.DLLaltogether.Inthismode,thereisnoseparateportlock neededfromMetrologic.PCDMISwilltalkdirectlytothecontrollerthroughthe designatedCommport.Volcompisprovidedinthreeformats1)theDEATutorformat,2) theWcompens32.dllformat.3)theBNScomp.datformat.Optionsoneandtwoare typicallywhatareusedonaDEAcontrollermachine.Option3istypicallywhatisusedon anExcelCMM.Theonlyreasonforusingthefirstmodeistotakeadvantageofthe MetrologicsuppliedvolcompthatmightalreadybeonanexistingCMM.

BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethemetrolog.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasthreetabsfortheMetrologinterface: Commtab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Evenparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

MitutoyoInterface
TheMitutoyointerfaceisusedwithMitutoyomachines.ThisisaGPIBinterfaceanddoesnot requireanymachineparameterfilefromtheoriginalMitutoyosystem.Mitutoyoconsidersthese machinesmechanicallyaccuratesononativesoftwarecompensationexists.Several compensationmethods,however,aresupported.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 257

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TotakemanualhitswiththesemachinesyouneedtopushdowntheMEASbuttononthejog box. Note:FormachineswithaPH9orPH10thenormalmachinestartupsequenceincludesusing themanualcontroltospecificallypositionthehead(usuallyto0,0).Thisinsuresthatall communicationsbetweenthePH9/10controllerandtheheaditselfareinitializedandworking properly.Thisshouldstillbedoneevenifitinitiallyreads0,0andyouwanttopositionitto0,0. FailuretoinitializetheheadviathehandsetcanleadtofailureswhentryingtodoaDCCrotation (itmaynotrotateallorinsomecasesmayproduceerrorsafteritappearstofinishrotating). BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethemitutoyo.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheMitutoyointerface: Interfacetab Seethe"MitutoyoInterfacetab"topic. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=10000.0,Y=10000.0,Z=10000.0. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

MitutoyoInterfacetab

MachineOptionsdialogboxInterfacetab TheInterfacetaballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsfortheMitutoyointerface.

258 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PH9SelectthisoptionifyouareusingaPH9. OldJoystickIftheJogboxisanoldtypethenthisoptionmustbesetto1.(Ifthejogbox functionsdonotperformassetoutbelowthenyouhaveanoldjoystick) BHN706SelectthisoptionifyouareconnectingtoaBHN706CMM. TopSpeedThissetstheoveralltopspeedforthemachine.Ifthisvalueistoohighthenyou willgetintermittentoverspeederrorsfromthecontrollerduringDCCmoves.Defaultis 60. InPositionToleranceThisisthevaluethatsetshowclosethemachinehastogettoa commandedpositionbeforeitacceptsthatitisthere.Ifthemachineseemstopause betweenmovesforexcessivetimethenyoucouldtryincreasingthisvalue. Caution:Thesevaluesshouldonlybechangedbyatrainedtechnician.Alteringthesevalues maygiveanundesiredresult.

MoraInterface
TheMorainterfaceisusedwithMoraCNCmachines.ThisinterfacejustrequiresasingleRS232 commport,nomachineparameterfileisneededfromtheoriginalsystem. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethemora.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasthreetabsfortheMorainterface: Commtab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Noparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

MZeizzInterface
TheMZeissinterfaceisusedwithmanualZeissmachines. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheMzeiss.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheMZeissinterface: Controllertab

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 259

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Evenparity,8databits,and2stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=1.0,Y=1.0,Z=1.0. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

NumerexInterface
TheNumerexinterfaceisusedwithNumerexmachines.Therearetwodifferenttypesof Numerexinterfacesavailable,onewithaDigitalReadoutUnit(DRO)andonewithout.TheDRO versionisstraightforwardtoinstallbutifyourmachinehasnoDROthenaTech80cardwillbe needed(toreadthescales)aswellasaspecialkittoconnecttheTech80totheNumerex controller.SeetheMIIMforinstallationinformationforthesetwointerfaces. Nomachineparameterfileisneededfromtheoriginalsystemtorunthisinterface. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheNumerex.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheNumerexinterface: Numerextab Seethe"MitutoyoInterfacetab"topic. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=1.0,Y=1.0,Z=1.0.Thisscalefactoris usedifaDROunitispresent. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

260 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Numerextab

MachineOptionsdialogboxNumerextab TheNumerextaballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsfortheNumerexinterface. DROSelectthisoptionifyoursystemusesaDROtoreadthescales. DROCommSpecifytheCOMportfortheDROunit. PH9SelectthisoptionifyouareusingaPH9. 4800N81SelectthisoptionifyourPH9unitneedtousethesecommunicationsettings ratherthanthedefaultof4800baudNOparity7bits2stopbits(48007N2).Usually,you needtoselectthisoptionifitisaceramicCMM(anewerCMM).IftheCMMisolder,you willneedtodeselectthisoption. PH9CommSpecifytheCOMportforthePH9unit. DCCControllerCommSpecifytheCOMportfortheDCCController. KeyBoardCommSpecifytheCOMportfortheKeyboard. UseTech80SelectthisoptionifyoursystemusesaTech80boardtoreadthescales. Tech80IRQThisvaluesetstheinterruptlevelfortheTech80board.Makesureit matchesthejumpersettingandalsotheWNS27registrysettings. Tech80XYZScaleTheseXYZScaleoptionsallowyoutospecifythescalefactorfor eachaxisifaTech80isused.Thisisnormallyavalueof200.0.Asimplewaytotestifthis valueiscorrectistomeasurethedistancebetweentoknownpoints,ifthereisadifference
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 261

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

betweenmeasuredandtruereadingsthenyoucanworkoutthecorrectionfactorthatyou canusetodeterminethevalue,itisalmostalwaysaroundvaluei.e.100,1000,500etc.A rudimentaryformoflinearerrorcompensation(linearstretch)canbeperformedbyslightly changingthisvalue. InPosition ToleranceThisvaluesetshowclosethemachinemustgettoacommanded positionbeforeitacceptsthatitisthere.Ifthemachineseemstopausebetweenmoves forexcessivetimethenyoucouldtryincreasingthisvalue. AccelerationThisoptionsetstheaccelerationoftheCMMduringDCCmoves.The defaultvalueis1500.IftheCMMisalittletoojerkyinstartingandstoppingamove,lower theaccelerationvalue. TopSpeedThisoptionissimplyamultiplierofthemachinespeedallowsyoutogovern themaximumspeedofthemachine.Itshouldbeadjustedsothat100%speedinPC DMISmatchesthefullspeedofthemachine. DCCMachineTheonlytimethisoptionshouldNOTbeselectedisfordebugging purposeswhenyouwishtotesttheDROwithoutrunningthisasaDCCmachine.Ifthisis amanualmachinethenthestraightTech80interfaceshouldbeused. HasHomeSelectthisoptionifthemachinehasahomeposition.Itmustbeselectedif youareusingacompmap.

OmnitechInterface
TheOmnitechinterfaceisusedwithOmnitechmachines.Thisinterfacecommunicatestothe controllerthroughastandardRS232interface. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheomnitech.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheOmnitechinterface: Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

ReflexInterface
TheReflexinterfaceisusedwithaReflexcontroller.Thisinterfaceisintendedforuseona manualGage2000machinewiththeReflexboxinPassThroughMode.Thereare2smart cardsthatareinsertedinthecontroller.Theupperoneisthestoragecard,wheretheprograms arestored.AfterturningontheReflexController,youwillnoticethefollowingscreens: BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheReflex.dlltointerfac.dll.

262 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheReflexinterface: Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,9600Baud, Noparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

RenishawInterface
TheRenishawinterfacecommunicateswiththeRenishawinstalledsoftware(V4.0orlater). Thereisalsoaspecialinterfacecard(orUSBmodule)thatisusedtocommunicateviaoptical linkwiththeUCC1controller.ThesoftwareandinterfacecardmustbeobtainedfromRenishaw. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheRenishaw.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheRenishawinterface: Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

RomerInterface
TheRomerinterfaceisusedwithaRomerarmmachine.PCDMISversions3.7andhigher supportUSBarms. ForPCDMIS3.5MR2orearlier,copythisfilefromWilcoxsftpsite: ftp://ftp.wilcoxassoc.com/3rdParty/Romer/Romer22.zip. Forotherversions(includingBeta),copythisfilefromWilcoxsftpsite: ftp://ftp.wilcoxassoc.com/3rdParty/Romer/Romer31.zip. Unzipthefile(s)andrunsetup. SettingenvironmentparameterssothatPCDMIScanaccessRomersDLLs:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 263

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GotoControlpanel SelectSystem,thenclickonAdvancedtab,thenclickontheEnvironmentvariables button. Inthesystemvariableslistbox,editthePathvariable.Addasemicolonfollowedbythe WinRDSinstallationdirectory.NormallythisismeansaddingC:\Program Files\cimcore\winrds(withoutthequotationmarks)totheendofthePathstring.

BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheromer.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfivetabsfortheRomerinterface: Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Toolstab ThistabprovidesaDiagnosticsbutton.ThisbuttonlaunchesRomersoftwaretoconfigureand testyourRomerArm.SeetheWinRDSUserGuide,locatedintheWinRDSinstalldirectoryfor moreinformation.TheWinRDSUserGuideisaPDFfilethatgetsinstalledwhenyouinstall WinRDS. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM). RomerPulledHitFeature TheRomerinterfacesupportspulledhits.See"UsingPulledHits"intheWorkingwithPortable Devicesappendix.

SharpeInterface
TheSharpeinterfaceincludestheSharpe,Sharpe32,andExcelinterfaces.PCDMISmusthave theDOWNL.OADfilefromtheoriginalsoftwarepackageinordertorun.IfSoftware compensationisbeingusedthentheCOMP.DATfileisalsorequired.SeetheMIIM documentationfortheSharpeinterfaceformoreinformationaboutcreatingtheDOWNL.OADfile. Forsystemsconfiguredwithdualrotarytablesasecondcontrollerisusedthatcontrolsonlythe secondtable.Inthatsituation,PCDMISmusthaveaDOWNL2.OADfilesuitablyconfiguredfor useonacontrollerwithonlytheWaxisbeingused.Currentlythereisnocompensationforthe tableonlysothereisnoneedforaCOMP2.DATfile. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethesharpe.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasseventabsfortheSharpeinterface: Sharpe32tab Seethe"Sharpe32tab"topic. Controllertab

264 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,4800Baud, Evenparity,7databits,and1stopbit. Controller2tab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort0,4800Baud, Evenparity,7databits,and1stopbit. Oittab Seethe"OITCommunication"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort0,9600Baud,Noparity,8data bits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=0.0,Y=0.0,Z=0.0. Rotarytab Seethe"RotaryTableSettings"topic.Defaultvaluesare:Acceleration=46500.0,Velocity= 46500.0,Resolution=5000.0,Offset=0.0,Mindelta=0.5,Table=Unchecked,andDualtable= Unchecked. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

Sharpe32tab

MachineOptionsdialogboxSharpetab

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 265

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheSharpe32taballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsfortheSharpeinterface. ButtonsPrintYoucanspecifytohavetheRecordbuttonErasetheLastHit,StoreaMove, oractastheend/donekey. ManualSelectthisoptionifyouareusingamanual(noDCCcapability)machine. VerifyPH9SomecontrollersdonotreliablypositionthePH9totherequestedangle.When youselectthisoption,thePH9positionwillbecheckedaftertherequestedrotationandif thepositionisnotcorrectthePH9movewillberepeated. SingleEStopMessageIfyouselectthisoptionthenwhenEstopispressedtheEstop warningmessagewillonlybeshownoncewhilestillintheEstopstateinsteadof continuouslyrepeatingit.ThisallowstheusertoEstopthemachineandthenmanually movetheprobe(forscribingasanexample)whilestillbeingabletoaccessthenormal PCDMISuserinterface functionality. CircularmovesSelectthisoptionifyourcontrollersupportstheuseofcircularmoves. PollControllerCommport Whenthisoptionisselected,PCDMISwillperiodicallypollthe controllerserialporttoaffirmcommunication.Thisisausefuloptiontotryifyoususpect problemswithyourPC'sRS232port. DisableAutoCancelSometypesoferrors(exampleissometypesofPH9errors)canbe immediatelyresetbutkeeprecurring.Theresultisasituationwheretheerrormessage windowflashestooquicklytoreadandkeepsrepeating.Whenthisoptionisselected, thiswillpreventtheerrormessagedialogfrombeingautocancelledinordertoprovide sufficienttimefortheusertoreadtheerrormessage.Notethatduringhomingofthe machine,somedialogswillbeautocancelledregardlessofthissetting.

SheffieldInterface
TheSheffieldinterfaceisusedwithSheffieldmachines.Nomachineparameterfileisneeded fromtheoriginalsystemtorunthisinterface.OntheSheffieldCMM,PCDMISdoesnotcontrol whentheCMMisinmanualcontrolorDCCcontrol.Thebuttonstocontrolthisareonthejogbox. IftheCMMhasarotarytable,PCDMISrequiresaseparateTech80cardfortherotarytable encoder. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethesheffield.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheSheffieldinterface: Interfacetab Seethe"SheffieldInterfacetab"topic. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=1000,Y=1000,Z=1000.

266 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

SheffieldInterfacetab

MachineOptionsdialogboxInterfacetab TheInterfacetaballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsfortheSheffieldinterface. RS232SelectthisoptionifyouplanonusingRS232ratherthanGPIB.AllnewerSheffield controllers,SMP3xxandSMP400,useserialcommunications. LPT2SelectthisoptionifyoursystemusestheMSIboardtoreadthescales. Tech80SelectthisoptionifthissystemusestheTech80boardtoreadthescales. ManualMachineSelectthisoptionifthisisamanualmachine.Note:Usethisoptionfor testingpurposesonly,ifthisistobeadedicatedmanualmachinethentheTech80 interfaceshouldbeinstalled. RS50SelectthisoptionifthissystemusesRS50. MachinePortThisvaluesetstheRS232commportforthecontroller. Tech80IRQThisoptionsetstheinterruptvaluefortheXYZtech80board.Ifyoudochange it,makesurethatthejumperonthetech80cardisthesame.Defaultis5.Note:This doesnotapplytotherotarytableTech80board.Itdoesnotrequireaninterrupt.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 267

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

HitDelayThisisthedelaytimebeforereadingahitfromtheMSIboard.Defaultis0.3.If thisvalueistoosmallthentheboardwillbereadtooquicklyandgetanincorrectreading. Ifyouarehavingaccuracyproblemsthenyoumaywanttotryfractionallyincreasingthis value.Note:IfyouareusingtheMPHitsoptionthenchangingthisvaluewillhaveno effect. ResetDelaySomeMPunitswillhangcommandsaresenttooquickly.Youcanincrease thisvalueifyoususpectthistobethecase,howeverincreasingthisvaluewillreduce systemperformance.Note: WhenrunningwithSMP400,thisvalueneedstobe1.0. PH9SelectthisoptionifyouareusingaPH9. PH9Handbox(PH9D)IfthePH9'pendant'handheldcontrolunitispresentthenselectthis option. PH9BaudThisvaluesetsthebaudrateforthePH9.Validvaluesare300,1200,4800,or 9600.BydefaulttheserialprotocolusedisNostopbits,8databits,and1paritybit(N81). PH9PortThisoptionsetstheRS232commportforthePH9. MPHitsSelectingthisoptionwillcausePCDMIStogetitshitdatafromtheSheffieldMP unitinsteadofthetech80board.TheadvantageofthisisthattheMPunitprovides compensateddatasonoASIcompmapneedstobecreated.Thedisadvantageisthat thisoptiondisablesthefunctionalityoftheJogBoxmacrokeys(End,Erasehit,store move,etc.)whileinTakeHitsmode(seetheJogBoxToggleoptionbelow).Note:Thereis noneedtousethisoptionyouareusingtheMSIboardbecausethisboardalready reportsbackcompensateddata,alsomakesureifyouareusingaTech80boardthatthe probecableisNOTconnectedtotheprobesignalintheMPunit. MPVectors Whenthisoptionisnotselected,PCDMISwilltrackthevectorsofhitsby readingthepositionoftheprobebeforeahitistaken.SelectingthisoptionwillcausePC DMIStogetthevectorsdirectlyfromtheMPunit.Thedisadvantageisthatthisoption disablesthefunctionalityoftheJogBoxmacrokeys(End,Erasehit,storemove,etc.) whileinTakeHitsmode(seetheJogBoxToggleoptionbelow).Note:Someoftheolder systemsdonotsupportthisfunction.Ifyougetan'InvalidParameter21'errorwhenyou initializewiththisoptionthenyoursystemdoesnotsupportit.IfyouareusingMPHits thenyoushould(ifsupported)usethisoption.

Tech80Interface
TheTech80ThisinterfacesupportsthemanualTech80andScazonCardinterfaces.Nomachine parameterfileisneededfromtheoriginalsystemtorunthisinterface. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheTECH80.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheTech80interface: Connectiontab Seethe"Tech80Connectiontab"topic. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic.

268 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Resolutiontab Seethe"SettingtheAxesScaleFactor"topic.DefaultisX=1000.0,Y=1000.0,Z=1000.0. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

Tech80Connectiontab

MachineOptionsdialogboxConnectiontab TheConnectiontaballowsyoutoconfigurethefollowingsettingsfortheTech80interface. InterruptThisvaluesetstheinterruptlevelfortheTech80card,ifyouchangeitmakesure thejumperonthecardissettothesamelevel. RequestintervalThisvaluecontrolsthespeedPCDMIStracksthepositionoftheprobe. This valueisenteredinmilliseconds(e.g.300is0.3seconds)Thedefaultvalueof300 willrequestthepositionroughly3timesasecond. HitintervalThisvaluecontrolshowmuchtimemustpassafterahitbeforeasecondhitis valid.Itisusefultoprevent'doublehits'astheproberetractsfromthepart.Itisenteredin milliseconds(e.g.500is0.5seconds.) ZerocountersonstartupSelectthisoptiontoZerothecounterswhenPCDMISisstarted. ZerocountersbuttonClickthisbuttontoZerothecounters.

TheodoleInterface
TheTheodoleinterfaceisusedwithaTheodolitemachine.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 269

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethetheodole.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheTheodoleinterface: Controllertab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort1,19200Baud, Evenparity,7databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

WenzelInterface
TheWenzelinterfaceisusedwithWenzelmachineswithaWenzel2010controller(Native WenzelProtocol).ThisinterfacejustrequiresasingleRS232commport,nomachineparameter fileisneededfromtheoriginalsystem. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethewenzel.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhastwotabsfortheWenzelinterface: Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

ZeissInterface
TheZeissinterfaceisusedwithmachinesusingIPbasedZeisscontrollers.Thisnewinterface supportsbothTCPandUDPprotocols.Becauseoftheminordifferencesthatwehaveobserved amongthesecontrollersthisinterfacewasdesignedtoallowmodificationstoaconfigurationfile toaccommodatethesedifferenceswithoutrequiringanewinterfac.dll.Additionally,mostofthe configurationoptionsforthecontrollerhavebeenmovedtothisconfigurationfileaswelltoallow forfutureWAIutilitiestocommunicatewiththemachinewithouthavingtorunPCDMIS. SupportedprobesincludethestandardZeissprobe,RDS,DSE,andVast.Theoldjogboxesare supported(boththesmallonewiththenumericpadaswellasthelargerkeypadone)andthe newerjogboxes(thatarealaptop)canbesupportedwithanadditionalIPbasedutilitythatallows basicfunctionbuttonstobeused.

270 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

BeforestartingPCDMIS,renametheZeiss.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheZeissinterface: PH9tab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort0,4800Baud, Noparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

ZssGPIBsInterface
TheZssGPIBinterfaceisusedwithZeiss machineswithRS232ofGPIBbasedcontrollers.This interfacesupportstheGPIBZeisscontroller(graytwofeetsquarebox).ThePH9iscontrolled throughanRS232port. ThereisalsosupportforanativeRS232connection(ZeissC99controller)withthisinterface whereastheZSSRS232.DLLdrivestheZEISSCMMthroughtheZEISSUMESS/COMET Softwarepackage.WhetherPCDMIScommunicateswithGPIBorRS232isdeterminedbythe RS232CMMoptionintheZEISSsectionoftheSettingsEditor.ForthenativeRS232thisshould besetto1.Forinformationonmodifyingregistryentries,pleaseviewthe"ModifyingRegistry Entries"appendix. BeforestartingPCDMIS,renamethezssgpib.dlltointerfac.dll. TheMachineOptiondialogboxhasfourtabsfortheZssGPIBinterface: PH9tab Seethe"SettingtheCommunicationProtocol"topic.DefaultvalueisCommPort0,4800Baud, Noparity,8databits,and1stopbit. Axistab Seethe"AssigningtheMachineAxes"topic. Debugtab Seethe"GeneratingaDebugFile"topic. Note:AdditionalinformationforthisinterfaceisprovidedintheMachineInterfaceInstallation Manual(MIIM).

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 271

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CompensatingforTemperature

TemperatureCompensationSetupdialogbox SelectingtheEdit|Preferences|TemperatureCompensationSetup menuoptionopensthe TemperatureCompensationSetupdialogbox.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutocompensatefor roomandparttemperature,thusincreasingaccuracyoftheinspectionprocess. Tocompensatefortemperatureduringmultiplearmcalibration,see"UsingTemperature CompensationwithMultipleArmCalibration"inthe"UsingMultipleArmMode"chapter.

UsingSTPFiles
EachCMMusesmachinespecificparametersfortemperaturecompensationforeachaxis,such asthermalcoefficientsandsensorassignments.Theseparameters,alongwithembeddedcode thattellsPCDMISifthefileisastructuralorlinearcompensationfile,arestoredinsidespecial STPfiles(namedforthe.stpextension)createdbyyourCMMvendor. PCDMISrequirestheseSTPfilestocompensatefortemperature. Priortocompensatingfortemperature,ensurethattheseSTPfilesresideintheappropriate locationsonyourharddrive: TheDEAStructuralThermalCompensationmethodexpectstofindtheServ1.stpfilein theC:\Thermal_OCXdirectory. TheDEALinearThermalCompensationmethodexpectstofindtheServ1.stpfileinthe C:\ProgramFiles\Thermal_OCXdirectory.

LinearandStructuralTemperatureCompensation
Linearcompensation=(ThermalCoefficientofExpansion)X(Displacement+Changein TemperatureofEachAxisandthePart).Ifmultipletemperaturesensorsexistonanaxis,PC DMISaveragesthereadoutstofindthetemperaturechange. StructuralcompensationrecognizesthataCMM'svariousmaterialcomponentsmayhave differenttemperatures(asingleaxisofthemachine,forexample,mayhaveseveraldifferent temperatures,whichcausebending,bowingorskewingofthemachineinsomeway).Structural compensation,then,appliesthetemperaturecorrectionsforspecificareasoftheCMM.When youselecttheEdit|Preferences|TemperatureCompensation menuitem,theStructural Thermal_OCXgetscalledandPCDMIScalculatesanewtemporaryvolumetriccompensation map.

272 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AvailableInputParameters
ThefollowingexplaintheavailableinputparametersontheTemperatureCompensationSetup dialogbox(Edit|Preferences|TemperatureCompensation).

SensorNumbersboxes
TheSensorNumbersboxescontainalistofoneormoresensornumberstobeusedforthe givenaxisorpart.Thesevaluesareveryimportantwhenreadingtemperaturesfromthe controllerbecausetheymustcorrespondtohowthesensorsareactuallyconfigured. Eachsensorisanumberintherangeof1to32. Itemsinthelistcanbeeitherasinglenumberorarangefromfirsttolast. Itemsareseparatedbyeithercommasorleftblank. Theinputallowsupto32valuesforanyaxisorthepart.

Formanualmodethesenumbersarerelativelymeaninglessbutatleastonesensornumber mustbeassignedforeachaxisandthepart.

MaterialCoefficientboxes
TheMaterialCoefficientboxescontainnumbersreflectingthematerialproperty,andarethe fractionalchangeinlengthperunitchangeintemperature. Valuesvarydependingonwhattypeofmaterialwasusedtomakethescalesonthe machineaxesandonwhatthepartismadeof. UnitsareperdegreeCorperdegreeF,dependingontheselectionofthecheckboxfor displayinginCelsiusornot. Thiscanbethoughtofasmeters/meter/degreeCorinches/inch/degreeFbutsincethe lengthinboththenumeratoranddenominatorareinthesameunitstheydivideout.

Example:Ascalewithacoefficientof11.5microns/meter/degreeCbecomes0.0000115 meters/meter/degreeCorjust0.0000115/degreeC. QualTool Thisboxallowsyoutospecifythematerialcoefficientfortheprobequalificationtoolseparately fromthepart.

CurrentTempboxes
TheCurrentTempboxescontainthecurrenttemperaturesintheappropriateunits.Youcan eithertypetheseorreadtheminfromthecontrollerdependingonthetypeofmachineavailable andtheselectedoptions.

PrevTempboxes
ThePreviousTempboxesalwayscontainthepreviouslyreadtemperatures.Ifnotemperatures werepreviouslyreadin,thesevaluesareeitherzeroorleftblank.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 273

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

RefTempboxes
TheRefTempboxescontainthereferencetemperaturefromwhichtemperaturecompensation adjustmentsneedtobeapplied. Theamountofcorrectiontobeappliedisbasedonmultiplyingthematerialcoefficientby thedifferencebetweenthecurrentandreferencetemperatures. AmountofCorrection=MaterialCoefficientx(CurrentTempReferenceTemp) Ifthecurrenttemperatureisthesameasthereferencetemperaturetheneteffectisthat nothermalcompensationadjustmentisapplied. Thevalueintheseboxesisalmostalways20degreesC,ortheFahrenheitequivalent.

HighThresholdboxes
TheHighThresholdboxescontainanupperlimit(intheappropriateunits)onthecurrent temperatureabovewhichnofurtherthermalcompensationwillbeapplied.PCDMISdoesn't produceanywarningorerrormessage. Example: Withareferencetempof20degreesC,acurrenttempof35degreesCandahigh thresholdof30degreesCtheamountofcorrectionactuallyappliedwouldbebasedona differenceof(3020)insteadof(3520)becausethecurrenttemperatureexceededtheupper limit.

LowThresholdboxes
TheLowThresholdboxesisconceptuallylikethehighthresholdexceptitprovidesalowerlimit onthecurrenttemperaturebelowwhichnofurtherthermalcompensationwillbeapplied.

Originboxes
TheOriginboxesareusedtodeterminethelengthoftheitemtowhichthermalcompensationis beingapplied. Length=CurrentPositionValueOriginValue TheX,Y,andZ valuesoftheOriginboxeswillbezeromostofthetime.However,some typesofmachinesdonotusezerofortheoriginoftheirscales. ThePartvaluewilltypicallyalsobezerounlessthereissomespecialtypeoffixturing constraint.

ShowTemperaturesinCelsius
TheShowTemperaturesinCelsiuscheckboxaffectsboththetemperaturesandthematerial coefficient. Ifyouselectthischeckbox,thedisplaywillusedegreesCelsius. Ifyouclearthischeckbox,PCDMISwillusedegreesFahrenheit.

274 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TemperatureCompensationEnabled
TheTemperatureCompensationEnabledcheckboxtellsPCDMIStousetemperature compensation. Ifnotselected,PCDMISdoesnotperformanytemperaturecompensation,andthe TEMPCOMPcommand(ifpresentinthepartprogram)willhavenoeffect. Ifselected,PCDMISbehavesaccordingtotheinputparameters.

CompensationMethod
ThefollowingaretheavailablecompensationmethodsandtheirrespectiveprocessesinPC DMIS. ForSheffieldcontrollers,youmustdefinetheMaterialCoefficientandRefTemperatureboxes, andthenclickDefault,regardlessofthecompensationmethodused. Method Manual Process Compensationismanual (controlledbyyourinput)withno involvementfromthemachine controller. PCDMISperformsall compensationcalculations. Duringpartprogramexecution theTemperatureCompensation Setupdialogboxopensandyoucan editthecurrentsettingsbefore proceedingwiththerestofthe program. Whenusingamachinethat supportsthisoption,PCDMISreads thecurrenttemperaturesfromthe controllerautomaticallyratherthanyou supplyingthedata. PCDMISperformsall compensationcalculations.The controlleronlyprovidesthecurrent temperatures. Duringpartprogramexecution theTemperatureCompensation Setupdialogboxdoesnotopen. Thepartprogramdoesnotpause foryourconfirmation. ForSheffieldcontrollers,youcan retrievetheCTE(Coefficientof
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual SettingYourPreferences 275

Read Temperatures fromController

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Controller Compensates AxesOnly

ThermalExpansion)valuesforthe AxesbyclickingtheGetCurrent Tempsbutton. Thecontrollerperforms compensationofthemachineaxes itself. Theinputsfortheaxeswillnotbe used. Partinputparametersapplysince PCDMISstillperformscompensation forthepart. Duringpartprogramexecution theTemperatureCompensation Setupdialogboxdoesnotopen. Theprogramdoesnotpausefor yourconfirmation. Thecontrollerperforms compensationofboththemachineaxes andthepart. Theinputsfortheaxesarenot used. PCDMISdoesnotperformany compensationcalculations. Theinputforthepartforthe materialcoefficient,reference temperatureandoriginmuststillbe suppliedbecausePCDMISmustpass thatinformationdowntothecontroller. Duringpartprogramexecutionthe TemperatureCompensationSetup dialogboxdoesnotopen. Theprogramdoesnotpausefor yourconfirmation. ForSheffieldcontrollers,youdonot needtoentertheCTEvaluesforthe Axes.

Controller CompsAxes andPart

TimeRemaining
TheTimeRemainingdisplayshowsthetimeremainingbeforethetemperaturereadingtakes place.Thisonlydisplaysifyousetupadelayperiodforexecution.SeeDelayBeforeReading Partbelow.

276 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DelayBeforeReadingPart
TheDelayBeforeReadingPartboxallowsyoutospecifyaperiodthatPCDMISwillwaitduring partprogramexecutionbeforereadingtheSensorstoobtainthecurrenttemperatures.Ifzerois enteredthenthereisnopause.

ResettoDefaults
TheResetstoDefaultsbuttonupdatesanypreviouslymodifiedvalueswiththepreviouslysaved values.IfthisisonaDEAmachineandaserv1.stpisavailablethenPCDMISwillreadthatfile.

GetCurrentTemps
IfyouselecttheReadTempsfromControllermethodfromtheCompensationMethodlist,and ifyouuseamachinethatsupportsthisoption,theGetCurrentTempsbuttoncausesPCDMIS toreadthecurrenttemperaturesfromthecontrolleranddisplaythemintheTemperature CompensationSetupdialogbox.

TEMPCOMPCommandintheEditWindow
WhenyouaccepttheinputsintheTemperatureCompensationSetupdialogboxbyclickingthe OKbuttonPCDMISinsertsaTEMPCOMPcommandintothepartprogram,asshownbelow.

ExampleofInsertedTEMPCOMPcommand NormallyapartprogramwillonlyuseoneTEMPCOMPcommandTheTEMPCOMPcommand shouldbeplacednearthetopoftheprogrampriortoanymeasurements.Whenyouexecutethe partprogram,itbehavesaccordingtothevariousinputparameters.

ControllerSupport
Notallcompmethodsaresupportedbyallcontrollers.Thefollowingarethesupportedcontrollers forthedifferentcompensationmethods.SeeCompensationMethod. CompensationMethods Manual SupportedControllers All,thereisnocontroller involvementwiththismethod ReadTempsfromController DEA(onlywithDEACfamily controllers),Sharpe32zusing Leitzprotocol,Sheffield ControllerCompsAxesOnly Sharpe32zusingLeitzprotocol ControllerCompsAxesandPart Sharpe32zusingLeitzprotocol, Sheffield

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 277

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

LocalTemperatureSettings
WhenopeningapartprogramcontainingaTEMPCOMPcommand,PCDMISwillverifythepart sensornumberwiththelocalsettings. Ifthevaluesdiffer,PCDMISwillautomaticallyupdatethecommandtoreflectthecurrent settings,andacommentwillbeinsertedintothepartprogramreflectingtheoldandnew values. Ifnolocalsettingisavailableforthepartsensor,PCDMISwillmarktheTEMPCOMP commandREDintheEditWindow.

SpecifyingExternalDirectoriestoSearch

SearchPathdialogbox TheEdit|Preferences|SetSearchPathmenuoptiondisplaystheSearchPathdialogbox. ThisdialogboxallowsyoutospecifythedirectoriesthatPCDMISuseswhen: ImportingCADfiles ExportingCADfiles LoadingPartProgramFiles(.prg) LoadingReport(.rtp)orLabeltemplatefiles(.lbl)andform(.FORM)files. LoadingProbeFiles(.prb) Recallingalignments(.aln) CallingSubroutines

Tospecifyadefaultdirectorytouse: 1. 2. 3. 4. AccesstheSearchPathdialogbox. SelectanitemfromtheSearchForlist. Typethedirectorypathwayinthebox(orusetheBrowsebuttontoselectadirectory). ClicktheOkbutton.Thechangeswillbemadeandthedialogboxwillclose.

Note:IfyouselectedLOADPROBE,RECALL,orSUBROUTINEfromtheSearchForlist, additionalcheckboxesbecomeavailableforselection.Thesearedescribedbelow. TheSearchPathdialogboxcontainsthefollowingoptions:

SearchFor

TheSearchfordropdownlistletsyouselectoneoftheseoptions:

278 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DefaultExportDirectory DefaultImportDirectory DefaultPartProgramDirectory DefaultReportingDirectory LOADPROBE RECALL SUBROUTINE

Foreachofthese,youcandefineadirectorythatPCDMISwillsearchinwhenthecommandfor theselectedoptionisencounteredintheEditwindow.

SearchCurrentDirectory
TheSearchCurrentDirectorycheckboxenablesordisablessearchingwithinthecurrent directory.

SearchCurrentDirectoryFirst

Whenselected,(andifboththeSearchCurrentDirectoryandtheSearchSpecifiedDirectory checkboxesareselected)thischeckboxallowsyousearchinboththecurrentdirectoryandthe userspecifieddirectory.Theorderofthesearchdependsonifthischeckboxisselected: IfselectedPCDMISwillfirstaccessthecurrentdirectoryandthentheuserspecified directory. Ifcleared,thesearchorderwillbereversed,accessingfirsttheuserspecifieddirectory andthenthecurrentdirectory.

SearchSpecifiedDirectory

TheSearchSpecifiedDirectorycheckboxenablesordisablessearchinginadirectoryyou specify.Thepathwayforthedirectoryyouspecifywillbeenteredintheboxjustbelowthecheck box.

BrowseButton

TheBrowsebuttonallowsyoutobrowseforauserspecifieddirectory.Whenclicked,your system'sdirectorystructurewillappear:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 279

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Exampleofonesystem'sdirectorystructureinsidetheChooseDirectorydialogbox. TheChooseDirectorydialogboxcontainsthefoldersandlevelsoffoldersavailabletoyou. Simply,highlightthedirectoryyouwantPCDMIStosearchinandclicktheOKbutton.PCDMIS returnsyoutotheSearchPathdialogbox.Noticethatthedirectorypathwaynowappearsinthe SearchSpecifiedDirectorybox. Note:ThedirectorystructureintheChooseDirectorydialogboxvariesfromcomputerto computer.Theaboveisonlyanexampleofwhatyoumayencounter.

DesktopSettings

TherecanbedifferentOpenGLoptionsforeachdesktopdisplaysetting.TheDesktopSettings areashowswhatthecurrentdesktopsettingsare. ResolutionRatiosofDifferentMonitorSizes Widescreenmonitorsneeda1.6ratioinsteadofa1.3333ratiousedbynormalmonitors.For example,aresolutionof1200x1600hasa1.3333ratio(1600/1200)andworkswellforanormal sizemonitor,whilearesolutionof1680x1050hasa1.6ratio,goodforawidescreenmonitor.If youuseawidescreenmonitorandyourscreenappearsstretched(perhapsyourcirclefeatures appearasellipsesintheGraphicsDisplaywindow),usea1.6resolutionratiotoresolvethis problem.

280 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ChangingOpenGLOptions

OpenGLOptionsdialogbox TheEdit|Preferences|OpenGL menuoptionbringsupthe TheGraphicsDisplay windowmusthavethefocus OpenGLOptionsdialogbox.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutochange forthismenuoptionto theOpenGLoptionsthataffectdisplayofthemodelinsolidview becomeavailable. mode.Tochangetheparttosolidview,seeSettingUptheScreen ViewintheEditingtheCADDisplaychapter.

Options

TheOptionsareacontrolsthedisplaycharacteristicsofthemodelinsolidviewmode.Some combinationsoftheseoptionsmaynotbeavailablebecauseoflimitationsofyourgraphicscard. Also,dependingonhowyourgraphicscardsupportshardwareacceleration,somecombinations ofoptionsmayresultinloweredgraphicsperformance.Ifthecurrentoptionsettingswillresultin loweredperformance,awarningmessagewillappearatthebottomofthedialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 281

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DoubleBuffering
Adisplaybufferisgraphics memoryusedtostorethe WhenyouselecttheDoubleBufferingcheckbox,thereare imageseenonyourcomputer actuallytwodisplaybuffers:afrontandabackbuffer.Thefront screen. bufferiswhatyouseeonthescreen.Whenthescreenhastobe redrawn,suchaswhenthemodelisrotated,theimagehastobe erasedfromthescreenandtheimageredrawninitsnewstate. Theerasinganddrawingisdoneonthebackbuffer.Youcannot seetheactualerasinganddrawingofthegraphics.Oncethe graphicsaredrawntothebackbuffer,thebackbufferis swappedwiththefrontbuffer.Thishappensquicklysothatany transitionbetweenthetwobuffersisvirtuallyundetectable. WhentheDoubleBufferingcheckboxiscleared,orinotherwords,whenthereisonlyone displaybuffer,youcanactuallyseethescreenbeingerasedandredrawn(albeitveryquickly). Theerasingandredrawingofthescreencausesaflickering. Insummary,doublebufferingproducesamorevisuallypleasinggraphicaldisplaythansingle buffering.

ZBufferDepth

TheZBufferDepthlistcontrolshowmuchgraphicsmemoryisusedforthezbuffer.Thez bufferdetermineswhichpartsofa3Dmodellieinfrontofotherpartsofthemodel.Ifyouuse insufficientbitsforthezbuffer,visualartifactsmayappearonthemodelinsolidviewmode. Theseartifactsareareasonthemodelthataredrawninfrontofotherpartsofthemodelwhen theyshouldactuallybehidden.TheseartifactsdonotaffecttheaccuracyofPCDMISbutare simplyinaccuraciesinthevisualdisplayofthemodel.

ColorDepth

TheColorDepthlistcontrolshowmuchgraphicsmemoryyoursystemusesforthecolor informationofeachpixel.ThisnumberisusuallydependentonthecolordepthoftheDesktop Settings.

Tessellation

Thetessellationvalueisthe defaultvalueusedtobreakup surfacesintopatchesfor shading.

TheTessellationareacontrolsthedrawnimagebysettinga tessellationmultiplierintheMultiplierValuebox.PCDMIS multipliestheMultiplierValuebythetessellationvalueforthe givenCADsystem.Thesevaluesarethenusedinthe generationoftheshadedimage.

282 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SettingImportOptions
Youcaneasilysetimportoptionstodeterminedefaultcolorsforcertainimportedentitytypes,as wellashowPCDMISdisplaysimportedcurves. Toperformthesemanipulations,selecttheEdit|Preferences|ImportOptions menuitem.This willdisplaytheImportOptionsdialogbox.

ImportOptionsdialogbox ThisdialogboxcontainstheDefaultColorsareaaswellassomecheckboxes. DefaultColors ThisarealetsyouchangethedefaultcolorsforimportedPoints,Curves,Surfaces,and Datumentitytypes.Iftheentitytypesdon'talreadyhaveadefinedcolor,theywilluse thisdefaultcolor.Tochangeacolor,simplyclickonabuttoninthisarea.Astandard Colordialogboxappears,allowingyoutoselectanewcolor.

Colordialogbox Whenyouimportthenextfeature,PCDMISwillusethenewlydefinedcolors. CheckBoxes ExplodepolylinestopointsUsually,whenyouimportcurvesentities,theyappearas individualcurves.Inreality,however,eachcurveisreallyapolyline,abunchoflines connectedbyaseriesofpoints.Selectingthischeckboxmakesimportedpolylinecurve

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 283

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

entitiesappearasaseriesofpoints,onepointforeachpolylinevertex.Clearingthis checkboxmakesimportedcurvesappearasnormal. KeepPolylinesSelectingthischeckboxwillallowtheimagetocontinuetodisplaythe originalpolylinealongwiththepointswhenyouselecttheExplodepolylinetopoints checkbox.Clearingthischeckboxwillonlyshowtheseriesofpoints. PCDMISwillusethesesettingsforallfutureimportoperations.

Understandingthe.DATFiles
WhilethePCDMISregistryentriesstoremostofPCDMIS'ssettings,severalfileswitha.dat filenameextensionarealsousedbyPCDMIStostoreinformation.Whileyoucaneditsomeif thesefilesinatexteditor,manyyoucanonlyeditwithinPCDMIS.Youcan,however,delete mostofthesefilestoreturnPCDMIStoitsoriginalstateforthedeleteditem.Itemsthatshould notbedeletedarenotedintheDescriptioncolumn. Thefollowingtabledetailsthe.datfilesavailable: Filename Editable Text File No Location Description

colors.dat

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

ThisfilestoresyourmodifiedEdit windowcolors.PCDMIS generatesthisfileonlyifyou modifiedEditwindowcolors.The filegetscreatedwhenyouexitPC DMIS.Deletingthisfilereverts yourEditwindowcolorstothe defaultsettings. See"DefiningEditWindow Colors". Thisfilecontainsinformationfor thedefaultitemsanduserdefined itemsfoundintheUserDefined CommandslistoftheMenutabof theCustomizedialogbox. Deletingthisfileremovesany userdefinedmenuitems.The defaultautomationwizardsthat shipwithPCDMISare regeneratedinanew.datfile.If, afterdeletingthefile,youhavea toolbar.datfilefromaprevious versionofPCDMIS,youwillget themback,regeneratedaftera nextexecutionofPCDMIS. See"CustomizingtheUser Interface"in"NavigatingtheUser Interface". Thisfilecontrolstheformatofthe

custommenuitem.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

elogo.dat

Yes

Inthedirectory

284 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

wherePCDMIS wasinstalled.

Editwindow'sfooterforthelast page. DONOTDELETETHISFILE. Doingsoerasesthefooteronthe lastpageoftheEditwindow. See"ModifyingHeadersand Footers"in"UsingtheEdit Window". Thisfilecontainsthelayoutsof toolbarsanddockablewindows duringpartprogramexecution. PCDMISswitchesbackandforth reloadingthesetwofiles (gbarstateandexecbarstate)as wellwhenyoustartandfinish programexecution.Deletingthis filerestoresadefaultlayout. Thisfilecontainsthelayoutsof toolbarsanddockablewindows withinthepartprogram(butnot duringexecution).Deletingthisfile restoresadefaultlayout. Thisfilecontrolstheformatofthe Editwindow'sheaderforallpages butthefirst.See"Modifying HeadersandFooters"in"Using theEditWindow". DONOTDELETETHISFILE. Doingsoerasestheheaderonthe affectedpagesoftheEditwindow. Thisfilecontainsalistofany layoutswhenyousavealayout usingtheWindowLayouts toolbar.Deletingthisfileremoves yourwindowlayoutsfromthe WindowLayoutstoolbar. Thesefilesstoreinformationabout aspecificlayoutstoredinthe WindowLayoutstoolbar.Youwill haveonefileforeachstored layout.(similartothe gbarstate.dat).PCDMIS automaticallyincrements#for eachnewlycreatedlayout. DeletingaspecificLayout#.datfile removetherelatedlayoutbutton fromtheWindowLayouts toolbar. Thisfilecontrolstheformatofthe Editwindow'sheaderonthefirst page.See"ModifyingHeaders
SettingYourPreferences 285

execbarstate.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

gbarstate.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location. Inthedirectory wherePCDMIS wasinstalled.

header.dat

Yes

layouttoolbar.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

layout#.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

logo.dat

Yes

Inthedirectory wherePCDMIS wasinstalled.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

andFooters"in"UsingtheEdit Window". DONOTDELETETHISFILE. Doingsoerasestheheaderfrom thefirstpageoftheEditwindow. Thisfilestorescustomizedmenus fortheuser.Inthefilename <language>isthethreeletter languagecodeforthelanguage youareusingtodisplayPCDMIS. Deletingthisfileremovesany menucustomizationsmade. Thisfilestoresalistofthewarning messagesyouhaveturnedoff. Deletingthisfilecausesall warningmessagestoappear again. Thisfiledisplaysalltheprobe componentsavailablewithinPC DMIS.Whenyougotobuildyour ownprobefile,PCDMISusesthe informationinthisfiletopopulate theProbeUtilitydialogbox. DONOTDELETETHISFILE. Doingsoerasesthelibraryof probecomponentsavailable makingitimpossibletomodifyand createprobes. Thisfilecontainsalistofthe savedreporttemplatesand customreportsontheReporting toolbar.Deletingthisfileremoves anysaveditemsfromthe Reportingtoolbar. Thisfiledisplaysallthequick fixtureitemsavailabletoaddinto theGraphicsDisplaywindow. DONOTDELETETHISFILE. Doingsoerasesthelibraryof quickfixtureitemsavailable makingitimpossibletoworkwith thesefiles. Thisfilecontainsalistofreport templatesyouhaveaddedtothe TemplateSelectiondialogbox. Deletingthisfileremovesthose filesfromtheTemplateSelection dialogbox,butitdoesnotdelete theactualreporttemplates themselves.

menu_<language>.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

messageboxoptions.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location. Inthedirectory wherePCDMIS wasinstalled.

probe.dat

Yes

reportingtoolbar.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

quickfix.dat

Yes

Inthedirectory wherePCDMIS wasinstalled.

templreppickerlist.dat

Yes

Inthedirectory wherePCDMIS wasinstalledas wellastheinthe user'ssub directory.It'salso inthe UserDefaultFiles subdirectory.

286 SettingYourPreferences

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

toolbar.dat

No

Intheuser'ssub directoryunder PCDMIS'sinstall location.

Thisfilecontainsallcustomized toolbarsdefinitions(buttons)and names.PCDMIScreatesthisfile whenyoucustomizeorcreateany toolbars.Deletingthisfileremoves anycustomizedtoolbars.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

SettingYourPreferences 287

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EditingtheCADDisplay
EditingtheCADDisplay:Introduction
PCDMISletsyoueditthedisplayoftheCADintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. ThemaintopicsinthischapterdescribehowtoedittheCADdisplay.Theseinclude: SettingUptheScreenView ManagingandPositioningOnScreenElements SwitchingBetweenCurveandSurfaceModes DrawingSurfaces HighlightingSurfacesorCurveswiththeMouse RepaintingtheScreen ChangingScreenModes ChangingScreenColors ScalingtheDrawing RotatingtheDrawing ChangingRotationandOtherMotionOptions ShowingandHidingGraphics WorkingwithAssembliesofParts MakingCAD3DbyUsingtheCreateLevelsWindow ViewingCADInformation VerifyingCADInformation UsingScreenCapturesoftheGraphicsDisplayWindow EditingCAD EditingCADVectors ApplyingLightingandMaterialstotheCADDisplay SelectingFeaturesUsingtheGraphicsDisplayWindow EditingDimensionColors EditingFeatures ShowingandAnimatingPathLines DeletingCAD DeletingFeatures DeletingDimensions TransformingaCADModel WorkingwithCADCoordinateSystems PointNominalDeviation

SettingUptheScreenView
TheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ViewSetupoptionopenstheViewSetupdialogbox. Thisdialogboxletsyouspecifythenumberofviews(maximumoffour)ofthepartthatPCDMIS willdisplayintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Youcanalsodeterminetheorientationofeachview andiftheparticularviewisdisplayedasawireframeorasolid.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 289

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ViewSetupdialogbox Hint:Toquicklychangehowthepartisdisplayedinthe'blue'view,youcanclickontheicons availablefromtheGraphicViewtoolbar.

ChangingLayoutandViews
Tochangethescreenlayoutandtheorientationoftheviews: 1. AccesstheViewSetupdialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ViewSetup). 2. SelectthedesiredscreenstylefromtheLayoutarea.Forexample,tosplitthescreen intotwodifferentviewsofthepartimage,clickonbuttontwoorthree(inthefirstrow). Thewindowwillbesplithorizontallyorvertically,dependingonthebuttonthatischosen. 3. Usingthedropdownlistbox,selectthedesiredvieworientationforeachwindowthatwill bedisplayed.Forexample,toviewthepartimagefromtheZ+direction,simplyselectZ+ fromthedropdownlistbox.Or,toviewthesameimagefromtheYaxis,selectY.Allof thedisplayoptionsonlyaffecthowPCDMISdisplaysthepartimage.Theydonotaffect themeasureddataorinspectionresults. 4. SelecttheSolidcheckboxifyouwanttodisplayyourpartintheselectedviewofyour partasasolid.Leavingthecheckboxblankwilldisplaytheviewofthepartasawire frame. 5. ClickeithertheApplybuttonortheOkbutton. IftheApplybuttonisselected,PCDMISwillredrawtheGraphicsDisplay windowtoreflectthecurrentsettings,allowingyoutopreviewyourchanges. IftheOkbuttonisselected,PCDMISwillclosetheViewSetupdialogboxand applythechangestotheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Atanytimebeforeclicking Ok,youcanclickCanceltoclosethedialogboxandreverttheviewstowhat theywere.

ChangeSizeofViews
PCDMISletsyouredefinethesizesoftheviewsintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. Tochangethesizeofaviewwindow: 1. Positionthepointeronthelineseparatingthewindows.Thesinglearrowcursorwill changetoadoublearrow.

290 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

2. Holddowntheleftmousebutton. 3. Dragthelinetothedesiredlocation.Theviewsizewillchange. Thisprocedureworksineitherthehorizontalorverticalposition.Thedrawingcanthenbere scaledtofitwithinthenewwindowbyselectingtheScaleToFitoption.See"Scalingthe Drawing". Note:PCDMIScanbeinanymodewhenchangingtheviewsize.

Addinga3DGrid
Selecta3DGridcheckboxtoturnonthe3Dgridfortheselectedview.Unliketherulers,the originofthe3Dgridwillalwaysbelocatedatthepart'scurrentalignment. The3DGridSetupbuttonbringsupthe3DGridSetupdialogbox.Fromhereyoucanmodify thegridspacing.

3DGridSetupdialogbox ModifythegridlinespacingbytypingavalueintheX Axis,YAxis,andZAxisboxesorselect theAutocheckboxestohavePCDMISautomaticallycomputereasonablespacing. Gridlinelabelsareplacedaroundtheoutsideofthewindow.Theselinesfollowthecurrent alignmentdefinedintheEditwindow.TheycanbeinsetbythevalueshownintheLabelInset box.ThisvaluedeterminesthepixelbuffersizethatPCDMISplacesbetweentheouteredgeof theGraphicsDisplaywindowandthe3Dgridlabels. ClickOKandPCDMISdisplaysthe3DgridintheGraphic'sDisplaywindow.

Exampleofa3DGridwithLabelInsetof10intheXYPlane

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 291

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Therearethreepossiblegridsthatcanbedrawn: XY YZ ZX PCDMISdrawsonlyonegridatatime.Thegriddrawndependsontheaxisplanerotated closesttoyourscreen(determinedbytheaxisindicator).Forexample,thefollowingaxisindicator fromtheGraphicsDisplaywindowshowstheXYaxisplanefacingtheuserPCDMISdrawsthe XYaxisgrid.

AxisIndicatorshowingtheXYplane. Note:Thecolorofthe3DgridcanbemodifiedfromtheScreenColordialogbox.See"Changing ScreenColors".

Showinglinesoversurfaces
Thischeckboxappliestosolidviewonly.Selectthischeckboxtocausepointsandlinesthat hidebehindsurfacestoshowthrough.Thisoptionisusefulforlookingatmeasuredfeaturesthat arebehindsurfaces.Forexample,supposeameasuredlineinyourpartisslightlyunderneath theCADsurface.Selectingthischeckboxwillforcethemeasuredlinetobevisible.

DisplayingRulers
SelecttheRulerscheckboxtoturnonrulersinallviews.Theoriginoftherulerswillalwaysbe locatedattheCADorigin(notlocalpartalignments).

Displaying,Creating,andManipulatingLevels
ACADlevelconsistsofagroupofrelatedCADgeometries,whichareidentifiedbyalevel number.ThelevelinformationinthesefilesisimportedintoPCDMISwhenthefilesare 'imported'.YoucanthenselectwhichlevelswillbedisplayedineachGraphicsDisplay'view' usingtheViewSetupdialog(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ViewSetup). GiventhesizeandcomplexityofmanyCADfiles,thisoptionwillgreatlybenefityourabilityto restrictspecificportionsoftheCADmodelthatwillbevisibleasvariousPCDMIStasksarebeing performed.(See"MakingCAD3D"formoreinformation.) Note:ThisoptionisonlyavailableiflevelshavebeenincorporatedintotheIGESdrawingfile. ToviewalevelintheGraphicsDisplaywindow:

292 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Selectthedesiredview(blue,red,yellow,orgreenview).

Selecttheappropriatelevelfromthelist.

ClicktheApplybutton. PCDMISwillredrawtheGraphicsDisplaywindowtoreflectthecurrentsetting.TheOKbutton mustbepressedtosavethesechanges. TheCreatebuttonintheViewSetupdialogboxallowsyoutoaccesstheLeveldialogbox.

Leveldialogbox TheLeveldialogboxallowsyoutocreate,delete,ormodifylevels.

CreatingLevels
Creatingalevelconsistsofa3stepprocess. 1. FromtheLeveldialogbox,typeinthenewlevelnumberintheboxbeneaththeCreate button. 2. Choosethefeaturesthatyouwantcontainedinthenewlevelbyselectingthedesired featuretypecheckboxes. 3. ClicktheFinishbuttontocompletetheprocess.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 293

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DeletingLevels
Leveldeletionconsistsofa3stepprocess: 1. FromtheLeveldialogbox,selectanexistinglevelfromthedropdownlist. 2. ClicktheDeletebutton. 3. SelecttheFinishbuttontocompletetheprocess.Allfeaturetypesthatwereassignedto thedeletedlevelwillbeassignedtolevel'0.'

ModifyingLevels
Levelmodificationconsistsofa5stepprocess: 1. FromtheLeveldialogbox,selectanexistinglevelfromthedropdownlist. 2. ClickontheModifybutton. 3. SelecttheAssignbuttontoaddCADtothechosenlevel,orselecttheUndobuttonto removeCADfromthechosenlevel. 4. FromtheFeatureTypecheckboxes,selecttheappropriatefeaturetypestobe'added to'or'removedfrom'thedisplayedlevel. 5. SelecttheFinishbuttontocompletethelevelmodificationprocess. LeveladditionandlevelmodificationwillrequiretheselectionofCADdata.Youcanrestrictthe selectiontodifferenttypesofgeometryinthesamewayasselectionisrestrictedintheEdit CADandDeleteCADdialogboxes.Also,selectionmayberestrictedtoCADofagivencolorby checkingthe'Color'checkboxandselectingageometryofthedesiredcolor.Theselectedcolor willthenappearnexttothe'Color'checkbox.Tochangeacolor,clearthe'Color'checkbox, thenreselecttheColorcheckbox,selectingthegeometrywiththenewcolor. YoucanclosetheLeveldialogboxbyclickingOKorCancel.TheCancelbuttonwillnotsave theresultsofanyoperationsinprogress.

ManagingandPositioningOnScreenElements
TheGraphicsDisplaywindowholdsmorethanjusttheCADdrawingofyourpart.Itcanalso displayfeatureIDandDatumDefinitionlabels,DimensionInfoandPointInfotextboxes,and FeatureControlFrames(FCFs).Theseelementsallbringorganizationtoyourreport,butwithtoo manyofthemdisplayedyourscreenmaycoverupyourpartandtendtomakeyourpartdrawing lookcluttered. Fortunately,youcaneasilyrepositiontheseelementsbymovingyourmouseoveranelement. Themousepointerchangestoacrosshair.Clickonanelementanddragittoanewlocation. PCDMISthendrawsaleaderlinefromtheIDlabelortextboxtoitscorrespondingfeature. YoucanalsohavePCDMISdynamicallyrepositionallyourlabelsandtextboxesaroundyour partdrawingevenwhenchangingthezoomlevelforyourpart'sdisplay.SelecttheAutomatic LabelPositioningcheckboxfromtheGeneraltaboftheSetupOptionsdialogbox.See "AutomaticLabelPositioning"in"SettingYourPreferences". Ifthingsstilllookcluttered,youcanalsocontrolthevisibilitystateofthesevariouselementsusing shortcutmenus.See"FeatureShortcutMenu"and"BoxSelectShortcutMenu"in"Using ShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus".

294 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:Positioningelementsisonlydoneintheactiveview.Ifyouhaveasplitscreenshowing additionalviewsofthepart,theIDsremainasbeforeintheotherviews.

SwitchingBetweenCurveandSurfaceModes
Operation|Graphics DisplayWindow|Change Curve/SurfaceMode TheoptionalpackageCurvesandSurfacesmusthavebeenpurchasedforyoursysteminorder toaccessthesemodes. TheCurvemodeoptionmakesawireframe'smodelofcurvesandlinesselectable whenclickingontheCADdataintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Youmustimportawire framemodelforthisoptiontobecomeavailable. TheSurfacemodeoptionmakesasolidmodel'ssurfacesselectablewhenclicking ontheCADdataintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Youmustimportasolidmodelforthis optiontobecomeavailable.

Forinformationonusingthesemodeswithscans,seethe"ScanningyourPart"chapter.

DrawingSurfaces

TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|DrawSurfacesoptionallowsyoutodisplay surfacesonthescreen.NotethatyoumustfirstselecttheSolidcheckboxintheViewSetup dialogbox.ForinformationontheViewSetupdialogbox,seethe"SettingUptheScreenView" topic. Toturnoffthedisplayofsurfaces,selectthisoptionagain.

HighlightingSurfacesandCurveswiththeMouse
PCDMIS3.6andlatergivesyoutheabilitytoquicklyandeasilyhighlightCADsurfacesand wireframeelementsbysimplyhoveringoverthemwithyourmouse.Thisletsyougetaquick overviewoftheavailablesurfacesorcurvesonyourpartmodel.ThisiscalledMouseOver Highlighting(MOHL).

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 295

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExampleofMouseOverHighlighting TousetheMOHLfunctionality,holddowntheSHIFTbuttonandmovethemouseoveryourpart. IfyouhaveselectedSurfacemode,PCDMIShighlightsinyellowthecurrentsurface underthemouse. IfyouhaveselectedCurvemode,PCDMIShighlightsthecurrentcurveorwireframe elementunderthemouse. IfusingMOHLwithatexturedbitmapappliedtosurfacesofyourpart,youshouldsetyourZ BufferDepthtoavaluelowerthan32bits.Asettingof32orhighermaycausejaggedhighlight linestoremainonyourimageuntilyourrefreshtheGraphicsDisplaywindow.See"Changing OpenGLOptions"inthe"SettingYourPreferences"chapter.

RepaintingtheScreen

ThisoptionwillrefreshtheGraphicsDisplaywindowwhenevertheOperation|Graphics DisplayWindow|RepainttheScreenoptionisselected.

ChangingScreenModes
PCDMISallowsyoutoswitchbetweentheseScreenModes.ThedifferentmodestellPCDMIS howtointerpretmouseclicks.

TranslateMode

TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ChangeScreenMode|Translateoptionplaces PCDMISintotranslatemode.Thismodeallowsyoutomoveandzoominoroutonthepartwhile intheGraphicsDisplaywindow.ThefollowingfunctionsareavailableintheTranslateMode: ShrinkthesizeofthepartwithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. EnlargethesizeofthepartwithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. SelectaportionofthepartwithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. RepositionthepartwithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

ShrinkingthePartImagewithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow
Toshrinktheentireimageofthepartbyclicking: 1. Movethemousepointertoapointabovetheimaginary,horizontalcenterlineofthe graphicpartdisplay. 2. Clicktherightmousebutton. Thefartherawaythecursorisfromthecenterline,themorethedrawingwillshrink.

296 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Ifyouhaveamousewithamousewheelyouscrollyourmousewheelawayfromyoutoshrink thedrawing.

EnlargingthePartImagewithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow
Toenlargetheentireimageofthepart: 1. Movethemousepointertoapointbelowtheimaginary,horizontalcenterlineofthe graphicpartdisplay. 2. Clicktherightmousebutton. Thefartherawaythecursorisfromthecenterline,themorethedrawingwillgrow. Ifyouhaveamousewithamousewheelyouscrollyourmousewheeltowardsyoutoenlargethe part.

EnlargingaPortionofthePartImagewithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow
Toenlargeaspecifiedsectionofthedisplayedpart: 1. Placethemousepointeratacorneroftheselectionarea. 2. Holdbothleftandrightmousebuttonssimultaneously. 3. Move(drag)thearrowiconovertheportionoftheGraphicsDisplaywindowtobe selected.PCDMISwillbegindrawingabox. 4. Whentheboxcontainsthepropergeometry,releasebothmousebuttons.PCDMISwill zoominontheselectedarea. Note:Onceyoureachacertainpoint,theimagedoesn'tenlargeanyfurther.

RepositioningthePartImagewithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow
TochangethepositionofthepartimagewithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow: 1. Placethemousepointerovertheimageofthepart. 2. Holddowntherightmousebuttonanddragittoanewposition. 3. Releasethemousebutton.

2DRotateMode

Rotatingadrawingin2 TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ChangeScreen dimensionsonlychangestheMode|2DRotateoptionrotatesthepartintwodimensions.The display.Itdoesnotinany partcanberotatedafull360degreesoranyfractionthereof. waychangetheactualpart's originordatums. Thefollowingsectionsdescribethedifferentwaystorotatea drawingintwodimensions.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 297

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Rotate2DbyDragging
PCDMISredrawstheimageAdrawingcanberotatedintwodimensionsbydraggingthe dynamicallyasthemouseis drawingaroundtheimaginarycenteroftheGraphicsDisplay beingmoved. window. Torotatebydragging: 1. FromtheGraphicsModestoolbar,clickthe2DRotate Modeicon. 2. PositionthemousepointerintheGraphicsDisplaywindow (inanyareaotherthanatthecenter). 3. Holddowntherightmousebutton. 4. Movethepointerabouttheimaginarycenterofthedisplay window.PCDMISredrawstheimagedynamicallyasyou movethemouse. 5. Releasethemousebutton.PCDMISkeepsyourcurrent rotation.

Hint:Toquicklyrotateyourpartfromwithinanymode,pressALT+rightclickanddragthe mouse.NotethatthisdoesnotworkifyouhavetheRotatedialogboxfor3Drotationopen.

Rotate2DtoanElement(SquareuptheDrawing)
To"squareup"theparttothescreen,fromtheGraphicsModestoolbar,selectthe2DRotate Modeicon ,andthenclickonafeaturewiththerightmousebutton.(Donotholddownthe button.)PCDMISwillrotatethedrawingsothattheselectedfeatureisparalleltotheclosest screenaxis(verticalorhorizontal).

Rotate2DbyaFactor
Torotatebyaprecisefactor,similartothe"ScalingtheModelbyaFactor"topic,dothefollowing: 1. Selectthe2DRotateModeicon fromtheGraphicsModestoolbar. 2. PressSHIFTandthenrightclickintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.PCDMISwilldisplaya smalldialogbox.

3. Typetheangle(indegrees)intotheAngleofpartcoordinatesXbox. 4. ClickOK.PCDMISclosestheboxandperformsa2DrotateofthepartintheGraphics Displaywindow.

298 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

3DRotateMode

TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ChangeScreenMode|3DRotatemenuoption allowsyoutorotateapartdrawinginthreedimensions.Thepartcanberotatedupto45degrees perrotation.SelectingthisoptionopenstheRotatedialogbox.

Rotatedialogbox The"Rotate3DusingRotateDialogBox","Rotate3DbyDragging",and"Rotate3Dtoan Element"topicsbelowdescribethreedifferentwaystorotateadrawinginthreedimensions. Seethe"RotatingtheDrawing"topicforadditionalinformationonrotatingthedrawing.

Rotate3DbyDragging
Partrotationcanalsobeaccomplishedbydraggingthemouse.Todothis: 1. Accessthe3DRotatedialogbox. 2. Clickandholdtheright mousebutton. 3. Dragthemouse. Hint:ToquicklyrotateyourpartwithorwithouttheRotatedialogboxopen,pressCTRL+right clickanddragthemouse,orifyourmousehasacentermousewheelbutton,holdthemouse wheelbuttonanddragthemouse. DeterminingthePointofRotation Therearetwowaystodeterminethepointofrotation,dependingonwherethemouseiswhen youfirstclicktherightmousebutton.EitherthemouseisovertheGraphicsDisplaywindow backgroundoritisoverthepart. 1.) IfthemouseisovertheGraphicsDisplaybackground,thepartwillberotatedaboutthe part'sorigin. 2.) Ifthemouseisoverthepart,thepartwillberotatedaboutthepointonthepartdirectly belowthemousepointer.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 299

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Rotate3DusingRotateDialogBox
Torotatethedrawingusingthedialogbox: 1. Selecttheviewtobealtered(numberedas14optionbuttons). 2. DeterminetheamountofrotationbyselectingtheDegreeIncrement(1,5,10,or45) option. 3. Clickonthedesiredaxisbuttonstorotatethedrawing. 4. SelecttheClosebutton.PCDMISdisplaysthechangestotheCADimageinthe GraphicsDisplaywindow. ClickingtheResetbuttonwillsnaptherotationofthedrawingintheRotatedialogboxandinthe GraphicsDisplaywindowtotheclosestaxis. IfyouselecttheAnimatecheckbox,PCDMISdynamicallyredrawsthepartintheGraphics Displaywindowasitisrotatedinsidethedialogbox.Ifyouclearthischeckbox,andthenusea rotationbuttoninthedialogbox,therotationoftheactualpartonthescreendoesnottakeplace untilyoureleasetheclickedbutton.

Rotate3DtoanElement(SquareuptheDrawing)
To"squareup"theparttothescreen,fromtheGraphicsModestoolbar,selectthe3DRotate Modeicon,andthenclickonafeaturewiththerightmousebutton.(Donotholddownthebutton.) PCDMISwillrotatethedrawingsotheselectedfeaturewillbeparalleltotheclosestscreenaxis (vertical,horizontalorperpendiculartothescreen).

ProgramMode

TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ChangeScreenMode|Programmenuoption allowsyoutolearnandeditpartprogramsusingCADdatafromIGESfiles.Thiscapabilityis availableineithertheofflineoronlineversionsofPCDMIS. Forfurtherinformationonprogrammingusinggraphics,refertothe"WorkinginOfflineMode" appendix.

TextBoxMode

TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ChangeScreenMode|TextBoxmenuoption placesPCDMISintoamodethatletsyoumanipulatefeatureIDs,featurecontrolframes,scan points,aswellasquicklycreateandmodifyDimensionInfoandPointInfotextboxes. SamplePointInfoBox

300 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SampleDimensionInfoBox

Youcancreatethesetextboxesbyusingshortcutmenusthatappearwhenyourightclickorbox selectfeatureIDsorfeatures.Seethe"InsertingDimensionInfoBoxes"and"InsertingPointInfo Boxes"topicsinthe"InsertingReportCommands"chapter. Note:InsidetheGraphicsDisplaywindow,noticethatwhenyoumovethemouseovereithera feature,orafeature'sIDlabel,thatPCDMIShighlightsthefeatureontheCADdrawing.This helpsyouquicklyidentifythefeatureassociatedwithaparticularlabel. ThefollowingaretheshortcutmenusavailableinsideTextBoxMode: Ifyourightclickonthefeature,feature'sIDlabel,ortextbox,PCDMISdisplaysa shortcutmenuforthatfeature.See"FeatureShortcutMenu"inthe"UsingShortcutKeys andShortcutMenus"appendix. IfyourightclickonaDimensioninfoorPointInfobox,PCDMISdisplaysashortcut menuforthattextbox.See"FeatureShortcutMenu"inthe"UsingShortcutKeysand ShortcutMenus"appendix. Ifyouboxselectoneormorefeatures,PCDMISdisplaysashortcutmenu.See"Box SelectShortcutMenu"inthe"UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus"appendix. IfyourightclickonascanpointyoucanusetheMoveCursorTomenuitemtojumpto thatpoint.See"LocatingPointsinaScan"inthe"ScanningyourPart"chapter.

Note: Whenyourmouseisn'toverafeatureortextbox,PCDMISallowsyoutoperformthe normaltranslatemodeoperationsofzoomingandrotatingthepartwiththerightmousebutton. See"TranslateMode"foradditionalinformation. Tip:ForaquickwaytocreateaDIMINFOoraPOINTINFObox,simplydoubleclickonafeature orfeatureIDlabel.PCDMIScanbeinanymode.PCDMISautomaticallycreatesaninfobox basedoncurrentEditDimensionInfoorEditPointInfodialogboxsettings. Example:SupposeyoucreatedaDIMINFOboxforafeature.Doubleclickingonsubsequent featurelabelswillcreateadditionalDIMINFOboxesforthosefeaturesusingthesamesettings selectedthelasttimetheEditDimensionInfodialogboxwasused.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 301

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ChangingScreenColors

ScreenColordialogbox TheScreenColordialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ScreenColor)allowsyouto determinethecolorstodisplaywithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Theseincludethe backgroundcolor,agradientcolor,highlight,andmouseoverhighlightcolors,the3DGridcolor, andtheVisionmodule'sFieldofView(FOV)color.

ToChangeaColor:
Tochangethecolors: 1. AccesstheScreenColordialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ScreenColor). 2. ClickontheEditbuttonfortheBackground,Gradient,Highlight,MouseOver Highlight,3DGrid,orVisionFOV.TheColordialogboxwillappear. 3. Chooseanewcolorfortheoptionyouselected. 4. ClickOK.TheColordialogboxwillclosereturningyoutotheScreenColordialogbox. 5. ClicktheApplybuttontosavethechangesyouhavemadeandcontinueworkinginthe ScreenColordialogbox. 6. Whenfinished,clicktheOKbutton.

302 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Background

TheBackgroundareaallowsyoutochangethebackgroundscreencolor.Thiscolorisalsoused asthebackgroundcolorforanyFeatureControlFramesdisplayedintheGraphicsDisplay window.Followthedirectionsdiscussedin"ToChangeaColor"above. TheGradientsettingsarea,letsyoudefineasecondarybackgroundgradientcolor.Whenyou setthegradienttosomethingotherthanNoneinthelist,anadditionalEdit...buttonappears.You canclickthatbuttontodefineasecondarygradientcolor.Then,whensettingthescreen's background,PCDMISwillstartfromthesettinglocation(forexampletheBottom)anddisplaythe secondarygradientcolor,andthengraduallychangefromthatcolortotheprimarygradientcolor asitdrawsthecolorsnearstheotherendofthescreen. Forexample,aBottomgradientsettingmightlooklikethis:

GradientColorsExample TheavailableitemsintheGradientssettingslistare: NoneNosecondarygradient.Thescreen'sbackgroundwillbethesolidprimarycolor. BottomThesecondarygradientcolorstartsatthebottomofthescreenandgradually changestotheprimarycolorasitnearsthetop. RightThesecondarygradientcolorstartsattherightsideofthescreenandgradually changestotheprimarycolorasitnearstheleftside. BottomRightThesecondarygradientcolorstartsatthebottomrightsideofthescreen andgraduallychangestotheprimarycolorasitnearsthetopleftside. BottomLeftThesecondarygradientcolorstartsatthebottomleftsideofthescreen andgraduallychangestotheprimarycolorasitnearsthetoprightside.
EditingtheCADDisplay 303

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToprightThesecondarygradientcolorstartsatthetoprightsideofthescreenand graduallychangestotheprimarycolorasitnearsthebottomleftside. TopleftThesecondarygradientcolorstartsatthetopleftsideofthescreenand graduallychangestotheprimarycolorasitnearsthebottomrightside.

Highlight

TheHighlightareaallowsyoutochangethecolorusedforhighlightingwithintheGraphics DisplaywindowofPCDMIS.Followthedirectionsdiscussedin"ToChangeaColor"above.

MouseOverHighlight

TheMouseOverHighlightarealetschangethecolorthatPCDMISusesaswellasthemouse pointer'sshapewhenyouhighlightsurfacesorcurveswithyourmouseusingMouseOver Highlighting(MOHL).Followthedirectionsdiscussedin"ToChangeaColor"above. TheCursorarealetsyoudisplayeitheranArroworaCrossshapeforthemousepointerwhen inMOHLmode:

ArrowShapeMousePointer

CrossShapeMousePointer

See"HighlightingSurfacesandCurveswiththeMouse"forinformation.

3DGrid

The3DGridareaallowsyoutochangethecolorusedforthe3DgridintheGraphicsDisplay window.Followthedirectionsdiscussedin"ToChangeaColor"above.

304 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Formoreinformationonthe3DGrid,see"Addinga3DGrid".

VisionFOV

TheVisionFOVarealetsyouchangethecolorusedfortheFieldofView(FOV)whenusingthe PCDMISVisionmodule.Followthedirectionsdiscussedin"ToChangeaColor"above.Seethe PCDMISVisiondocumentationforinformationontheFOVandontheVisionmodule.

ScalingtheDrawing
YoucanscaletheCADdrawingtofitthesizeofyourselectedview(s)intheGraphicsDisplay window,oryoucanscalebyafactor.

ScalingtheModeltoFittheView
TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ScaleToFit menuoptionredisplaysthepart imagetofitentirelywithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Thisoptionishelpfulwheneverthe imagebecomestoolargeortoosmall.ToalterthepartimagesoallfeaturesandCADelements arevisible,simplyselecttheScaleToFitmenuoption.

ScalingtheModelbyaFactor

ScaleDrawingdialogbox TheScaleDrawingoption onlyfunctionswhenPC DMISisinTranslateMode. See"ChangingScreen Modes". Tousethisoption: TheScaleDrawingoptionisnotavailablefromthemenubar.The ScaleDrawingoptionletsyoualterthepart'simageinthe GraphicsDisplaywindow.ThisoptiondoesnotaltertheCADdata inanyway.

1. ClicktheTranslatemodeiconfromtheGraphicsModestoolbar. 2. PresstheSHIFTkeyandwhileholdingitdown,clicktherightmousebutton.TheScale Drawingdialogboxwillappear. 3. IndicatetheX,Y,Zpartcoordinatesthataretobedisplayedinthecenterofthescreen. 4. Typethedesiredscalingfactor.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 305

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Example:Toreducethesizeofthedrawingelementsby50%,type0.5.Todoublethesizeofthe drawingelements,type2.0.Ascalingfactorof1.0willnotaffectthesizeofthedrawing. YoucanalsoscalethegraphicalimagewithintheGraphicsDisplaywindowsimplybyright mouseclickingaboveorbelowanimaginaryhorizontallinethatsplitstheGraphicsDisplay window.

RotatingtheDrawing
SelectingtheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|RotatemenuoptionbringsuptheRotate dialogbox.

Rotatedialogbox Thisdialogallowsyoutorotateapartdrawinginthreedimensions.Eachviewofthepartcanbe rotatedupto45degreesperrotation.Youcanalsoactivatethisoptionbyselectingthe3D RotatemodeiconontheGraphicsModestoolbar. Torotatethedrawingusingthedialogbox: 1. Selecttheviewtobealtered(14). 2. Determinetheamountofrotationbyselectingthedegreeincrement(1,5,10,or45). 3. Clickonthedesiredaxisbuttontorotatethedrawingintheindicateddirection. ClickingtheResetbuttonwillsnaptherotationofthedrawingintheRotatedialogboxandinthe GraphicsDisplaywindowtotheclosestaxis. IfyouselecttheAnimatecheckbox,PCDMISdynamicallyredrawsthepartintheGraphics Displaywindowasitisrotated. Seethe"3DRotateMode"foradditionalinformationonrotating. Hint:ToquicklyrotateyourpartwithorwithouttheRotatedialogboxopen,pressCTRL+right clickanddragthemouse,orifyourmousehasacentermousewheelbutton,holdthemouse wheelbuttonanddragthemouse.Also,doubleclickingthemousewheelbuttonatanytimedoes thesamethingastheResetbuttonontheRotatedialogbox:itsnapstherotationtotheclosest axis.

306 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ChangingRotationandOtherMotionOptions
YoucanmodifyhowCADmodelsgetdisplayedduringrotationbyaccessingtheEdit|Graphics DisplayWindow|Rotate2D/3DOptionsmenuitem.ThisdisplaystheRotateOptionsdialog box. RotationOptionsicon YoucanalsoaccessthisdialogboxbyclickingtheRotation OptionsiconontheGraphicsModetoolbar.

RotateOptionsdialogbox Thisdialogboxcontrolswhetherornotcertainitemsgetdrawnandhowtheygetdrawninside theGraphicsDisplaywindowwhenyourotateyourpartmodelusingtherightmousebutton.The optionsonthisdialogboxcanhelpspeedupthedisplayofyourrotation. Important:IfyouareusingaSpaceBallorSpaceMousedevice,thisdialogboxbehavesjustlike thePan,Zoom,RotateOptionsdialogboxandonlyhasadifferentdialogboxtitle.SpaceBallor SpaceMousedevicesextendthefunctionalitydescribedforrotationtozoomingandpanningas well.Seethe"ConfiguringaSpaceBallorSpaceMouseDevice"topicinthe"GettingStarted:An Overview"chapter.Ifyouareusingastandardmouseforyourpointingdevice,thenthe GraphicsOptionsdialogboxonlyappliestorotation.

Disable2sidedlightingandbackfaceculling
Selectingthischeckboxdisablestwosidedlightingandusesbackfacecullingduringrotation. TheresultinglightingeffectswillroughlydisplayonlyhalfoftheCADelements.Seethe comparisonbelow.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 307

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

BeforeRotation

DuringRotationDisable2 sidedlightingandbackface culling

Disablematerials,textures,andtransparencies
Selectingthischeckboxdisablestherenderingofappliedmaterials,textures,andtransparencies duringrotation.Seethecomparisonbelow.

BeforeRotationwith Transparency

DuringRotationNo transparencies

Ignoretheseobjects
Selectingthischeckboxdisablesthedisplayofspecifiedobjects.Objectswillbeignoredduring rotationforthoseobjecttypesthatareselectedusingtheassociatedcheckboxes.Youcan choosetoignoreprobes,machines,changers,orfixtures.Theexamplebelowhidestheprobe duringrotation.

BeforeRotation

DuringRotationIgnore

308 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Probe

Percentageofremainingobjectstodraw
ThisareadrawsthespecifiedpercentageofCADentitiesmakinguptheremainingobjects displayedintheGraphicsDisplayWindow.Choicesaregivenfor100,50,20,and10percent.For example,ifyouselected10% PCDMISwoulddrawonly10%oftheCADentitiesthatmakeup theentiremodel.Theexamplebelowdisplaysonly10%oftheobjectsduringrotation.

BeforeRotation

DuringRotationDisplayonly 10%

HowtodrawobjectsAsDefined
Selectingthisoptiondrawsobjectsasoriginallydefinedduringrotation.

HowtodrawobjectsWireFrame
Selectingthisoptiondrawsobjectsaswireframesduringrotation.Seethecomparisonbelow.

BeforeRotation

DuringRotationDrawWire Frame

HowtodrawobjectsPoints
Selectingthisoptiondrawsobjectsaspoints.ThePointsoptiongivesarepresentationofthe objectsusingpoints.Seethecomparisonbelow.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 309

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

BeforeRotationwith Transparency

DuringRotationDrawPoints

ShowingandHidingGraphics
YoucanchoosetoshoworhidevariouskindsofgraphicalobjectsinsidetheGraphicsDisplay windowbyselectingtheEdit|GraphicsDisplaywindow|HideandShowGraphicsmenu option.ThisdisplaystheHideandshowgraphicsdialogbox. YoucanalsoaccessthisdialogboxbyselectingtheGraphics GraphicsCategoriesiconCategoriesiconfromtheGraphicsModestoolbar.

Hideandshowgraphics Thisdialogboxcontainscheckboxesthatdeterminewhetherornotthefollowingitemsget displayedintheGraphicsDisplaywindow: Cadmodels Probe Machine ToolChanger Fixture

YouwillfindthathidingsomeoftheseobjectsfromtimetotimemakesusingtheGraphics Displaywindoweveneasier. Checkboxesareunavailableformodelsorhardwaredefinitionsthathavenotyetbeeninserted.

310 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

WorkingwithAssembliesofParts
TheCADAssemblydialogboxcontainsalistofallimportedandmergedpartsorassemblies usedintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Youcanusethisdialogboxtovieworeditassembliesof parts.SelectingtheAssemblyiconorselectingEdit|GraphicsDisplayWidow|CAD AssemblydisplaystheCADAssemblydialogbox. TheAssemblyiconisavailablefromtheView|Toolbars|GraphicsModestoolbar.

CADAssemblydialogbox Thisdialogboxcontainsthefollowingoptions: PartPathway Thegrayboxatthetopofthedialogboxdisplaysthelocationonyourcomputerwhereaselected partresides. AssemblyTreeView Theleftsideofthedialogboxhasatreeviewoftheassemblystructure.Thistreeviewshows eachcomponentpartintheassembly. Whenyouselectacomponentintheassembly,PCDMIShighlightsitintheGraphicsDisplay window.Conversely,whenyouselectaCADobjectinthegraphicsview,PCDMISselectsits correspondingcomponentintheAssemblyTreeView.ThismakesiteasytoidentifywhichCAD objectsbelongtowhichassemblycomponent.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 311

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Selectingapartalsodisplayspathwayinformationtofindthatpartonyourcomputerinthegray boxabovethelist. Thetreeviewalsohasacheckboxnexttoeachcomponent.Youcanshoworhidethat componentintheGraphicsDisplaywindowbyselectingthischeckbox.Thisisreflected immediatelyinthegraphicswindow. SelectingorclearingthesecheckboxesperformsthesamefunctionalityasclickingtheShowor HidebuttonsintheVisibilityarea. ExpandDescendants TheExpandDescendantsbuttonexpandsanassemblytoshowalistofchildpartsmakingup theassembly. Visibilityarea TheVisibilityareaprovidesconvenientbuttonstochangethehiddenstateofassembly componentgroups.SelecttheHidebuttontohidetheselectedcomponent. HideSiblingsHidesallofthecomponentsexcepttheselectedcomponentatthesame levelontheassemblytree. ShowShowstheselectedcomponent. HideHidestheselectedcomponent. ShowSiblingsShowsallofthecomponentsexcepttheselectedcomponentatthe samelevelontheassemblytree. ShowAllShowallthecomponentsontheassemblytree.

Editingarea TheEditingareaprovidesbuttonsthatallowyoutomakesimplemodificationstotheassembly. DeleteDeletestheselectedcomponentfromtheassemblyandremovesitfromthe GraphicsDisplaywindow.

TransformDisplaytheCADTransformdialogbox.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutotransforma singlecomponentintheassembly.See"TransformingaCADModel"formoreinformation. CoordinateSystemDisplaystheCADCoordinateSystemdialogbox.Thisdialogboxletsyou createandmanagedifferentcoordinatesystems.See"WorkingwithCADCoordinateSystems" formoreinformation. Youcannotedittherootlevelcomponent(usuallythepartnameusedinyourpartprogram)or DCIcomponents.SelectingthesetypesofcomponentsdisablesthebuttonsintheEditingarea.

MakingCAD3DbyUsingtheCreateLevelsWindow
TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|Make3Dmenuoption(ortheMake3Dbuttonon theIgesFiledialogbox)allowsyoutomanipulatea2DCADdrawingthreedimensionally.This optioncanalsobeaccessedduringtheimportphaseofloadingaCADdrawing. AfterselectingtheMake3Dmenuoption,PCDMISdisplaystheCreateLevelswindow.This windowwillinitiallydisplay"CreateLevelsOLDFILE"initstitlebar.

312 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CreateLevelswindow Note:Anychangesmadetothedrawingaretemporary.WhenthemainPCDMISforWindows screenisreactivated,thealterationswillnolongerbevalid. UsingtheCreateLevelsOLDFILEwindowyouareabletocreatenewlevels,orviewsofthe variousgeometricalelementsthatmakeuptheCAD.Anychangesmadetothegraphicsare temporaryuntilyouselectFile|SaveandExit. Therearethreemenusassociatedwiththiswindowwhichareusedtocreatethevariouslevels: File.Thismenuletsyousaveyourchanges,cancelyourchanges,andswitchbetweentheOLD FILEandNEWFILEwindows.See"CreateLevelsFilemenu"foradescriptionoftheoptionsin theFilemenu. View.Thismenuprovidesvariousoptionstomanipulatetheviewsofthevariouslevels.See "CreateLevelsViewmenu"foradescriptionoftheoptionsintheViewmenu. Level.Thismenuallowsyoutocreate,select,orpositionyourlevels.See"CreateLevelsLevel menu"foradescriptionoftheoptionsintheLevelmenu.

ToMakeCAD3D
Useofthisprogramfeaturemayrequiresomeexperimentationtogainfamiliaritywiththe orientationoptionsdiscussedinthisprocedure. 1. Createapartprogram(see"CreatingNewPartPrograms"inthe"UsingBasicFile Options"chapter). 2. ImporttheCADmodelintothepartprogram(see"ImportingCADData"inthe"Using AdvancedFileOptions"chapter). 3. Reviewthecoordinatesystemofthemodel. 4. Createyouralignment(seethe"CreatingandUsingAlignments"chapter). 5. SelecttheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|Make3Dmenuoption.TheCreate Levelswindowappearswiththetext"OLDFILE"displayedonthetitlebar.Thewindow displaysyourimportedCADasawireframemodel.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 313

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

6. Holddowntheleftmousebuttonanddrawaboxaroundtheentiremodel.PCDMIS highlightstheselectedCADmodel. 7. SelectLevel|Create.PCDMISregeneratesthemodel. 8. SelectLevel|Position.ThePositionLeveldialogboxappearswiththenumber1inthe titlebar.Thisshowshowyouwillpositionthemodelforthefirstlevel. 9. SelectaviewfromwhichtoreorientthemodelfromtheOrientationarea.Theremaining dialogboxoptionsbecomeavailable. 10. Selectotheroptionsasdesired: Torotatethemodeltoyourselectedorientation,clickPosition. Tooffsetthemodel'sorientationbyaspecificvalueinthehorizontalorvertical direction,typetheoffsetdistanceintotheOffset(Horizontal)orOffset(Vertical) boxes. Tomovetheorientationtoaspecificelement,clicktheElement1optionand thenclickthedesiredCADelementinyourCreateLevelswindow.PCDMIS shiftstheorientationtothespecifiedelement.Ifyouwanttouseasecond element,dothesamewiththeElement2option. Tooffsettheorientationfromadefiningelement,selecttheElementoptioninthe OffsetDefiningElementareaandthentypeanoffsetdistanceintheOffsetbox.

11. Aftercompletingyourchanges,clickApply,andthenOK.ThePositionLevelsdialog boxclosesandPCDMISregeneratestheCreateLevelswindowwithyourchanges. 12. ReviewyourchangesbyusingoptionsfromtheView menu.SpecificallyView|Change allowsyoutoaccesstheViewSetupdialogboxtospecifytheviewfortheCreateLevels window. 13. SelectFile|SaveandExitifyouwanttokeeptheneworientation.Ifnot,selectCancel andExit.

CreateLevelsFilemenu
TheCreateLevels'File menuallowsyoutoaccesstheoriginalfilethatwasreadin"OLDFILE" andthenewlycreatedfile"NEWFILE".Italsoallowsyoutosaveanychangesbeforeexitingthis option. The"OLDFILE"alwayscontainstheunaltereddatafromtheoriginalfile. The"NEWFILE"fileallowsyoutoaccessthePositiondialogbox,situatingthelevel3 dimensionally.

Onlyoneofthefilewindowscanbeaccessedatatime.PCDMISallowsyoutoswitchbetween theopenedwindowsusingtheFile menu.PCDMISwillautomaticallyswitchtotheappropriate windowwhennecessaryforaspecificfunction(suchascreatinganewlevel). If,aftercreatingoreditingyourlevels,youwanttosaveyourchanges,besuretoselecttheSave andExitoption,PCDMISdoesnotautomaticallysaveyourchangestotheCADdisplayifyou justclosedownthewindow.

CreateLevelsViewmenu
TheCreateLevels'View menuallowsyoutotemporarilyalterthegraphicsdisplayedinthedialog box.Thisallowsyoutorotate,scale,orchangetheviewtoeasilyaccessthenecessaryCAD elements.

314 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

View|Change
TheChangemenuoptionletsyoucreatenewviewsfromaCADfile.Thisfunctionishelpful whena2DIGESfileisusedthatcontainsseveralviewsofapartinoneplaneandtheviews needtobeassociatedwiththeircorrectorientationintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

View|ScaletoFit
TheScaletoFit menuoptionredrawsthepartimagetofitentirelywithintheGraphicsDisplay window.Thisfunctionisusefulwhenevertheimagebecomestoolargeorsmall.

View|Rotate
TheRotatemenuoptiondisplaystheRotatedialogbox,allowingyoutorotatethepartimagein threedimensions.See"ScalingtheDrawing".

View|CADInfo
TheCadInfomenuoptiondisplaystheCADinformationdialogbox.Thisdialogallowsyouto viewinformationaboutaspecificCADGeometry.AnytimeasingleCADgeometryisselected, andtheCADinformationdialogboxisopen,theninformationaboutthespecifiedCADgeometry willbedisplayed.

CADInformationdialogbox Theselectedelementwillalsoflashonthescreen.Ataminimum,thetypeofthegeometrywillbe shown(circle,line,etc.).Also,iftheCADwasimportedwithPCDMISversion3.2orlater, informationabouttheCADfile(atthetimeofimport)willbedisplayed.Thisincludesthefullpath tofile,thetimethefilewaslastmodified,andthesize(inbytes)ofthefile.Ifavailable,the sequencenumberoftheelementintheIGES,XYZ,etc.filewillbedisplayed.Usually,therewill beinformationaboutthegeometrysuchasdiameter, vector,orlocation.Forcomplexelements suchastrimmedsurfaces,informationaboutothergeometries(basesurface,boundingcurves) willalsobedisplayed.SelectingtheViewbuttonwillcausethegeometrydescribedtoflashon thescreen.YoucanselectthisdialogboxbyusingtheCadInfo menuoption.

View|ScreenColor
TheScreenColormenuoptiondisplaystheScreenColordialogbox.LiketheScreenColorbox discussedin"ChangingScreenColors",thisallowsyoutoalterthecolorsthatwillbeviewedin theCreateLevelswindow.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 315

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CreateLevelsLevelmenu
TheCreateLevels'LevelmenuoptionallowsyoutoselectthedesiredCADelementsandcreate upto18differentlevels.Aseachleveliscreated,itwillbedisplayedatthebottomofthemenu list,allowingyoutoreselectit.(Seethe"Level1"headingbelow,locatedafter"Position".) ACADlevelconsistsofagroupofrelatedCADgeometriesthatareidentifiedbyalevelnumber. Levelsarepredefinedineitheran'IGES'or'XYZ'CADfile.Thelevelinformationinthesefilesis importedintoPCDMISwhenthesefilesare'imported'.Youcanthenselectwhichlevelsare displayedineach'view'usingtheViewSetupdialogbox.Giventhesizeandcomplexityofmany CADfiles,itwillbeagreatbenefittohavetheabilitytorestrictwhichportionsoftheCADmodel willbevisibleasvariousPCDMIStasksareperformed. ACADgeometrycanbelongtoonlyonelevel.Forexample,geometry'A'canbelongtolevel'x', ortolevel'y',butnottoboth.Thiswillnotrestrictyourviewingcapabilities,asmultiplelevelscan beviewedsimultaneously.

Level|New
TheNewmenuoptionallowsyoutocreateanewlevelonceexistinglevelsexist.(Itisnot necessarytousethisoptiontocreatethefirstlevelsincePCDMISautomaticallycreatesanew leveloncetheCreateLevelsOLDFILEwindowopens.)

ToCreateaNewLevel:
1. AccesstheCreateLevelswindow 2. SelecttheNew menuoption.IftheNewmenuoptionisalreadygrayedoutthenithas beenautomaticallyselecteduponopeningtheCreateLevelOLDFilewindow. 3. SelectthedesiredCADelements.(CADelementscanbeselectedinthesamemanner availableinPCDMIS.Theseinclude,mouseselectingandboxselecting.)OnceaCAD elementisselecteditwillbehighlightedinthecurrenthighlightcolor. 4. SelectLevel|Createfromthedropdownmenu. PCDMISwillcreatethenewlevelandautomaticallyswitchtotheCreateLevelsNEWFILE window,displayingtheselectedelements. YoucanalsocreatenewlevelsusingtheViewSetup dialogbox.See"SettingUptheScreen View"forinformationonthisdialogbox.

Level|Select
Thisoptionisonlyavailable TheSelectmenuoptionallowsyoutoselecttheCADelementsthat aftertheNEWmenuoption willbeviewedinthenewlevel.Selecteddatawillbedisplayedin hasbeenselected. thecurrenthighlightcolor.Elementscanonlybechosenwhenthe Selectmenuoptionischosen. Note:Verifythattheselecteddataisdisplayedexactlyasneeded.OncetheCreatemenuoption ischosen,theCADelementscannotbechanged.Tomodifyalevel(priortoselectingtheCreate menuoption),choosetheDeselectoption.Thiswillclearallhighlighteddata.

316 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Level|Deselect
Thisoptionisonlyavailable TheDeselectmenuoptionallowsyoutoclearanyCADelements aftertheNEWmenuoption thatwereselectedforviewing. hasbeenselected.

Level|Create
TheCreatemenuoptioncreatesanewlevelbasedontheselectedCADelements. OncetheCADelementsareselectedandthisoptionischosen,PCDMISwillmovetheselected elementsfromthe"OLDFile"tothe"NEWFile".Thescreenwillautomaticallyswitch,displaying the"NEWFile".Thewindowwillalsoshowanypreviouslevelsthathavebeencreated.The elementsselectedforthenewlevelwillbedrawninblack.Datafromthepreviouslevelswillbe displayedingray. Tocreateanotherlevel,selecttheNew menuoption(seeabove).The"OLDFile"will automaticallybedisplayed,andtheselectionprocesscanberepeated.

Level|Position

Positiondialogbox Oncealevelhasbeencreated,selectingthePositionmenuoptiondisplaysthePositionLevel dialogbox.Thisdialogallowsyoutopositiontheaxesandchangetheorientationofthatlevel.

ToRepositionaLevel:
1. SelectthelevelfromtheLevelmenu. 2. SelectLevel|Position. 3. Selectanorientationoption(top,bottom,right,etc.)fromtheOrientationareaofthe dialog. 4. ClickthePositioncommandbutton.TheViewfromOrientationdialogboxappears. Withthisyoucanpositionthelevelrelativetotheorientation

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 317

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

5. UsetheViewfromOrientationdialogboxtomovethelevelin3Dsoitwillbeinthe correctpositionrelativetotheotherlevels. 6. ClickOK. Levelscanberepositionedinanyorder,andasmanytimesasisnecessary.

Orientationarea
Onlyorientationsthatcorrespondtothesixsidesofacubearecurrentlysupported.Selectthe orientationthatcorrespondstothedesiredportionofthe2Ddata.Ifthe2Ddatarepresentsthe partasseenfromtherightsideofthepart,selectthe'RIGHT'orientation. Example:Ifthedatashowstheleftsideofacar,selectthe'LEFT'orientation.Itisnecessarythat thedatashowtheleftsideofthecarasitwouldbeseenstandingnexttothecar.Ifthecar appearsupsidedown,oronend,selectthePositionbuttonafterselectingtheorientation.

Positionbutton
ThePositionbuttondisplaystheViewfromOrientationdialogbox.

ViewfromOrientationdialogbox Thisoptionwillshowonlythe2Ddataforthecurrentlevel.Itwillalsodisplayaboxdepictingthe selectedorientation.UsetheRotateoptionbuttonsandMirrorcheckboxestochangethedata asrequired.Thisprocesscanbedoneatanytimeduringthepositioningprocedure.

OriginDefiningElement(s)area
Tomovethedatawithintheplane,an'origin'canbeselectedusingtheOriginDefinition Element(s)areaintheViewfromOrientationdialogbox.Thisisdoneeitherbyselectingone ormoregeometrieswithintheleveldata,byspecifyinganumericaloffset(s),orboth. Toselectageometry: 1. SelecttheElement1option.

318 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

2. SelectageometricalfeatureintheCreateLevelsNEWFILEwindow(for example,aline).IftheApplybuttonisthenpressed,oneoftheendpointsofthe linewillbecomethe'origin.' 3. Tomaketheotherendpointtheorigin,selectthePoint2checkbox. Tomaketheintersectionofthetwolinestheorigin: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SelecttheElement1option. SelectalineintheCreateLevelsNEWFILEwindow. Next,selecttheElement2option. SelectasecondlineintheCreateLevelsNEWFILEwindow. ClicktheApplybuttontomovetheleveldatatotheneworigin.(Anycombination oflines,arcs,circles,andpointscanbeusedtoselectanorigin.)

Numericaloffsetscanalsobeenteredtomovetheorigininthehorizontalandvertical directions(beingdefinedrelativetotheorientation).

OffsetDefiningElementarea
Onceanoriginisselected,itmaybenecessarytomovetheplaneinadirectionnormaltoitselfin ordertocorrectlypositionitrelativetotheotherlevels.Thiscanbedonebyselectingageometry inalevel. Example:AlineinaToporientationcanbeselected.TheRightorientationlevelswillthenbe movedsothatitisinthesameplaneasthelineintheToporientationlevel.Ideallytheline selectedshouldbeparalleltotheRightorientationlevel.

Scalebox
TheScaleboxallowsyoutoscalethepartimageintheGraphicsDisplaywindowtotheCAD drawing.ThisoptiondiffersfromtheScaletoFitandScaleDrawingoptionsinthattheCAD datainthepartprogramwillactuallyreflectthechanges.Typethedesiredscalingfactor. Toreducethesizeofthedrawingelementsby50%,type0.5intheScalebox. Todoublethesizeofthedrawingelements,type2.0. Toleavethedrawingunchanged,type1.0.(Ascalingfactorcanbeenteredforanylevel.)

To'apply'allofthechangesclicktheApplybutton.TheResetbuttonallowsyoutoundoallthe changesmadetothecurrentlevel.TheCancelbuttonwillundoanychangesmadesincethe PositionLeveldialogboxwasdisplayed. Note:Alloftheabovepositioningoperationscanbedoneinanyorder.Theycanberepeatedas oftenasnecessary.Inmostcases,thechangeswillnotbeshownuntiltheApplycommand buttonisselected.

AdditionalLevelManipulations
PCDMISallowsyoutoperformtheseadditionallevelmanipulationsusingtheViewSetupdialog box: Createanewlevel.See"CreatingLevels".

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 319

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Deleteanexistinglevel.See"DeletingLevels". Modifyanexistinglevel.See"ModifyingLevels". LeveladditionsandmodificationsrequiretheselectionofCAD.Youcanrestrictselectionto differenttypesofgeometryinthesamewayasselectionisrestrictedintheEditCADandDelete CADdialogs.Selectioncanalsoberestrictedtoanexistinglevelthatisselected. See"Displaying,Creating,andManipulatingLevels"inthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapterfor detailedinformationonhowlevelsareusedwiththeViewSetupdialogbox. YoucanalsocreatelevelsusingtheMakeCAD3Dmenuoption.See"MakingCAD3D".

ViewingCADInformation

CADInformationdisplaybox SelectingtheView|CadInfo menuoptiondisplaystheCADInformationdialogbox.Thisdialog boxletsyouobtainCADinformationsimplybyhighlightingthedesiredCADfeatureinthe GraphicsDisplaywindow.OncetheCADfeatureisselected,PCDMISwilldisplayanyavailable CADinformation. ClickingtheViewbuttonwillconfirmtheselectionofafeaturebyflashingthehighlighted graphicalimagewithintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

VerifyingCADInformation

320 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CADVerifydialogbox YoucanusetheView|CADVerifymenuitemtoverifythattheCADmodelisaccurate.PC DMISwilldisplayaCADVerifydialogboxthatallowsyoutoperformdifferentoperationsonthe CADmodelimportedintotheGraphicsDisplaywindow.YoucaneasilyresizetheCADVerify dialogboxtoalargersizeasneeded. Thedialogboxcontainsthefollowingareasanditems: Inputarea ThisareaspecifiestheXYZpointandtheIJKvectorusedtoverifytheCADmodel.Some operationsdonotrequirethevectorPCDMISdisablestheIJKVectorboxesinthosecases. Optionsarea ThisareadetermineswhatoperationPCDMISshouldperformontheCADmodel.Youcanalso specifyoptionsthatcontrolthebehavioroftheoperationsandtheresultingoutput. TheinputpointandvectorintheseoptionsrefertotheinformationenteredintotheInputarea. Item Point projection Raypierce Planecut Description ThisprojectstheinputpointontotheCADmodel.Aclosestdistance algorithmisusedtoprojectthepoint. ThisoptionpiercestheCADmodelusingaline.Theinputpointandvector definetheline. ThisoptionintersectstheCADmodelusingaplane.Theinputpoint definesapointontheplaneandthevectorspecifiestheplane'snormal vector.Forsurfaces,onlythesurfaceboundariesareintersectedwiththe plane. Thischeckboxdetermineswhetherornotsurfaceboundariesareused.If youselectthischeckboxandtheCADentityisasurface,onlythesurface boundarieswillbeused.Thisdoesnotaffectcurvegeometry. ThischeckboxdetermineswhetherornottogetresultsforalltheCAD

Boundaries

Allresults

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 321

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

entitiesinthemodel. Ifyoudon'tselectthischeckbox,onlythe"best"resultisdisplayed.The bestresultdependsontheoperationselected. ForPointprojection,thebestresultistheCADpointclosestto theinputpoint. ForRaypierce,thebestresultiseithertheintersectionpoint farthestalongtherayvectororclosesttotheinputpoint.Youcan specifywhichintersectionpointisdisplayed.See"FarthestAlong Vector"below. ForPlanecut,thebestresultistheintersectionpointclosestto theinputpoint.

Farthest Along Vector Closestto Point Resolution

Thisoptiondisplaystheintersectionpointfarthestalongtherayvector.

Thisoptiondisplaystheintersectionpointclosesttotheinputpoint. Thisboxcontrolstheprecisionoftheresult.Theresultwillbewithinthe resolutionvalue.Theminimumresolutionis0.0000001. Note:ForDirectCADInterfacemodels,theprecisionwillonlyaffectthe numberofdisplayeddecimalplaces.TheactualCADsystemcontrolsthe precisionoftheoperationsandcannotbemodifiedfromwithinPCDMIS. Thisboxdefinesatolerancevaluethatwilllimitthedisplaytoonlythose itemsthatfallwithinthespecifiedlimits. IfyouselectPointprojectionandAllresults,youcanspecifya Tolerancevalue.PCDMISthendisplaysallCADentitieswithin thetolerancedistance. IfyouselectRaypierceandAllresults,youcanspecifya Tolerance.Forcurvegeometryandsurfaceboundaries,PC DMISdisplaysanycurvewithinthetolerancedistanceoftheray vector.

Tolerance

Output Vector

Thisareacontrolsthedisplayedvectorforsurfaceboundariesandcurves. (Forsurfacepointswithinitsboundaries,thedisplayedvectorisalways thesurfacenormal.) Select Tangenttodisplaythecurvepoint'stangentvector. SelectNormaltodisplaythecurvepoint'snormalvector.For curves,thenormalvectoristheinverseofthesecondderivative vector.Forsurfaces,thenormalvectorissimplythesurface normal.

InputCadarea ThisarealetsyouchoosetheCADentitiesyouwanttested. Item Description

322 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EntireCAD Model

ThischeckboxdetermineswhetherPCDMISwilltesttheentireCAD modeloronlyselectedCADentities. Ifyouselectthischeckbox,PCDMISenablesothercheckboxes thatallowyoutodefinewhichentitytypestotestintheentireCAD Model:Points,Curves,Surfaces,orAll. Ifyouclearthischeckbox,onlyspecificCADentitieswillbe tested.See"Sequence/SourceSeq."below.

Points Curves Surfaces All Sequence/ Source Seq.

ThischeckboxtestsforallpointsontheentireCADmodel. ThischeckboxtestsforallcurvesontheentireCADmodel. ThischeckboxtestsforallsurfacesontheentireCADmodel. Thischeckboxtestsforallpoints,curves,andsurfacesontheentireCAD model. TheseboxesletyoudefineasingleCADentity.Youcanfillintheseboxes andthenclicktheSelectCADObjectbutton.PCDMISwillturntheitem redandcauseittoflashafewtimes. Alternately,youcantestmultipleCADentitiesbyselectingthemoneata timefromtheGraphicsDisplaywindow,orbyboxselectingagroupof entities.

Outputarea TheOutputareacontainstheresultsoftheverificationinatableformatwithpointsmakingup therows.PCDMISdisplaysallthepointsintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Selectedpointsfrom thislistarehighlightedintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.ToupdatetheinformationintheOutput area,selectanewoptionandpressTAB. ThistabledescribesthecolumnheadingsintheOutputarea: Column Point Vector Result Description ThiscolumnshowstheresultingCADpointfromtheinputpointandthe CAD. ThiscolumnshowstheresultingCADvectorfromtheinputpointandthe CAD. ThiscanbeeitherHitorMiss. ForPointprojection, HitmeansthattheprojectionpointwasontheinterioroftheCAD entity. Missmeansthattheprojectionpointwasontheextremitiesofthe CADentity.Forcurves,theextremitiesaretheendpoints.For surfaces,theextremitiesaretheboundaries.

ForRaypierce, HitmeansthattherayvectordirectlyintersectedtheCADentity. Missmeansthattherayvectorpassedcloseto,butdidnot

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 323

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

directlyintersect,theCADentity. ForPlanecut, HitmeansthattheplanedirectlyintersectedtheCADentity. Missmeansthattheplanepassedcloseto,butdidnotdirectly intersect,theCADentity.

Sequence Distance

ThiscolumnshowswhichCADentitythepointison.Thesequenceisa uniqueidentifierassignedtoeachCADentity. Thiscolumnshowsthedistancebetweentheinputpointandtheoutput point.

CopytoClipboard ThisbuttoncopiestheOutputarea'sresultstotheWindowsClipboard.Ifyouselectedspecific points,onlyinformationforthosepointsiscopied.Otherwise,theentireoutputiscopied.

UsingScreenCapturesoftheGraphicsDisplayWindow
PCDMISallowsyoutotakescreencapturesoftheGraphicsDisplaywindowandplacetheminto yourreportorsendthemtotheClipboard.

SendingScreenCapturestotheClipboard
TheimagewillremainontheTheOperation|GraphicsDisplaywindow|ScreenCaptureTo| clipboarduntilanother ClipboardmenuoptionwillcapturetheGraphicsDisplaywindow screeniscaptured,orthe andcopythescreencapturetotheclipboard. partprogramisclosed. Toviewanimagecapturedtotheclipboard,"paste"itintoany WindowsapplicationwherethePasteoptionisavailable(i.e.,Word forWindows).

SendingScreenCapturestotheReport
See"ScreenCaptures"inthe"UsingtheEditWindow"chapter.

SendingScreenCapturestoaFile
TheOperation|GraphicsDisplaywindow|ScreenCaptureTo|Filemenuoptionwillcapture theGraphicsDisplaywindowandallowyoutosavethescreencaptureasabitmapfiletoyour computer'ssystem.

EditingScreenCaptures
Byitself,PCDMISdoesnothavetheabilitytoeditorformatthecapturedfigure.However,you canuseanyimageeditorsoftwaretoeditorformatyourscreencaptures.Todothis,usethe Insert|Report|ExternalObjectcommandandinsertanobjectintotheEditwindow(suchasa bitmapfile).

324 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Then,insidethepaintordrawingprogramassociatedwiththatbitmapfile,pastethescreen captureyoujusttook.Youshouldbeabletousethedrawingorpaintingoptionsthatcomewith theexternalobject'sprogramtodoyourediting. ForinformationonusingtheExternalObjectcommand,seeInsertingExternalObjectsinthe AddingExternalElementschapter.

EditingCAD

EditCADdialogbox TheEditCADElementsdialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CADElements)allows youtoalterthecoloroftheimportedCADfile. Selectthedesiredfeaturestobechanged.Youcandothisbymovingthemousepointeroverthe desiredfeatureintheGraphicsDisplaywindowandclickingtheleftmousebutton. Toselectmultiplefeatures,boxselectthedesiredCADelements. Whenthemousebuttonis released,PCDMISwillhighlightthecurrentelementsthatwereselectedandindicatethenumber offeaturesintheNumberSelectedbox.Additionalelementsmaybechoseninthesame manner.TheDeselectbuttonwillclearthescreenofanyhighlightedelements. Oncethedesiredelementsareselected,clickontheColorbuttonandselecttheappropriate color.TheApplybuttonmustbepressedtoviewthecolorchangeintheGraphicsDisplay window. Note:Inorderforthisoptiontowork,youmustcreateCADlevels.See"SettingUptheScreen View"formoreinformation.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 325

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

FeatureTypes

ThisoptiontellsPCDMISwhattypeoffeature(s)toalter.Availabletypesinclude: Points Lines Circles Arcs Curves Surfaces

Note:Toselectsurfaces,selecttheSurfaceModeiconfirst.See"SwitchingBetweenCurveand SurfaceModes".

NumberofSelectedFeatures

TheNumberSelectedboxesdisplaythenumberoffeaturestobedeleted.Thenumbersinthese fieldschangedependingonthefeaturesselectedintheFeatureTypesareaofthedialog.

EditColor
TheColorcommandbuttonallowsyoutosetthecolorforaspecifiedCADelement.Todothis:

326 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1. SelecttheColorcommandbutton.PCDMISdisplaystheColordialogbox.

Colordialogbox

2. Selectthedesiredcolor. 3. ClicktheOKbutton.PCDMISupdatestheEditCADElementsdialogbox,displaying theselectedcolor.

ChangeName

TheChangeNamecheckboxallowsyoutochangethenameofaselectedCADelement.Todo this: 1. AccesstheEditCADElementsdialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CAD Elements). 2. Selecttheappropriatefeaturetypecheckbox.See"FeatureTypes". 3. ClickontheCADelement(s)insidetheGraphicsDisplaywindow.PCDMISwillhighlight yourselection. 4. SelecttheChangeNamecheckbox. TypethenewnamefortheselectedCADelement(s)intheNamebox.See"NameboxforCAD Elements". ClickApply.PCDMISchangesthename.Youcanverifythatthenamehaschangedbyusing theShowNamecheckbox(see"ShowName").

ChangeColor
TheChangeColorcheckboxdrawstheselectedCADdatainthecolorshownintheColorbox atthebottomofthedialogbox.TheApplybuttonmustbeselectedforthisprocesstotakeplace. Tochangethecurrentcolor,selecttheColorbutton.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingtheCADDisplay 327

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SetasPriority
YoucanselectandstoreasetofCADsurfacesforFindNomprocessingusingtheSetas Prioritycheckbox.ThisspeedsupthecalculationofnominalvaluesasitallowsPCDMISto determinewhichsurfacestocheckfirst.Thereisnotalimittothenumberofsurfacesthatcanbe selected.Theorderthatthesurfacesareselectedinwilldeterminetheorderofthesearch. WheneveryouopentheEditCADElementsdialogboxandselecttheSetasPrioritycheckbox, PCDMISwillautomaticallyselectthepreviouslystoredsetofsurfaces.

Tostoreanewsetofsurfaces:
1. OpentheEditCADElementsdialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CAD Elements). 2. SelecttheSetasPrioritycheckbox.Ifyou'vepreviouslydefinedasetofsurfaces,PC DMISwillselectthemintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. 3. WiththeSetasPrioritycheckboxselected,clicktheDeselectbuttonandthenclickthe Applybutton.ThisessentiallytellsPCDMIStoclearanystoredsurfaces. 4. DeselecttheSetasPrioritycheckbox. 5. Selectthenewsetofsurfacestostore. 6. SelecttheSetasPrioritycheckbox. 7. ClicktheApplybutton. 8. ClickOK.

ShowName

TheShowNamecheckboxallowsyoushoworhidethefeatureIDsassociatedwithanyCAD elementsselected. Ifselected,PCDMISwilldisplaythefeaturenames(ifprovidedbytheCADdesigner)or featuretypesofspecifiedfeatures. Ifnotselected,PCDMISwillhidethefeaturenames.

ToDisplayorHideSpecificFeatureNames:
1. AccesstheEditCADElementsdialogbox(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CAD Elements). 2. ClickonthedesiredfeatureintheCADdisplay(orboxselectanareaformultiple features).PCDMISwillhighlightselectedCADelementsontheCADmodel. 3. SelectorcleartheShowNamecheckbox 4. ClickOK.

Deselect

TheDeselectcommandbuttontellsPCDMIStoclearanychangesthatweremadewiththe ApplybuttonbeforetheOKbuttonwasclicked.

328 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

NameboxforCADElements

TheNameboxallowsyoutospecifyanamefortheselectedCADelement(s).Todothis,select theCADelement(s),typethenameinthisbox,andclickApply.

EditingCADVectors
TheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CADVectors...menuitemdisplaystheEditCAD Vectorsdialogbox.Thisdialogboxletsyouviewandmanipulatesurfacevectors.

EditCADVectorsdialogbox SurfacesSelected Withthedialogboxopen,clickonaCADsurfaceintheGraphicsDisplaywindowtoselector deselectthatsurface.Youcanalsodragaboxacrossaportionofyourparttoboxselectseveral surfacesatonce.PCDMIShighlightsanyselectedsurfaceandshowsthenumberofselected surfacesintheSurfacesSelectedbox. Deselect TheDeselectbuttonclearsallselectedCADsurfaces. ShowVectors IfyouselecttheShowVectorscheckbox,PCDMISwilldisplayagreenarrowoneachselected CADsurfacetorepresentitsvector. FlipSurfaceVectors TheFlipSurfaceVectorbuttonflipsyoursurfacevectors,causingthevectorarrowstopointin theoppositedirection.PCDMISthenclearstheselectedsurfaces,andtheywillappearwiththe flippedsurfacevectorthenexttimeyouselectthem. FixSurfaceVectors Somesurfaces,wheninitiallyselected,willhaveimpropervectors.Apropervectorwillpointaway fromthepart. TheFixSurfaceVectorsbuttonusesinternalmathematicalalgorithmstocorrectselected surfacevectors,automaticallycausingthevectorarrowstopointintheproperdirection.PCDMIS thenclearstheselectedsurfaces,andtheywillappearwiththecorrectedsurfacevectorthenext timeyouselectthem.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 329

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TofixthesurfacevectorsoftheentireCADmodel,followthesesteps: 1. DisplayyourCADmodelinSolidviewbyselectingtheToggleGraphic WindowinSolid iconfromtheGraphicViewtoolbar. 2. SelecttheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|Lighting,Materials... menuitem.TheLightingandMaterialsdialogboxappears. 3. SelecttheLightingtab. 4. CleartheTwosidedlightingcheckbox. 5. ClicktheOKbutton.Inthegraphicswindow,notice howsomeoftheCADsurfacesappeardark.Thisis avisualindicationthatthesurfacenormalforthat surfaceispointinginthewrongdirection. 6. SelectEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CAD Vectors.TheEditCADVectorsdialogboxappears. 7. BoxselecttheentireCADmodel. 8. ClicktheFixVectorsbutton.Ifthealgorithmcanfixallofthesurfacevectors,PCDMIS willchangethedarksurfacestothepart'susualcolor,signifyingthatthesurfacevectors nowpointintheproperdirectionoutsidethepart.Ifanyofthesurfacesremainwitha darkshade,youcanselectthosesurfacesandmanuallyfliptheirvectorsbyusingthe FlipSurfaceVectorsbutton. Close Thisbuttonclosesthedialogboxandclearsanyselectedvectors.

ApplyingLightingandMaterialstotheCADDisplay
SelectingtheCADLighting iconortheLighting,Materialsmenu CADLightingiconfrom optiondisplaystheLightingandmaterialsdialogbox. theView|Toolbars| GraphicsModestoolbar

330 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Lightingandmaterialsdialogbox TheLightingandmaterialsdialogboxgivesyouasetoftoolsthatallowyoutofurther manipulatethedisplayofCADmodelsincludingyourpartmodel,probemodel,machinemodel, andotherfixturemodelsinsidePCDMIS'sGraphicsDisplaywindow. Thisdialogboxcontainsthesetabs: Archive:ThistabletsyousaveandrecalltheseCADconfigurationsforlateruse. Lighting:Thistabletsyoudefineandenablelightsources,theircolors,theirdirections,light models,andCADtransparency. Material:ThistabletsyouapplytexturemappingtothesurfacesofyourCADmodels,you canalsochangethecolorsandbrightnessofthematerialsmakingupthetextures. ClipPlane:ThistabletsyoudefineuptofourClippingPlanesthathideyourpartmodelin theclippedarea.Youcanusethistocutyourpartmodeltoshowcrosssectionsand cutawayviews. Therearefourbuttonsatthebottomofthedialogbox: OKAcceptsyourchangesandclosesthedialogbox. CancelRejectsyourchangesandclosesthedialogbox. SaveSystemDefaultsSavesyourchangesasthenewdefaultlightingandmaterial settings.ThisoverwritesthedefaultsettingsthatcamewithPCDMIS.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingtheCADDisplay 331

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

RestoreSystemDefaultsThisbringsbacktheoriginallightingandmaterialsettingsthat camewithPCDMIS. Note:AnymodificationsyoumaketotheLightingandmaterialsdialogboxtakeplaceinreal timeintheGraphicsDisplaywindow. Thisletsyouimmediatelyseetheeffectsofyourselected changes.UntilyouclickOK,however,thechangesyoumakeareonlytemporary.

LightingTab
TheLightingtabconsistsofthreeareasthatallowyoutodefineyourlightsources,yourlight model,andtransparencies. LightSource: TheLightsourceareadefinesuptofourlightsources,eachspecifyingtheirrespectivelights directionandcolors.Youcancreateanewlightsourcebyselectingtheappropriatenumberand clickingtheEnabledcheckbox.

Withtheexceptionofthefirstlightsource,whichremainsalwaysenabled,theEnabledcheck boxletsyouturnthecurrentlightsourceonoroff. LightDirection: Onceyouenablealightsource,anactivelightdirectionbuttonbecomesselectedwithared outline.Thesebuttonsdefinethedirectionfromwhichthelightoriginates.

Thecenterlightdirectionbuttonactsasifthelightcomesfromthedirectionyouarelocatedasif shiningthroughyourcomputerscreenontotheCADpart.Theotherdirectionbuttonsdefinelight comingfromotherangles. LightColors:

332 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

YoucanchangetheAmbient,Diffuse,orSpecularlightforthecurrentlightsourcebysimply clickingonthecoloredrectanglebeneatheachtypeoflightandselectingthenewcolorfromthe Colordialogboxthatappears. Note:Beawarethatlightsource1haswhiteasthedefaultcolorforDiffuseandSpecular,while theotherthreelightsourcesuseblackasthedefaultcolor. Ambientilluminationislightthathasbeenscatteredsomuchbytheenvironmentthatits directionisimpossibletodetermineitseemstocomefromalldirections.Backlightina roomhasalargeambientcomponent,sincemostofthelightthatreachesyoureyehas bouncedoffmanysurfaces. Aspotlightoutdoorshasatinyambientcomponentmostof thelighttravelsisthesamedirection,andsinceyouareoutdoors,verylittleofthelight reachesyoureyeafterbouncingoffotherobjects.Whenambientlightstrikesasurface, itsscatteredequallyinalldirections. Diffuselightcomesfromonedirection,soit'sbrighterifitcomessquarelydownonasurface thanifitbarelyglancesoffthesurface.Onceithitsasurface,however,itsscattered equallyinalldirections,soitappearsequallybright,nomatterwheretheeyeis located.Anylightcomingfromaparticularpositionordirectionprobablyhasadiffuse component. Specularlightcomesfromaparticulardirection,andittendstobounceoffthesurfaceina preferreddirection.Alaserbeambouncingoffamirrorproducesalmost100percent specularreflection.Shinymetalorplastichasahighspecularcomponentandchalkor carpethasalmostnone.Youcanthinkofspecularlightas"shininess". Ifyoudisablealightsource,theLightdirectionandLightcolorsbuttonsbecomeunavailable forselection. LightModel:

TheLightModelareadefinesinformationappliedtotheentirescene,regardlessofthelight source. TwosidedlightingThischeckboxdetermineswhetherornotthefrontandbackfacesof surfacesshouldbelighted.YoushouldselectthischeckboxforimportedIGES filesand forsomeotherCADformatswhenthesurfacenormalsarenotcorrect.


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingtheCADDisplay 333

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

BackfacecullingThischeckboxdetermineswhetherornotPCDMISshouldcull,orhide, thebackfacesofsurfaces.YoushouldselectthischeckboxforIGESfiles,andsome otherCadformats,whenthesurfacenormalsarenotcorrect. AmbientThisboxdefinestheambientcolorappliedtotheentirescene.Clickontheboxto changecolors. Transparency:

Workingwithsimulatedprobesormachinesonyourscreencanbedifficultiftheyblockyoursight toyourpartmodel.TheTransparencyareareducesthisproblembyallowingyoutomake certainobjectstransparentinsidetheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Inthisway,youcanseeyour partmodelorotherCADobjectsevenifyourprobeormachineisintheway. YoucanmakethesedisplayobjectstransparentinsidetheGraphicsDisplaywindow: Partmodel Probe Machine

Onceyouhaveenabledtransparencyforasimulatedmachine,youcanthenselectfeaturesand otheritemsonyourpartbyclickingonyourpartmodelthroughthetransparentmachine. OnceyouselecttheEnabletransparencycheckbox,youcanselecttheotheritemsinthe Transparencyarea.Whenyouenabletransparencyforanobject,theothersettingsinthisarea controlhowthetransparencyistobeshown. ReadonlydepthbufferThischeckboxchangeshowthelightingandcolorinteractby makingthedepthbufferreadonly.Thiswillcausethegraphicsimagetochange,perhaps onlyinasmallunnoticeableway,butperhapsinamorenoticeableway.Itisuptoyouto determinewhetherornottheresultsproduceabetterlookingimage.Consultanexternal resourceonOpenGLforadditionalinformationonthedepthbuffer. BackfacecullingThischeckboxcausesPCDMIStonotdrawthebackfacesofsurfaces fortheselectedtransparentobject. %TransThissliderletsyoudeterminethepercentageoftransparencyfortheselected object.Movingtheslidertotheleftmakesthedisplayobjectmoreopaque,whilemoving theslidertotherightmakesitmoretransparent.

ArchiveTab
Thistabcontainstwoareas,theSystemdefinedsettingsareaandtheUserdefined configurationsarea.

334 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheSystemdefinedsettingsarealetsyouselectfromsystemdefinedlightingandmaterial settings.ThesearestoredinaconfigurationfilenamedLightingMaterials.datinthe directorywhereyouinstalledPCDMIS. TheUserdefinedconfigurationsarealetsyousaveandrecallyourowncustomlighting andmaterialsconfigurations.Thesearestoredin\Models\LightingMaterialssubdirectory underthedirectorywhereyouinstalledPCDMIS. Tosaveacustomdefinedconfiguration: 1. 2. 3. 4. MakeanychangesyouwantintheothertabsoftheLightingandmaterialsdialogbox. ClickintheSaveasbox.ASaveNowbuttonappears. Typeanameforyoursavedconfiguration. ClicktheSaveNowbutton.

Torecallauserdefinedconfiguration,selectthesavedconfigurationfromtheRecalllist.

MaterialTab
TheMaterialtabconsistsofsettingsthatwillbeappliedtoCADobjectsmakinguptheimported CADpartmodelortheentirepartmodelaltogether. Thefirstareaofthistabcontainstwooptionbuttonsthatallowyoutodeterminethe"active selection",eitherEntiremodelorCadobjects.

EntiremodelSelectingthisoptionappliesthesettingstotheentireCADmodel. CadobjectsSelectingthisoptionappliesthesettingstospecificselectedCADobjects makinguptheentiremodel. Texturemapping

TheTexturemappingareadefinesthetexturetobeappliedtotheactiveselection.PCDMIS automaticallyappliesthetextureimageasoftenasnecessarytocovertheentireactiveselection.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 335

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thecheckboxdisplaysthecurrentbitmapnameonceyouselectabitmapfiletouseforthe texture.ThischeckboxisalwaysselectedwhentheactiveselectionisaCadobject. Thelargegraysquareareaunderthecheckboxdisplaysthecurrenttexture. Toapplyatexturetoyourpart: 1. Selectclickthegraysquarearea.AstandardOpendialogboxappears. 2. UsetheOpendialogboxtonavigatetoandselectavalidbitmapfile.Itmusthavea th th widthandheightof2tosomepower.Forexample2tothe5 poweris32and2tothe4 poweris16.Soifyourbitmapis32X16pixels,itwouldbeavalidbitmap.Ifyouhad somethinglike32X20,however,PCDMISwoulddisplayanerrormessage. 3. PCDMISdisplaysapreviewoftheselectedtextureinsidethegraysquarearea. 4. ClickOpentoacceptthetexture. Toapplythecheckboxtotheactiveselection,clicktheEnablecheckboxasneeded. Theotheritemsinthe TextureMappingareadeterminehowPCDMISshouldapplythetexture andsurfacecolors: Decalpreventsanyofthesurfacescolorfrombeingemitted,soyouwillonlyseethe texturescolor. ModulateandBlenduseOpenGLalgorithmstodeterminethefinaldisplaycolors. ZoomcontrolsthezoomfactortobeappliedtothecurrenttextureValuesgreaterthan1.0 zoomintothetexture,repeatingthetexturelessoften.Valueslessthan1.0zoomoutof thetexture,repeatingthetexturemoreoften.Forexample,avalueof2.0willmakethe bitmaptwicethesize(repeathalfasoften),andavalueof0.5willmakethebitmaphalf thesize(repeattwiceasoften). ThebuttonsFlipT,FlipS,andSwapdeterminetheorientationofthetexture.Thetextureis atwodimensionalimage,theorientationisdescribedintermsofSandT.Atexturewith anarrowdrawnatopithelpsvisualizewhathappens: Theoriginaltexturelookslikethis,anarrowpointingtotherightwiththetophalfofthearrow redandthebottomhalfofthearrowgreen:

ClickingSwapontheoriginalswitchestheorientationsothatSbecomes TandTbecomesS. Thiscausesthearrowtopointupbuttoalsoflipthebottomandtopofthearrow:

(Swapexample)

336 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ClickingFlipSontheoriginalchangesthedirectionofS.Thiscausethearrowtopointthe left:

(FlipSexample) ClickingFlipTontheoriginalchangesthedirectionofT.Thiscausesthearrowtoflip, makingthetopofthebottomandtopswitchplaces.

(FlipTexample) Youcanclickthesebuttonsindifferentcombinationstogetavarietyoforientationsforyour texture. ClickApplytoseeanychangesyoumadetotextureorientationsorothermaterialcolors. Materialcolors

TheMaterialcolorsareadefinesthecolorinformationtobeappliedtotheentireCadModel. TheAmbient,Diffuse,andSpecularfunctionsimilarlytothosealreadyexplainedintheLight ColorsareaoftheLightingtab.See"LightingTab". EmissionMaterialsmayhaveanemissivecolor,whichsimulateslightoriginatingfroman object.IntheOpenGLlightingmodel,theemissivecolorofasurfaceaddsintensitytothe object,butisunaffectedbyanylightsources.Also,theemissivecolordoesnotintroduce anyadditionallightintotheoverallscene. BrightnessofhighlightThisslidercontrolstheintensityofthehighlightwhenlookingata curvedsurface.

ApplyingTexturestotheEntireCADModel
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SelecttheEntiremodeloption. Selectthegraysquarearea.AnOpendialogboxappears. Selectavalidbitmapfile. ClickOpen.Thetextureappearsinthedialogbox. ClickthecheckboxforthebitmapsintheTexturemappingarea.Thetexturecoversthe entireCADmodel.
EditingtheCADDisplay 337

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

6. Performadditionalcustomizationonthetextureasneededfromtheotheroptionsonthe dialogbox. 7. ClickOKtoacceptthefinishedtexture.

ApplyingTexturestoSelectedCADObjects
1. SelecttheCadobjectsoption.AnemptylistappearsalongwithaClearandaRemove button. 2. Selectthegraysquarearea.AnOpendialogboxappears. 3. Selectavalidbitmapfile. 4. ClickOpen.Thetextureappearsinthedialogbox. 5. ClickonsurfacesontheCADmodel.PCDMISwillapplythesurfacesyouclickedwith thecurrenttexture.ThepreviouslyemptylistnowshowstheindividualCADitemsthat havetexturesappliedtothem.

RemovingTexturesfromSelectedCADObjects
OnceyouapplyatexturetoaCADobject,thenumberrepresentingthatCADobjectappearsina list.

ToremovetexturesfromallselectedCADobjects,clicktheClearbutton. Toremovetextures fromindividualCADobjects,selecttheobjectsfromthelistandclick Remove.

338 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ClipPlanesTab

ClipPlanestab TheClipPlanestaballowsyoutodefineuptofourplanes,called"clippingplanes"thatyoucan usetohidethedisplayyourpartmodelononesideoftheplane.Yourpartmodelontheother sideoftheplaneremainsvisible.Theseplanesallowyoutocreatecrosssectionsofyourpart model. ClippingplaneswhenyouhavetheLightingandmaterialsdialogboxopen,appearinthe GraphicsDisplaywindowasaroundsawlikesymbol.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 339

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExampleofaclippingplanecreatingacrosssectionoftheHexagontestblock

DefiningaClippingPlane
Youonlyneedtwopiecesofinformationtodefineyourclippingplane:AnXYZlocationandan IJKvector.TheIJKvectorpointsinthedirectionofwhatwillremainvisible.

Therearetwowaystodefinethisinformation. YoucanclickonyourpartintheGraphicsDisplaywindowandPCDMISwilltakethe pointthatyouclickedastheclippingplane'slocation.Onceyouclickalocation,PCDMIS automaticallyenablesyourclippingplaneandsetsadefaultvector.Youcanthenmodify theIJKvectorasdesired. YoucanclicktheEnabledcheckboxandthenmanuallytypeintheXYZlocationandIJK vector.

340 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:Inversion4.0andlater,theXYZandIJKvaluesareintheactivepartalignmentcoordinate system,nottheCADcoordinatesystemaswasthecaseinearlierversions. TheFlipIJKbuttonflipsthevectorsothatitpointsintheoppositedirection. Onceyouhaveyourclippingplanemodifiedtowhereyouwantit,clicktheApplybuttontosee yourchanges.PCDMISwillhideallportionsofyourpartmodelpointingawayfromyourchosen clippingplanevector. DeselectingtheEnabledcheckboxdisablesthecurrentclippingplane.Disabledclippingplanes haveayellowcolorandtheabilitytoplaceandmoveyourclippingplaneisalsodisabled. Enabledclippingplanesredcolor. Youcandefinemultipleclippingplanesbyselectinganewclippingplaneoptionbuttonandthen followingtheaboveinstructions.

AdjustingaClippingPlane
Onceyouhavetheclippingplaneinserted,youcanadjustitby: ClickingtheFlipIJKpushbuttontoinverttheIJK.Thisisusefulwhensurfacevectors fromaCadselectionwereincorrect,arelativelycommonproblemwithIGESfiles. ManuallyeditingXYZlocationandIJKvectorinformationbytypinginnewvalues. UsingtheMoveclippingplanealongtheaboveIJK area.

TheMoveclippingplanealongtheaboveIJKareacontainstworowsofboxesandleftand rightarrowbuttons.Theboxesdefineincrementsthattheclippingplanewillmovealongthe definedvectorwhenyouclicktherightorleftarrowbuttonsforthatbox.

ThetoprowallowsyoutomovetheclippingplanealongtheIJKvectorinsmalladjustments. ThebottomrowallowsyoutoalsomovetheclippingplanealongtheIJKvector,inlarger increments.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 341

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SelectingFeaturesUsingtheGraphicsDisplayWindow
PCDMISrecognizesfeaturePCDMISallowsyoutoselectfeatures/elementsintheGraphics selectionbyhighlightingthe Displaywindow(i.e.,toprintout,createcoordinatesystems, indicatedfeatureinthe constructnewfeatures,calculatedimensions,etc.).Therearefive currentlychosenhighlight basicwaystoselectfeatures: color. 1. SelectingFeaturesUsingtheID(s) 2. SelectingFeaturesUsingMetaCharacterMatching 3. SelectingtheLastID(s) 4. BoxSelectingID(s) 5. SelectingFeaturesOnline

SelectingFeaturesusingtheID(s)
SelectthedesiredfeatureusingtheID.Thereareseveralalternativemethodsforselecting featuresinthefeaturelistbox,locatedinmanydialogboxes. 1. TypetheID(s)assignedtothefeature(s)intheSearchIDbox.

2. ClickonthedesiredIDfromthelistoffeatures.PCDMISwillautomatically assigneachfeatureanumberinorderofselectionthatwillbeindicatedtothe rightofthefeatureID.

3. WhileintheGraphicsDisplaywindow,movethecursoroverthefeaturedesired andclicktheleftmousebutton.(Notethatthefeatureyouselectedinthe GraphicsDisplaywindowisnowhighlighted(orselected)inthefeaturewindow.)

342 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SelectingFeaturesUsingMetaCharacterMatching
Youcanalsoselectfeaturesusingametacharacter.Metacharactersarecharactersthatactas wildcardsforotheralphanumericcharacters.TherearetwometacharactersavailableinPC DMIS.Theyarethe: 1. Asterisk(*) 2. Questionmark(?) Botharedescribedbelowingreaterdetail.

TheAsterisk(*)MetaCharacter

Theasteriskmetacharacter(*)willmatch,ortaketheplace,ofanycharacteror charactersinasearch.Forexample,imaginethesefeaturesareavailableinthefeaturelist:

PLN1 LINE1 LINE2 CIR1 CIR2

Asterisk(*)metacharacter Ifyouwanttoselectallthelinefeatures(LINE1andLINE2).Youwouldtype"L*"(without quotationmarks)intheSearchIDboxandthenpresstheTABkey.PCDMISwouldthenselect


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingtheCADDisplay 343

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

allfeaturesbeginningwith"L".Theasterisk(*)causesPCDMISonlytolookforcharacterseither beforeoraftertheasterisk(*).Sinceinthiscase,theasteriskcomesafterthe"L",PCDMIS ignoresanythingcomingafterthe"L"inthefeaturelist. Tousetheasterisk(*)metacharacterinyourfeatureselection: 1. PlaceyourcursorintheSearchIDbox. 2. Enteryoursearchcriteriausingtheasterisk(*). 3. PresstheTABkey. PCDMISselectsthefeaturesthatmeetthesearchcriteria. Note:Theasterisk(*)metacharactercanbeusedmultipletimesinanyonesearch.Itcanalso beusedinconjunctionwiththequestionmark(?)metacharacter.

TheQuestionMark(?)MetaCharacter

Thequestionmarkmetacharacter(?)actsinthesamewayastheasterisk(*),except thatthequestionmarkmetacharacterwillmatchonly1alphanumericcharacter.Forexample, supposeinyourlistoffeatures,youhavethefollowing:

PLN1 LINE1 LINE2 CIR1 CIR2

Questionmark(?)metacharacter Ifyouwantedtoselectallthecirclefeatures(CIR1andCIR2)usingthequestionmark(?)meta characteryouwouldenter"CIR?"inSearchIDbox.PCDMISwouldthenlookforallfeaturesthat metthesearchcriteria,whichisafeaturewithanID4characterslongwiththefirst3characters being"CIR". Tousethequestionmark(?)metacharacter: 1. PlaceyourcursorintheSearchIDbox. 2. Enteryoursearchcriteriausingthequestionmark(?). 3. PresstheTABkey. PCDMISselectsthefeaturesthatmeetthesearchcriteria.

344 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:Thequestionmark(?)metacharactercanbeusedmultipletimesinanyonesearch.Itcan alsobeusedinconjunctionwiththeasterisk(*)metacharacter.

SelectingtheLastID(s)
ThisinstructsPCDMIStousethelast'number'offeaturesinthecurrentoperation. Toselectthelastnumberoffeatures: 1. Fromthedialogbox,placeyourcursorintheSelectLast#box. 2. Enterthelastnumberoffeaturestobeused.Forexample,tocreatealinefromthelast fourfeatures measuredtype4inthebox.

SelectLastID

BoxSelectingID(s)
Anotherwaytoselectfeaturesistousetheleftmousebuttontodrawa"box"aroundthefeatures. Thisiscalled"boxselecting".Todothis: 1. Placethemousepointeratonecornerofwheretheboxistobedrawnandhold downtheleftmousebutton. 2. Next,dragthemousepointertotheoppositecornerofthe"box."PCDMISwill drawtheboxoutlineonthescreenasthemouseisdragged. 3. Whenthe"box"issatisfactory,releasetheleftmousebutton.PCDMISwill highlightalltheelementsintheboxandlisttheminthefeaturelistbox.

BoxSelectingCIR1andCIR2
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingtheCADDisplay 345

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thisoptionalsoallowsyoutomodifythecontentsoftheboxasindicatedinthelist.Toeitheradd ordeleteafeaturefromtheset,simplyclickonthefeaturetobechanged(eitherintheGraphics Displaywindow,orthedialogbox'slistoffeatures).

OverviewofBoxSelectingSheetMetalFeaturesIDs
PCDMIS'sabilitytoboxselectfeatureidentificationsnowallowsaunionofsheetmetalfeatures betweentwoselectedgroups.Thisfunctionalitymakestheselectionofmultiplethreedimensional objectsmucheasier.Additionally,ifanyCADobjectsareboxselectedandthenaCADobjectis chosenwithoutboxselection,thoseobjectsthatwereboxselectedbecomepermanentselections inadditiontothesingleselection. See"BoxSelectingforAutoFeatureIDs"inthe"CreatingAutoFeatures"chapterforspecific informationonusingthiscapability.

SelectingFeaturesOnLine
Intheonlinemode,usetheactivetipasapointer,andtriggertheprobewhenthetipiscloseto thefeatureneeded.

EditingaFeatureID

Tochangeafeature'sidentification,doubleclickonthedesiredfeatureIDinthefeaturelist.PC DMISwilldisplaytheEditIDdialogbox.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutorenametheselected feature'sID.

EditingDimensionColors
SelectingtheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|DimensionColormenuoptionbringsupthe EditDimensionColordialogbox.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutodefinecolorsandtolerance zonesforyourentiretoleranceband.

346 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EditDimensionColordialogbox DefiningDimensionColors 1. DefinetheNumberofToleranceZones. 2. SettheToleranceZoneMultiplierasneeded. 3. Ifdesired,selecttheShowColorsinTwoDirections checkboxtoextendyour colorrangetotheTolvalue. 4. Pickthecolorsforthetolerancezonesinoneoftwoways: Method1Selecteachtolerancezoneoneatatimefromthetolerance zonedropdownlist,andclicktheEditbuttontosetaspecificcolorfor eachzone. Method2Usethecolorwheeltoselectthestartandendtolerance zonecolors,andallowPCDMIStodefinecolorsfortheotherzones.

3. 4. 5.

ClickApplyColors. ModifytheoptionsfortheDimensionColorsbarasdesired. ClickOK.

DialogBoxDescription Item Tolerance ZoneMultiplier box Description Thisincreasesthenegativeandpositivetolerancebythepercentage specified.Ifitissetto200%,thentherangeoftolerancezoneswill become: 2.0*(Tol)through2.0*(+Tol) Thisprovidesyouwithgreatercontroloverthetolerancerangeforyour tolerancezone,allowingyourrangeofcolorstoextendintotheoutof tolerancezone,lettingyouvisuallyseehowmuchoutoftolerance
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingtheCADDisplay 347

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

somethingis. Thedefaultvalueis100%. Thisdeterminesthetolerancezonesforyourpartprogram.Tolerance zonesessentiallydivideyourentiretolerancebandintothesetolerance zones.Eachtolerancezonehasauniquecolorassociatedwithit. Thislistcontainsallthetolerancezones.Youcanselectaspecificzone fromthislisttomanipulateitscolorindetail. TheDimensionLimitsitemfromthislistisusedtocreateaborderat theabsolutepositiveornegativelimitofthefeaturetolerance.Thecolor usedforthiscorrespondstocolorusedtodrawthetoleranceband. Thisdetermineswhetherornotyourtolerancezonesdisplaythesame colorrangeintwodirections,oneheadingtowardsthePositiveOutof TolerancerangeandtheotherheadingtowardstheNegativeOutof Tolerancerange.Thiseffectivelyexpandsthelowerdimensioncolor rangetoTolinsteadofzero. YoucanthenusetheEditbuttontodefinethenegativedimension colorsandpositivedimensioncolorsseparately. Thisbuttonreturnsthecolorstothedefaultsetting. Thisbuttonletsyouoverridethepreviousdefaultcolorsettingswiththe currentvalues. ThisdisplaysaColordialogboxlettingyouchangethecolorassociated withthecurrentlyselectedtolerancezone. Thisprovidesyouwithaquickwaytodefinecolorsforallyourtolerance zones. Itletsyoupickthecolorsforthefirstandlasttolerancezones.Asmallx appearsonthecolorwheelforeachcolorselected: Theremainingtolerancezoneswillhavecolorsspacedevenlybetween thestartandendcolors.Thedirectionofthespacingdependsuponthe optionselected. Thissetstheendcolortohavethesamebrightnessasthestartcolor, andwillspacethecolorsinaclockwisedirection.

Numberof Tolerance Zonesbox Tolerance Zoneslist

Show Tolerancesin TwoDirections checkbox

Recallbutton Defaultbutton EditColor button ColorWheel

Clockwise option

Counter Clockwise option

Thissetstheendcolortohavethesamebrightnessasthestartcolor, butwillspacethecolorsinthecounterclockwisedirection.

StraightLine option ApplyColors button Visiblecheck box

Thisspacesthecolorsfromthestartcolortotheendcolor,regardless ofthebrightness,inastraightlinedirection. Thisappliesanycolorchangesyoumadewithoutclosingthedialogbox, allowingyoutoimmediatelytestyourcolorselection. ThischeckboxletsyoushoworhidetheDimensionColorsBaronce youclickOK. ForinformationontheDimensionColorsBar,see"Usingthe DimensionsColorsWindow"topicinthe"UsingOtherWindows,Editors,

348 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Default Tolerancebox DisplayActual Deviation option Display% Deviation option

andTools"chapter Thiseditboxletsyouchangethedefaulttolerancevalueforthe DimensionColorsBar. ThisdisplaystolerancesastheactualdeviationintheDimension ColorsBar. Thisdisplaystolerancesasapercentageofthedeviationinthe DimensionColorsBar.

EditingFeatures

EditFeatureAppearancedialogbox SelectingtheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|FeatureAppearancemenuoptionbringsup theEditFeatureAppearancedialogbox.Thisdialogboxallowsyoutoalterfeature identifications(termedfeatureIDs)withinapartprogram,featurecolors,andfeatureIDlabels. ThefollowingexampleshowsafeatureIDlabelandafeaturethathavebeenmodifiedusingthe EditFeatureAppearancedialogbox.Variouscolorsdemonstratethedifferentpartsofthelabel. RedtheFeatureColor.Bydefault,thecoloredbaratthetopoftheIDlabelalso changestomatchthecolorofthecircle. GrayBackgroundColor. GreentheLineColor.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 349

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AnenlargedscreenshotofanexamplefeatureIDlabel,andfeaturewithamodifiedappearance Apreviouslyassignedfeaturenamecanbeeditedsimplybydoubleclickingonthedesired featureinthelistbox.AnEditIDdialogboxwillappearallowingyoutokeyinanewidentification.

EditIDdialogbox FeatureIDscanalsobechangedintheEditwindow.SimplyhighlightthedesiredIDandtypeina newidentification. IntheEditwindowPCDMISdoesnottrackfeatureidentificationsandthereforewillnotwarnyou ifduplicateIDsareassigned.Itisadvisedthatcautionbeusedwhenmakingchangesifidentical IDsarenotdesired. Thisdialogboxcontainstwomainareas: TheFeaturesOptionsareaUsedtomodifythedisplayofthepart'sfeatures themselves. TheTextLabelsOptionsareaUsedtomodifythefeatureIDlabelsintheGraphics Displaywindow.

TochangethegraphicoptionsforfeaturesorfeatureIDlabels,selectthedesiredoptionsfrom thedialogbox,andthenclickApplyandthenOK.

350 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

FeaturesOptionsarea

TheFeaturesOptionsareaallowsyoutochangethecolorofselectedpartfeaturesandwhether ornotselectedfeaturesorfeatureIDlabelsaredisplayedintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Touse theitemsinthisarea,youmustfirstselectoneormoreitemsfromtheListofFeaturesandthen clicktheSelectedfromthelistoption.Thisenablestheotheritemsinthisarea. TheSearchIDandSelectLast#boxesarediscussedinthe"SearchID"and"SelectLast#" topicsinthe"NavigatingtheUserInterface"chapter. TheFeatureColoroptionallowsyoutosetthecolorforaspecifiedfeature'sidentification.This optionworksinthesamemannerastheEditColoroption(seetheEditCADdialogboxfoundin "EditingCAD"). ToChangetheColorofaFeature: Tochangethecolorofafeature: 1. 2. 3. 4. SelectthefeaturetobealteredfromtheListofFeatures. SelecttheFeatureColoroption.PCDMISwillautomaticallydisplaytheColordialogbox. Clickonthedesiredcolor,ordefineanewoneusingtheCustomColorbox. ClicktheOKbutton.PCDMISreturnstotheEditFeatureAppearancedialogbox.The newcolorwillbedisplayedintheFeatureColorbox. 5. ClicktheApplybuttonandPCDMISwillautomaticallychangethecolorofthefeature(s) intheGraphicsDisplaywindow.ThetopborderofthefeatureIDlabelalsochangesto matchthefeaturecolor. TheDisplayareacontainsON/OFFoptionsthatcontrolthedisplayoffeaturesintheGraphics Displaywindow.Thisoptionisusefulwhenyouwanttofocusononlyaportionofgeometrical featuresthepartcontainsatatime. ToDeterminetheDisplayofSelectedFeatures: Todeterminethedisplayofselectedfeatures: 1. Selectthefeature(s)youwanttoturnonoroff. 2. SelecteithertheONortheOFFoptionlocatedundertheDisplayareaofthedialogbox. 3. ClicktheApplybutton.PCDMISwilldisplayorconcealthefeatures.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 351

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

4. Ifthechangesmadearetoyoursatisfaction,clickthe OKbutton.PCDMISwillclosethe dialogboxandsavethechanges. TheLabelareacontainsON/OFFoptionsthatcontrolthedisplayoffeatureIDsintheGraphics Displaywindow.Thisoptionisusefulwhenaportionofthepartdrawingbecomesclutteredwith severalfeatureIDs.SpecificIDscanbeturnedoff,allowingotherIDstobemoreeasilyviewed. ToDeterminetheDisplayofSelectedFeatureIDLabels: TodeterminethedisplayofselectedfeatureIDlabels: 1. 2. 3. 4. Selectthefeaturelabel(s)thatyouwanttoturnonoroff. SelecteithertheONortheOFFoptionlocatedundertheLabelareaofthedialogbox. ClicktheApplybutton.PCDMISwilldisplay(orconceal)thefeaturelabels. Ifthechangesmadearetoyoursatisfaction,clickthe OKbutton.PCDMISwillclosethe dialogboxandsavethechanges.

TextLabelOptionsarea

TheTextLabelOptionsareaallowsyoutodetermineforallfeatureIDlabelsthebackground color,linecolor,andwhetherornotashadowappearsaroundtheborder.Tousethefeaturesin thisarea,youmustfirstselecttheAllfeaturestextlabelsoption.PCDMISautomaticallyselects allthefeaturesfromtheListofFeatures. BackgroundColorThisbuttondisplaysaColordialogboxfromwhichyoucanchoosethe backgroundcolorforthefeatureIDlabels. LineColorThisbuttondisplaysaColordialogboxfromwhichyoucanchooselinecolorforthe featureIDlabels.Changingthelinecolorchangestherightandbottombordercoloronthe featureIDlabel. ClickingtheDefaultbuttoncausesallfeatureIDlabelscreatedthereaftertousetheline,color, andshadowsettingsdisplayedwhenyouclickedDefault. Hint:Youcanalsochangetheseitemsbyrightclickingonafeature'sIDlabelandselectingthe appropriateitemfromtheresultingshortcutmenu.See"FeatureShortcutMenu"in"Using ShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus"

352 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ShowingandAnimatingPathLines
PCDMIShastheabilitytogeneratecoloredlinesontheCADmodelintheGraphicsDisplay windowthatshowthepathyourprobewilltakeonthepartwhiletheprobemeasuresmarked features.Theselinesarecalledpathlines.Pathlineswillhelpyoupreviewthepathyourprobe willtakeandtroubleshootpossiblecollisionareas. Toviewpathlines,selectView|PathLines.

Thisshowstheprobe'sroutedrawnonthepart'sgraphicalimage Note:Youcancontrolthesizeandcolorofyourpathlinesbychangingthevaluesofthese registryentriesusingthePCDMISSettingsEditor:DrawPathLinesRadiusInMMand PathLinesColorRGB.Seethe"ModifyingRegistryEntries"appendixforinformationon changingregistryentries.

AnimatingthePath
TheAnimatePathoptiononly TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|Animate simulatesthemovementofthe Pathmenuoptionanimatesthepathoftheprobeonthepart, probe.Itdoesnotexecutethe simulatingthemovementoftheprobe. partprogram. TomakeAnimatePathaccessible: 1. Markthedesiredfeatures. 2. SelectthePathLinesmenucommand.TheAnimate Pathoptionwillthenbeavailableforselection. 3. SelecttheAnimatePathmenucommand.PCDMISwill displaytheExecutionModeOptionswindowand automaticallybeginanimatingthepathwithasimulated probetip. AnimationcanbestoppedatanytimebypressingtheESCkey onthekeyboardortheStopcommandbuttonwithinthe ExecutionModewindow.(IftheStopcommandbuttonis selected,pressingtheENTERkeywillalsohaltanimation.) Tostepthroughthepartprogram,simplypresstheContinuebutton. Tostoptheanimation,presstheStopbutton.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 353

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PressingtheCancelbuttonwillclosetheExecutionModeOptionswindowwithout completingtheexecutionofthepartprogram. Clickingonthepathlineusingthearrowiconandleftmousebuttonwillmovethecursorto thecorrespondingcommandlineintheEditwindow.Thenextavailablefeatureinthe pathlinewillbeindicated.

RegeneratingthePath
Ifamoveisinsertedbeforea PH9wristchange,thelocation ofthewristchangewillnot moveuntilREGENERATE PATHischosen. TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|Regenerate Pathmenuoptionredrawsthepartprogrampathlines.PC DMISwillerasethecurrentpathlinesfromthescreenandre drawthem.Thisoptionisparticularlyusefulwhenchangeshave beenmadetoapartprogramandconfirmationisneededthat thepathlinestrulyrepresentthecurrentstateofthepart program.

Note:TheRegeneratePathoptionisonlyaccessibleafterfeatureshavebeenmarkedinthe EditwindowandtheShowPathLinesoptionhasbeenselected.

DetectingCollisions
TheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CollisionDetection menuoption(CD)displays theCollisionDetectiondialogbox.TheCDmoduleisdesignedtodetectcollisionsbetweenthe probeandCADsurfaces.AllCADcurves,lines,andpointsareignored.Asaresult,onlyCAD filesthatfullydescribethepartusingsurfacesaresuitableforcollisiondetection.(TheCD algorithmdoesn'tusetheactualsurfacedefinitions,butratherthesurfacetessellations(or graphicalapproximations),whicharealsousedforrenderingsolidviewsusingtheOpenGL graphicslanguage.)

ToEnableCollisionDetectionFunctionality:
1. Importapartmodelthathassurfacedata. 2. EnsurethattheGraphicsDisplaywindowshowsyourpartmodelinSurfacemode.Itwill notworkinWireframemode.See"ToConfigureaViewtobeinOpenglMode:". 3. SelecttheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|ShowPathLinesmenuoption.PC DMISwillperformthisoperationanddisplaytheprobe'spathlinesinsidetheGraphics Displaywindow.See"ShowingandAnimatingPathLines". 4. SelecttheOperation|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CollisionDetectionmenuoption. PCDMISwilldisplaytheCollisionDetectiondialogbox.See"CollisionDetectionDialog boxOptions".

ToConfigureaViewtobeinOpenglMode:
ToconfigureaviewtobeinOpenGLmode: 1. 2. 3. 4. ClicktheViewSetup icontobringuptheViewSetupdialogbox. SelecttheSolidscheckbox. PresstheApplybutton. PresstheOKbutton.

5. ClicktheSurfaceModeiconintheGraphicsModestoolbar.

354 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CollisionDetectionDialogboxOptions
CollisionsareshownintheCollisionDetectiondialogbox.

CollisionDetectiondialogbox YoucanselecttheStopOnCollisioncheckboxsothatprobeanimationcollision detectionwillstopifacollisionoccurs.

TheotheroptionsinthedialogfunctionlikethoseintheExecutionModeOptionsdialog box.(See"ExecutingPartPrograms"inthe"UsingAdvancedFileOptions"chapter) WhenPCDMIShasfinishedrunningCollisionDetection,thepathlineswillberedrawninthe GraphicsDisplaywindow.PCDMISwillindicatewherecollisionshaveoccurredinred. TheProbeDisplayArea TheprobewillbedisplayedintheProbeDisplayAreausingagreencolor.Ifacollisionoccurs, theportionoftheprobethatcollideswillbeshowninred.Thesamecolorschemeisusedtodraw theprobeonthescreen,aswellasintheCollisionDetectiondialogbox. Youcanenlargeorshrinkthedrawingoftheprobejustasyouwouldthepartonthe GraphicsDisplaywindowbyclickingtherightmousebuttonaboveorbelowanimaginary horizontalline. Youcan3DrotatethedrawingoftheprobebyholdingdownCTRLanddraggingthe mouseusingtherightmousebutton.

TheScaletoFitbuttonshrinksorenlargesthedrawingoftheprobesothatitfitsbackintothe CollisionDetectiondialogboxsProbeDisplayArea.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 355

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DeletingCAD

DeleteCaddialogbox TheEdit|Delete|CadElementsmenuoptiondisplaystheDeleteCADdialogbox. ThisdialogboxletsyoupermanentlyremovethenominalimagesoffeaturesfromtheGraphics Displaywindow.ThisfunctionisusefulinsimplifyinganimportedCADfilebeforebuildingan inspectionprogram.Forexample,aCADfilemaycontaintextorotherdescriptiveinformationthat hasnoimpactontheinspectionofthepart.TheDeleteCADdialogboxallowsyoutodeletethis extraneousdata.

FeatureTypes

TheFeatureTypesareaofthedialogcontainsvariouscheckboxestellingPCDMISwhattypeof feature(s)todelete.Theavailableselectionconsistsofthefollowing: Points Lines Circles Arcs

356 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Curves Surfaces

NumberofSelectedFeatures

ThisoptiondisplaysthenumberoffeaturesthatPCDMISwillalter.

NumberofDeletedFeatures

TheNumberDeletedboxesdisplaythenumberoffeaturesthathavebeendeleted.The numbersinthesefieldschangedependingonthefeaturesselectedintheFeatureTypesareaof thedialog.

DeleteCAD

TheDeletecommandbuttontellsPCDMIStodeleteanynominalfeaturesthathavebeen selected.

UndoDeletedCAD

TheUndocommandbuttontellsPCDMIStorestoreanynominalfeaturesthathavejustbeen deleted.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 357

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Deselect

TheDeselectcommandbuttontellsPCDMIStodeselectanyfeaturesthatwerepreviously highlighted.

DeletingFeatures
PCDMISallowsyoutodeleteexistingfeaturesinthreeways: YoucanselectfeaturesintheEditwindowandpresstheDELETEkeyonyourkeyboard. YoucanusetheDeleteFeaturesdialogbox.Discussedbelow. YoucanplaceyourcursorintheEditwindowandselecttheDelete[Feature]menu option.Discussedbelow.

DeletingusingtheDeleteFeaturesDialogBox

DeleteFeaturesdialogbox

SelectingtheEdit|Delete|FeaturesmenuoptionbringsuptheDeleteFeaturesdialogbox. Thisdialogletsyoupermanentlyremovethemeasuredorconstructedfeaturesfromthepart program.Thisoptionshouldbeusedwhenanumberofunnecessaryfeaturesneedtobe removed. TheDeleteFeaturesdialogboxallowsyoutokeyintheID#,clickonthefeature,orselectthe lastfeaturecreatedbyspecifyinganumber.PCDMISalsoofferstheabilitytorestoreanyfeature thathasjustbeendeleted.WhentheOKcommandbuttonispressed,theindicatedfeatureswill bedeleted. Note: WhenmeasuredfeaturesareremovedfromtheGraphicsDisplaywindow,PCDMISwill automaticallyremoveanydimensionsordatumsassociatedwiththemfromthepartprogram.

358 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DeleteFeatures

TheDeletecommandbuttondeletesanyfeaturesthatweremarkedfordeletion.Thisdeletionis notpermanentuntiltheOKbuttonispressed.

UndoDeletedFeatures

TheUndocommandbuttonallowsyoutorestoreallthedeletedfeaturesthatweredeletedusing theDeletebutton.ThisbuttonwillnotrestoredeletedfeaturesoncetheOKbuttonispressed.

ClearList

TheClearListcommandbuttonclearsthelistboxofanymarkedfeaturestobedeleted.

DeletingusingtheDelete[Feature]MenuOption
TheEdit|Delete|Delete[Feature]menuoptionalsoallowsyoutodeletethefeatureatthe cursor'slocationintheEditwindow.[Feature]indicatestheIDofthefeaturetobedeleted(i.e. DeletePNT1).Usually,whencreatingapartprogram,yourcursorwillbeattheendofyourpart program,thusselectingtheDelete[Feature]menuoptiondeletesthelastfeatureinyourpart program.

DeletingDimensions

DeleteDimensionsdialogbox

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 359

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheDeleteDimensionsdialogbox(Edit|Delete|Dimension)letsyoupermanentlyremove anydimensionsfromthepartprogram.Thisoptionshouldbeusedwhenanumberof unnecessarydimensionsneedtoberemoved. TheDeleteDimensionsdialogboxallowsyoutokeyintheID#,clickonthedimension,select allthedimensions,orselectthemostrecentlycreateddimensionsbytypinganumberinthe SelectLast#box.PCDMISalsoofferstheabilitytorestoreanydeleteddimensionbyclicking theUndobuttonbeforeyouclicktheOKbutton.WhenyouclicktheOKbutton,theindicated dimensionswillbedeletedpermanently.

DeleteDimensions

TheDeletecommandbuttonplacesatextfragmentof"del"afteranydimensionsthatisselected formthelistwhenyouclickDelete.Youcanselectallthedimensionsfromthelistbyclicking SelectAll.ThisdeletionisnotpermanentuntiltheOKbuttonispressed.

UndoDeletedDimensions

TheUndocommandbuttonallowsyoutorestoreallthedeleteddimensionsthataremarkedfor deletionusingtheDeletebutton.ThisbuttonwillnotrestoredeleteddimensionsoncetheOK buttonispressed.

ClearList

TheClearListcommandbuttonclearsthelistboxofanymarkeddimensionstobedeleted.

TransformingaCADModel
PCDMIS4.0andlaterletsyoutransform(translate,scaleandrotate)yourCADmodel,andif desired,keepacopyoftheoriginalunmodifiedCADmodel,aswellascreateanewcoordinate systemforthetransformedmodel. TotransformyourCADmodel,accesstheCADTransformdialogboxbyselectingOperation| GraphicsDisplayWindow|Transform.Oncethedialogboxappears,usetheitemsonthe dialogboxasneeded,andthenclickOKorApply.

360 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CADTransformdialogbox DialogBox Item KeepOriginal Createnew coordinate system Description Thischeckboxletsyoukeepacopyoftheoriginal,unmodifiedCAD model. Thischeckboxletsyoucreateanewcoordinatesystemfromthenewly translatedCADmodel.See"WorkingwithCADCoordinateSystems"for moreinformation. ThisareadefinestheXYZoffsetstotranslatethemodel. YoucaneithertypethespecificlocationtowhichyouwantPCDMISto movethecoordinatesystem,orifyoudon'tknowthecoordinates,you canusetheSelectbuttontoselectaspecificCADentitytowhichthe coordinatesystemwillmove.See"TransformingbySelecting"below. ThisareadefineshowtheCADmodelwillbescaled.Thiscanbeuseful forfixingmodelsthatarenotscaledcorrectlyduetoimproper measurementunitidentification.Forexample,ifthemodelissizedfor millimeterunitsbutyouknowtheyshouldbeinchunits,youwouldscale themodelby25.4. TheUniformcheckboxuniformlyscalesthemodel.Ifyouwanttoscale aselectedaxisofthemodel,cleartheUniformcheckbox.Leavethe valueas1foraxesthatyoudon'twantscaled,andchangetheaxisthat youwantscaled.Youcanalsoscaleaxesbynegativevalues.Thisis usefulifyouwanttomirroranaxis.Inthiscaseyouwouldenter1for thataxis.
EditingtheCADDisplay 361

Translate

Scale

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

InthissectionyoucanmirrortheCADviewofapart.Mirroringprovides thesamefunctionalitythatcouldbedoneusingScalewith1specified forthemirroringaxis. MirroringyourCADmodelisparticularlyusefulwhenmeasuring automotivepartsthathaveidenticalleftandrighthandpieces.IfCAD informationisavailablefortherightsideofapart,youcanmirrorthe appropriateaxisandcreateaCADviewoftheleftsideofthepart. Selecttheaxisyouwanttomirror.IfyouwanttokeepyouroldCAD datasothataftermirroringyou'llhaveCADdataforboththe symmetricalhalves,clicktheKeepOriginalcheckbox. OnceyouclickApplyorOKPCDMISwillmirrortheCADdrawingin thespecifiedaxisanddisplaytheimageintheGraphicsDisplay window. TheMirroroptiondoesnotcreateanewpartprograminthemirrored image.Ifyouwanttomirroryourpartprograminstead,seethe"Mirror" topicinthe"UsingBasicFileOptions"chapterandfollowthe instructionsavailable. ThisareacontrolshowtheCADmodelwillberotated.Typetheangle youwanttorotatethemodelbyintheAnglebox. Rotate YoucaneithertypethespecificlocationtowhichyouwantPCDMISto movethecoordinatesystem,orifyoudon'tknowthecoordinates,you canusetheSelectbuttontoselectaspecificCADentitytowhichthe coordinatesystemwillmove.See"TransformingbySelecting"below. ThisareadefinesthelineaboutwhichtheCADmodelwillberotated. Themodelwillrotateaboutthislinebythespecifiedangle.Thedirection ofrotationfollowstherighthandrule. RightHandRule:Ifyouextendthethumbonyourrighthandin thedirectionofthelinevector,andcurlyourotherfingersinto yourpalm,yourfingersindicatethedirectionofpositiveangle rotation. Youcanuseoneofthecoordinatesystemaxesasthelinetorotate aboutbyselectingtheappropriateX,Y,orZaxisoptionbutton. Ifyoudon'twanttorotateaboutoneofthecoordinatesystemaxes,you canrotateaboutanarbitrarylinebyselectingtheLineoptionbutton. ThisenablestheLineVectorandLinePointareas.Filltheseareasout todeterminethepointandvectorthatcomprisethearbitraryline. AsyoudetermineyourCADmodel'snewtransformation,thisarea automaticallygetsfilledoutwiththevaluestouseina3x3matrix.This 3x3matrixrotatestheCADmodel. Usually,youwon'tneedtofilloutanythinginthisareaasitisgenerally forinformationalpurposesonly.

Mirror

RotateAxis

RotateMatrix

362 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

FortheAdvancedUser: YoucanselecttheSpecifyRotateMatrixcheckboxtotypethevalues fortherotationmatrixmanually.Thecolumnsspecifytheaxesforthe rotation.Theserestrictionsapply: Eachaxisofthematrixmustbeorthogonaltotheothertwo axes.Thus,eachaxispairmustforma90degreeangle. Eachaxismustbeunitlength.Thatis,thelengthoftheaxis mustbeone.

Whenyouapplythetransformation,ifeitheroftheserestrictionsisnot met,amessageappearsindicatingtheproblem,andPCDMIS automaticallycorrectstherotationmatrix. TransformingbySelecting WhenyouclicktheSelectbuttonPCDMISdisplaystheSelectPointsdialogbox.

SelectPointsdialogbox Insteadoftypinganoffsetvalue,youcanusethisdialogboxtoselectanoffsetbysimplypicking aCADentityfromtheGraphicsDisplaywindow. DialogBox Item Selectpoint1 option Selectpoint2 option Selectline option ReversePoints button Description Thisoptiondefinesthetranslationlocation.Withthisoptionselected, clickonadesiredCADentity.Thisanchorsthepointtothatlocation. Thisoptionspecifiestheanglewithrespecttopoint1andtheaxisof rotation.Withthisoptionselected,clickonasecondCADentityonyour CADmodeltodefinetheangle. Insteadofselectingtwopointsforyourtranslation,thisoptionletsyou selectasingleline.PCDMISthensetsthevaluesofthePoint1and Point2areastomatchthestartandendpointoftheselectedline. ThisswitchestheXYZvaluesofPoint1withtheXYZvaluesofPoint2. TheseareasdefinetheXYZcenterpointoftheCADentityselectedwith theSelectpoint1andSelectpoint2options. Point1 and Point2areas ThecheckboxesintheseareasallowyoutoselectivelyupdatetheX, Y,orZvalueofthepoint,enablingyoutospecifypointswherethereis noactualgeometryforyoutoclickon.Forexample,forPoint1,
EditingtheCADDisplay 363

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

supposeyouwantedtheXandYvalueofonepointbuttheZvalueofa differentpoint.Todothis,youwouldcleartheZcheckboxandthen selectonepoint.ThenyouwouldcleartheX,Ycheckboxes,selectthe Zcheckbox,andthenselecttheotherpoint.

WorkingwithCADCoordinateSystems

CADCoordinateSystemdialogbox TheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CADCoordinateSystemmenuoptiondisplaystheCAD CoordinateSystemdialogbox.TheCADCoordinateSystemdialogboxletsyoucreateor selectnewcoordinatesystemsforyourCADmodel. TheCoordinateSystemlistontheleftsideofthedialogboxshowsallthecoordinatesystemsin theCADmodel.Thecoordinatesystemslistedfirstaretheglobalcoordinatesystems.Youwill alwaysseetheDefaultcoordinatesystemlisted. IftheCADmodelisanassemblyofcomponentparts,thenfollowingtheglobalcoordinate systemswillbelistedallthecoordinatesystemscontainedinthatassembly.Thesearelistedina treeviewstructure.Toexpandthetreeview,clickonaplussymbol(+).PCDMISdisplaysthe componentparts'assemblycoordinatesystems.YouwillalwaysseeaDefaultcoordinatesystem listedforeachpartcomponentintheassembly.Thiscoordinatesystemdefinesthepart'sdefault localcoordinatesystem. WhenyoufirstopentheCADCoordinateSystemdialogbox,PCDMIScheckstoseeifthe currentactivecoordinatesystemmatchesacoordinatesysteminthelist: Ifitfindsamatch,thenPCDMISselectsitfromthelist. Ifitdoesn'tmatchanyofthecoordinatesystems,thenPCDMISusestheDefault coordinatesystematthetopofthelist.ThiscanhappenifyoutransformedtheCAD withoutcreatingacoordinatesystem(seeCADTransformdialogsectionformore information).

ToSelectanduseCoordinateSystems

364 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Touseanexistingcoordinatesystem, 1. SelectthecoordinatesystemfromtheCoordinateSystemList.PCDMISshowsthat coordinatesystemintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Ifyouselectanassemblycomponent, PCDMISselectsthefirstcoordinatesysteminthatcomponentinstead. 2. ClickApplyorOK.Theselectedcoordinatesystembecomesthenewactivecoordinate systemandPCDMISredrawstheCADtoreflectitsnewposition. ToCreateaCoordinateSystem TocreateacoordinatesystematthecurrentCADmodel'sposition,clicktheCreatebutton.The CADmodel'spositioncanbechangedbyusingtheCADTransformdialogbox.Seethe "TransformingaCADModel"topicformoreinformationontransformingtheCADmodel. ToRenameaCoordinateSystem Torenameacoordinatesystem,selectthecoordinatesystemfromthelist,andclickthe Renamebutton.Thentypethenewname. YoucannotrenametheDefaultcoordinatesystems. ToDeleteaCoordinateSystem Todeleteacoordinatesystem,selectthecoordinatesystemfromthelist,andclickthe Deletebutton.PCDMISdeletestheselectedcoordinatesystem. YoucannotdeletetheDefaultcoordinatesystemorassemblycoordinatesystems. ToReplaceaCoordinateSystem ToreplaceoroverwriteanexistingCoordinateSystemwiththecurrentCADmodel'sposition, selectacoordinatesystemfromthelist,andclicktheReplacebutton. YoucannotreplacetheDefaultcoordinatesystemorassemblycoordinatesystems.

CheckingandFixingPointNominalDeviation

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 365

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PointNominalDeviationdialogbox TheEdit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|PointNominalDeviationmenuoptiondisplaysthe PointNominalDeviationdialogbox.Thisresizabledialogboxletsyoueasilycomparecertain pointmeasurementsagainstaCAD modelinordertocheckforchangesorupdatesmadetothe CADmodel.Essentially,youdefineatolerancevalue,andPCDMISwilllookatthenominalsfor anypointfeaturesinyourpartprogramandcomparethemagainsttheCADmodel.PCDMISwill listallpoints.Ifanypointsdeviatebeyondthedefinedtolerancevalue,PCDMISwilllistthose pointsinared/orangecolor,allowingyoutoadjustthemasneeded. ThePointNominalDeviationdialogboxcontainsthefollowingoptions: Item Deviation cutoffbox Angle deviation cutoffbox Find Nominals Tolerance box Search Priority Surfaces Only checkbox Move Checked Features Copy Checked to Clipboard Description Thisboxfilterswhichpointfeaturesaredisplayed.Thedistancebetweenapointfeature's theoreticalpositionandtheCADmodelnominalpositionisitsdeviation.Onlypointswhose deviationsaregreaterthanorequaltothedeviationcutoffwillbelisted. ThisboxcontrolsthenominalCADposition.TheCADsurfacenormalandthepointvectormust bewithinthisangle.Therangeforthisangleis090degrees. Thisdefinesthetolerancevaluethatwillbeallowedforeachpointfeature.Pointswithadeviation thatexceedsthistolerancevaluewillturnred. ThischeckboxdetermineswhetherornotPCDMISonlyusesprioritysurfaceswhensearching forasolution.YoucandefineprioritysurfacesusingtheSetasPrioritycheckboxintheEdit CADElementsdialogbox.Seethe"EditingCAD"topicformoreinformationonhowtodothis. Ifyouclearthischeckbox,andPCDMIScannotfindanacceptablevaluewithinthedefined prioritysurfaces,itwillthencheckalltheothersurfacesintheCADmodel. ThisbuttonupdatestheXYZandIJKvaluesofthosepointfeatureswhosecheckboxesyouhave selectedtomatchtheCADmodel'sXYZandIJKvalues. ThisbuttoncopiestheinformationforallselectedpointstotheWindowsClipboard.The informationinthecolumnswillbedelimitedbysemicolons,asshownhere:

Override

ExampleofPointsCopiedtoWindowsClipboard Sometimesthebestpointthatthealgorithmfindsisincorrect.Ifyouselectasinglefeature,the Overridebuttonbecomesavailableforselection.ClickingthisbuttonwilldisplayanOverride dialogbox.Thisdialogboxletsyouoverridethefoundpointwithadifferentpoint. Seethe"UsingtheOverrideDialogBox"topicbelow. ThiscolumndisplaysthenameoftheIDofthefeature.Thecolumnheadercontainsacheckbox. Selectingorclearingthischeckboxselectsorclearsthecheckboxesforallpointfeaturesinthe list. Thiscolumndisplaysthefeature'scurrenttheoreticalposition. Thiscolumndisplaysthefeature'scurrenttheoreticalvectors. Thiscolumndisplaysthefeature'snominalpositionifitweremovedontotheCAD.

Feature column Current XYZ Current IJK CADXYZ

366 EditingtheCADDisplay

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CADIJK Deviation Angle Dev

Thiscolumndisplaysthefeature'snominalvectorifitweremovedontotheCAD. Thiscolumndisplaysthedistancebetweenthefeature'scurrenttheoreticalpositionandits correspondingnominalCADposition. Thiscolumndisplaystheangledeviationbetweenthefeature'scurrenttheoreticalvectorandits correspondingnominalCADvector.

UsingtheOverrideDialogBox

TheOverridedialogboxappearsifyouselecttheOverridebuttonfromthePointNominals Deviationdialogbox. ItshowsalistofalltheCADnominalpointsthatcorrespondtotheselectedfeaturefromall surfaceswithintheFindNominalsTolerancesearchzone.PCDMISinitiallysortsthesepoints fromsmallesttolargestdeviation.UsuallythefirstpointlistedisthepointusedinthePoint NominalsDeviationdialogbox.Eachpointisgraphicallyrepresentedwithacrosshairinthe GraphicsDisplaywindow.Selectingapointinthelisthighlightsthatpointaswellasanycurveor surfaceonwhichthepointliesintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Onceyoufindthedesiredpoint, clicktheOverridebutton.TheOverridedialogboxclosesandthePointNominalsDeviation dialogboxreappears,showingtheupdatedpointvalue. UsePreviousSurfacecheckboxYoushouldusethischeckboxwhenoverridingseveral points.Forexample,ifyouknowthatpointsforseveralfeaturesshouldalllieonthesamesurface butthealgorithmincorrectlyputthepointsondifferentsurfaces,youwouldoverridethefirst featureasusual.Thenonthesecondandsubsequentoverrides,youcouldselecttheUse PreviousSurfacecheckbox.ThiswouldcausePCDMIStoonlyshowthepointsfoundonthe surfaceofthepreviousoverride. FindNominalsToleranceThisboxfunctionsthesameasthefieldofthesamenamefoundin thePointNominalDeviationdialogboxbutwithdifferentresults.PCDMISsearchestheCAD fornominalpointsthatcorrespondtotheselectedfeature.Itsearchesinasphericalzonearound thecurrenttheoreticalpositionoftheselectedfeature.Thisboxdefinesthesizeofthatspherical searchzone.ThevalueregulatestheamountofCADthatPCDMISevaluateswhilegenerating thispointoverridelist. TheotheritemsusedintheOverridedialogboxarealreadydiscussedinthePointNominals Deviationdialogboxabove.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingtheCADDisplay 367

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EditingaPartProgram
EditingaPartProgram:Introduction
PCDMIS'smainpurposesaretoallowyoutocreate,edit,andexecutepartprogramswithease. ThischapterdiscussesusingtheEdit menu(withothermenuoptions)toedityourpartprograms. WhiletheEdit menuworkswiththecommandsthatappearintheEditwindow,adiscussionof theEditwindowitselfisbeyondthescopeofthischapter.ForanindepthlookattheEditwindow see,the"UsingtheEditwindow"chapter. Thischaptercoversthesetopics: UsingStandardEditCommands EditingPatternsofFeatures FindingandReplacingText EditingDataFields JumpingtoSpecifiedLineNumbers JumpingtoandfromReferencedCommands OverridingGuessedFeatures OverridingFoundNominals MarkingCommandsforExecution CreatingandExecutingMarkedSets UsingBookmarks UsingBreakpoints ChangingFontsandColors EditingExternalObjects

UsingStandardEditCommands
PCDMIS,likemostWindowsapplications,allowsyoutousestandardeditcommandsinyour partprogram.Thefollowingstandardmenuoptionsareavailable: Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Delete SelectAll

Undo
TheEdit|UndomenuoptionremovesthelastchangeyoumadetotheEditwindow.Youcan continuetoselecttheUndooptiontoremovemultiplechangestotheEditwindow. Note:Beawarethatswitchingtoadifferentmode,completelyremovesallchangesfrom memory.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 369

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Redo
TheEdit|RedomenuoptionreversesthelastchangesthattookplacewhenyouusedtheUndo menuoption.LiketheUndooption,youcanusetheRedooptionmultipletimestoreplace multiplechanges. Note:Beawarethatswitchingtoadifferentmode,completelyremovesallchangesfrom memory.

Cut
TheEdit|Cutmenuoptionallowsyouto"cut"ormovetextfromoneareatoanotherusingthe clipboard. Tocuttext: 1. Highlighttheitem(s)tobemovedtoanotherarea. 2. SelecttheCutoption.ThetextwillberemovedfromtheEditwindowandstoredonthe clipboard. SelectthePastecommandtorestorethecuttext.(See"Paste".) Note: WhenselectingtheCutcommandanypreviousclipboardcontentswillbereplacedwiththe cutselection.

Copy
TheEdit|Copymenuoptionalsoallowsyoutocopyandmovetextfromoneareatoanother usingtheclipboard.TheonlydifferencebetweenthisoptionandtheCutoptionisthatthetextwill notberemovedfromtheEditwindowwhenitiscopied. Tocopytext: 1. Highlightthedesiredtext. 2. SelecttheCopycommand.Thetextwillremaininitscurrentlocationandwillbestored ontheclipboardaswell. SelectthePastecommandtorestorethecuttext.(See"Paste".) Note: WhenselectingtheCopycommandanypreviousclipboardcontentswillbereplacedwith thecopiedselection.

Paste
TheEdit|PastemenuoptionallowsyoutopastecopiedtextfromtheclipboardintotheEdit windowatthecursor'slocation.

Delete
TheEdit|Delete menuoptiondeletesthecurrentlyhighlightedselectionfromtheEditwindow. Thecontentsofthedeletedselectionarenotplacedontheclipboard.

370 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SelectAll
TheEdit|SelectAllmenuoptionallowsyoutoselectallthecontentsoftheEditwindowfor editingpurposes.

EditingPatternsofFeatures
Patternsoffeaturesareoftenencounteredinparts.PCDMISprovidesyouwithwaystocreate patternedfeatures.Considerthesemenuoptions: Pattern PastewithPattern

Pattern
TheEdit|PatternmenuoptionbringsupthePatternOffsetsdialogbox.

PatternOffsetsdialogbox ThisdialogallowsyoutodefinetheoffsetsthatwillbeusedwhenselectingtheEdit|PasteWith Patternoption. Tocreateapattern: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. AccessthePatternOffsetdialogbox. Typeanydesiredoffsetvalues. Selectanydesiredmirroroption. TypethenumberoftimestooffsetintheNumberofTimestoOffsetbox. PresstheOKcommandbutton. Optionally,presstheCancelbuttontoclosethedialogwithoutmakingchangestothe currentsettings.

X,Y,ZOffset
ThesefieldsallowyoutosettheX,Y,orZOffsetbetweenpatternoccurrences. TochangetheX,Y,orZOffset values: 1. SelectthedesiredX,Y,orZOffsetbox. 2. Typethedesiredchange.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 371

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PCDMISwilloffsetthenominalX,Y,andZdataofthepastedfeature(orsetoffeatures)by theseoffsetvalues.

AngleOffset
TheAngleOffsetboxallowsyoutosettheangularoffsetbetweenpatternoccurrences. Anangularoffsetmightbeusefulwhenmeasuringthetruepositionlocationofanumberofholes inaboltholepattern,wherethedatumwasaholeinthecenterofthepattern.PCDMISwill rotatetheoffsetaroundtheorigin. AngularoffsetscanbeusedinconjunctionwithX,Y,andZoffsetsandflips.Theorderof applyingtheseoffsetsisflips,rotations,andlastly,translations. Tochangetheangleoffset: 1. SelecttheAngleOffsetboxinthedialogbox. 2. Typethedesiredvalue.

NumberofTimestoOffset
ThisoptionletsyousetupthenumberoftimesPCDMISwilloffsetapattern.Tochangethe currentvalue,selectthisoptionandtypeanewvalue.Thedefaultvalueisone.

FlipX,Y,Z
TheFlipX,FlipY,orFlipZoptionsmirrorthepatternaroundtheX,Y,orZaxis,respectively. TheoriginalpatternisflippedabouttheX,Y,orZaxisbeforeanytranslationorrotation.

PastewithPattern
TheEdit|PasteWithPatternoptiontakesanyfeature(orgroupoffeatures)storedonthe clipboardandpastesittotheEditwindowatthecurrentcursorlocation.Whenyoudothis,new featuresarecreatedbasedonthosecopiedtotheclipboard.However,thenewlycreatedfeatures willhavethepreviouslydefinedpatternoffsetsappliedtothem.See"Pattern"formore information. Topastefeaturesusingapattern: 1. MakesuretheproperoffsetshavebeendefinedusingthePatternOffsetdialogbox (selectthePatternmenuoption). 2. Makesurethefeature(orsetoffeatures)youwanttooffsethasbeenhighlightedand copiedtotheclipboard. 3. Positionthecursoratthelocationinthepartprogramwherethenewfeaturesaretobe inserted. 4. SelecttheEdit|PasteWithPatternmenucommand. PCDMISwillpastethecontentsoftheclipboardasmanytimesasindicatedbythevalueinthe NumberofTimestoOffsetofthePatternOffsetdialogbox.Eachtimetheclipboardcontents arepasted,thenewlycreatedfeature(s)willbeoffsetwithrespecttothepreviouslyinserted feature(s)bythedefinedpatternoffsets.Theidentificationsforthenewfeatureswillbe

372 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

incrementedfromtheoriginalfeatureID.PCDMISwillalsodrawthenewlycreatedfeaturesin theGraphicsDisplaywindow.

FindingandReplacingText
YoucanfindandreplacetextinEditwindowfieldsbyusingstandardregularexpressions describedinthesemenuoptions: Find Replace

Find
TheEdit|Find menuoptionopenstheFinddialogboxwhichallowsyoutofindaspecified keywordwithintheEditwindow.

Finddialogbox

UsingWildcards
Tousewildcardstoperformpatternmatching,selectthePatternmatchcheckbox. Thisoptionalsoallowsyoutofindtextmatchingavarietyofdifferentsearchcriteria.Considerthe followingtable: TextToFind WildcardtoUse Anyonecharacter . Characterset [] SomeExamples D.Mmatches"DIM" or"D4M". D[MI]Sfinds"DIS" and"DMS"butnot "DMIS"or"DUS". LINE[26]finds "LINE2"and"LINE3" butnot"LINE1"or "LINE7".Ranges mustbein ascendingorder. POINT[^32]finds "POINT1", "POINT5",and "POINT12",butnot "POINT3", "POINT2",
EditingaPartProgram 373

Anyonecharacterin[] arange

Anyonecharacter [^] exceptcharacter(s) insidebrackets

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Anyonecharacter [^xz] exceptrangeof charactersinside brackets Charactersetsthat [] includethe"" charactershould havethe""asthe firstorlastcharacter oftherange.Ifthe rangeexcludesthe ""thenthe"" shouldbethe secondcharacter. 0ormoreinstances * ofthepreceding character,unless thefollowing: "*"startsastring "*"followsa"^"that startsastring "*"startsa parenthesizedsub expression Linebeginningwith ^ aspecifiedphrase orcharacter.The"^" isspecialonlyatthe beginningofa string. Lineendingwitha $ specifiedphraseor character.The"$"is specialonlyatthe endofastring. Parenthesesinthe ()and\ FindWhatboxstore whatiswithinthem toberecalledlaterin theReplaceWith box. IntheReplaceWith boxabackslash"\" character,followed byanumberwould bringthatdefined

"POINT21",or "POINT30". LINE[^25]finds "LINE6"and "LINEH",butnot "LINE3" LINE[09]matches "LINE4"and"LINE". LINE[^09]matches "LINEH"butnot "LINE".

lo*pmatches"lp" and"looooop". ^*matchesa"*"ifit startsaline.

^CIRCLEfindsall linesthatbeginwith theword"CIRCLE". Notethatindented linesinPCDMIS's Editwindowbegin withspaces. ENDMEAS/$finds linesendingin "ENDMEAS/"butnot "MEAS/" FindWhat: BO(BB)Y(RAY) ReplaceWith: DO\1YP\2 WouldGive: DOBBYPRAY \1usesthefirstsetof charactersoffsetby parentheses,\2the

374 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

patternintothe replacetext.

secondsetandso on.

Note:Forpatternmatches,younolongerneedtoprecedeparentheseswithabackslash(\) characterasyouhadtodoinsomeearlierversionsofPCDMIS.

UsingPredefinedCharacterSets
Tomatchapredefinedcharacterset,selectthePatternmatchcheckbox.Youcanthensearch thetextbyusingthesespecialpredefinedcharactersets: CharacterCharactersinset set [[:alnum:]] ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789 [[:alpha:]] ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz [[:blank:]] (Thespacecharacterandthetabcharacter) [[:digit:]] 0123456789 [[:graph:]] ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789!"#$%&'()*+, ./:<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ [[:lower:]] Abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz [[:print:]] ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 0123456789!"#$%&'()*+,./:<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ [[:punct:]] !"#$%&'()*+,./:<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ [[:upper:]] ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ [[:xdigit:]] 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef

Example:Tosearchforastringwhichconsistsofaletter,followedbysomelettersornumbers, followedbythatsamefirstletter,youwoulduseabackreference,asshownhere: ([[:alpha:]])[[:alnum:]]\{1,\}\1.

Tosearchforaspecificwordorphrase:
1. 2. 3. 4. SelectEdit|Find fromthemenubar. Typeinakeywordorphrasetosearch. Indicatethesearchpath(upordown). SelecttheMatchwholewordonlycheckboxifyouwantPCDMIStomatchtheentire word.Forexample,ifyoutype"CIR",PCDMISwillfind"CIR"butnot"CIRCLE". 5. SelecttheMatchCasecheckboxifyouwantPCDMIStosearchbasedonupperor lowercase. 6. PresstheFindbutton(orpressENTER).

Replace
TheEdit|ReplaceoptionworksmuchthesamewayastheFindoption(see"Find").Oncethe textisfound,however,youcanreplacethattextbyusingtheReplacedialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 375

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Replacedialogbox Inversionspriorto3.6,youcouldonlysearchandreplacewithineditablefieldsintheeditwindow. Forexampleyoucouldn'treplace SHOWHITS=NO with SHOWHITS=YES becauseSHOWHITS=wasaconstantfield.Onlytheeditableportionofthecommand(theNOto theYES)couldbereplaced. WithPCDMISversion3.6andabove,however,youcannowsearchandreplacewithany matchingstringaslongasthelastpartofthestringcorrespondstoaneditablefield,andaslong asitistheonlyeditablefieldinthestringthatwillbechanging. AFindandReplaceExampleThatWorks: =AUTO/CIRCLE,SHOWALLPARAMS=NO replacedwith =AUTO/CIRCLE,SHOWALLPARAMS=YES Noticethattheendofthestringcorrespondstoaneditablefield.Onlythelasteditablefieldcan bechangedfromthesearchstring. AFindandReplaceExampleThatWillNOTWork: Youcannot,forexample,replacetwoeditablefieldsinonereplacelikethis: =AUTO/CIRCLE,SHOWALLPARAMS=NO cannotbereplacedwith =AUTO/LINE,SHOWALLPARAMS=YES becausebothCIRCLEtoLINEisoneeditablefieldandNOtoYESisanothereditablefield.

376 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Neithercanyoudosomethinglikethis: =AUTO/CIRCLE,SHOWALLPARAMS cannotbereplacedwith =AUTO/CIRCLE,MYSHOWALL becausethepartyouwantreplacedisaconstantfield.

Findwhat
ThisboxallowsyoutoenterthetextforwhichPCDMISwillsearch.Youcanuseanyofthe variouswildcardsandsearchpatternsdiscussedinthe"Find"section.See"Find".

Replacewith
Thisboxallowsyoutoindicatewhattextwillreplacethefoundtext.

Matchwholewordonly
Ifyouselectthischeckbox,PCDMISwillonlylookforanentirewordcontainingthattext.For example,ifyoutypein"CIR"intheFindwhatbox,andselectthischeckbox,PCDMISfinds only"CIR".Itwillnotfind"CIRCLE"or"CIRCULAR".

Matchcase
ThischeckboxtellsPCDMIStosearchfortextmatchingthecase(upperorlower)usedinthe Findwhatbox.Forexample,ifyoutyped"Point"intheFindwhatboxandselectedtheMatch casecheckbox,PCDMISwouldfind"Point"and"Points",butnot"POINT".

Patternmatching
ThischeckboxtellsPCDMIStolookforspecifiedpatterns.Youshouldselectthischeckbox whensearchingforpatternmatchesusingwildcardsorotherspecialcharactermatching.

FindNextbutton
TheFindNextbuttontellsPCDMIStofindthenextinstanceofthetextforwhichyou're searching.

Replacebutton
TheReplacebuttonreplacesthefoundtextwiththetextstringintheReplacewithbox.This allowsyoutoreplaceinstancesoffoundtextoneatatime.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 377

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ReplaceAllbutton
TheReplaceallbuttontellsPCDMIStoinstantlyfindalloccurrencesoftextintheFindwhat boxandreplacesthemwiththetextintheReplacewithbox.

EditingDataFields

EditDataFieldwizard TheEditDataFieldwizardisanexternalprogramthat workswithPCDMIStoletyouchange datainsidespecifieddatafieldsofcertaincommandtypesinsidetheEditwindow.Toaccessthis wizard,selecttheDataFieldEdit iconfromtheWizardstoolbar. ThiswizarddiffersfromtheReplacedialogbox.Itallowsyoutochangedataitemsgloballyinside anymodeoftheEditwindow,whereastheReplacedialogboxonlyworksinsideofCommand mode.Additionally,thiswillallowyoutoreplacecertainvaluesthatyoucannotchangeusingthe Replacedialogbox. TheEditDataFielddialogboxcontainstheseitems: ChooseCommandTypeThislistdisplaystheavailablecommandtypes. ChooseDataTypeThislistdisplaysthedatatypesfortheselectedcommandtype.Ifyou wanttoseealldatatypesinthislist,selectAllCommandTypes,fromtheChoose CommandTypelist.

378 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TypeIndexThisboxletsyouspecifyanexactfieldyouwanttochangebyitsnumerical index.Youwillfindthisusefulwhenyouhavemorethanonefieldofthesamedatatype andyouwanttochangeonlyoneofthefields.Typinganindexvalueletsyoudetermine whichonetochange.Forexample,theCLEARP commandhastwodistancefields,one fortheclearancedistanceandoneforthepassdistance.Typinganindexof1would targettheclearancedistancewhileavalueof2wouldtargetthepassdistance. ChangeFromThisareacontainstheUsecheckboxandaboxthatholdsavalue.This checkboxletsyouspecifyavalueyouwanttochangefrom.ThismeansthatPCDMIS willonlytargetthosefieldsthathavethegivenvalue. ChangeToThisboxletsyoudeterminethenewvalueforthedatafieldyouwanttoupdate. VerifyEachChangeIfyouselectthischeckbox,PCDMISwilldisplayamessagebox showingtheIDoftheitemtochange,itscurrentvalue,andwhetherornotyouwantto changethatdatafieldtothenewvalue. ChangeThisbuttonbeginstheprocessoffindingthedatafieldandchangingittothenew value. StatusTheboxatthebottomofthedialogboxdisplaysanystatusordiagnosticmessages duringthechangeprocess.

JumpingtoSpecifiedLineNumbers
PCDMIScaneasilyjumptospecifiedlinenumbers.UsetheEdit|GoTomenuoptiontojumpto aspecifiedlinewithintheEditwindow.

GoTodialogbox TomovethecursortoaspecificlinenumberinCommandorDMISmode: 1. SelectEdit|GoTofromthemenu.TheGo Todialogboxwillappear. 2. ThecurrentlinemarkedbythecursorwillbeindicatedintheLineNumberboxofthe dialogbox. 3. Typethedesiredlinenumber. 4. ClicktheOKbutton(orpressENTER).PCDMISdisplaysthespecifiedline.

JumpingtoandfromReferencedCommands
IntheEditwindow'scommandmode,ifonecommandintheEditwindowreferencesanother command,youcanjumptothereferencedcommand,byhighlightingthelabeltothereferenced commandandselectingtheEdit|JumpTomenuoption.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 379

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Whenyouarriveatthereferencedcommandyoucanquicklyjumpbacktothepreviousfeature byselectingtheEdit|JumpBackmenuoption. Example:Supposeinanalignmentblockyouhavethefollowingcommandsandyouwantto jumptotheLIN2featurereferencedintheblock:


A1 =ALIGNMENT/START,RECALL:STARTUP,LIST=YES ALIGNMENT/LEVEL,ZPLUS,PLN1 ALIGNMENT/ROTATE,XPLUS,TO,LIN1,ABOUT,ZPLUS ALIGNMENT/TRANS,XAXIS,LIN2 ALIGNMENT/TRANS,YAXIS,LIN1 ALIGNMENT/TRANS,ZAXIS,PLN1 ALIGNMENT/END

YouwouldhighlightLIN2andselecttheJumpTomenuoptionfromthemenubarorrightclick andselectitfromtheshortcutmenu.Youcanthenjumpbacktothecommandyouwerejustat byselectingJumpBack. Youcanalsoselectthesemenuoptionsfromashortcutmenuthatappearswhenyourightclick onthefeaturesintheEditwindow'sCommandmode.

EditingNominalandTargetValues
Mostofthetimeyoucanmeasureyourfeaturesjustfine,butsometimes,duetomanufacturing errors,afeaturewon'tbeclosetoitstheoretical(nominal)location,butrathershiftedsomehow. ForMeasuredfeatures,youneedtoadjustyourtheoreticalvaluestohandlethissituation. However,usingthemoreadvancedAutoFeatures,youcanmodifythetargetinstead.Thiswill adjustthepathaccordingly,yetwillallowdimensioningtotakeplacerelativetotheoriginal theoreticalvalues. ModifyingNominalValues(forbothMeasuredandAutoFeatures) PCDMISprovidesyouwithsimplewaystomodifythenominalvalue.Youcaneasilymodifythe fielditselfinsideCommandmode,analternatewayistoplacethecursoroverthefeatureand pressF9.Thiscausesadialogboxtoappearwiththenominalinformationinsideofit. ModifythenominalinformationandclickOKorCreate.Thedialogboxcloses. Ifyouaremodifyingameasuredfeature,PCDMISdisplaysapromptaskingifyouwant toupdatemeasuredvaluesaswell.IfyouclickYes,themeasuredvalueswillget updatedtomatchthenewlyenterednominalvalues.IfyouclickNo,themeasuredvalues remainwhattheywere. Ifyouaremodifyinganautofeature,PCDMISasksifyouwanttoupdatethetarget valuestomatchthenewtheoreticalvalues.Ifyouclick Yes,thetargetvalueswillget updatedtomatchthenewlyenterednominalvalues.IfyouclickNo,thetargetvalues remainwhattheywere.

ModifyingTargetValues(forAutoFeaturesonly) Ifyouhaveanautofeature,youcanchoosetomodifytargetvaluesinsteadofthetheoretical values.ThetargetvaluesdeterminethelocationwherePCDMISwilltrytomeasuretheauto feature.Thisletsyoukeepthetheoreticalvaluesfordimensioningpurposes,butstillchangesthe locationatwhichthesoftwareattemptsmeasurement.Tomodifythetargetvalues,usetheEdit window:

380 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ModifyingTargetValuesSummaryMode:Selectthefield,pressENTER,typeanewa valueandpressENTERagaintostorethechange. ModifyingTargetValuesinCommandMode:Tabtothefieldtochange,typeanew value,andpressTABagaintostorethechange.

OverridingGuessedFeatures
TheEdit|OverrideGuesssubmenuallowsyoutochangethetypeoffeaturelastmeasured. Forexample,ifacirclewasthelastfeaturemeasuredandPCDMISguessedthatitwasaplane, thisoptioncanbeusedtoconvertthefeaturetothepropertype.Thisoptionmustbeusedbefore anyotherfeaturesaremeasuredorconstructed. TousetheOverridefeature: 1. AccesstheEditwindow. 2. PlaceyourcursorontheincorrectfeaturetypeintheEditwindow. 3. FromtheOverrideGuesssubmenuselectthecorrectfeaturetype. YouwillseethatthefeaturechangeswillbemadeintheEditwindow.

OverridingFoundNominals

FindNomsOverridedialogbox TheFindNomsOverridedialogbox(Edit|OverrideFindNoms)allowsyoutochoosethe appropriatenominalpointfromCADsurfacesforAutoVectorPoints,AutoSurfacePoints,and individualhitsinsideotherfeatures(suchasscans).ItoverridesthedefaultFindNomsbehaviorof PCDMISduringLearnmodeandExecutemode. Whenattemptingtofindavalidnominalpoint(withintheFindNomstolerance)bytakingamanual hit,PCDMISwill,mostofthetime,choosethecorrectpoint.However,thereareexceptional circumstanceswhenPCDMIScannotfindanappropriatepointandinsteadchoosesan inaccuratepointontheCADmodel.Inthesesituations,youcanusetheFindNomsOverride dialogboxtohelpPCDMISfindtheappropriatenominalpointfromtheCADsurfaces. Thefollowingtopicsdescribethedialogboxitselfandhowtousethedialogboxinthedifferent modes:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 381

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UnderstandingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBox

FindNomsOverridedialogbox Thefollowingtopicsdescribethisdialogbox.

ThePrioritySurface,PiercePoint,andDropPointColumns
Thisareaofthedialogboxcontainsthesethreecolumns: 1.) PrioritySurface 2.) PiercePoint 3.) DropPoint A"Tvalue"isthedistanceofTheydisplaytherelevantnominalpointvaluesandtheirTvalues themeasuredhitfromthe (thevaluedisplayedtotheleftoftheX,Y,andZvaluesin nominalpointalongthe parentheses). nominalCADsurfacevector. PrioritySurfacecolumnThiscolumnliststhesurfacesthatyou havestoredasprioritysurfacesintheEditCADElementsdialog box(Edit|GraphicsDisplayWindow|CadElements). Itdisplaysthetypeofsurfaceandacheckbox.Thecheckbox allowsyoutoaddorremovethesurfacefromthelistofpriority surfacesmaintainedbyPCDMIS.Ifyouselectthecheckbox,PC DMISaddsthesurfacetotheprioritylist.Deselectingthecheckbox removesthesurfacefromthelist. PiercePointcolumnThiscolumnliststhenominalpointvalues foundusingPCDMIS'sPiercePointoperation.Ifyouseethetext "FailedOP"inthiscolumnitmeansthatthepiercepointoperation failedtofindthenominalpointonthatsurface.IfPCDMIS highlightsapointingreen,thenthatpointisthebestnominalpoint foundbytheselectionalgorithm.Youcanofcourseoverridethis selectedpoint. DropPointcolumnThiscolumnliststhenominalpointvalues foundusingPCDMIS'sDropPointoperation.

382 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheTolerancebox
TheToleranceboxallowsyoutospecifyanewtolerancevaluetousewhenfindingthenominal pointsusingthisdialogbox.

TheUsePreviousSurfacecheckbox
TheUsePreviousSurfacecheckboxtellsPCDMIStousethemostrecentsurfacetolookfor thenominalpoints.Thischeckboxbecomesavailableforselectiononlyafteryoutakeahitona surfacewiththedialogboxopen.Afteryoutakeahit,PCDMISthenhasasurfacetoworkwith forfuturehits.

TheOverridebutton
TheOverridebuttonoverridesanincorrectnominalpointfoundbyPCDMISwiththenominal pointdataselectedfromthelistcontainingthePrioritySurface,PiercePoint,andDropPoint columns.

UsingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBoxinLearnmode:
ToaccessthisdialogboxinLearnmode: 1. SelectthePointOnlyModeandFindNominalscheckboxesfromtheGeneraltabof theSetUpOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup). 2. EnsurethatyouhaveimportedaCAD'ssolidmodel. 3. SelecttheSurfacemodeiconfromtheGraphicsModestoolbar. 4. SelecttheOverrideFindNomsmenuoption.TheFindNomsOverridedialogbox appears. WiththeFindNomsOverridedialogboxopen,whenyoutakeamanualhit,PCDMISfollowsits normallogictochooseasaccurateanominalpointaspossiblebyusingthemostrecently measuredhitcoordinatesandapproachvector. YoucanthenusetheFindNomsOverridedialogboxtoperformadditionalproceduresallowing youtooverridethefoundnominalpoint.

Procedure1:FindingNominalPointsonthePreviousSurface
IfyouselecttheUsePreviousSurfacecheckbox,theFindNomsOverridedialogboxattempts tofindanominalpointfromthemostrecentsurfaceused.Ifthedialogboxcanfindapointwithin FindNomstoleranceonthemostrecentsurfaceitwillselectthatnominalpointandcreatean AutoVectorPointbasedonthenominalvalues.

Procedure2:FindingNominalPointsonPrioritySurfaces
IftheFindNomsOverridedialogboxcannotfindanominalpointontherecentsurface(see "Procedure1:FindingNominalPointsonthePreviousSurface"),ittriestofindanominalpoint fromtheprioritysurfaces.Prioritysurfacesaresurfacesthattheuserhasselectedasasubsetof CADsurfacestofindnominalpoints.Prioritysurfacescanbeselectedordeselectedusingthe SetasPrioritycheckboxintheEditCADElementsdialogbox(seethe"EditingCAD"topicin the"EditingtheCADDisplay"section).IfPCDMISfindsanappropriatepointamongthepriority surfaces,itselectsthepointandcreatesanAutoVectorPointbasedonthenominalvalues.It
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingaPartProgram 383

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

alsodisplaysthevalidnominalpointswithintheFindNomstoleranceofalltheprioritysurfacesin theFindNomsOverridedialogbox.

Procedure3:FindingNominalPointsonAllCADSurfaces
IfPCDMISstillcannotfindavalidnominalpointbyusingtheproceduresdiscussedin procedures1and2,(seethe"Procedure1:FindingNominalPointsonthePreviousSurface"and "Procedure2:FindingNominalPointsonPrioritySurfaces"topics),itdoesthefollowing: LooksforthebestnominalpointonalltheCADsurfaceswithintheFindNomstolerance CreatesanAutoVectorPointbasedonthebestavailablenominalpoint. DisplaysalltheCADsurfacesthathadnominalpointsintheFindNomsOverridedialog box.

Procedure4:ChoosingaNominalPointLater
IfPCDMISstillcannotfindanappropriatepointonalltheCADsurfaces,itasksifitcancreate theAutoVectorPointandyoucanchooseanominalpointlater.Ifyouaccept,thenPCDMIS createsanAutoVectorPointintheEditwindowandyoucanselectfromtheseoptions: Option1.YoucantakeanewhitandPCDMISwilltrytofindanewnominalpoint.Essentially you'restartingoverifyoudothis. Option2.YoucanchooseadifferentnominalpointfromthedialogboxandclicktheOverride button.PCDMISwillthenoverrideitsearlierchosennominalpointwiththenewselectedpointfor therecentlycreatedAutoVectorPoint. Youwillusuallywanttodothisifyoudon'tlikethenominalpointthatPCDMISattemptedtofind intheproceduresdiscussedinthesetopics: "Procedure1:FindingNominalPointsonthePreviousSurface" "Procedure2:FindingNominalPointsonPrioritySurfaces" "Procedure3:FindingNominalPointsonAllCADSurfaces" Options3.YoucanselectaCADsurfaceonthescreen.PCDMISwouldthenattempttofind nominalpointsontheselectedsurfaceanddisplaythosepointsintheFindNomsOverride dialogbox. Youcanthenoverridethepreviousfoundnominal,byselectingapointfromthisnewsurfaceand clickingOverride. Note:PCDMISignorestheFindNomstolerancewiththisoption.So,eveniftheselectedCAD surfaceisoutofFindNomstolerancethedialogboxstilldisplaysthepoints. Option4.YoucanincreasetheFindNomstolerancebychangingthevalueintheTolerancebox andclickingtheApplybutton.PCDMISwillthenapplytheseproceduresagain,usingthehigher tolerancevalueanddisplayanyappropriatepoints: "Procedure1:FindingNominalPointsonthePreviousSurface"

384 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

"Procedure2:FindingNominalPointsonPrioritySurfaces" "Procedure3:FindingNominalPointsonAllCADSurfaces" YoucanthenchooseavalidpointandclickOverridetoacceptanominalpointfortherecently createdAutoVectorPoint. IncreasingtheFindNomstoleranceintheToleranceboxhasthesameeffectaschangingthe FindNomstolerancefromtheGeneraltaboftheSetUpOptionsdialogbox.

AfterChoosingtheBestNominalPoint
Afterchoosingthebestnominalpoint,PCDMISwillrememberthechosensurfaceforthat feature. Duringexecutioninmanualmode,PCDMISwill: 1. UsethetolerancevalueheldintheFindNomsDuringExecutionbox,availableonthe GeneraltaboftheSetUpOptionsdialogbox(Edit|Preferences|Setup). 2. YoumustselecttheFindNominalsDuringExecutioncheckbox(alsoavailableonthe Generaltab)forthistowork. 3. AttempttousethesamesurfaceandCADoperation(PiercePointorDropPoint operation)tofindthenewnominalsfortherecentlyexecutedpoint. IfitcannotfindanominalpointonthatCADsurface,itwillagainaccesstheFindNomsOverride dialogbox.Seethe"UsingFindNomsOverrideinExecuteMode:"topicbelowforexecutiontime behavior.

UsingFindNomsOverrideinExecuteMode:
Asmentionedinthe"AfterChoosingtheBestNominalPoint"topic,theFindNomsOverride dialogbox,PCDMISdisplaysthisdialogboxinexecutemodeuponmeetingthefollowing conditions: YoumustimportasolidmodelwithsurfacesandselecttheSurfaceModeiconfromthe GraphicModestoolbar. YoumustselecttheFindNominalsDuringExecutioncheckboxfromtheGeneraltab oftheSetUpOptionsdialogbox. TheAutoVectorPointorAutoSurfacePointmusthaveavalidnominalpointfoundin Learnmode(see"UsingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBoxinLearnmode:"). ExecutionmusttakeplaceinManualmode. PCDMISmustexecutetheAutoVectorPointorAutoSurfacePointfeature. PCDMISmustfailtofindanominalpointforexecutedAutoVectorPointorAutoSurface Point.

Oncethedialogboxappears,executionstopsandyoucaninteractwiththedialogboxinways alreadydiscussedinthe"UsingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBoxinLearnmode:"topic. Youcanalsochoosetoreexecutetherecentlymeasuredpointfeature.Inthatcase,PCDMIS reexecutesandattemptstofindnominalvaluesagain.Ifitstillcan'tfindanynominalvaluesfor thepoint,PCDMISagaindisplaystheFindNomsOverridedialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 385

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Youcanthendooneofthefollowing: Reexecuteagain.

UsetheOverridebuttonasdiscussedinthe"Procedure4:ChoosingaNominalPointLater"topic ClosethedialogboxbyclickingtheCancelbutton.Ifyouclosewithoutchoosingan appropriatenominal,PCDMISreplacesthemeasureddatawiththepreviousnominal values.

UsingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBoxfromtheEditwindow:
YoucanalsoaccesstheFindNomsOverridedialogboxbyrightclickingthemouseononeof thesefeaturesandselectingOverrideFindNomsfromtheshortcutmenu: Vectorpoint Surfacepoint IndividualHit

Thedialogboxwillthenusethefeaturesmeasureddata(pointandvector)tofindanappropriate nominalpointasdiscussedinthe"UsingtheFindNomsOverrideDialogBoxinLearnmode:" topic.

MarkingCommandsforExecution
InordertoexecutePCDMIScommandsyoumustfirstmarkthemforexecution.Thefollowing menuoptionsandcommandscontrolmarking:

Mark
TheEdit|Markings|Markmenuoptionallowsyoutomarkaspecifiedfeatureorcommandfor execution.PCDMISautomaticallymarkscommandsthatarealwaysexecuted,suchasthe alignment,tipcommands,etc. Thereareseveralwaystomarkfeaturesorcommands.PCDMISwillindicateamarkeditem usingthecurrentMarkedTextColor(see"DefiningEditWindowColors"inthe"Settingyour Preferences"chapter)withintheEditwindow.Itwillalsodisplayanasterisk(*)nexttothefeature IDintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Waystomarkpartprogramitemsareto: MarkthedesiredfeatureorcommandintheEditwindow.Positionthecursorover thefeaturetobemarkedandselectMark.Themarkedcommandwillbehighlighted. MarkmultiplecommandsintheEditwindow.Selectthecommandstobemarkedin theEditwindowandselectMark.Themarkedcommandswillbehighlighted. MarkthedesiredfeatureintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.MakesurePCDMISisin Translatemode.Clickonthedesiredfeaturewiththeleftmousebuttonwhile simultaneouslyholdingdowntheSHIFTkey MarkMultiplefeaturesintheGraphicsDisplaywindow.MakesurePCDMISisin TranslateorTextboxmode.HolddowntheSHIFTkeywhileboxselectingthedesired featuresusingtheclickanddragmethod.

386 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

IfyouhavetheEdit|Markings|ParentModemenuoptionselected,andyoumarka constructedfeatureoradimension,PCDMISwillalsomarkanyrelatedfeaturesusedinthe constructionordimensionprocess. IfyouhavetheEdit|Markings|ChildModemenuoptionselected,andyoumarkafeature usedtoconstructafeatureorusedtocreateadimension,PCDMISwillmarkanyrelatedchild features. Note:Featuresandcommandscanbeunmarkedbyrepeatingoneoftheaboveprocedures. Onceanitemismarked,specificlineswithinsomeitemscanbeunmarked.Forexample, featuresanddimensionscanhavesomelinesunmarked.Whenyouunmarkaline,PCDMISwill notexecuteit. Ifdimensionsaremarked,PCDMISwillsendtheresultstotheprinterwiththeproperoutput configurationinplace,aftertheprogramisexecuted.(See"OutputTo"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter.)

Tounmarkspecificlineswithinafeature:
1. Movethecursortothedesiredlinewithinthemarkedfeature(suchastheHIT/BASIC line). 2. ReselecttheEdit|Markings|Markoptiontounmarktheindicatedline.

MarkAll
TheEdit|Markings|MarkAllmenuoptionmarksallofthefeaturesorcommandsintheEdit window.PCDMISwillmarktheselecteditemsintheEditwindow,displayingthemingreen coloredtext.PCDMISalsodisplaysanasterisk(*)nexttoeachfeatureIDintheGraphics Displaywindowthataremarkedforexecution. WhenyouselectMarkAll,PCDMISwillaskifyoualsowanttomarkmanualalignmentfeatures. IfyouselecttheYesbutton,thenPCDMISwillmarktheentirepartprogramfor execution,includingthealignmentfeatures. IfyouselecttheNobutton,PCDMISwillmarktheentireprogramforexecution,butwill notmarkthealignmentfeature.Additionally,sincemovecommandsdon'tfunctionin manualmode,theywillremainunmarkedaswell.

ClearAll
TheEdit|Markings|ClearAllmenuoptionclears(orunmarks)alltheitemsintheEditwindow thatwereearliermarkedforexecution.

ParentMode
SelectingEdit|Markings|ParentModemarkstheparentcommand(ifthismenuoptionhasa checkmarkandtherelatedcommandismarkedintheEditwindow).Aparentisacommand(or informationfromacommand)usedinanothercommand.Forexample,ifyoumarkadimension andselectthisoption,thefeatureusedinthedimensionwillalsobemarked.Thiswasthedefault modeinPCDMISpriortoversion3.25.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 387

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Note:Ifyouunmarkamarkedchildcommand,theparentcommandstaysmarked.

ChildMode
SelectingEdit|Markings|ChildModemarksanychildrencommandsaslongastherelated parentcommandisalsomarked.Achildisacommandthatisdependentuponanother commandinordertofunction.Forexample,ifyoumarkafeaturethathasadimension,andyou havethisoptionselected,PCDMISwillalsomarkthedimensionforthatfeature. Note:Ifyoudon'tselecteithertheParentModeorChildModeoptions,PCDMISwillmarkonly theselecteditems.

Note:Ifyouunmarkamarkedparentcommand,thechildcommandstaysmarked

NewAlignmentMode
TheEdit|Markings|NewAlignmentMode(indicatedwithacheckmarknexttothemenu option)markscorrespondingalignmentdataeverytimeafeature/dimensionismarkedfor execution.

CreatingandExecutingMarkedSets
PCDMISallowsyoutoorganizemarkedfeaturesintogroupscalled"sets".Youcanthenexecute yourstoredsetsoffeaturesbyusingtheMarkedSetswindow. Therecanbeuptothirty(30)markedsetsdefinedforapartprogram. Therearenorestrictionsastothenumberoffeaturesthatcanbeassociatedwitheach markedset. Whenexecuted,onlyfeaturesgroupedwithintheactivemarkedsetwillbeexecuted. Everymarkedsetthatiscreatedwithinapartprogramwillbedisplayedasaniconinthe MarkedSetwindow.Eachicongraphicallyindicatesallofthefeaturesthathavebeen associatedwiththemarkedsetthatitrepresents.

Thefollowingtopicsdescribehowtocreate,modify,execute,reposition,lock,anddeletemarked sets.

ASampleMarkedSetswindow

MarkedSetswindowwithtwocreatedmarkedsets(Set1andSet2). Note: WhentheMarkedSetswindowishidden,allmarkedsetsaredisabledandthestandard modeforexecutingapartprogramisfollowed.

388 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

AvailableButtons OpenThisbuttonaccessesthestandardOpendialogbox,allowingyoutoopenpartprograms andperformotherminorfileoperations.See"OpeningExistingPartPrograms"inthe"Using BasicFileOptions"chapter. PrintFullReportThisbuttonsendsthecurrentreporttothecurrentlyselectedoutput.See "PrintingfromtheEditwindow"inthe"UsingBasicFileOptions"chapter CalibratetipsThisbuttonaccessestheProbeUtilitiesdialogbox,allowingyoutocalibrate yourtips.PCDMISdisablesthisbuttonfortheGom(Krypton),Romer,andGardainterfaces.See "DefiningProbes"inthe"DefiningHardware"chapter.

ToCreateNewMarkedSets
1. SelecttheEdit|Markings|NewMarkedSetoptionordoubleclickanywhereinthe MarkedSetswindow,theNewMarkSetdialogboxappearsrequestinganameforthe newmarkedset.

NewMarkSetdialogbox 2. Typeanametoidentifythemarkedset.Whilethere'snolimittothelengthofthename, shortdescriptivekeywordsimprovereadability. 3. ClickOK.YournewmarkedsetisstoredintheMarkedSetswindow.Youwillnowneed toaccessthenewlyMarkedSetandaddfeaturestoit.

ToAddFeaturestoExistingMarkedSets
1. SelecttheEdit|Markings|ShowMarkedSetsoption.TheMarkedSetswindow appears. 2. Ensurethemarkedsetyouwanttomodifyisactive(pressTABtocyclethroughthesets, orsimplyclickonthesetoncetoselectit). 3. AccesstheEditwindowandmarkfeaturesyouwanttoaddtothemarkedset.The defaulticondrawingforthesetchangesdynamicallytoreflectyourchanges. 4. ClosetheMarkedSetswindowwhenfinished.

ToRemoveFeaturestoExistingMarkedSets
1. SelecttheEdit|Markings|ShowMarkedSetsoption.TheMarkedSetswindow appears. 2. Ensurethemarkedsetyouwanttomodifyisactive(pressTABtocyclethroughthesets, orsimplyclickonthesetoncetoselectit). 3. AccesstheEditwindowandunmarkthosefeaturesyouwanttoremovefromthemarked set.Thedefaulticondrawingforthesetchangesdynamicallytoreflectyourchanges. 4. ClosetheMarkedSetswindowwhenfinished.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 389

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToCustomizetheMarkedSetIcons
Markedsetscanhaveuserdefinedbitmapimages,ifdesired,inplaceofthedefaultgraphics.To applyauserbitmap, 1. Createacolorbitmapusing'Paint'orsomeotherbitmapeditorprogramofyourchoice. Thebitmapshouldbenolargerthan48x48pixelsinsize. 2. Savethebitmapfileinthesamedirectoryasthepartprogram.Thebitmapfilenames mustusethefollowingnamingconventioninordertoberecognizedbyPCDMIS: MARKST00.BMP forthefirstmarkedset MARKST01.BMP forthesecondmarkedset MARKST02.BMP forthethirdmarkedset MARKST30.BMP forthethirtyfirstmarkedset Example:IfthebitmapfileMARKST00.BMPisplacedinthepartprogramdirectorywhenthefirst markedsetiscreated,thebitmapimagecontainedinMARKST00.BMPwillbedisplayed.Ifa markedsetdoesnothaveabitmapfilethedefaultgraphicswillbeused.Also,itisnotnecessary touseconsecutivebitmaps.Inotherwords,youcanuseabitmapformarkedset1andmarked set5,butusethedefaultgraphicsformarkedsets2,3and4.

ToRepositionMarkedSets
Markedsetscanberepositioned.Torepositionamarkedset, 1. SelecttheEdit|Markings|ShowMarkedSetsoption.TheMarkedSetswindow appears. 2. WhileholdingdowntheSHIFTkey,selectthedesiredmarkedsetwiththeleftmouse button. 3. Dragthemarkedsettothenewlocation. 4. ReleasetheSHIFTkeyandleftmousebuttonandPCDMISwillupdatetheMarkedSet windowwiththechange. 5. ClosetheMarkedSetswindowwhenfinished.

ToExecuteMarkedSets
1. SelecttheEdit|Markings|ShowMarkedSetsoption.TheMarkedSetswindow appears. 2. Doubleclickonthesetyouwanttoexecute.PCDMISexecutesthemarkedset. 3. ClosetheMarkedSetswindowwhenfinished.

ToLockMarkedSets
Onceamarkedsethasbeendefinedforapartprogram,alockcanbeestablishedtoprevent anyonefromaccidentallydeletingorotherwisemodifyingthecurrentconfiguration.Formore informationonthisoptionseethe"LockMarkedSets"topicinthe"SettingyourPreferences" chapter.

390 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ToDeleteMarkedSets
Youcaneasilydeleteanypreviouslycreatedmarkedsets.Todothis: 1. SelecttheEdit|Markings|ShowMarkedSetsoption.TheMarkedSetswindow appears. 2. Ensurethemarkedsetyouwanttodeleteisactive(pressTABtocyclethroughthesets, orsimplyclickonthesetoncetoselectit). 3. PresstheDELETEkey.Aconfirmationboxwillappearconfirmingthedeletionofthe markedset. 4. ClicktheYesbutton.ThemarkedsetisdeletedandtheiconisremovedfromtheMarked Setswindow. 5. ClosetheMarkedSetswindowwhenfinished.

UsingBreakpoints

EditwindowwithBreakPoint(redicon) TheEdit|Breakpointsmenuoptionisausefuldebuggingtooltobeusedwhencreating,testing, andrunningapartprogram.Generally,partprogramsareexecutedsequentially,linebyline.By placingabreakpointataparticularlineinthepartprogram,programexecutionwillpausewhenit reachesthatpoint.Ifthepartprogrammakesuseofvariableexpressionsandflowcontrol,you canexaminethesevariablestoensurethattheprogramisfunctioningasdesired. OncePCDMIShaspausedforthebreakpoint,youmaywanttousetheStepNextbutton.This buttoncontinueswiththemeasurementprocessbutdoessoonestepatatime,pausingthe CMMafterexecutingeachstepofanycommandcreatingmovementoftheCMM.WhileinStep Mode,hitscanbeinsertedintofeaturesandnewfeaturescanbeinsertedbetweenexisting featuresorcommands.StepModecanalsobesimulatedoffline. Whenyouarereadytocontinuewithnormalprogramexecution,simplypressContinueonthe Executiondialog.Severalmenuandkeyboardcommandsareavailableformanipulatingthe placementandremovalofbreakpoints.Breakpointsaresavedwiththepartprogramandare thereforeavailablethenexttimethepartprogramisopened. Note:IfyourprogramusesbreakpointsandtheEditwindowisinCommandmode,PCDMIS continuestodisplaytheEditwindowduringexecutionbuthighlightsthecurrentcommandto executeinred.IftheEditwindowisinSummarymode,withabreakpoint,PCDMISshowsa greenhighlightintheEditwindowforalreadyexecutedcommands,yellowforafeatureaboutto bemeasured,blueforfeaturescurrentlyundergoingexecution,andorangefornonexecuted commands.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual EditingaPartProgram 391

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExampleofcolorsusedinSummarymodeduringexecutionwithabreakpoint.

ExampleofcolorsusedinCommandmodeduringexecutionwithabreakpoint.

ToggleBreakpoint
TheEdit|Breakpoints|ToggleBreakpointmenuoptionallowsyoutosetorremovea breakpoint.ThebreakpointwillbesetatorremovedfromthelineintheEditwindowwherethe cursoriscurrentlypositioned.AsmallcircularrediconwillappearintheleftmarginoftheEdit windowtoindicatethatabreakpointhasbeenset.

InsertDefaults
TheEdit|Breakpoints|InsertDefaults menuoptionallowsyoutosetbreakpointsthroughout thepartprogramatdefaultlocations.DefaultlocationsaredefinedaslinesintheEditwindowthat containcommandswhichgeneratemotionoftheCMMorcausebranching tooccurasaresultof aflowcontrolcommand(suchasIFTHENstatements).Seethe"BranchingbyUsingFlow Control"chapterformoreinformation.

RemoveDefaults
TheEdit|Breakpoints|RemoveDefaultsmenuoptionallowsyoutoremovebreakpoints throughoutthepartprogramfromdefaultlocations.Onlythosebreakpointsthataresetondefault locations(See"InsertDefaults")willberemoved.Anybreakpointsthataresetinnondefault locationswillremaininplace.

RemoveAll
TheEdit|Breakpoints|RemoveAllmenuoptionallowsyoutoremoveallbreakpointsfroma partprogram.

392 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SettingStartPoints

Editwindowwithstartpoint(redarrow) StartpointscanonlybesetwhentheEditwindowisinCommandMode(see"Workingin CommandMode"inthe"UsingtheEditWindow"chapter). WhenyouinsertastartpointintothepartprogramandthenselecttheFile|PartialExecution| ExecuteFromStartPoints menuoption,PCDMISwillbeginthepartprogramexecutionfrom thefirststartpointinsteadofstartingtheprogramflowatthebeginningofthepartprogram. Important:Beawarethatifthecurrenttipforthatlocationintheprogramdoesnotmatchthe currentorientationoftheprobehead,PCDMISwillnottryandgobacktoexecutethetip commandaboveitinordertochangethetiporientation. StartpointsareespeciallyusefulifyouareworkinginMultipleArmmodeandyouneedtoseta differentstartpointforeacharm(seethe"UsingMultipleArmMode"chapter). Toinsertastartpointintoyourpartprogram,clickthelocationintheEditwindowwhereyouwant thestartpointtoappear,andthenselecttheSetStartPointiconfromtheEditwindowtoolbar orrightclickintheCommandmodeandselectSetStartPoint fromtheshortcutmenu.

Formoreinformation,see"SettingStartPointsforMultipleArms"inthe"UsingMultipleArm Mode"chapterand"EditWindowToolbar"inthe"UsingToolbars"chapter.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 393

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingBookmarks

Editwindowwithbookmark(blueicon) BookmarkscanbesetwhentheEditwindowisinCommandMode(see"WorkinginCommand Mode"inthe"UsingtheEditWindow"chapter)or,ifenabled,inDMISMode.Bookmarksmark frequentlyaccessedlinesinapartprogram.Onceabookmarkisset,youcanusemenuor keyboardcommandstomovetoit.Youcanremoveabookmarkwhenyounolongerneedit. Bookmarksaresavedbetweeneditingsessionsandarethereforeavailablethenexttimethepart programisopened. Important:Beawarethatbookmarksareassignedtolinenumbers,notcommands.Thus,setting bookmarksinonemodeandthenswitchingtoanothermodemaycausethebookmarkstoshow upondifferentcommandseventhoughthey'reonthesamelinenumbers.

ToggleBookmark
TheEdit|Bookmarks|ToggleBookmarksmenuoptionallowsyoutosetorremovea bookmark.ThebookmarkwillbesetatorremovedfromthelineintheEditwindowwherethe cursorispositioned.Asmallblueiconwillappearintheleftmargintoindicatethatabookmark hasbeenset.

NextBookmark
TheEdit|Bookmarks|NextBookmarkmenuoptionallowsyoutomovetothenextbookmark intheEditwindow.Ifnobookmarkisfoundbelowthecurrentcursorposition,searchingwill resumeatthetopoftheEditwindow.

ClearAllBookmarks
TheEdit|Bookmarks|ClearAllBookmarksmenuoptionallowsyoutoremoveallbookmarks fromtheEditwindow.

ChangingFontsandColors
YoucaneasilyeditthefontsandcolorsusedintheEditwindowbyfollowinginstructions describedinthe"SettinguptheEditWindow"topicofthe"SettingyourPreferences"chapter.

394 EditingaPartProgram

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

EditingExternalObjects
PCDMISallowsyoutoeditembeddedexternalobjectsinCommandmodeonly.Todothis, selecttheobjectinCommandmode,anddoubleclickontheselectedobject. Forinformationoncreatingandinsertingexternalobjects,see"InsertingExternalObjects"inthe "AddingExternalElements"chapter.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

EditingaPartProgram 395

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingtheEditWindow
UsingtheEditWindow:Introduction

Editwindow ToaccesstheEditwindow Oneoftheprincipaltoolsforeditingapartprogramisthepowerful selecttheView|Edit Editwindow.TheEditwindowhousesallthecommandsforthepart Window menuoption. program.Itallowsthepartprogrammertoperformediting operationssuchascutting,copying,pasting,andmodifyingexisting Textandcommands.TheprogrammercanalsousetheEditwindow toaddnewcommands,executeexistingcommands,anddebug code.

InthischapteryouwilllearnabouttheEditwindowandeditingpartprogramsingeneralby viewingthefollowingtopics: UnderstandingCoreConcepts WorkinginSummaryMode WorkinginCommandMode WorkinginDMISMode WorkingwithUserDefinedGroups

MajorEditWindowChangeswithVersion3.5 TheEditwindowmenushavebeenremovedandplacedinthenewmenustructureofthe updatedmenubar. TheEditWindowtoolbar,providingquickaccesstomanyofthefrequentlyaccessed Editwindowfunctions,hasbeenremovedfromtheEditwindowandisnowaccessible

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 397

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

fromPCDMIS'stoolbararea.Youcanfindinformationforthistoolbarinthe"Edit WindowToolbar"topicofthe"UsingToolbars"chapter. TheEditwindowisnowdockabletothesides,top,orbottomofyourscreen.Thismeans youcandocktheEditwindowontotheGraphicsDisplaywindow. TheEditwindowisalsofloatableovertheGraphicsDisplaywindow.Youcanfloatitover theGraphicsDisplaywindowlikeitdidinpreviousversionsofPCDMIS(versions2.x through3.25).TofloattheEditwindow,rightclickontheEditwindow,anddeselectthe DockingViewoption.ThisopensupanewEditwindowthatbehavesjustastheoldEdit windowdid.YoucanusethecommandsintheWindowmenuinthismode.

MajorEditWindowChangeswithVersion4.0 TheReportModewasremovedfromtheEditwindow,replacedbythenewerReport window.See"AbouttheReportWindow"inthe"ReportingMeasurementResults" chapter.

MajorEditWindowChangeswithVersion4.2 TheEditwindow'sCommandandDMISmodescontainanewcolorandtextformattingscheme tohelpyoumoreeasilyrecognizecommandblocksandeditablefields.Italsoprovidesanew waytochangevaluesoneditablefields.See"UnderstandingtheDefaultEditWindowColorsand Formatting"forinformation. TheseenhancementsprovideasetoftoolsformanipulatingEditwindowcontentinawaythatis easyandintuitivetouse.

UnderstandingCoreConcepts
TheEditwindowallowsyoutoeasilyaccessthecurrentpartprogram.Changescaneasilybe madetothepartprogramusingonlytheEditwindow,thedialogboxes,oracombinationofthe Editwindowwiththeapplicabledialogboxes.Thesectionsbelowprovidecoreconceptsthatwill aidyouinlearningtousetheEditwindow.

NavigatingtheEditwindow
Theeditwindowhousesallthecommandsmakingupyourpartprogram. YoucanchangethedisplayoftheEditwindowbyswitchingbetweendifferentmodes.Thetwo mostcommonmodesarealreadyenabledbydefault.TheseareCommandmodeandSummary mode.Athirdmode,calledDMISmode,isalsoavailableifenabledintheSetupOptionsdialog box. Summarymode,simplyput,providesavisualsummaryofyourpartprogram. Commandmodeletsyouviewdetailedcodemakingupeachcommand. DMISmodeissimilartocommandmode,butthecodelanguageiswrittenusingtheDMIS programminglanguage,andyoudon'thavealltheeditingfunctionalityyouhaveinCommand mode.YoucanswitchbetweenthesedifferentmodesbyclickingtheappropriateiconontheEdit windowtoolbar.

398 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Ineachofthesemodesyoucanworkwithexistingcommandsandaddnewcommands,although thecapabilitiesofeachmodeandthemethodsofworkingwithcommandsdiffersomewhat. Commandscanhavebotheditableandnoneditablefields.Editablefieldsarefieldsthattakea value.Someeditablefieldsarecalledtogglefieldsandallowyoutoswitchbetweenapredefined setofacceptablevalues. Ifyou'reinCommandmodeorDMISmode,pressingTABmovesthecursortothenext editablefield.Youknowyou'reonaneditablefieldwhenthevalueishighlightedinthe highlightcolor(defaultisyellow). Ifyou'reinSummarymode,expandingthecommandandthenrightclickingoneditable itemswilldisplayanEditcommandwhichwhenselectedallowsyoutotypeanewvalue orselectanexistingvaluefromalist.

UsingtheEditWindowToolbar TheEditWindowtoolbarletsyouperformoperationsonyourpartprogramandswitchbetween thedifferentEditwindowmodes.Forinformationonthistoolbar,seethe"EditWindowToolbar" topicin"UsingToolbars". MovingtoaFeatureusingtheGraphicsDisplayWindow Tomovethecursortoaspecificfeature'slocationintheEditwindow,clickonthatfeatureinthe GraphicsDisplaywindowwhileholdingdowntheCTRLkey.

UnderstandingtheDefaultEditWindowColorsandFormatting

EditwindowinCommandMode PCDMISusesdifferentbackgroundcolors,textcolors,andtextcharacterstooffsetinformation inCommandandDMISmodes.Thiscoloringandtextformattingmayseemsomewhatconfusing atfirst,especiallyifyouareusedtopreviousversionsofPCDMISandaresuddenlybarraged withamyriadofcolors.However,resteasyifyoudon'tlikethem,youcaneasilyrevertPCDMIS toitscoloringschemeusedinpreviousversions(seethe"DefiningEditWindowColors"inthe "SettingYourPreferences"chapter).


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingtheEditWindow 399

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

However,thecolorsandformattingarevaluabletoolsthatcanincreaseyourproductivity.The followingtopicsdescribethesetools. BackgroundColors Differentbackgroundcolorshelpyouknowwhatcommandsaremarked,unmarked,haveerrors, areactive,orarebeingsteppedthrough.ThesebackgroundcolorsaredefinedintheColor EditordialogboxfortheEditwindow.

EditwindowBackgroundColorInformationintheEditWindow'sColorEditor Considerthisexamplescreenshot:

400 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Editwindowexampleshowingversion4.2coloringscheme A. Alightgreenbackgroundmeansthecommandhasbeenmarkedforexecution. B. Thelightbluebackgroundmeansthecommandhasnotyetbeenmarkedforexecution. C. Aslightlydarkerbackgroundcolor(eitherdarkergreenformarkedcommandsordarker blueforunmarkedcommands)showsthecurrentactivecommand. TextColors Blacktextcolorisanynoneditablecommandtext.Youcannotchangethistext.Errortextis showninred.Bluetextiseditablecommandtext. HighlightedTextShowstheActiveCommandorGroup Whenyoumoveyourmouseoveracommandblock,orcommandblocksthataregrouped together,theentirecommandblock,ortheentiregroup,ishighlightedwithaslightlydarker backgroundcolor(seeitemCinexampleabove).Thishelpsyouimmediatelyseetheextentsof anentirecommandblock.Doingthisalsomakesthecommand"active".Thismeansyoudon't needtoclickonthecommandtooperateonit.Forexample,simplyhoveryourmouseovera commandandpressF9.Theassociateddialogbox,ifoneexists,willappear.Todeletethe command,youdon'tneedtoselecttheentirecommand,justhoveryourmouseoverituntilit becomesactive,andpressDELETE.Youwillfindwheneditinglargeprogramsthatshavingoffa mouseclickhereandthereincreasesyourproductivity.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 401

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

"<"and">"CharactersProvideEnhancedReadability Ifyouhaveeverflounderedinaseaofmonochromatictext,fishingforaspecificvalue,thenyou willbepleasedwiththeadditionofthe"<"and">"characters.Thesecharactersgrouplikevalues together,therebymoreeasilydelineatingthedifferentfieldsforvariousX,Y,ZandI,J,Kvalues. Thesecharactersshowwherethesepairsbeginandend.Thisenhancesreadabilityandmakesit mucheasiertolocateneededvalues. PopupMenuProvidesEasierToggleFieldSelection Nolongerdoyouhavetocyclethroughalistofavailablecommandsonatogglefield...unlessyou reallywantto.Simplyhoveryourmouseoverthedarkerbluetextforamoment,andthe backgroundcolortakesonabuttonlikequality.Clickonthebutton.Adropdownlistappears lettingyouselectthedesiredvalueforthattogglefield. EasierFilenameFields Certainfieldstakefilenamevalues.Ifthefilemovestoanewlocationthere'saneasierwayto updateitthanarduouslyretypingalongdirectorypathway.Instead,hoveryourmouseoverthe field,thefilenameturnsintoabutton.ClickingitwilldisplayaFileOpendialogboxallowingyou tolocateandupdatethefile'slocation.

InsertingCommands
Inmanycasescommandsareautomaticallyinsertedwhenyoutakemeasurementsorwhenyou usedialogboxestoinputinformation.Howeveryoucanalsoaddcommandsdirectlyfromwithin theEditwindow.Dependingonwhatmodeyou'rein,PCDMISwillgiveyoudifferentresults: Ifyou'reinCommandmode,youcaninsertnewcommandsbysimplytypingthefirstfew lettersofthecommandifyouknowthem. Ifyou'reinSummarymode,youcaninsertnewcommandsbyrightclickingandselecting AddCommandfromtheshortcutmenu.PCDMISdisplaysyouwithalistofcommands youcanadd. Ifyou'reinDMISmode,youcaninsertnewcommandsbysimplypressingRETURNona line.AlistwillappearfromwhichyoucanselecttheappropriateDMIScommandtoadd.

EditingValues

Sometimesyoumaywanttoquicklychangeacommand'ssettingsdirectlyintheEditwindow. Ifyou'reinCommandorDMISmode,pressTABtogototheeditablefieldyouwantto change.EithertypeinanewvalueorpressF7orF8tocycleforwardorbackward throughalistofavailablevalues.Youcanalsoholdyoumouseoveratogglefieldand clickthedropdownarrowtoselectfromapopuplistofavailablevalues. Ifyou'reinSummarymode,expandthecommand.Thenrightclickonthelineyouwant toedit,PCDMISwilleitherdisplayalistfromwhichyoucanchooseapreexistingvalue oraneditboxintowhichyoucantypeanewvalue.

SelectingCommands
YoucanselectmostcommandsinanyofPCDMIS'smodes.You'llneedtoselectacommand beforerepositioningorcopyingit.

402 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

InSummarymode,clickonacollapsedcommandtoselecttheentirecommandblock.All thedataitemsassociatedwiththecommandwillalsobeselected. InCommandorDMISmodes,clickatthebeginningofthecommand,holddownthe mouse,anddragituntiltheentirecommandishighlighted.

TheSelectAll menuoptionallowsyoutoselecttheentirereportforeditingpurposes.

RepositioningCommands
ManycommandsinPCDMIScanberepositioned.Ifyoueverwanttochangeacommand's locationyoucaneasilydoso. Ifyou'reinSummary,CommandorDMISmode,youcanrepositionacommand,byselectingthe entirecommandblock,thenselectingtheEdit|Cut menuoptiontoremovethecommandfrom itscurrentlocationandthenselectingtheEdit|Pastemenuoptiontoplaceitinit'snewlocation. YoucanalsousetheEdit|Copymenuoptiontomakeacopyofacommand,storingitinthe Clipboarduntilyoudecidetopastethecopyintoanotherlocation. Forinformationontheseandotherstandardeditingcommands,see"UsingStandardEditing Commands"inthe"EditingaPartProgram"chapter.

DeletingCommands
YoucaneasilydeletecommandsfromtheEditwindowbyselectingthemandpressingDELETE. YoucanrestoreanydeletedcommandifyouimmediatelyclicktheUndoiconfromtheEdit Windowtoolbar.

AccessingDialogBoxes
Wheneditingfeaturesorcommands,youmightwanttoaccessdialogboxesassociatedwitha particularfeatureorcommand.Youcaneasilydothisinoneoftheeditingmodesbyplacingthe cursoronthefeatureorcommandblockandpressingF9.Thedialogboxassociatedwiththe featurewillappear.YoucanthenmakeanychangesinthedialogboxitselfandafterclickingOK, orApply,theEditwindowautomaticallygetsupdatedwithyourchanges. Onsomecommands,pressingF9accessesthedialogboxonlyifPCDMISisinCommandmode.

ModifyingHeadersandFooters
Therearethreefilesthatareusedtoformattheheader/footertextintheEditwindow.These filesareLOGO.DAT,HEADER.DAT,andELOGO.DAT.Thesefilesarelocatedinyourinstallation directory(forexample,C:\Pcdmisw). YoucanedittheEditwindow'sheaderorfooterbymakingandsavingchangestothesetextfiles usingastandardtexteditor(suchasNotepad). Important:DuetoimprovementsinhowPCDMISreportsmeasurementresultsinPCDMIS4.0 andgreater,reportsnolongerusetheEditwindow.Instead,reportsnowappearinsidetheirown Reportwindow.Therefore,modifyingthe.DATfilesasexplainedherewillonlyaffecttheheaders andfooterswithintheEditwindow.ItwillnotaffecttheReportwindowoutput. TomodifytheReportwindow'sheader,youwillneedtomodifythelabeltemplateusedforthe
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingtheEditWindow 403

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

header.Thestandardlabeltemplateusedtocontrolheaderinformationisfile_header.lbl.Seethe ReportingMeasurementResultschapterforinformationonmodifyingtemplatestocontrolwhat getsdisplayedinthereportwindow.

TheHeader
Therearetwofilesyoucanmodifytodefinetheheader.LOGO.DATandHEADER.DAT. LOGO.DATThisfiledefinestheheaderfortheveryfirstpageoftheEditwindow.Youcan defineabitmapwithyourcompany'slogoaswellasspecificdateandtimeformatsforthefirst page.

Editwindow'sHeaderFormattingExample ThecorrespondingLOGO.DATfileisdisplayedbelow:

Logo.datExampleinNotepad Note:ThatPARTNAME,REVNUMBER,SERNUMBER,andSTATSCOUNTarestaticfields andcannotbechangedintheLOGO.DATfile. HEADER.DATThisfileisusedtoformatpageheadersforallotherpages.

TheFooter
ELOGO.DATisusedtoformatafooterforthelastpageonly.

Editwindow'sFooterFormattingExample

404 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThecorrespondingELOGO.DATfileisdisplayedbelow:

Elogo.datExampleinNotepad

HeaderandFooterFormattingKeywords
Thefollowingisalistoftheavailableformattingkeywordsandtheirfunctions.Youcaninsert thesekeywordsintothe.DATfilestohavethemdisplayedinaheaderorfooter. Note:Thekeywordsarecasesensitive. #DATE #TIME #PAGE Insertsthecurrentdate. Insertsthecurrenttime. Insertsthecurrentpagenumber. Thisisidealforuseinthe HEADER.DATfile. #TRn Insertsthevalueoftracefieldn, wherenisthetracefieldnumber. #PARTN Insertsthepartprogramname. #DRWN Insertstherevisionnumber. #SERIALN Insertstheserialnumber. #SEQUENCE Insertsthesequencenumber. #SHRINK Insertsthescalefactor. #NMEAS Insertsthetotalnumberof dimensions. #NOUT Insertsthetotalnumberof dimensionsthatareoutof tolerance. #ELAPSTIM Insertsthetimeelapsedbetween startandendofexecution.Thisis idealforuseintheFOOTER.DAT file. #BMP=bitmappath Insertsabitmapwiththespecified nameinthebitmappathvariable. Youmustspecifythefullpaththe bitmapfile (i.e.,D:\Files\Bmp\Pcdhead.bmp).

UsingExpressionsandTracefieldstoCustomizeHeadersandFooters
You'llnoticethatthekeywordsthemselvesaren'tcustomizable.Forexamplethe#DATEkeyword inthelogo.datfileonlygivesyouonewaytodisplaythedateinmmddyyyyformat.For exampleMay5,2005iswrittenas552005onyourreport.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 405

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thefollowingexampleshowshowyoucanuseexpressionsandtracefieldstochangetheformat ofyourdateonyourreport. 1. Typethefollowingcommandssomewhereintoyourpartprogram:


ASSIGN/V1=SYSTEMDATE("MMMdd,yyyy")

ThisgivesV1thestringvalueof"May05,2005"(orwhateveryourcurrentdateis).
TRACEFIELD/DISPLAY,LIMIT=15DATE:V1

ThisassignsV1totheTRACEFIELD. 2. Assumingthisisthefirsttracefieldinyourprogram,openupyourlogo.datfileinsidea texteditorandmodifytheDATE=fieldsothatitlookslikethis:


DATE=#TR1

NoticethatDATEfieldnowreferencesthefirsttracefieldbyusing#TR1. 3. Saveandcloseyourlogo.datfile. 4. Executeyourpartprogram. 5. Viewyourreport.Assumingyourreportissetuptoshowheadersandfooters,theheader nowusestheformattedsystemdatethatwasstoredintheV1variableandsubsequently inthefirsttracefield. YoucanusetracefieldsandexpressionstogiveyougreatercontroloverwhatyouseeintheEdit windowandonreports. Forinformationontracefields,seethe"UsingTraceFields"topicinthe"TrackingStatistical Data"chapter. Forinformationonexpressions,seethe"UsingExpressionsandVariables"chapter.

WorkinginSummaryMode

ToenterSummarymode, selectView|Summary Mode.

Thesummarymodeallowsyoutoviewtheoveralllayoutofthepart program,aswellaspartprogramcommandsindifferentlevelsof detail.Throughtheintuitiveinterfaceyoucanalsoeasilyreorder andeditcommands.

Layout
PCDMIS'ssummarymodelayoutisintheformofexpandableandcollapsiblepiecesofdata.At thetoplevel,PCDMISdisplayscommandobjects.Youcanexpandtheseobjectstoviewtheir groupsanddataitemsbyclickingtheplussign(+)totheleftofthecommand.Collapsethemby

406 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

clickingtheminussign().Youcanalsoexpandandcollapsecommandsorgroupsbypressing theRIGHTARROWandLEFTARROWkeysrespectively.

Commands

SummaryModeShowingCommands(unexpandeditems) PCDMISdisplaysmostpartprogramcommandsatthetoplevel.Somecommands,suchas basichits,locationdimensions,andcertainalignmentcommandsappearundertheirparent object.Also: Eachcommandhasauniqueiconassociatedwithittohelpyouquicklyidentifyneeded commands. IfthecommandhasanID,PCDMISdisplaystheIDdisplayedbeforethecommand description. Commandsmarkedtoexecutearedisplayedingreentext. Commandsnotsettoexecutearedisplayedinbluetext.

Groups

SummaryModedisplayingGroups(foldericons) Groupsaredisplayedwithafoldericonandarecomposedofacommand'ssimilardataitems. Forexample,themeasuredcircleobjecthasatheoreticalsgroup,anactualsgroup,anda settingsgroup.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 407

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thetheoreticalsgroupcontainsthetheoreticalvaluesforthemeasuredcircleincluding thetheoreticalx,y,z,i,j,kanddiameter. Themeasuredgroupcontainsthecorrespondingmeasuredvaluesofthecircle. ThesettingsgroupcontainsinformationaboutthemeasuredcirclesuchastheID, coordinatetype,whetherthecircleisaninner/outer,thenumberofhits,etc.

DataItems

SummaryModedisplayingDataItems(bluesphereicons) Dataitemsaretheparametersorsettingsofthecommandobject.Somedataitemscanbeedited andsomeareforinformationpurposesonlyandcannotbechanged.Dataitemsaredisplayed withabluesphereicon.

EditingaPartProgramfromSummaryMode
PCDMISgivesyoutheabilitytoeditthepartprogramwhileinSummaryMode.Usingthe SummaryModeinterfaceyoucanselect,add,remove,copy,cut,paste,mark,unmark, commands,aswellaseditacommand'sdataitems.

SelectingCommands
SelectcommandsbyeitherleftclickingwiththemouseorbynavigatingtothemusingtheUPand DOWNARROWkeys. Toselectmultiplecommands,holddowntheCTRLkeywhileleftclicking. Toselectagroupofitemsatonce,selectthefirstitemintheblockofobjects,holddown theSHIFTkeyandselectingthelastitemintheblock.

PCDMIShighlightsallselecteditems.

AddingCommands
Wheninsummarymode,youcanaddcommandstothepartprogrambyusingPCDMIS's standardmenuoptionsorbyusingaspecialshortcutmenu.

408 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1. Toaccesstheshortcutmenu,rightclickonacommanditem.See"SummaryMode CommandShortcutMenu"inthe"UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus"appendixfor moreinformationontheitemsavailable. 2. Fromtheshortcutmenu,selectAddCommand.Ascrollablebluelistappears.

3. Selectthecommandtoadd.Onceclicked,thepopuplistdisappearsandPCDMIS insertsthecommandintotheEditwindow.Ifyouwanttoclosethelistwithoutaddinga commandpressESConyourkeyboarduntilitcloses. Note:PCDMISgenerallyinsertsthenewcommandafterthecurrentlyselectediteminthe expandable/collapsiblelist.

RemovingCommands
Youcaneasilyremovecommandsfromthepartprogrambyselectinganobjectandpressingthe DELETEkey.Ifthecommandcontainsanysubcommands,thosecommandsarealsodeleted.

Copying,Cutting,andPastingCommands
Tocopyorcutacommand: 1. Selectthedesiredcommandintheexpandable/collapsibleview 2. Choosethecopyorcutcommandsfromanyoftheselocations: TheEditwindow'sEditmenu TheKeyboard(CTRL+Cforcopy,CTRL+Xforcut) Theshortcutmenu'sCutorCopyoptionthatappearsfromrightclickingonthe command

Note:Ifthecommandcontainsanysubcommands,thosecommandsarealsocutorcopied. Topasteacommandthathasbeencutorcopied: 1. Selectthecommandintheexpandable/collapsibleviewthatprecedesthecommandto bepasted. 2. Choosethepastecommandfromanyoftheselocations: TheEditwindow'sEditmenu. Thekeyboard(CTRL+V) Theshortcutmenu'sPasteoptionthatappearsfromrightclickingonthe command.

Marking/UnmarkingCommandsforExecution
Tomarkorunmarkacommandforexecution:

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 409

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

1. Selectthecommandintheeditwindow. 2. PressF3(orrightclickonthedesiredcommandandchooseMarkfromtheshortcut menu).

EditingDataItemsofaCommand
Toeditthedataitemofacommanddooneofthefollowing: SelectthedataitemandpresstheENTERkey.EdittheinformationandpressENTER. Doubleclickonthedataitemwiththeleftmousebutton.Edittheinformationandpress ENTER. RightclickonthedataitemandchooseEdit|Value/ExpressionText.Editthe informationandpressENTER.

Ifthedataitemisatogglefield,alistofpossiblevaluesappearsfromwhichyoucanchoosethe desireditem.PressENTERafterselectingthedesiredchoiceordoubleclickonthedesired choice. Ifthedataitemcanbeeditedanditisnotatogglefield,asmalleditfieldwillpopupwiththe currentvaluewhichcanthenbeeditedviathekeyboard.Tocanceltheeditingofanitem,press ESC. Toeditacommandviathedialogboxspecifictothatcommand: 1. Selectthecommandintheexpandable/collapsibleview. 2. PressF9(orrightclickonthecommandandchooseEdit fromthepopupmenu). Theappropriatedialogboxforthecommandappears.However,beawarethatinsomecases youcanonlyeditacommandifPCDMISisinCommandmode.

SummaryModeKeyboardFunctions
ThefollowingtableliststhevariouskeyboardfunctionsavailablewhenPCDMISisinsummary mode. Key(s) Function SHIFT+TAB Movescursorbackwardtonextiteminthesummaryview CTRL Clickondesiredfeatureusingleftmousebutton.PCDMIS willmovethecursortothecorrespondingcommanditemin thesummaryview. CTRL+A Selectsallofthecommandsofthepartprogram. CTRL+C CopiestextorobjectstotheClipboard. CTRL+END Movesthecursortotheendofthepartprogram. CTRL+HOME Movesthecursortothebeginningofthepartprogram. DisplaystheExecutedialogboxandallowsyoutoexecute CTRL+Q thepartprogram. CTRL+V Pastestextifinaneditcontrol.Ifobjecthasbeencutor copied,pastesobjectaftercurrentlyselectedobject. CTRL+X Cutsselectedobjectortextifinaneditcontrol. DisplaystheExecutedialogboxandallowsyoutoexecute CTRL+Y thepartprogramataspecifiedlocation.

410 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DELETE

Doubleclick

DOWN ARROW F2

Deletesanyhighlightedcharacterswheneditingavaluein aneditcontrol.Ifnothingishighlighted,thenboth keystrokesfunctionasinanormaleditor. Doubleclickingonacommanditemorgroupitemwill expandthatitem.Doubleclickingonadataitemthatcanbe editedwillbringuptheeditcontrolforthedataitem. Movesthecursordownoneline.

Bringsuptheexpressionbuilderifthecurrentlyselected dataitemcanhaveexpressions. F3 Marksasinglefeatureforexecution. F9 Callsupdialogboxforthecurrentlyselectedcommand. PAGEDOWN Movesthecursordownonepage. PAGEUP Movesthecursoruponepage. SHIFT Usedinconjunctionwiththeleftmousebuttonafter selectinganinitialobjectinordertofacilitateselectinga blockofobjects. TAB Movescursorforwardtothenextiteminthesummaryview. UPARROW Movesthecursoruponeline. LEFTARROW Collapsesanexpandedcommandorgroup. RIGHT Expandsacollapsedcommandorgroup. ARROW

WorkinginCommandMode

ToenterCommandmode, selectView|Command Mode.

SelectingtheCommandModeiconplacestheEditwindowinto commandmode.Thismodeallowsyoutoinsertoreditawide varietyofPCDMIScommands.Themainfeaturesorcommands thatyoucanaddtotheEditwindowinclude:

ConstructedFeatures Dimensions StatisticalData Alignment MeasuredFeatures Hits MotionCommands MoveCommands SheetMetalMeasurements Probe Comments TraceFields Expressions ScreenCaptures GlobalCommands CommandModeKeyboardFunctions

PCDMISalsoprovidessomekeyboardfunctionsthatyoucanusewhiletheEditwindowisin CommandMode.Thesearediscussedin"CommandModeKeyboardFunctions".Similarly,you canaccessseveralshortcutmenuitemsbyrightclickingonthecommandswithinCommand


PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingtheEditWindow 411

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Mode.See"CommandModeShortcutMenu"inthe"UsingShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus" appendix. YoucanalsodeterminewhichcommandsgetdisplayedinCommandmode.See"Command ModeDisplayOptions"inthe"SettingYourPreferences"chapterforadditionalinformation.

ConstructedFeatures
PCDMISallowsyoutocreatespecifiedfeaturesfromexistingfeatures.Additionalinformation includingspecificrulesforconstructingfeaturescanbefoundinthe"ConstructingNewFeatures fromExistingFeatures"chapter. PCDMISsupportstheconstructionofthefollowingfeatures: POINT CIRCLE ELLIPSE SPHERE LINE CONE CYLINDER PLANE SLOT CURVE SURFACE FEATURESET GAUSSIANFILTERSET

Dimensions
Dimensioncommandsallowyoutodimensionfeaturesortherelationshipbetweenfeatures. Additionalinformationregardingthecalculationofdimensionscanbefoundinthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter.

412 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DimensionFormat
PCDMIS'sprintcapabilityisoneofitsmostpowerfulfeatures.Adimensioncanbecalculated manydifferentwaysuntiltheresultsareacceptable.Onlyifthedimensionismarkedforprinting willthedataappearontheinspectionreport. TheFORMATcommandallowsyoutocreatemorethanonedimensionalformatwithinapart program.Forsomedimensions,youmightnotwantthenominalsprinted. Note:Certaintypesofzonetolerancesalwayshaveanominalofzero,soitisunnecessaryto printtheNOM.However,laterinthepartprogramyoumightwanttousethenominalsfora differenttypeofdimension,suchaslocationortrueposition. ThedefaultFORMATcommandwillprintoutallofthecolumnsandcolumnheadings.Itwillalso createthestatisticsXSTATS11.TMPfile. CommandlineintheEditwindow: FORMAT/HEADINGS,SYMBOLNOM,TOL,MEAS,MAXMIN, DEV,OUTTOL HEADINGS=ThismajorcommandcontrolswhetherthedimensionsthatfollowtheFORMAT commandwillhavecolumnheadingsabovethenumbers. SYMBOL=Thisminorcommandcontrolswhetherthedeviationsymbolswillbeprinted.This fieldcanbetoggledonoroff.Ablankfieldindicatesthatthiscommandisoff. Whenthecursorisinone ofthesefieldsyoucanuse theF7andF8hotkeysto togglethemonoroff. NOM,TOL,MEAS,MAXMIN,DEV,OUTTOL=Theseminor commandscontrolwhichcolumnsgetprintedfordimensions followingtheFORMATcommand.Youcantoggleany combinationofthesecolumnsonoroff.Toturnaflagoff, placeablankinthefield.Theycanalsobedisplayedinany order.Simplytypethedesiredcommandintheorderneeded. (TheorderwillbenumericallydisplayedintheParameters Dimensiondialogbox.)

Formoreinformationconsultthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter.

AvailableDimensions
Toeditthesedimensions,pleaseviewtheirindividualsectionsinthe"DimensioningFeatures" chapter.

Analysis
ToedittheAnalysisinformation,seethe"InsertingReportCommands"chapter.

StatisticalData
Toincludeandeditstatisticaldata,seethe"TrackingStatisticalData"chapter.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 413

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Alignment
TheAlignmentoptionallowsyoutorecallorcreateanewcoordinatesystem.

AlignmentCommands
FormoreinformationonhowtousethesealignmentcommandsintheEditwindow,seethe individualtopicsinthe"CreatingandUsingAlignments"chapter

CADEqualsPart
FormoreinformationonhowtousetheCADEqualsPartcommandintheEditwindow,see "EquatingCADtoMeasuredPartData"inthe"CreatingandUsingAlignments"chapter.

EquateAlignment
FormoreinformationonhowtouseEquateAlignmentcommandintheEditwindow,see "EquatinganAlignment"inthe"CreatingandUsingAlignments"chapter.

MeasuredFeatures
Youcaninsertcommandsthatcreatethefollowingmeasuredfeatures: MeasuredPoint MeasuredLine MeasuredPlane MeasuredSphere MeasuredCylinder MeasuredCone MeasuredCircle

Thesefeatures,alongwithinformationaboutmeasuredfeaturesingeneral,arediscussedinthe "CreatingMeasuredFeatures"chapter.

Hits
Thiscommandtargetsthelocationforactualtouchesbytheprobe.

BasicHit
HIT/BASIC,x,y,z,i,j,k,x,y,z,USE_THEO=YES/NO

Thisisthesimplesthitformat.See"UnderstandingtheCommandFormat"inthe"Creating MeasuredFeatures"chapterformoreinformation.

SheetMetalHits
HIT/type,x,y,z,i,j,k,x,y,z

414 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

type=VECTOR,SURFACE,EDGE,CORNER,ANGLE Therearefiveavailabletypesofsheetmetalhits.TheSheetMetalpackagemustbeinstalledfor thisoptiontobeavailable.(See"SheetMetalMeasurements".)

AddingHitLines
Toaddahitline,placethecursorinthedesiredlocationandpresstheENTERkey.Beginby typingthecommandHIT.PresstheTABkey.PCDMISaddsthenewlinedependingonwhere thecursorislocated.Ifthecursorisinthemiddleofacommand,anewlineiscreatedbelowthe currentline.IfthecursorisplacedanywherewithinthefirstfourlinesPCDMISwillcreatethe newlineimmediatelyafterthemeasuredline.

DeletingBlankLines
Todeleteablankline,presstheDOWNARROWorENTERkey.Thelinemayalsobe highlightedanddeleted.(See"CommandModeKeyboardFunctions".)

MotionCommands
ThevariousMotioncommandscontrolthemovementofthemachine.Seethevariousmotion commandsdiscussedinthe"ParameterSettings:Motiontab"andthe"ParameterSettings: OptionalMotiontab"topicsofthe"SettingYourPreferences"chapter.

Mode=MAN/DCC
MODE/MAN(orDCC)

ThiscommandallowsyoutoselectbetweenmanualandDCCmode.

PrehitDistance
PREHIT/nnn.nnnn

Thiscommanddeterminesthedistancefromthetheoreticalhitlocationthatthemachinewill travelattouchspeed.

MoveSpeed
MOVESPEED/nnn.nnnn

ThiscommandchangesthepointtopointpositioningspeedoftheCMM.Thevaluethatis entered(1to100)isapercentageofthemaximummachinespeed.

TouchSpeed
TOUCHSPEED/nnn.nnnn

ThiscommandchangesthespeedatwhichtheCMMtakeshits.Thevaluethatisenteredisa percentageofthemaximummachinespeed,andcannotexceedtwentypercent.

ScanSpeed
SCANSPEED/nnn.nnnn

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 415

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ThiscommandchangesthespeedatwhichtheCMMwillscanthepart.Thevaluethatisentered isapercentageofthemaximummachinespeed.

RetractDistance
RETRACT/nnn.nnnn

Thiscommanddeterminesthedistancethemachinewillmoveawayfromtheactualhitlocation beforegoingfrom"TouchSpeed"to"MoveSpeed".

CheckDistance
CHECK/nnn.nnnn,p.pp

Thiscommanddeterminesthedistanceininchesormillimeters(dependingonthesystemof measurementthatwasinitiallysetupfortheparticularpartprogram)pastthetheoreticalhit locationthatthemachinewillcontinuetosearchforthesurfaceofthepartuntilitdeterminesthe surfaceisnotthere. nnn.nnnn: Thecheckdistance p.pp: ThepercentageofthetotalcheckdistancethatPCDMISwillmovewhenperforminga FindHoleoperation.Thedefaultvalueis1whichmeans100%ofthecheckdistance. Thus.1=10%,.2=20%,.3=30%etc.Thisonly functionswithFindHoleoperations. IfPCDMISfindsasurfacewithinthespecifiedcheckdistance,ittakesahit. IfnosurfaceisfoundPCDMISdisplaysanerrormessagethatithasencounteredan unexpectedendofmove.

Example:If.3inchesisenteredasthecheckdistance,PCDMISwillmove.3inchespastthe theoreticalsurface,searchingforasurfaceonwhichtomakethehit. See"CheckDistance"inthe"SettingyourPreferences"chapterforadditionalinformation.

MoveCommands
Thecommandslistedbelowprovideyouwiththeabilitytoalterthemovementoftheprobe betweenhits.
MOVE/POINT MOVE/INCREMENT MOVE/CLEARPLANE MOVE/CIRCULAR MOVE/SYNC MOVE/SWEEP MOVE/ROTAB MOVE/EXCLUSIVE_ZONE

Thesearedescribedinthe"InsertingMoveCommands"chapter.

416 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SheetMetalMeasurements
Sheetmetalmeasurements,alsoknownas"AutoFeatures",areavailableonlyasanadded optiontothebasicPCDMISgeometricsoftwarepackage.(Seethe"CreatingAutoFeatures" chapter.)Thisoptionprovidesyouwithseveralalternatechoicesfortakinghits.Thevarioussheet metalfeaturesarelistedbelow.Whenapplicable,NumberofHits,NumberofRows,Spacer, andIndentvaluescanbeupdated.Therequiredminimumnumberwillbeindicatedasthedefault. Thefollowingsheetmetalmeasurementsareavailable: AutoVectorPoint AutoLine AutoPlane AutoCircle AutoEllipse AutoNotchSlot AutoRoundSlot AutoAnglePoint AutoCornerPoint AutoEdgePoint AutoHighPoint AutoSurfacePoint AutoSquareSlot AutoCylinder AutoCone AutoSphere

Probe
Thefollowingcommandsallowyoutoaccessoptionsthataffecttheprobe.Thesecommands allowyoutochangetheactivetipinaprobeclusterorchangethepositionoftherotatingprobe head.Probecompensationcanalsobeturnedonoroffasneeded.

LoadProbe
LOADPROBE/probe_file_name

TheLoadProbecommandisausereditablefieldthatallowsyoutoloadafileofqualifiedprobe tipstobeusedwithinthepartprogram.

ProbeComp
PROBECOM/ON (orOFF)

TheProbeCompcommandallowsyoutoturnprobecompensationonoroff.ItisconsideredON ifthecommandisdisplayedintheEditwindow.

ReadPoint
F_ID= FEAT/POINT,TOG1 THEO/x,y,z,i,j,k ACTL/x,y,z,i,j,k READPOINT

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 417

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheReadPointcommandcreatesapointfeatureatthecurrentlocationoftheprobe.PCDMIS willthenstorethevaluesofthepointthatisread. See"CreatingaReadPointfromtheProbe'sPosition"inthe"CreatingGenericFeatures"chapter foradditionalinformation.

Tip
TIP/T1A0B0,SHANKIJK=0,0,1,ANGLE=0

TheSHANKIJKisjustanothervectorformofspecifyingtheAandBanglesforthe tip. TheANGLEspecifiestheanglethatthetiptransformationmatrixisrotatedaboutthe shankvector.

Comments
Thisoptionallowsyoutodisplaycommentsduringtheexecutionofthepartprogram,ortosend thecommentstotheinspectionreport.ThesecommentsarecreatedusingtheInsert|Report Command|Comment menuoption.TheShowCommentsoptionalsoallowsyoutoadd,edit, ordeleteoperatornotesandinspectionreportcommentswithintheEditwindow.TheCOMMENT commandswitchesbetweentheoptionsOPER,REPORT,YESNO,$$,INPUT,andREADOUT. Whenyouopenapartprogramthatwassavedfromalaterversion,anycommandsthatarenot supportedinthecurrentversionwillshowupasDOCcomments. Seethe"InsertingProgrammerComments"topicinthe"InsertingReportCommands"chapter.

Operator
Thisoptionwilldisplayausersuppliedmessagewhenexecutingthepartprogram.Accessthis optionbyselectingUtilities|CommentfromthemenubarandswitchingtoOPERorenterthe commandCOMMENT/OPERinthedesiredlocationoftheEditwindow.Typeinthedesiredtext. (Anylengthoftextwillbeaccepted.)ClicktheOKbutton(orpresstheENTERkey)whenthe commentsarecompleted.WhenPCDMISexecutesthepartprogram,amessagedisplaysthe previouslyenteredcomments.ClickontheOKbuttontoclosethemessagebox. PressingtheF9keywhilethecursorisinaCOMMENT/OPERcommandlinewilldisplaythe Commentsdialogboxallowingyoutoalterthedisplayedmessage. CommandlineintheEditwindow:
COMMENT/OPER,commenttext

Report
Thisoptionallowsyoutosendtexttotheinspectionreport.Accessthisoptionbyselecting Utilities|CommentfromthemenubarandswitchingtoREPTorenterthecommand COMMENT/REPTinthedesiredlocationoftheEditwindow.Typeinthedesiredtext.(Anylength oftextwillbeaccepted.)ClicktheOKbutton(orpresstheENTERkey)whenthecommentsare completed.WhenPCDMISexecutesthepartprogram,thesemessageswillnotbeviewed.PC DMISwill,however,sendthesecommentstotheinspectionreportwhenitisprinted.

418 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

PressingtheF9keywhilethecursorisinaCOMMENT/REPT commandlinewilldisplaythe Commentsdialogboxallowingyoutoalterthedisplayedmessage. CommandlineintheEditwindow:


COMMENT/REPT,commenttext

Input
Thisoptionissimilarto"OPER"inthatitallowsyoutodisplaytextwhenexecutingapartprogram. Inadditiontodisplayingamessagewiththepreviouslyenteredtext,acommentboxwillappear. Thisallowsyoutoenternumericalinformationthatwillbewrittentotheinspectionreport.Access thisoptionbyselectingUtilities|CommentfromthemenubarandswitchingtoINPUT,orenter thecommandCOMMENT/INPUT inthedesiredlocationoftheEditwindow.Typeinthedesired text.TheinputfromtheoperatorwillbeassignedtotheCommentIDandisaccessibleviaan expressionreference(i.e.C1.INPUT). PressingtheF9keywhilethecursorisinaCOMMENT/INPUTcommandlinewilldisplaythe Commentsdialogbox,allowingyoutoalterthedisplayedmessage. CommandlineintheEditwindow:
commentID=COMMENT/INPUT,commenttext

$$(Document)
Thisoptionprovidesyouwiththeabilitytodocument(addprogrammercomments)totheinternal program.Itwillnotdisplayanytextwhenexecutingthepartprogram.Thiscommanddoesnot havetheusualCOMMENTprefixtothecommand.Thisisdoneforvisibilitypurposestobetter offset CommandlineintheEditwindow:
$$NO,PleaseEditCommentText!

TotypeadocumentcommentdirectlyintotheEditwindow: 1. TypeCOMMENTandpressTAB.PCDMIShighlightstheOPERfield. 2. Type$$andpressTABorENTER. Whenyouopenapartprogramthatwassavedfromalaterversionintothecurrentversion,any commandsthatarenotsupportedinthecurrentversionwillshowupasDOCcomments.See "SaveAs"inthe"UsingBasicFileOptions"chapter.

Yes/No
Thisoptionallowsyoutodisplaytextwhenexecutingapartprogram.Themessageboxwill displayanypreviouslyenteredtextandYES/NObuttons.TheresponsetotheYES/NO questionwillappearinthepartprogram.Thetext'YES'or'NO'willbeassociatedwiththe commentidentificationandisavailableinanyexpressionviaareferencetotheCommentID(i.e. C1.INPUT). CommandlineintheEditwindow
commentID=COMMENT/YESNO,commenttext

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 419

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Readout
ThisoptionallowsyoutodisplaytextinsidetheProbeReadoutwindow. TheEditwindowcommandlineforthisoptionreads:
COMMENT/READOUT,commenttext

Formoreinformationonsettingupthisoption,see"Readout"inthe"InsertingReport Commands"chapter.

TraceFields
TheTraceFieldoptionletsyousetuptracefieldsintheEditWindow.Thisinformationisuseful intheSTATSdatabase(seetheXSTATS11.TMP file).Thenameofthefieldandthecurrent valuecanbechangedintheEditwindow.Thisisdonebyselectingthefieldtobechanged,and typinganewvalue. TodisplaytheTraceFieldsdialogbox,selecttheInsert|StatisticsCommand|Trace Fieldmenuoption. CommandlineintheEditwindow:
TRACEFIELD/fieldname:value

fieldname=stringthatrepresentsthenameofthetracefield.Thereisa15characterlimit onthelengthofthefieldname. value=thecurrentvalueofthetracefield.Thereisa15characterlimitonthelengthofthe value.

Expressions
YoucaninsertexpressionsintomostofPCDMIS'seditablefields.Seethe"UsingExpressions andVariables"chapter.

ScreenCaptures
YoucaninsertaDISPLAY/METAFILEcommandtoinsertscreencapturesoftheGraphics Displaywindowintoyourreport.Seethe"InsertingScreenCaptures"topicinthe"Inserting ReportCommands"chapter.

GlobalCommands
ThetablebelowdefinesthelistofglobalcommandsavailableintheEditwindow.Whileyou cannotalterthesecommands,theEditwindowdoesallowyoutoselecttheminorcommands followingthesemajorcommands. Toselecttheminorcommands: 1. PlacethecursoroveraminorcommandintheEditwindow. 2. Clickingtheleftmousebutton. 3. PressF7orF8.Thistogglesthroughtheavailablechoices.

420 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thislistservesasacomprehensivesummaryofthecommandsthatcanbeaddedtoapart program.Seeeachspecificsectionformoreinformationasnecessary. Note:ThemaximumnumberofcharactersthatPCDMIScanmanagewithinanylineoftheEdit windowis280. MAJORCOMMAND MINORCOMMAND 2DANGLE(see"DimensioningAngle"inA the"DimensioningFeatures"chapter) 2DDISTANCE(see"Dimensioning M Distance"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) 3DANGLE(see"DimensioningAngle"inA the"DimensioningFeatures"chapter 3DDISTANCE(see"Dimensioning M Distance"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) ALIGNMENT(seethe"Creatingand BF2D,BF3D,ITERATE, UsingAlignments"chapter) LEVEL,ROTATE,TRANS, ROTATE_OFFSET, TRANS_OFFSET,RECALL, RECALL_EXTERNAL ANGULARITY(see"Dimensioning M Angularity"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) ANALYSISVIEW(see"Analysis"inthe "InsertingReportCommands"chapter) ARRAYINDICES(see"Arrays"inthe "UsingExpressionsandVariables" chapter) ASSIGN(see"UsingVariableswith Expressions"intheUsingExpressions andVariables"chapter) ATTACH(see"IDsforfeatureswithin subroutines,basicscripts,orexternal programs"inthe"UsingExpressions andVariables"chapter) AUTO(see"SheetMetal VECTORPOINT,SURFACE Measurements") POINT,EDGEPOINT,CORNER POINT,ANGLEPOINT,HIGH POINT,SPHERE,CIRCLE, CYLINDER,SQUARESLOT, ROUNDSLOT,CONE,ELLIPSE, NOTCH,CONE AUTOTRIGGER(see"Parameter Settings:ProbeTriggerOptionstab"in the"SettingyourPreferences"chapter) CADEQUALSPART(see"CADEquals Part") CALCULATION CALLSUB(see"CallingaSubroutine"in the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter)

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 421

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CASE(see"Case/EndCase"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) CHECK(see"CheckDistance") CLEARP(see"ParameterSettings: ClearPlanetab"inthe"Settingyour Preferences"chapter) CLAMP(see"ClampingValue"inthe "SettingyourPreferences"chapter) COLUMN132(see"Dimensions") COMMENT(see"Comments") CONCENTRICITY(see"Dimensioning Concentricity"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) CONST(see"ConstructedFeatures")

"WORKPLANEVALUE"

OPER,REPORT M

CIRCLE,CONE,CURVE, CYLINDER,ELLIPSE,LINE, PLANE,POINT,SET,SURFACE, SPHERE

CIRCULARITY(see"Dimensioning Circularity"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) CYLINDRICITY(see"Dimensioning Cylindricity"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) DEFAULT_CASE(See"DefaultCase/ EndDefaultCase"inthe"Branchingby UsingFlowControl"chapter) DISPLAY(see"ScreenCaptures") METAFILE DO(see"Do/Until"inthe"Branching byUsingFlowControl"chapter) ELSE(see"Else/EndElse"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) END_ELSEIF(See"ElseIf/EndElse If"inthe"BranchingbyUsingFlow Control"chapter) ELSE_IF(see"ElseIf/EndElseIf"in the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) END_CASE(see"Case/EndCase"in the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) END_DEFAULTCASE(see"Default Case/EndDefaultCase"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl") END_ELSE(see"Else/EndElse"in the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) END_IF(see"If/EndIf"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter). END_SELECT(see"Select/End Select"inthe"BranchingbyUsingFlow Control"chapter)

422 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ENDWHILE(see"While/EndWhile"in the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) ENDSUB(see"EndingaSubroutine"in the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) EQUATE(see"EquateAlignment") EXTERNALCOMMAND(see"Inserting anExternalCommand"in"Adding ExternalElements"). FILE(seethe"UsingFileInput/Output"OPEN,MOVE,EXISTS,DIALOG, chapter) DELETE,COPY,CLOSE, WRITE_CHARACTER, WRITE_BLOCK,WRITELINE, SAVE_POSITION,REWIND, RECALL_POSITION, READ_UPTO, READ_CHARACTER, READ_BLOCK,READLINE FLATNESS(see"Dimensioning M Flatness"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) FLY(see"FlyMode"inthe"Setting yourPreferences"chapter) FORMFEED(see"InsertingaForm FeedCommand"inthe"Inserting ReportCommands"chapter). FORMAT(see"DimensionFormat") HEADINGS,STATS GAPONLY(see"Dimensioning ON Location"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) GENERIC(see"CreatingaGeneric POINT,PLANE,NONE,LINE, Feature"inthe"CreatingGeneric CYLINDER,CONE,CIRCLE, Features"chapter) SQUARE_SLOT,SPHERE, ROUNDSLOT GOTO(see"JumpingtoaLabel"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) HIT(see"Hits") BASIC,ANGLE,VECTOR, SURFACE,EDGE,CORNER IF(see"If/EndIf"inthe"Branchingby UsingFlowControl"chapter) KEYIN(see"Dimensioningthrough M KeyboardInput"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) LABEL(see"CreatingLabels"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) LEITZPROBE LOADPROBE(see"LoadProbe") "FILENAME" LOCATION(see"Dimensioning A,D,M,PA,PR,R,T,X,Y,Z Location"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter)

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 423

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

LOOP(see"CreatingGenericLoops"in START,END the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) MEAS(see"MeasuredFeatures") CIRCLE,CONE,CURVE, CYLINDER,LINE,PLANE,POINT, SET,SLOT,SPHERE MODE(see"ProbeModetoolbar"intheDCC,MANUAL "UsingToolbars"chapter) MOVE(see"MoveCommands") POINT,ROTAB,CIRCULAR, CLEARPLANE,INCREMENT, PH9(X,Y,Z) MOVESPEED(see"MoveSpeed") %ofoverallmachinespeed ONERROR(see"BranchingonaCMM Unexpected_hit,probe_miss Error"inthe"BranchingbyUsingFlow Control"chapter) OPTIONMOTION(see"Parameter Settings:OptionalMotiontab"inthe "SettingyourPreferences"chapter) PARALLELISM(see"Dimensioning M Parallelism"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) PD PERPENDICULARITY(see M "DimensioningPerpendicularity"inthe "DimensioningFeatures"chapter) PREHIT(see"PrehitDistance") "distance" PROBECOMP(see"ProbeComp") "ON,OFF" PROFILE(see"DimensioningSurface orLineProfile"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) PROGRAM END"endsprogramatcommand location" READPOINT(see"ReadPoint") "xyzvalueofprobelocation" RECALL(see"RecallinganExisting VIEWSET,ALIGNMENT Alignment"in"CreatingandUsing (INTERNAL/EXTERNAL) Alignments"chapter) RETRACT(see"RetractDistance") "distance" RETROLINEARONLY(see"Location ON,OFF Options"inthe"DimensioningFeatures" chapter) RMEAS(see"RelativeMeasurement Area"inthe"CreatingAutoFeatures" chapter) RS RT RUNOUT(see"DimensioningRunout" M inthe"DimensioningFeatures"chapter) S SAVE(see"SavinganAlignment"intheALIGNMENT "CreatingandUsingAlignments" chapter) SCANSPEED(see"ScanSpeed"inthe %ofoverallmachinespeed "SettingyourPreferences"chapter)

424 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SCRIPT(see"InsertingBASICScripts" inthe"AddingExternalElements" chapter) SELECT(see"Select/EndSelect"in the"BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) STATS(seethe"TrackingStatistical ON,OFF Data"chapter) STRAIGHTNESS(see"Dimensioning M Straightness"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) SUBROUTINE(see"Branchingwith Subroutines"inthe"BranchingbyUsing FlowControl"chapter) TIP(see"Tip") "filename" TEMPCOMP(see"Compensatingfor Temperature"inthe"Settingyour Preferences"chapter) TOUCHSPEED(see"TouchSpeed%" "%ofoverallmachinespeed" inthe"SettingyourPreferences" chapter) TRACEFIELD(see"TraceFields") (fieldname:value) TRUEPOSITION(see"Dimensioning A,D,M,PA,PR,R,T,V,X,Y,Z TruePosition"inthe"Dimensioning Features"chapter) UNTIL(see"Do/Until"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) WHILE(see"While/EndWhile"inthe "BranchingbyUsingFlowControl" chapter) WORKPLANE(see"WorkingPlane TOP,BACK,BOTTOM,FRONT, List"inthe"UsingToolbars"chapter) LEFT,RIGHT

CommandModeKeyboardFunctions
ThefollowingtableliststhevariouskeyboardfunctionsavailablewithintheEditwindow's CommandMode. Key(s) ALT+F3 SHIFT+TAB, CTRL+LEFT ARROW CTRL Function DisplaystheSearchdialogbox. Movescursorbackwardtothelastuser editablefield. ClickondesiredfeatureintheGraphics Displaywindowusingleftmousebutton.PC DMISwillmovethecursortothe correspondingfeaturelineintheEditwindow. CTRL+doubleclickingonafeatureselects theentirefeature. Selectsalltextinthewindowforhighlighting.

CTRL+A

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 425

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

CTRL+C

CopiestextorobjectstotheClipboard.Iftext fromasinglefieldishighlighted,thistextis copiedtotheClipboard.Ifmorethanonefield ishighlighted,thentheentireobjectiscopied totheClipboard. CTRL+E Executesselectedfeatures(orthefeaturewith thecursor). CTRL+END Movesthecursortotheendofthepart program. CTRL+TAB MinimizesorrestorestheEditwindow. CTRL+HOME Movesthecursortothebeginningofthepart program. CTRL+PAGE Movesthecursortotheendofthefile. DOWN CTRL+PAGE Movesthecursortothebeginningofthefile. UP CTRL+Q DisplaystheExecutedialogboxandallows youtoexecutethepartprogram. CTRL+T Assignsthecurrentcommandtotheselected activearm. CTRL+V PastestheClipboard'scontentsattheinsertion point.Iftextonlywascopied,attemptstopaste thetext.Ifanentireobjectwascopiedtothe Clipboard,attemptstopastetheentireobject. Inthelattercase,iftheinsertionpointisinthe firstcolumnoftheeditwindowonthefirstline ofacommand,theClipboardobjectisplaced beforethisobject.Inallothercases,insertion isaftertheobject. CTRL+X Cutsanyhighlightedcharacters. CTRL+Y DisplaystheExecutedialogboxandresumes apausedexecution. DELETEor Deletesanyhighlightedcharacters.Ifnothing BACKSPACE ishighlighted,thenbothkeystrokesfunctionas inanormaleditor. Doubleclick Doubleclickingusingtheleftmousebutton whenthecursorisonanyeditablefieldwill highlightthatfield. DOWN Movesthecursordownoneline. ARROW F1 DisplaystheHelptopicforthecommand. F2 Insertsanexpression. F3 Marksasinglefeatureforexecution.Multiple featurescanbemarkedsimultaneouslyby highlightingthembeforeselectingthis command. F4 PrintstheentirecontentsoftheEditwindow. DisplaystheSetupOptionsdialogbox. F5 DisplaystheChangeallthefontsdialogbox. F6 F7 Ifthecursorisplacedinatogglefield,this commandswitchestheentryinthefield forwardtothenextalphabeticalentryinthelist ofallowedentries.Itwillcycletothebeginning ofthelistwhentheendisreached.

426 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

F8

Ifthecursorisplacedinatogglefield,this commandswitchestheentryinthefield backwardtothelastalphabeticalallowedentry. Itwillcycletotheendofthelistwhenthe beginningisreached. F9 Callsupdialogboxforthecommandonwhich thecursorisresidingwhenthekeyispressed. DisplaystheParameterSettingsdialogbox. F10 DisplaystheFixtureSetupdialogbox. F12 LEFTARROW Movesthecursorleftonecharacter. PAGEDOWN Movesthecursordownonepage. PAGEUP Movesthecursoruponepage. RIGHT Movesthecursorrightonecharacter. ARROW SHIFT Iftheshiftkeyishelddownwhenarrow buttonsaredepressed,textishighlightedas thecursormoves. SHIFT+doubleclickonastartblockorend blockselectstheentireblock. SHIFT+F10 DisplaystheJumpTodialogbox. TAB+CTRL+ Movescursorforwardtothenextusereditable RIGHT field. ARROW UPARROW Movesthecursoruponeline. (minuskey)orRemovesthelasthitfromthehitbuffer. ALT+ END Insertsthemeasuredfeatureintothepart program.

WorkinginDMISMode

ToenterDMISmode,select SelectingtheDMISModeicondisplaystheEditwindowcommands View|DMISMode. inDMISformat.ThismeansyoucanusetheDMISsyntaxtoedit yourpartprograms. MostofthecommandsandfeaturesyoucanaddtoyourpartprogramusingCommandmode, youcanaddusingDMISmode.ForinformationonhowtoinsertoreditcommandsinDMISmode, see"UnderstandingCoreConcepts". ForinformationonhowDIMScommands(PCDMIS'sstandardcommandformat)translateinto DMIScommands,seethedocumenttitled,PCDMISSupportDocumentationforDMISavailable fromftp://wilcoxassoc.com/docs/dmis_support.zip. ForinformationonDMIS,seehttp://www.dmis.com.

WorkingwithUserDefinedGroups
PCDMISletsyougroupcontiguousEditwindowcommandstogether,placingtheminsideofa userdefinedGROUP/ENDGROUPcommandpair(inDMISmodegroupsareshownas DMISEWcommands).Groupedcommandshelpsimplifyuserinteractionwiththepartprogram
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingtheEditWindow 427

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

byallowingoperationsoncommandsinsidethegrouptobeappliedatonceontheentiregroup. Inaddition,theprogramappearslessbusytotheeye,allowingyoutobettervisualizetheoverall structureofthepartprogram. Forexample,supposeyouhaveseveralhundredpointsinyourpartprogramfromascanthat youwanttohidetomaketheoverallstructureofthepartprogrammorevisibleandeasiertowork with.Youcanselectallthepointcommands,aslongastheyareallinonelist,andthenselect theInsert|Group menuitemtogroupthosecommandstogether.InanymodeoftheEdit windowyoucanthenshoworhidethecommandsinsideofthegroupasneeded.

SampleGroupofSeveralPoints Expanded

SampleGroupofSeveralPointsCollapsed

GroupsappearinthisformatinsidetheEditwindow'sCommandmode:
GRP1=GROUP/SHOWALLPARAMS=YES ...commandsinsidethegrouparelisted ...betweenthetwocommands ENDGROUP/

SHOWALLPARAMS=ThisYES/NOtogglefieldletyoushoworhidecommandsinside ofthegroupinCommandorDMISmodes.BydefaultthiscommandissettoYESand showsallcommandsheldwithinthegroup.IfyousetittoNO,commandsinsidethegroup stillexistbutarehidden.

428 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

InsertingGroups
Whenyouinsertyourfirstgroupcommandintothepartprogram,PCDMISgives itadefault nameof"GRP1"insideCommandandDMISmodesor"GROUPGRP1"insideSummarymode. PCDMISthenincrementsthenumberintheIDforeachadditionalGroup.Youcaneasilymodify thenameofthegrouptosomethingmoredescriptivebysimplytypinganewIDinCommandor DMISmodes,orbypressingF9andeditingtheGROUPcommandthatway. ThereareseveraldifferentwaystoinsertgroupsintothePCDMISpartprogram: TheInsert|Group menuitem. ThisinsertstheGROUPandENDGROUPcommands.Ifyouselectedagroupof commandsbeforeselectingthismenuitem,theywouldbeplacedinsideofthegroup.In CommandandDMISmodes,thismeanstheGROUPcommandwouldprecedethevery firstselectedcommandandtheENDGROUPcommandwouldfollowthelastselected command.Ifyoudon'thaveanycommandsselected,PCDMISwilldisplayadialogbox askingifyouwanttoinsertthecommandpairwithoutanyfeaturesinsideit.Thismenu itemworksinanymodeoftheEditwindow. TheRightclickshortcutmenu. RightclickinsideCommandorDMISmode,andselectGroupfromtheshortcutmenu.If youselectedagroupofcommandsbeforeselectingthismenuitem,theywouldbe placedinsideofthegroup.InCommandandDMISmodes,thismeanstheGROUP commandwouldprecedetheveryfirstselectedcommandandtheENDGROUP commandwouldfollowthelastselectedcommand. SummaryMode. RightclickinsideSummarymode,andselectAddCommand.Fromthelistof commands,selectGroup.ThiswillinsertanemptyGROUP/ENDGROUPcommand pair.GroupsappearasfoldersinsideSummarymode.Commandsappearindented insidethosefolders.Youcanexpandorcollapsethesegroupsbyclickingontheplus(+) and()keysrespectively.TheENDGROUPishiddeninSummarymode. TypetheCommand. InCommandorDMISmodes,simplytypeGROUPandpressENTERorTAB.PCDMIS willinsertanemptyGROUP/ENDGROUPcommandpair. PCDMISwillmaketheGroup menuitemunavailableforselectionifyoutrytogroup somethingthatisnotallowed,suchasattemptingtoonlygroupaportionofacommand's block.

EditingGroups
YoucanedityourgroupsbyusingtheEditwindowdirectlyorbypressingF9andaccessingthe Groupdialogbox.

GroupIDThisletsmodifythegroup'sIDtosomethingdifferent.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 429

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

HideGroupThissetsSHOWALLPARAMSequaltoNO. ShowGroupThissetsSHOWALLPARAMSequaltoYES.

RemovingGroups
YoucanremoveGROUP/ENDGROUPcommandsintheseways: SimplyhighlightingandthendeletingtheGROUPcommandintheEditwindow. RightclickingonthecommandandselectingDeletefromtheshortcutmenu.

PCDMISwilldeletetheGROUPandENDGROUPcommandsfromthepartprogramand everythingcontainedtherein. Important:Onceagroupisdeleteditcannotbeundone.IfyoujustwanttodeletetheGROUP/ ENDGROUPcommandswithoutaffectingthegroup'scontents,youwillneedtofirstselectand movethecontentsoutsideofthegroupbeforedeletingit.

UsingMultipleArmModewithGroups
InCommandorDMISmodes,groupsthatcontaincommandssetforexecutionbyaspecificarm willhavethesameredand/orgreenMultipleArmModemarginmarkingsasthosecommands. Ifallthecommandsinagroupare tiedtoonearm,thentheGROUP commandwillalsohavethesame margincolormarkings.Ifyouthen changethearmmodeofthe GROUPcommand,allcommands insidewillswitchtheirmargincolor markingstotheotherarm.

430 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Ifoneormorecommandsaretiedto botharms,thentheGROUP commandwillalsohavethesame margincolormarkingsasboth arms.

ForinformationonMultipleArmMode,seethe"UsingMultipleArmMode"chapter.

PerformingOperationsonGroups
Ingeneral,alloperationsthatcanbeperformedonasinglecommandintheeditwindow,when performedonagroup,areperformedoneveryitemcontainedwithinthegroup. Thevariousoperationsyoucanperformonagrouparedescribedindetailbelow.Mostaretaken fromtheCommandmode'sshortcutmenu.RightclickintheCommandmodetoseethisshortcut menu.Thisshortcutmenuisdiscussedinthe"CommandModeShortcutMenu"topicfrom"Using ShortcutKeysandShortcutMenus".Theinformationbelowonlyappliestohowthismenuworks withGROUPcommandsorfeaturesinsideofgroups. ShortcutMenuOperationsonGroups SelectCommand Whenthegroupiscollapsedand youchooseSelectCommand,PCDMISselectsevery commandcontainedinthegroupasablock.Whenthe groupisexpanded,SelectCommandselectsonlythe GROUPcommanditself. SelectBlockThismenuitemselectseverycommand containedinthegroupasablock,regardlessofthe expanded/collapsedstateofthegroup. ExecuteFromCursor(CTRL+U)Thisdoesn't changefromtheusualoperation. ExecuteBlock(CTRL+L)Ifyouselectablock,PC DMISonlyexecutestheblock.Ifyouselectedagroup astheblock,thenPCDMISexecutesthegroup. JumpTo(CTRL+J)Thisdoesn'tchangefromthe usualoperation. JumpBack(ALT+J)Thisdoesn'tchangefromthe usualoperation. Edit(F9) Whenthecursorispositionedonthe GROUPcommand,aGroupdialogboxappears.You canmodifythegroup'sIDanddisplaystate.Ifyou

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingtheEditWindow 431

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

selectEditontheENDGROUPcommand,nothinghappens. Mark(F3)IfyouplacethecursorontheGROUPcommandandselectthismenuitem, allitemscontainedwithinthegroupareMarkedorUnmarkedasawhole.Ifyouhaveany unmarkedcommandswithinthegroupwhenyouselectthismenuitem,thosecommands becomemarked,andallothercommandsremainmarked.Ifallcommandswithinthe grouparealreadymarkedwhenyouselectMark(F3),allcommandsbecomeunmarked. ThecoloroftheGROUPcommandreflectsthemarkedstateofthecommandscontained withinthegroup.Ifatleastonecommandwithinthegroupismarkedforexecution,then thegroupdisplaysasmarkedforexecution.Ifnocommandismarked,thenthegroup displaysasunmarked. DeleteThismenuitemonlyappearsontheSummaryModeshortcutmenu.Ifyou selectaGROUPcommandandthenselectDelete,PCDMISwilldeletetheGROUPand ENDGROUPcommandsandeverythinginbetween.YoucannotundoaGROUPdeletion. GroupIfyouselectanexistingGROUPcommandandthenselecttheGroupmenu item,PCDMIScreatesanewGROUPcommand,nestingtheselectedgroupinsideit. CollapseGroupsThisdoesn'tchangefromtheusualoperation. SetasStartPointThisdoesn'tchangefromtheusualoperation. CutRemovestheGROUPcommandandENDGROUPcommand.Allitemsstored insidethegroupremaininthepartprogram. CopyandPasteCopyingandpastingdoesn'tworkwithaGROUP/ENDGROUPpair. Youcanonlycopyandpastecommandsfoundinsideofthegroup.

OtherGroupOperations File|Execute|ExecuteFeature(CTRLE)Selectingthismenuitemwhileselecting theGROUPcommandwillexecuteallfeaturesinsidethegroup. FlowControlStatementsTheIDcanbeusedtocontroltheflowofpartprogram executionsimilartohowyoucansendprogramflowtoaLABELcommand.Youcanuse GOTOorIF_GOTOflowcontrolcommandstosendtheprogramflowtoagroupbased ondefinedconditions.Forexample:


IF_GOTO/VAR>0,GOTO=GRP1

or
GOTO/GRP1

432 UsingtheEditWindow

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingOtherWindows,Editors,and Tools
UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools:Overview
PCDMISprovidesyouwithanassortmentofwindows,editors,andotheraidsthathelpmake yourpartprogrammingeasierandmoreproductive.Thischapterdiscusseshowtoaccessand usethesetools. Theseinclude: TheEditwindow,whichhasalreadybeendiscussedinthe"UsingtheEditwindow" chapter AReportwindowfordisplayingmeasurementresults(see"UsingtheReportWindow") AscripteditorthatallowsyoutocreatescriptsintheBASICprogramminglanguage(see "UsingtheBasicScriptEditor") Aneditorforcreatinganddisplayinginteractiveandformsanddialogboxes(see"Using theFormEditor") Aninspectionreporteditorthatallowsyoutoquicklyviewandmakesmallediting changestoyourautomaticgeneratedinspectionreports(see"ViewinganInspection Report") Aninterfaceforquickgenerationofsimplepartprograms(see"UsingtheQuickStart Interface") Asettingswindowthatletsyoumakequickeditstofrequentlyusedvalues(see"Using theSettingsWindow") Apreviewwindowthatallowsyoutopreviewyourmeasurementsbeforeacceptingthem (see"UsingthePreviewWindow") Awindowusedtocreateandstoremarkedsetsoffeaturesforfutureexecution(see "UsingtheMarkedSetsWindow") AcustomizableVirtualKeyboardthatyoucanuseinplaceofarealkeyboard(see"Using theVirtualKeyboard") Aprobereadoutwindowthatshowsthecurrentprobe'slocation,andotherinformation (see"UsingtheProbeReadoutWindow") Astatuswindowthatdisplaysthecurrentstatusofanoperationorfeatureinformation (see"UsingtheStatusWindow") Aprobetoolboxthatallowsyoutoperformprobemanipulations(see"UsingtheProbe Toolbox") Adockablecolorbarthatshowsthedifferenttolerancezonesanddimensioncolors(see "UsingtheDimensionsColorsWindow") Apathviewershowingthepathyourprobewilltakeduringprogramexecution(see "ViewingPathLines") ACadInformationdialogboxtodisplayinformationaboutaCADelementintheGraphics Displaywindow(see"ViewingCADInformation"inthe"EditingtheCADDisplay"chapter.

UsingtheReportWindow
SelectingtheView|ReportWindow menuoptiondisplaystheReportWindow.Thiswindow, afterpartprogramexecution,displaysyourmeasurementresultsandautomaticallyconfiguresthe outputaccordingtoadefaultreporttemplate.Fordetailedinformation,seethe"AbouttheReport Window"topicinthe"ReportingMeasurementResults"chapter.
PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools 433

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

UsingtheBasicScriptEditor
TheBasicScriptEditorcanbeusedtocreateandeditBASICscriptsthatcanbeusedinBasic ScriptobjectsduringexecutionorfromtheBasicScriptEditortoolbar. TheView|BasicScriptEditor menuoptionopenstheBasicScriptEditorandreplacesPC DMIS'smainmenubarwiththesemenus:File,Edit,Run,andHelp.YoucanrestorePCDMIS's normalmenubarbyminimizingorclosingtheBasicScriptEditor. TheBasicScriptEditorconsistsofthefollowing: BasicScriptEditorToolbar Filemenu Editmenu Runmenu Helpmenu

Thesetopicsarediscussedbelow.

BasicScriptEditorToolbar

TheBasicScriptEditortoolbarsupportsthefollowingfunctions:

New

Thisbuttonallowsyoutocreateanewbasicscriptintheeditor.

Open

ThisbuttonbringsupanOpenFiledialogboxallowingyoutoopenanexistingbasicscriptinto theeditor.

Save

Thisbuttonsavesthecurrentbasicscript.Ifyouhavenotalreadynamedthecurrentscript,a SaveAsdialogboxaskingforthenameofthescriptwillappear.

Print

434 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Thisbuttonprintsthecurrentbasicscript.

PrintPreview

ThisbuttonallowsyoutoseethecurrentbasicscriptinthePrintPreviewwindowasitwillappear whenprinted.

Find

Thisbuttonallowsyoutosearchfortextinthecurrentbasicscript.

Cut

Thisbuttoncutscurrentlyselectedtextandputtextontheclipboard.

Copy

Thisbuttoncopiescurrentlyselectedtextandputtextontheclipboard.

Paste

Thisbuttonpastestextfromtheclipboardintotheeditoratthecurrentinsertionpoint.

Undo

Thisbuttonallowsyoutoundothelasteditingchange.

Compile

TheCompileiconcompiles(makesthescriptunderstandableandreadytorunonthecomputer system)thecurrentBASICscript.Youmustcompileascriptbeforerunningit.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools 435

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Start

Thisbuttoncompilesandrunsthecurrentbasicscript. Note: ScriptsranfromtheeditorusingthePCDMISbasiccommandscaninsertobjectsintothe currentpartprogram.

FileMenu
TheBasicScriptEditor'sFile menugivesyouthefollowingcommandsandoptions:

New
TheFile|New menuoptionopensanewBasicScriptEditorinwhichyoucanwriteanewscript.

Open
TheFile|Openmenuoptionallowsyoutonavigatetoandopenanexistingscript.Inorderfor filestoappearintheBasicScriptEditor,filesmustbeoffiletype*.bas.

Save
TheFile|Savemenuoptionallowsyoutosaveascript.Withanewscript,thefirsttimethis optionisselected,theSaveAsdialogboxwillappearallowingyoutochoosewhattonameyour scriptandwhereyouwanttosaveit.

SaveAs
TheFile|SaveAsmenuoptionallowsyoutosaveanewscript,oranalreadyexistingscriptbya newfilename.TheSaveAsdialogboxappears,allowingyoutoselectthefilenameandthe directorytowhichyouwillbesavingthescript.

Print
TheFile|Print menuoptionallowsyoutoprintthescriptintheBasicScriptEditorfromyour system'sprinter.

PrintPreview
TheFile|PrintPreview menuoptionallowsyoutopreviewwhatwillbesenttotheprinterwhen PrintisselectedfromtheBasicScriptEditor's File menu.

Exit
TheFile|ExitmenuoptionallowsyoutoexitoutoftheBasicScriptEditorwithoutsavingany changesyouhavemadetoanyopenscripts.ChoosingFile|Exitwillreturnyouthemainuser interface.ThemenubarwillreturntonormalPCDMISfunctions.

436 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Unicode
TheFile|UnicodemenuitemspecifieswhetheryourbasicscriptisaUnicodescriptornot.Ifit isn'taUnicodescript,thentheBasicScriptEditorinterpretsthescriptasASCIItext. TheBasicScriptEditorneedstoknowtheformatofyourscriptinordertocorrectlydisplayand interpretit.Unicodeformattingallowstheeditortohandlemorecomplexcharacters(suchas thosedisplayedinChineseorJapanese). Unlessyou'reworkinginalanguagethatusesmultibytecharacters,yougenerallywon'tneedto selectthismenuitem.

EditMenu
TheEditmenuoftheBasicScriptEditorallowsyoutousebasicEditfunctionstomanipulatethe textdisplayedintheBasicScriptEditor.

Undo
TheEdit|UndomenuoptionallowsyoutoundothemostrecentactiontakenintheBasicScript Editor.

Cut
TheEdit|CutmenuoptionallowsyoutocutselectedtextfromtheBasicScriptEditor.Cuttextis storedintheWindowsclipboardtolaterbepastedelsewhere.

Copy
TheEdit|Copymenuoptionallowsyoutocopyselectedtext.Copiedtextisstoredinthe Windowsclipboardtolaterbepastedelsewhere.

Paste
TheEdit|PastecommandallowsyoutopastetextthatisstoredintheWindowsclipboard.

Delete
TheEdit|Deletecommandallowsyoutodeletehighlightedtext.

SelectAll
TheEdit|SelectAllmenuoptionautomaticallyselectsallthetextwithintheBasicScriptEditor. YoucanthenCut,Copy,orDeletetheselectedtext.

Find
TheEdit|Find menuoptionbringsuptheFinddialogbox.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools 437

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Finddialogbox Thisdialogboxallowsyoutosearchforaspecificword,ortermwithintheBasicScriptEditor. IfyouchoosetheMatchWholeWordOnlycheckboxthedialogwilldisplayonlythose wordsthatmatchtheentireword. IfyouchoosetheMatchCasecheckbox,thenthedialogwilldisplayonlythoseterms thatmatchthecase(UppercaseorLowercase)thatyouusedintheFindwhatbox.

FindNext
TheEdit|FindNextwillsearchintheBasicScriptEditorforthenexttermthatmeetsthe qualificationsspecifiedintheFinddialogbox(SeeEdit|Findabove.)

Replace
TheEdit|ReplacemenuoptionbringsuptheReplacedialogbox.

Replacedialogbox TheReplacedialogboxisanextensionoftheEdit|Findcommand.Itallowsyoutosearchfora specifictermandthenreplaceitwiththetermenteredintheReplacewithbox. TheMatchwholewordonlycheckboxwillonlymatchwholewords,notpartialmatches.For example,ifyouarelookingfor"point"andyoudonothavethischeckboxselected,itmayfind thesequenceofcharactersinsidethewords"points"or"pointer". TheMatchcasecheckboxonlyfindsinstancesthatmatchtheexactcasetypedintotheFind whatbox.Ifyoutyped"point",itwouldnotfind"Point"or"POINT"becauseoftheircase differences. TheFindNextbuttonsearchesthroughtheBasicScriptEditorandbringsupthefirstinstance thatmeetsthequalificationsenteredinthedialogbox. TheReplacebuttonallowsyoutoreplacewhathasbeenfound(usingtheFindNextbutton)with whatisintheReplacewithbox.

438 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheReplaceAllbuttonallowsyoutoreplaceallinstancesintheBasicScriptEditorthatmeetthe searchqualificationswithwhatisintheReplacewithbox. TheCancelbuttonclosestheReplacedialogbox.

DialogEditor
TheEdit|DialogEditoroptionopensawindowwithagridnamedDialogOneandalsothe MasQEnableDialogDesignertoolbar.ThistoolbarandtheDialogOnegridgiveyouthe necessarytoolstodesigndialogboxesthatcanlaterbeprogrammedforyourscripts. Clickingthe"X"intheupperrighthandcorneroftheMasQEnableDialogDesignertoolbarwill closethesetools.

ViewMenu
TheViewmenuallowsyoutochooseiftheBasicScriptEditortoolbarandStatusBararebeing displayed.SelectView|Toolbartodisplayorhidethetoolbar.SelectView|StatusBarto displayorhidethestatusbar. Usingthismenuyoucanalsodeterminewheretosettabstops.Thisoptionallowsyoutoindent programstatementsasetnumberofcharacters,thusimprovingprogramreadability.SelectView |SetTabStopsandtypeanumber.PCDMISwillthenindentbytheindicatednumberof characterswheneveryoupresstheTABkey.Forexample,ifyouwantatabstopateveryfive characters,type"5"intheSetTabStopsdialogbox.

RunMenu
TheRunmenuallowsyoutoselecttheCompileorStartcommand.Thecompilecommand compilesthescriptcheckingitforsyntaxerrorswhilethestartcommandexecutesthescript.

HelpMenu
TheHelp menuallowsyoutoaccessvariousoptionsthataidyouinusingtheBasicScriptEditor.

BasicHelp
TheHelp|BasicHelpcommandbringsuptheonlinehelpfilecreatedfortheaddonBasic Module.

SyntaxHelp
TheHelp|SyntaxHelpturnsonorofftheoptiontousethesyntaxhelpwhenusingtheBasic ScriptEditor.Ifthisoptionisselected,apopupscrollboxappearswithintheBasicScriptEditor wheneveryoutypeinacommandortermusedintheBasicprogramminglanguage.Youcanuse arrowkeystoselecttheappropriateterm.Onceselected,presstheTABkeyandthattermwill appearintheBasicScriptEditor.PressingtheSPACEBARdisplaysthesyntaxneededforthe command.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools 439

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

SyntaxHelpFile
TheHelp|SyntaxHelpFileallowsyoutoselectthesyntaxfileusedintheHelp|SyntaxHelp command.TheLoadSyntaxHelpFiledialogboxwillappear.Navigatetothedirectorythat containsPCDMISforWindowsandselectthe"Pcdmis.syn"file.

UsingtheFormEditor
SelectingtheView|FormEditormenuoptiondisplaystheFormEditor.Thiseditorprovidesyou withpowerfultoolstoaidyouinbuildinginteractiveformsanddialogboxesthatgetactivated duringexecution.Fordetailedinformation,seethe"AboutForms"topicinthe"Reporting MeasurementResults"chapter.

ViewinganInspectionReport

TheView|InspectionReportmenuoptionallowsyoutoselectthedesiredtextreporttobe displayedonthescreen.ThereportwillbeinRichTextFormat(.rtf) Toopenaninspectionreport: 1. ChoosetheInspectionReport menuoption.AnOpenFiledialogboxwillappear.

Opendialogboxshowinganavailablereport(Test001.RTF)

2. Navigatetowhereyourreportsarestored. 3. Selectthedesiredtextfiletobedisplayedonthescreen.

440 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Ifyoudon'thaveawordprocessorthatsupports.RTFfiles,theinspectionreportisopenedin WordPad.ThemenusinaWordPadwindowallowyouto: Cut,copy,andpastesectionsofareport Openanexistingreport Saveanewreport Printareport Closetheopenreport

UsingtheQuickStartInterface
TheQuickStartinterface(View|OtherWindows|QuickStart)isadialogboxwitha connectedtoolbardowntheside.

QuickStartinterface Thisinterfacehelpsyoutoquicklycreateasimplepartprogram.Itdoesthisbyprovidingdialog boxesorproceduresthathelpyoudefineorcalibrateaprobe,alignyourpart,measurefeatures, constructadditionalfeatures,anddimensionexistingfeatures. Toaccessanyoftheseitems,simplyclickonthedesiredtoolbaricon.Iftheiconcontains additionalprocedures,anothertoolbarwillappeartotherightoftheselectedicon.Fromthenew toolbaryoucanselectaspecificprocedure. TheQuickStartToolbarIcons TheQuickStarttoolbarcontainstheseicons: Calibrate/EditThisicondoesn'tdisplayanothertoolbar.Insteaditlaunchesthe ProbeUtilitiesdialogbox.Youcanthenusethisdialogboxtodefineaprobeand calibrateprobetips. AlignThisicondisplaystheQuickStartAligntoolbar.Fromthistoolbaryoucan selectanalignmentprocedure. MeasureThisicondisplaystheQuickStartMeasuretoolbar.Fromthistoolbaryou canselectameasurementprocedure. ConstructThisicondisplaystheQuickStartConstructtoolbar.Fromthistoolbar youcanselectaconstructionprocedure.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools 441

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

DimensionThisicondisplaystheQuickStartDimensiontoolbar.Fromthistoolbar youcanselectadesireddimensionprocedure. ResetThisiconresetstheQuickStartdialogboxtoguessmode.

UnderstandingtheQuickStartInterface: Inversions3.5through3.7,theQuickStarttoolbarwasseparatefromtheQuickStartdialog box.Sinceversion4.0,however,tosavescreenrealestate,theQuickStarttoolbarisnowtiedto theQuickStartdialogboxitself.ThismeanswheneveryouselecttheQuickStartinterface,both thetoolbarandthedialogboxautomaticallyappearandareinseparable.

QuickStartdialogboxandtoolbar Inaddition, Hoveringyourmouseoveraparticularitemonthedialogortoolbartellswhatthatitem doesinayellowtooltipthatwillappearunderyourmouse. YoucandockorundocktheQuickStartdialogboxtoorfromtheleftsideofthescreen byclickingonthetitlebarandthendragginganddroppingit. InstructionsforthevariousQuickStartproceduresarenolongerincludedintheQuick Startdialogbox.Instead,theyaredisplayedontheStatusBaratthebottomofyour screen.IftheinstructionsaretoolongfortheStatusBararea,PCDMISscrollsthe instructionsfromrighttoleft.MovingyourmouseovertheQuickStartdialogboxresets thescrollingofthecurrentinstructionstothebeginning.

442 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

ExampleQuickStartInstructionontheleftsideoftheStatusBar Youcannowselectinputfeaturesusedinthedifferentproceduresbyclickingonthe featurefromtheEditwindoworfromtheGraphicsDisplaywindow.

PCDMISnowincludesaStatusWindow.Thiswindowletsyoupreviewadimensionor,ifin GuessMode,previewameasuredfeaturebeforeclickingtheFinishbuttonandinsertingthe dimensionorfeatureintothepartprogram.See"UsingtheStatusWindow"inthe"UsingOther Windows,Editors,andTools"chapter. Important: WhenyouenabletheQuickStartinterfacecertaincommandsaredisabled.For example,youcannotdelete,copy,ormarkfeaturesneithercanyouexecuteyourpartprogram. ToperformtheseandotheractionsyouneedtofirstclosetheQuickStartinterface.

UsingtheQuickStartdialogbox
TheQuickStartinterfacecontainsatoolbarattachedtotheQuickStartdialogbox.Manyofthe proceduresonthistoolbarusetheQuickStartdialogboxtoperformtheiroperations.Thetoolbar iconsarediscussedinthe"QuickStartInterface"topic. Thistopicfocusesondescribingtheitemsyouwillencounteronthedialogboxportionofthe interfaceandhowtousethedialogboxtoperformvariousoperations.

SampleQuickStartInterface DialogBoxItem Description

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools 443

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

GraphicalDescription

ForalloperationsthatusetheQuick Startdialogbox,PCDMISdisplays twoicons.Acurrentprocedureonthe leftandthecurrentstepinthat procedure,orthecurrentguessed feature,ontheright. Intheexamplescreenshottotheleft, thequestionmarkiconshowsthat PCDMISisinaGuessMode operation.ThePointicononitsright showsthatwithasinglehit,apoint featurewillgetcreated.Theiconon therightwillchangetoalineifyou takeanotherhit. TheuniqueIDforthefeature.AnID appearsintheboxonceyouselectan appropriateprocedure. See"ID"inthe"NavigatingtheUser Interface"chapter.

ID Thislistletsyouoverridetheguessed featuremeasurementtotheselected featuretype.Forexample,ifyoutake fourhitsandPCDMISguessesa plane,youcanselectCircle fromthis listtocauseittocreateameasured circleinstead. FeatureOverride See"OverridingaGuessedMeasured Feature"inthe"CreatingMeasured Features"chapter. Thisdisplayshowsontherightofthe slash,theminimumhitsneededto measurethefeatureandontheleftof theslashthehitscurrentlytaken.You cantakemorethantheminimum numberofhitsinwhichcase,the numbertotheleftoftheslashwillbe greaterthanthenumberontheright. NumberofHitsTaken

444 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

StoreaMove

TheStoreaMoveiconallowsyouto easilystoremovepointsintothepart program.Whenyouclickthisicon, PCDMISreadsthecurrentlocationof theprobeandinsertsaMOVE/POINT commandintotheEditwindow. Seethe"InsertingaMovePoint Command"topicinthe"Inserting MoveCommands"chapter. Ifyouseethisicondisplayedinthe dialogboxyouwillknowthatPC DMISisinGuessMode.PCDMIS returnstothismodewheneveryou finishcreatingaConstructedfeature orAlignmentusingtheQuickStart dialogbox. ClickingtheGuessModeiconfrom theQuickStart:Measuretoolbarwill alsoplacePCDMISintoGuess Mode.

Guess

Dependingonthenumberofpoints taken,thismodeguessesthefeature typeyoureattemptingtomeasure andwilldynamicallyupdatetheQuick Startdialogboxtoreflectthis. Forexample,if,whileinGuessMode, youselecttwopoints,theQuickStart dialogboxupdatestoalinefeature.If fourpointsaretaken,itupdatestoa circlefeature,ifeight,toacylinder, andsoon. Seethe"GuessingaMeasured FeatureType"inthe"Creating MeasuredFeatures"chapter.

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools 445

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

TheResultsboxshowstheresultsof allstepsinameasurementprocedure takenthusfar.Forexample,ifauser wantstodoaPlane LineLine alignment,theresultsboxwillshow thefollowingwhenhehasselectedor measuredthesecondline: Step1:PLN1=MeasuredPlane Step2:LIN1=MeasuredLine Step2:LIN2=MeasuredLine TheResultsboxistiedtothebuttons atthebottomofthedialogbox.The buttonsbecomeenabledwhenever youfulfilltherequirementsfora certainstepinaprocedure. The<BackandNext>buttonscycle betweenlistsofrequiredfeaturesor inputs.Thesebuttonsbecome availablewhenproceduresusedon thetoolbarsrequiretheselectionor creationofmultiplefeatures(suchas theDimensionandAligntoolbars)or userinput(suchasupperandlower tolerancevaluesfordimensions). ClickingtheDonebuttononyourjog boxactsthesameasclickingthe Next>buttonwhenusingtheQuick Startdialogbox. TheFinishbuttoncompletesthe procedure,insertstheappropriate commandintotheEditwindow,and then,inmostcases,PCDMISreturn totheinitialstepofthecurrent procedure. Foralignmentsorconstructed features,however,afteryouclick FinishPCDMISreturnsyoutothe defaultGuessMode.

Results

<BackandNext>

Finish

QuickStart:MeasureToolbar

QuickStartMeasuretoolbar Thistoolbarcontainstheiconsrelativetothefollowingmeasuringfunctions:

446 UsingOtherWindows,Editors,andTools

PCDMIS4.2ReferenceManual

WilcoxAssociates,Inc.

Point Line Plane Circle Cylinder Cone Sphere RoundSlot SquareSlot GuessMode For